Home Page > Executive Branch > Code of Federal Regulations > Electronic Code of Federal Regulations



# e-CFR Data is current as of November 16, 2011

Title 40: Protection of Environment
Browse Next 

### PART 300—NATIONAL OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES POLLUTION CONTINGENCY PLAN

Section Contents 

### Subpart A
— Introduction § 300.1 Purpose and objectives. § 300.2 Authority and applicability. § 300.3 Scope. § 300.4 Abbreviations. § 300.5 Definitions. § 300.6 Use of number and gender. § 300.7 Computation of time. Subpart B
— Responsibility and Organization for Response § 300.100 Duties of Presidentdelegated to federal agencies. § 300.105 General organization concepts. § 300.110 National Response Team. § 300.115 Regional Response Teams. § 300.120 On

- scene coordinators and remedial project managers: general responsibilities. § 300.125 Notification and communications. § 300.130 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions. § 300.135 Response operations. § 300.140 Multi

- regional responses. § 300.145 Special teams and other assistance available to OSCs/RPMs. § 300.150 Worker health and safety. § 300.155 Public information and community relations. § 300.160 Documentation and cost recovery. § 300.165 OSC reports. § 300.170 Federal agency participation. § 300.175 Federal agencies: additional responsibilities and assistance. § 300.180 State and local participation in response. § 300.185 Nongovernmental participation. Subpart C
— Planning and Preparedness § 300.200 General. § 300.205 Planning and coordination structure. § 300.210 Federal contingency plans. § 300.211 OPA facility and vessel response plans. § 300.212 Area response drills. § 300.215 Title III local emergency response plans. § 300.220 Related Title III issues. Subpart D
— Operational Response Phases for Oil Removal § 300.300 Phase I

— Discovery or notification. § 300.305 Phase II

— Preliminary assessment and initiation of action. § 300.310 Phase III

— Containment, countermeasures, cleanup, and disposal. § 300.315 Phase IV

— Documentation and cost recovery. § 300.317 National response priorities. § 300.320 General pattern of response. § 300.322 Response to substantial threats to public health or welfare of the United States. § 300.323 Spills of national significance. § 300.324 Response to worst case discharges. 

# Page 1 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### § 300.335 Funding. Subpart E
— Hazardous Substance Response § 300.400 General. § 300.405 Discovery or notification. § 300.410 Removal site evaluation. § 300.415 Removal action. § 300.420 Remedial site evaluation. § 300.425 Establishing remedial priorities. § 300.430 Remedial investigation/feasibility studyand selection of remedy. § 300.435 Remedial design/remedial action, operation and maintenance. § 300.440 Procedures for planning and implementing off

- site response actions. Subpart F
— State Involvement in Hazardous Substance Response § 300.500 General. § 300.505 EPA/State Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA). § 300.510 State assurances. § 300.515 Requirements for state involvem ent in remedial and enforcement response. § 300.520 State involvement in EPA

- lead enforcement negotiations. § 300.525 State involvement in removal actions. Subpart G
—Trustees for Natural Resources § 300.600 Designation of federal trustees. § 300.605 State trustees. § 300.610 Indian tribes. § 300.612 Foreign trustees. § 300.615 Responsibilities of trustees. Subpart H
— Participation by Other Persons § 300.700 Activities by other persons. Subpart I
—Administrative Record for Selection of Response Action § 300.800 Establishment of an administrative record. § 300.805 Location of the administrative record file. § 300.810 Contents of the administrative record file. § 300.815 Administrative record file for a remedial action. § 300.820 Administrative record file for a removal action. § 300.825 Record requirements after the decision document is signed. Subpart J
— Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals § 300.900 General. § 300.905 NCP Product Schedule. § 300.910 Authorization of use. § 300.915 Data requirements. § 300.920 Addition of products to Schedule. Subpart K
— Federal Facilities [Reserved] Subpart L
— National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; Involuntary Acquisition of Property by the Government § 300.1105 Involuntary acquisitio n of property by the government. A ppendix A to Part 300

—The Hazard Ranking System A ppendix B to Part 300

— National Priorities List A ppendix C to Part 300

— Swirling Flask Dispersant Effect iveness Test, Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test, and Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness Test A ppendix D to Part 300

—Appropriate Actions and Meth ods of Remedying Releases A ppendix E to Part 300

— Oil Spill Response

Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 960 1–9657; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p.351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p.193. Subpart A—Introduction
top 

# Page 2 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### Source: 59 FR 47416, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.1 Purpose and objectives.
top The purpose of the Nati onal Oil and Hazardous Substances Po llution Contingency Plan (NCP) is to provide the organizational structure and procedures for preparing for and respondi ng to discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substanc es, pollutants, and contaminants. 

### § 300.2 Authority and applicability.
top The NCP is required by section 105 of the Comp rehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. 9605, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), Pub. L. 99–499, (hereinafter CERCLA), and by section 311(d) of the Clean Water Act (CWA), 33 U.S.C. 1321(d), as amended by the Oil Poll ution Act of 1990 (OPA), Pub. L. 101–380. In Executive Order (E.O.) 12777 (56 FR 54757, October 22, 1991), the President delegated to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) the responsibility for the amendment of the NCP. Amendments to the NCP are coordinated with members of the National Response Team (NRT) prior to publication for notice and comment. This includes coordination with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the Nuclear Regulatory Co mmission in order to av oid inconsistent or duplicative requirements in the emergency planning responsibilities of those agencies. The NCP is applicable to response actions taken pursuant to t he authorities under CERCLA and section 311 of the CWA, as amended. 

### § 300.3 Scope.
top (a) The NCP applies to and is in effect for: (1) Discharges of oil into or on the navigable waters of the United States, on the adjoining shorelines, the waters of the contiguous zone, into waters of the e xclusive economic zone, or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under t he exclusive management authority of the United States (See sections 311(c)(1) and 502(7) of the CWA). (2) Releases into the environment of hazardous substances, and pollutants or contaminants which may present an imminent and substantial danger to pub lic health or welfare of the United States. (b) The NCP provides for efficient, coordinated, and effective response to discharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contamin ants in accordance with the authorities of CERCLA and the CWA. It provides for: (1) The national response organizati on that may be activated in response actions. It specifies responsibilities among the federal, state, and loca l governments and describes resources that are available for response. (2) The establishment of requirements for federal , regional, and area contingency plans. It also summarizes state and local emergency pl anning requirements under SARA Title III. (3) Procedures for undertaking removal actions pursuant to section 311 of the CWA. (4) Procedures for undertaking respons e actions pursuant to CERCLA. (5) Procedures for involving state governments in the initiation, development, selection, and implementation of response actions, pursuant to CERCLA. (6) Listing of federal trustees for natural resources for purposes of CERCLA and the CWA. (7) Procedures for the participation of other persons in response actions. (8) Procedures for compiling and making available an administrative record for response actions. (9) National procedures for the use of dispersant s and other chemicals in removals under the CWA and response actions under CERCLA. (c) In implementing the NCP, c onsideration shall be given to in ternational assistance plans and agreements, security regulations and responsibi lities based on international agreements, federal statutes, and executive orders. Actions taken pursuant to the provisions of anyapplicable international j oint contingency plans shall be consistent with the NCP, to the greatest extent possible. The Department of State shall be consul ted, as appropriate, prior to taki ng any action which may affect its 

# Page 3 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...activities. (d) Additionally, the NCP applies to and is in effect when the Federal Response Plan and some or all its Emergency Support Functions (ESFs) are activated. 

### § 300.4 Abbreviations.
top (a) Department and Agency Title Abbreviations: 

### ATSDR—Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry CDC—Centers for Disease Control DOC—Department of Commerce DOD—Department of Defense DOE—Department of Energy DOI—Department of the Interior DOJ—Department of Justice DOL—Department of Labor DOS—Department of State DOT—Department of Transportation EPA—Environmental Protection Agency FEMA—Federal Emergency Management Agency GSA—General Services Administration HHS—Department of Health and Human Services NIOSH—National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NOAA—National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration OSHA—Occupational Health and Safety Administration RSPA—Research and Special Programs Administration USCG—United States Coast Guard USDA—United States Department of Agriculture Note: Reference is made in the NCP to bot h the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the National Response Center. In order to avoid confusion, the NCP will spell out Nuclear Regulatory Commission and use the abbreviation “NRC” only with respect to the National Response Center. (b) Operational Abbreviations: 

### A CP—Area Contingency Plan A RARs—Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements CERCLIS—CERCLA In formation System CRC—Community Relations Coordinator CRP—Community Relations Plan 

# Page 4 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### DRAT—District Response Advisory Team DRG—District Response Group ERT—Environmental Response Team ESF—Emergency Support Function FCO—Federal Coordinating Officer FRERP—Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan FRP—Federal Response Plan FS—Feasibility Study HRS—Hazard Ranking System LEPC—Local Emergency Planning Committee NCP—National Contingency Plan NPFC—National Pollution Funds Center NPL—National Priorities List NRC—National Response Center NRS—National Response System NRT—National Response Team NSF—National Strike Force NSFCC—National Strike Force Coordination Center O&M—Operation and Maintenance OSC—On-Scene Coordinator OSLTF—Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund PA—Preliminary Assessment PIAT—Public Information Assist Team RA—Remedial Action RCP—Regional Contingency Plan RD—Remedial Design RERT—Radiological Emergency Response Team RI—Remedial Investigation ROD—Record of Decision RPM—Remedial Project Manager RRC—Regional Response Center RRT—Regional Response Team SAC—Support Agency Coordinator SERC—State Emergency Response Commission 

# Page 5 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### SI—Site Inspection SMOA—Superfund Memorandum of Agreement SONS—Spill of National Significance SSC—Scientific S upport Coordinator SUPSALV—United States Navy Supervisor of Salvage USFWS—United States Fish and Wildlife Service § 300.5 Definitions.
top Terms not defined in this section have the mean ing given by CERCLA, the OPA, or the CWA. A ctivation means notification by telephone or other expedi tious manner or, when required, the assembly of some or all appropriate members of the RRT or NRT. A lternative water supplies as defined by section 101(34) of CERCLA, includes, but is not limited to, drinking water and household water supplies. Applicable requirements means those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive requirements, criteria, or limitati ons promulgated under federal environm ental or state environmental or facility siting laws that specifically address a hazardous substance, polluta nt, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance found at a CERCLA site. Only those state standards that are identified by a state in a timely manner and thatare more stringent than federal requirements may be applicable. A rea Committee (AC) as provided for by CWA sections 311( a)(18) and (j)(4), means the entity appointed by the President consisting of members from qualif ied personnel of federal, state, and local agencies with responsibilities that incl ude preparing an area contingency plan for an area designated by the President. A rea contingency plan (ACP) as provided for by CWA sections311(a)(19) and (j)(4), means the plan prepared by an Area Committee that is developed to be implemented in conj unction with the NCP and RCP, in part to address removal of a worst case di scharge and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility operating in or near an area designated by the President. Bioremediation agents means microbiological cultures, enzyme addi tives, or nutrient additives that are deliberately introduced into an oil discharge and that will significantly increase the rate of biodegradation to mitigate the effects of the discharge. Burning agents means those additives that, through physi cal or chemical means, improve the combustibility of the material s to which they are applied. CERCLA is the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liabili ty Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986. CERCLIS is the abbreviation of the CERCLA Inform ation System, EPA's comprehensive data base and data management system that inventories and tracks releases addressed or needi ng to be addressed by the Superfund program. CERCLIS contains the offi cial inventory of CERCLA sites and supports EPA's site planning and tracking functions. Sites that EPA decides do not warrant moving further in the site evaluation process are given a “No Further Response Action Planned” (NFRAP) designation. This means that no additional federal steps under CERCLA wi ll be taken at the site unless future information so warrants. Sites given a NFRAP designation are placed in a separate archival data base. Inclusion of a specific site or area in the CERCLIS data base does not represent a dete rmination of any party's liability, nor does it represent a finding that any re sponse action is necessary. Chemical agents means those elements, compounds, or mixtures that coagulate, disperse, dissolve, emulsify, foam, neutralize, precipitate, reduce, solubilize, oxidize, conc entrate, congeal, entrap, fix, make the pollutant mass more rigid or viscous, or otherwise fa cilitate the mitigation of deleterious effects or the removal of the pollutant from the water. Chemic al agents include biological additives, dispersants, sinking agents, miscellaneous oil spill control agents, and burning agents, but do not include sorbents. Claim for purposes of a release under CERCLA, means a demand in writing for a sum certain; for purposes of a discharge under CWA, it means a request, made in writing for a sum certain, for compensation for damages or removal costs resulting from an incident. Claimant as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means any person or government who presents a claim for compensation under Title I of the OPA. 

# Page 6 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Coastal waters for the purposes of classifying the size of discharges, means the waters of the coastal zone except for the Great Lakes and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. Coastal zone as defined for the purpose of the NCP, means al l United States waters subject to the tide, United States waters of the Great Lakes, specifi ed ports and harbors on inland rivers, waters of the contiguous zone, other waters of the high seas subject to the NCP, and the land surface or land substrata, ground waters, and ambientair proximal to those waters. The term coastal zone delineates an area of federal responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are determined by EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional contingency plans. Coast Guard Distri ct Response Group (DRG) as provided for by CWA sections 311(a)(20) and (j)(3), means the entity established by the Secretary of t he department in which the USCG is operating, within each USCG district, and shall consist of: the combined USCG personnel and equipment, including marine firefighting equipment, of each port in the district; additional prepos itioned response equipment; and a district response advisory team. Community relations means EPA's program to inform and encourage public participation in the Superfund process and to respond to community concer ns. The term “public” incl udes citizens directly affected by the site, other interested citizens or parties, organized groups , elected officials, and potentially responsible parties (PRPs). Community relations coordinator means lead agency staff who work with the OSC/RPM to involve and inform the public about the Superfund process and res ponse actions in accordance with the interactive community relations requirements set forth in the NCP. Contiguous zone means the zone of the high s eas, established by the United States under Article 24 of the Convention on the Territorial S ea and Contiguous Zone, which is conti guous to the territorial sea and which extends nine miles seaward from t he outer limit of the territorial sea. Cooperative agreement is a legal instrument EPA uses to transfer money, property, services, or anything of value to a recipient to accomplish a pub lic purpose in which substantial EPA involvement is anticipated during the performance of the project. Damages as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means damages specified in section 1002(b) of the A ct, and includes the cost of assessing these damages. Discharge as defined by section 311(a)(2) of the CWA, includes, but is not li mited to, any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, or dumping of oil, but excludes discharges in compliance with a permit under section 402 of the CWA, discha rges resulting from ci rcumstances identified and reviewed and made a part of the public record with respect to a permit issued or modified under section 402 of the CWA, and subject to a condition in such permit, or continuous or anticipated intermittent discharges from a point source, identified in a permit or permit application under section 402 of the CWA, that are caused by events occurring within t he scope of relevant operating or treatment systems. For purposes of the NCP, discharge also m eans substantial threat of discharge. Dispersants means those chemical agents that emulsify, disperse, or solubilize oil into the water column or promote the surface spreading of oil slicks to fac ilitate dispersal of the oil into the water column. Drinking water supply as defined by section 101(7) of CERCLA, means any raw or finished water source that is or may be used by a public water system (as defined in the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300 et seq.) or as drinking water by one or more individuals. Environment as defined by section 101(8) of CERCLA, m eans the navigable waters, the waters of the contiguous zone, and the ocean waters of which the natural resources are under the exclusive management authority of the United States under the Magnuson Fishery C onservation and Management A ct (16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.); and any other surfac e water, ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or subsurface strata, or ambient air within the United States or under the jurisdiction of the United States. Exclusive economic zone, as defined by OPA section 1001, means the zone established by Presidential Proclamation Numbered 5030, dated March 10, 1983, in cluding the ocean waters of the areas referred to as “eastern special areas” in Article 3(1) of t he Agreement between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Social ist Republics on the Maritime Boundary, signed June 1, 1990. Facility as defined by section 101(9) of CERCLA, means any building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or any site or area, where a hazardous substanc e has been deposited, stored, dispos ed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but does not include any cons umer product in consumer use or any vessel. As defined by section 1001 of the OPA, it means any st ructure, group of structures, equipment, or device (other than a vessel) which is used for one or more of the following purposes: Expl oring for, drilling for, producing, storing, handling, transferring, processing , or transporting oil. This term includes any motor vehicle, rolling stock, or pipeline us ed for one or more of these purposes. Feasibility study (FS) means a study undertaken by the lead agency to develop and evaluate options for remedial action. The FS emphasizes data analysis and is generally performed concurrently and in an interactive fashion with the remedial investigation (RI), using data gathered during the RI. The RI data are used to define the objectives of the response acti on, to develop remedial action alternatives, and to undertake an initial screening and detailed analysis of t he alternatives. The term also refers to a report 

# Page 7 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...that describes the results of the study. Federal Radiological Em ergency Response Plan (FRERP) means the inter-agency agreement for coordinating the response of various agencies, under a variety of statutes, to a large radiological accident. The Lead Federal Agency (LFA), defined by the FRERP, activates the FRERP for any peacetime radiological emergency which, based upon its professional judgment, is expected to have a significant radiologica l effect within the United States, its terri tories, possessions, or territorial waters and that could require a response by several federal agencies. Federal Response Plan (FRP) means the agreement signed by 27 federal departments and agencies in A pril 1987 and developed under the authorities of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7701 et seq.) and the Disaster Relief Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 3231 et seq.), as amended by the Stafford Disaster Relief Act of 1988. First federal official means the first federal representative of a participating agency of the National Response Team to arrive at the scene of a discharge or a release. This offici al coordinates activities under the NCP and may initiate, in consultation with t he OSC, any necessary actions until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. A state with primary jurisdiction over a site covered by a cooperative agreement will act in the stead of the first federal official for any incident at the site. Fund or Trust Fund means the Hazardous Substance Superfund established by section 9507 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Ground water as defined by section 101(12) of CERCLA, means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or water. Hazard Ranking System (HRS) means the method used by EPA to evaluate the relative potential of hazardous substance releases to cause health or safety problems, or ecol ogical or environmental damage. Hazardous substance as defined by section 101(14) of CERCLA, means: Any substance designated pursuant to section 311(b)(2)(A) of the CWA; any element, compound, mixture, solution, or substance designated pursuant to section 102 of CERCLA; any hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (but not including any waste the regulation of which under the Solid Wast e Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.) has been suspended by Act of Congress); any toxic pollutantlisted under section 307(a) of the CWA; any hazardous air pollutant listed under section 112 of th e Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7521 et seq.); and any imminently hazardous chemical subs tance or mixture with respect to which the EPA Administrator has taken action pursuant to section 7 of the Toxic Subs tances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.). The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous s ubstance in the first sent ence of this paragraph, and the term does not include natural gas, natural gas li quids, liquified natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). Indian tribe as defined by section 101(36) of CERCLA, m eans any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, includi ng any Alaska Native village but not including any Alaska Native regional or village corporation, wh ich is recognized as el igible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indi ans because of their status as Indi ans. “Indian tribe,” as defined by OPA section 1001, means any Indian tribe, band, nati on, or other organized group or community, but not including any Alaska Native regional or village corporation, which is rec ognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians and has governmental authority over lands belonging to or controlled by the tribe. Inland waters, for the purposes of classifying the size of discharges, means those waters of the United States in the inland zone, waters of the GreatLakes, and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. Inland zone means the environment inland of the coastal zone excluding the Grea t Lakes and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. The term inland z one delineates an area of federal responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are determined by EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional contingency plans. Lead administrative trustee means a natural resource trustee who is designated on an incident-byincident basis for the purpose of preassessment and damage assessment and chosen by the other trustees whose natural resources are affected by th e incident. The lead administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication during re sponse operations between the OSC and the other natural resource trustees conducting activities as sociated with damage assessment, and is responsible for applying to the OSC for access to response operations resources on behalf of all trustees for initiation of a damage assessment. Lead agency means the agency that provides the OSC/RP M to plan and implement response actions under the NCP. EPA, the USCG, another federal agency, or a state (or political subdivision of a state) operating pursuant to a contract or cooperative ag reement executed pursuant to section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA, or designated pursuant to a Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) entered into pursuant to subpart F of the NCP or other agreem ents may be the lead agency for a response action. In the case of a release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant, where the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any facility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of Department of Defense (DOD) or Department of E nergy (DOE), then DOD or DOE will be the lead agency. Where the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any facility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of a federal agency other than EPA, the USCG, DOD, or DOE, then 

# Page 8 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...that agency will be the lead agency for remedial ac tions and removal actions other than emergencies. The federal agency maintains its lead agency responsib ilities whether the remedy is selected by the federal agency for non-NPL sites or by EPA and the federal agency or by EPA alone under CERCLA section 120. The lead agency will consult with the support agency, if one exists, throughout the response process. Management of migration means actions that are taken to mi nimize and mitigate the migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants and the effects of such migration. Measures may include, but are not limited to, management of a plume of contamination, restoration of a drinking water aquifer, or surface water restoration. Miscellaneous oil spill control agent is any product, other than a dis persant, sinking agent, surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, bioremediati on agent, burning agent, or sorbent that can be used to enhance oil spill cleanup, removal, treatment, or mitigation. National Pollution Funds Center (NPFC) means the entity established by the Secretary of Transportation whose function is the administration of the Oil Sp ill Liability Trust Fund (O SLTF). Among the NPFC's duties are: providing appropriate access to the OSLTF for federal agencies and states for removal actions and for federal trustees to initiate the assessment of natural resource damages; providing appropriate access to the OSLTF for claims ; and coordinating cost recovery efforts. National Priorities List (NPL) means the list, compiled by EPA pursuant to CERCLA section 105, of uncontrolled hazardous substance releas es in the United States that are priorities for long-term remedial evaluation and response. National response system (NRS) is the mechanism for coordinatin g response actions by all levels of government in support of the OSC/RPM. The NR S is composed of the NRT, RRTs, OSC/RPM, Area Committees, and Special Teams and related support entities. The NRS is capable of expanding or contracting to accommodate the response effort required by the size or complexity of the discharge or release. National Strike Force (NSF) is a special team established by the USCG, including the three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information Assist Team (PIAT), and the National Strike Force Coordination Center. The NSF is available to as sist OSCs/RPMs in their preparedness and response duties. National Strike Force Coordination Center (NSFCC), authorized as the Na tional Response Unit by CWA sections 311(a)(23) and (j)(2), means the entity establ ished by the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating at Elizabeth City, North Caro lina with responsibilities that include administration of the USCG Strike Teams, maintenance of respons e equipment inventories and logistic networks, and conducting a national exercise program. Natural resources means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, wa ter, ground water, drinking water supplies, and other such resources belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or otherwise controlled by the United States (including the resources of the exclusive economic zone defined by the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976), any state or local government, any foreign government, any Indian tribe, or, if such resources are subject to a trust rest riction on alienation, any member of an Indian tribe. Navigable waters as defined by 40 CFR 110.1, means the waters of the United States, including the territorial seas. The term includes: (1) All waters that are currently used, were used in the past, or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce, including all waters that are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (2) Interstate waters, including interstate wetlands; (3) All other waters such as intras tate lakes, rivers, streams (includi ng intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, and wetlands, the use, degradation, or des truction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters; (i) That are or could be used by interstate or fo reign travelers for recreational or other purposes; (ii) From which fish or shellfish are or could betaken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce; (iii) That are used or could be us ed for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce; (4) All impoundments of waters otherwise defi ned as navigable waters under this section; (5) Tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition, including adjacent wetlands; and (6) Wetlands adjacent to waters ident ified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this definition: Provided, that waste treatment systems (other than cooling ponds meet ing the criteria of this paragraph) are not waters of the United States. (7) Waters of the United States do not incl ude prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior conv erted cropland by any other federal agency, for the 

# Page 9 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...purposes of the Clean Water Act, the final authority regarding Clean Wa ter Act jurisdiction remains with EPA. Offshore facility as defined by section 101(17) of CERCLA and section 311(a)(11) of the CWA, means any facility of any kind located in, on, or under any of the navigable waters of the United States, and any facility of any kind which is subject to the jurisdicti on of the United States and is located in, on, or under any other waters, other than a vessel or a public vessel. Oil as defined by section 311(a)(1) of the CWA, means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil. Oil, as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means oil of an y kind or in any form, incl uding, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil, but does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction t hereof, which is specifical ly listed or designated as a hazardous substance under subparagraphs (A) through (F) of section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensatio n, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601) and which is subject to the provisions of that Act. Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF) means the fund established under section 9509 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 9509). On-scene coordinator (OSC) means the federal official predesignated by EPA or the USCG to coordinate and direct responses under subpart D, or the government official designated by the lead agency to coordinate and direct remova l actions under subpart E of the NCP. Onshore facility as defined by section 101(18) of CERCLA, m eans any facility (inc luding, but not limited to, motor vehicles and rolling stock) of any ki nd located in, on, or under any land or non-navigable waters within the United States; and, as defined by section 311(a)(10) of the CWA, means any facility (including, but not limited to, motor vehicles and ro lling stock) of any kind loca ted in, on, or under any land within the United States other than submerged land. On-site means the areal extent of cont amination and all suitable areas in very close proximity to the contamination necessary for implem entation of the response action. Operable unit means a discrete action that comprises an incremental step toward comprehensively addressing site problems. Th is discrete portion of a remedial respons e manages migration, or eliminates or mitigates a release, threat of a release, or pathway of exposure. The cleanup of a site can be divided into a number of operable units, depending on the comp lexity of the problems associated with the site. Operable units may address geographical portions of a site , specific site problems, or initial phases of an action, or may consist of any set of actions performed over time or anyactions that are concurrent but located in different parts of a site. Operation and maintenance (O&M) means measures required to maintain the effectiveness of response actions. Person as defined by section 101(21) of CERCLA, means an individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, consortium, joint venture, commercial en tity, United States government, state, municipality, commission, political subdivision of a state, or anyinterstate body. As defined by section 1001 of the OPA, “person” means an individual , corporation, partnership, association, state, municipality, commission, or political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body. Pollutant or contaminant as defined by section 101(33) of CERCLA, shall include, but not be limited to, any element, substance, compound, or mixture, in cluding disease-causing agen ts, which after release into the environment and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or assimila tion into any organism, either directly from the environment or indirectly by ingestion through f ood chains, will or may reasonably be anticipated to cause death, disease, behavioral abno rmalities, cancer, genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions (including malfunctionsin reproduction) or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring. The term does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not otherwise specifically listed or designated as a hazardous substance under section 101(14) (A) through (F) of CERCLA, nor does it include natural gas , liquified natural gas, or synthetic gas of pipeline quality (or mixtures of natural gas and such syntheti c gas). For purposes of the NCP, the term pollutant or contaminant means any pollutant or contami nant that may present an imminent and substantial danger to public health or welfare of the United States. Post-removal site control means those activities thatare necessary to sustain the integrity of a Fundfinanced removal action following its conclusion. Post-re moval site control may be a removal or remedial action under CERCLA. The term includes, without being limited to, activities such as relighting gas flares, replacing filters, and collecting leachate. Preliminary assessment (PA) under CERCLA means review of existing information and an off-site reconnaissance, if appropriate, to determine if a rel ease may require additional in vestigation or action. A PA may include an on-site reconnaissance, if appropriate. Public participation, see the definition for community relations. Public vessel as defined by section 311(a)(4) of the CWA, means a vessel owned or bareboat-chartered and operated by the United States, or by a state or pol itical subdivision thereof, or by a foreign nation, except when such vessel is engaged in commerce. 

# Page 10 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Quality assurance project plan (QAPP) is a written document, associat ed with all remedial site sampling activities, which presents in specific terms the organization (where applicable) , objectives, functional activities, and specific quality assurance (QA) and qual ity control (QC) activiti es designed to achieve the data quality objectives of a specific project(s) or continuing operation(s). The QAPP is prepared for each specific project or continuing operation (or group of similar projects or continuing opera tions). The QAPP will be prepared by the responsible program office, regio nal office, laboratory, contractor, recipient of an assistance agreement, or other organization. For an enforcement action, potentially responsible parties may prepare a QAPP subject to lead agency approval. Release as defined by section 101(22) of CERCLA, m eans any spilling, leak ing, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, esc aping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment (including the abandonment or discardin g of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any hazardous substance or pol lutant or contaminant), but excludes: Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace, with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of such persons; emissions from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock, ai rcraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping st ation engine; release of source, byproduct, or special nuclear material from a nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, if such rel ease is subject to requi rements with respect to financial protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission un der section 170 of such Act, or, for the purposes of section 104 of CERCLA or any other response ac tion, any release of source, byproduct, or special nuclear material from any processing site desi gnated under section 102(a)(1) or 302(a) of the Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 (42 U.S.C. 7901 et seq.); and the normal application of fertilizer. For purposes of the NCP, re lease also means threat of release. Relevant and appropriate requirements means those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated under federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting la ws that, while not “applicable” to a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, loca tion, or other circumstance at a CERCLA site, address problems or situations sufficiently similar to t hose encountered at the CERCLA site that their use is well suited to the particular site. Only those state standards that are identified in a timely manner and are more stringent than federal requirements may be relevant and appropriate. Remedial design (RD) means the technical analysis and proc edures which follow the selection of remedy for a site and result in a detailed set of plans and specifications fo r implementation of the remedial action. Remedial investigation (RI) is a process undertaken by the lead agency to determine the nature and extent of the problem presented by the releas e. The RI emphasizes da ta collection and site characterization, and is generally perfo rmed concurrently and in an interactive fashion with the feasibility study. The RI includes sampling and monitoring, as necessary, and includes t he gathering of sufficient information to determine the necessity for remedi al action and to support the evaluation of remedial alternatives. Remedial project manager (RPM) means the official designated by the lead agency to coordinate, monitor, or direct remedial or other response actions under subpart E of the NCP. Remedy or remedial action (RA) means those actions consistent with permanent remedy taken instead of, or in addition to, removal action in the event of a release or threatened release of a hazardous substance into the environment, to prevent or minimi ze the release of hazardous substances so that they do not migrate to cause substantial danger to present or future public health or welfare or the environment. The term includes, but is not limited to, such actions at the location of the release as storage, confinement, perimeter protection using dikes, trenches , or ditches, clay cover, neutralization, cleanup of released hazardous substances and associated contaminat ed materials, recycling or reuse, diversion, destruction, segregation of reactive wast es, dredging or excavations, repair or replacement of leaking containers, collection of leachate and runoff, on-site treatmentor incineration, provision of alternative water supplies, any m onitoring reasonably required to assure that such actions protect the public health and welfare and the environment and , where appropriate, post-removal site control activities. The term includes the costs of permanent relocation of residents and businesses and community facilities (including the cost of providin g “alternative land of equiva lent value” to an Indian tribe pursuant to CERCLA section 126(b)) where EPA determines that, alone or in combination with other measures, such relocation is more cost-e ffective than, and environmentally preferable to, the transportation, storage, treatment, destruction, or secure disposition off-site of such hazardous substances, or may otherwise be necessary to protect the public health or welfare; the term includes offsite transport and off-site storage, treatment, destructi on, or secure dispositi on of hazardous substances and associated contaminated materials. For the purpos e of the NCP, the term also includes enforcement activities related thereto. Remove or removal as defined by section 311(a)(8) of the CWA, refers to containment and removal of oil or hazardous substances from the water and shoreli nes or the taking of such other actions as may be necessary to minimize or mitigate damage to the public health or welfare of the United States (including, but not limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife, public and private property, and shorelines and beaches) or to the environment. For the purpose of the NCP, the term also includes monitoring of action to remove a discharge. As defined by section 101(23) of CERCLA , remove or removal means the cleanup or removal of released hazardous substances from the environment; such actions as may be necessary taken in the event of the threat of release of hazardous subst ances into the environment; such actions as may be necessary to monitor, assess, and evaluate the releas e or threat of release of hazardous substances; the disposal of removed material; or the taking of such other actions as may be necessary to prevent, minimize, or mitigate damage to the public health or welfare of the United States or to the environment, which may otherwise result from a release or threat of release. The term includes, in addition, without being limited to, security fencing or other measures to limit access, provision of alternative water supplies, temporary evacuation and housing of threatened individuals nototherwise provided for, action taken under section 104(b) of CERCLA, post-remova l site control, where appropriate, and any 

# Page 11 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...emergency assistance which may be provided under the Disaster Relief Act of 1974. For the purpose of the NCP, the term also includes enforcement activities related thereto. Removal costs as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means the costs of removal that are incurred after a discharge of oil has occurred, or in any case in whic h there is a substantial threat of a discharge of oil, the costs to prevent, minimize, or miti gate oil pollution from such an incident. Respond or response as defined by section 101(25) of CERCLA, means remove, removal, remedy, or remedial action, including enforcem ent activities related thereto. Responsible party as defined by section 1001 of the OPA, means the following: (1) Vessels—In the case of a vessel, any person owning, operating, or demis e chartering the vessel. (2) Onshore Facilities—In the case of an onshore faci lity (other than a pipeli ne), any person owning or operating the facility, except a federal agency, state, municipality, commission, or political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body, that as the owner transfers possession and right to use the property to another person by lease, assignment, or permit. (3) Offshore Facilities—In the case of an offshore facility (other than a pi peline or a deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.)), the lessee or permittee of the area in which the facility is located or the holder of a right of use and easement granted under applicable state law or the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301–1356) for the area in which the facility is located (if the holder is a different person than the lessee or permittee), except a federal agency, state, municipality, commissi on, or political subdivision of a stat e, or any interstate body, that as owner transfers possession and right to use the prop erty to another person by lease, assignment, or permit. (4) Deepwater Ports—In the case of a deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501–1524), the licensee. (5) Pipelines—In the case of a pipeline, any person owning or operating the pipeline. (6) Abandonment—In the case of an abandoned vessel, onshore facility, deepwater port, pipeline, or offshore facility, the person who would have been responsible parties imm ediately prior to the abandonment of the vessel or facility. SARA is the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorizat ion Act of 1986. In addition to certain freestanding provisions of law, it includes amendments to CERCLA, the Solid Waste Disposal Act, and the Internal Revenue Code. Among the free-standing provisi ons of law is Title III of SARA, also known as the “Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986” and Title IV of SARA, also known as the “Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act of 1986.” Title V of SARA amending the Internal Revenue Code is also known as t he “Superfund Revenue Act of 1986.” Sinking agents means those additives applied to oil discharges to sink floating pollutants below the water surface. Site inspection (SI) means an on-site investigation to determi ne whether there is a release or potential release and the nature of the associated threats. The purpose is to augment the data collected in the preliminary assessment and to generate, if necessary , sampling and other field data to determine if further action or investi gation is appropriate. Size classes of discharges refers to the following size cl asses of oil discharges which are provided as guidance to the OSC and serve as the criteria fo r the actions delineated in subpart D. They are not meant to imply associated degrees of hazard to publichealth or welfare of the United States, nor are they a measure of environmental injury. Any oil discha rge that poses a substantia l threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment or results in significant public concern shall be classified as a major discharge regardles s of the following quantitative measures: (1) Minor discharge means a discharge to the inland waters of less than 1,000 gallons of oil or a discharge to the coastal waters of less than 10,000 gallons of oil. (2) Medium discharge means a discharge of 1,000 to 10,000 gallons of oil to the inland waters or a discharge of 10,000 to 100,000 gallons of oil to the coastal waters. (3) Major discharge means a discharge of more than 10 ,000 gallons of oil to the inland waters or more than 100,000 gallons of oil to the coastal waters. Size classes of releases refers to the following size classi fications which are provided as guidance to the OSC for meeting pollution reporting requirements in subpart B. The final deter mination of the appropriate classification of a releas e will be made by the OSC based on cons ideration of the particular release (e.g., size, location, impact, etc.): (1) Minor release means a release of a quantity of hazardous substanc e(s), pollutant(s), or contaminant (s) that poses minimal threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment. (2) Medium release means a release not meeting the criteria for classification as a minor or major 

# Page 12 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...release. (3) Major release means a release of any quantityof hazardous substance(s), pollutant(s), or contaminant(s) that poses a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment or results in significant public concern. Sorbents means essentially inert and inso luble materials that are used to remove oil and hazardous substances from water through adsor ption, in which the oil or hazardoussubstance is attracted to the sorbent surface and then adheres to it; absorption, in which the oil or hazardous substance penetrates the pores of the sorbent material; or a combination of the two. Sorbents are generally manufactured in particulate form for spreading over an oil slick or as s heets, rolls, pillows, or booms. The sorbent material may consist of, but is not limited to, the following materials: (1) Organic products— (i) Peat moss or straw; (ii) Cellulose fibers or cork; (iii) Corn cobs; (iv) Chicken, duck, or other bird feathers. (2) Mineral compounds— (i) Volcanic ash or perlite; (ii) Vermiculite or zeolite. (3) Synthetic products— (i) Polypropylene; (ii) Polyethylene; (iii) Polyurethane; (iv) Polyester. Source control action is the construction or installation and start-up of those actions necessary to prevent the continued release of ha zardous substances or pollutants or contaminants (primarily from a source on top of or within the ground, or in build ings or other structures) into the environment. Source control maintenance measures are those measures intended to maintain the effectiveness of source control actions once such actions are operating and functioning properly, such as the maintenance of landfill caps and leachate collection systems. Specified ports and harbors means those ports and harbor areas on inland rivers, and land areas immediately adjacent to those waters, where the USCG acts as predesignated on-scene coordinator. Precise locations are determined by EPA/USCG regional agreements and identified in federal Regional Contingency Plans and Area Contingency Plans. Spill of national significance (SONS) means a spill that due to its severity, size, location, actual or potential impact on the public health and welfare or the environment, or the necessary response effort, is so complex that it requires extraordinary coordinat ion of federal, state, local, and responsible party resources to contain and clean up the discharge. State means the several states of the United States, the District of Columb ia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Vi rgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas, and any other territory or possession over which the United States has jurisdiction. For purposes of the NCP, the term includes Indian tri bes as defined in the NCP except where specifically noted. Section 126 of CERCLA prov ides that the governing body of an Indian tribe shall be afforded substantially the same treatment as a state with respect to certain provisions of CERCLA. Section 300.515(b) of the NCP describes the requirements perta ining to Indian tribes that wish to be treated as states under CERCLA. Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) means a nonbinding, wr itten document executed by an EPA Regional Administrator and the head of a state agency that may establish the nature and extent of EPA and state interaction during the removal, pre -remedial, remedial, and/or enforcement response process. The SMOA is not a site-specific document although attachments may address specific sites. The SMOA generally defines the role and responsi bilities of both the lead and the support agencies. Superfund state contract is a joint, legally bindi ng agreement between EPA and a state to obtain the necessary assurances before a federal-lead remedial acti on can begin at a site. In the case of a political subdivision-lead remedial response, a three-party Superfund state contract among EPA, the state, and 

# Page 13 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...political subdivision thereo f, is required before a political subdivi sion takes the lead for any phase of remedial response to ensure state involvement purs uant to section 121(f)(1) of CERCLA. The Superfund state contract may be amended to provide the state's CERCLA section 104 assurances before a political subdivision can take the lead for remedial action. Support agency means the agency or agencies that provide the support agency coordinator to furnish necessary data to the lead agency, review respons e data and documents, and provide other assistance as requested by the OSC or RPM. EPA, the USCG, another federal agency, or a state may be support agencies for a response action if operating pursuant to a contract executed under section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA or designated pursuant to a Superfund Memorandum of Agreement entered into pursuant to subpart F of the NCP or other agreement. The support agency may also concur on decision documents. Support agency coordinator (SAC) means the official designated by the support agency, as appropriate, to interact and coordinate with the lead agency in response actions under subpart E of this part. Surface collecting agents means those chemical agents that form a surface film to control the layer thickness of oil. Surface washing agent is any product that removes oil from so lid surfaces, such as beaches and rocks, through a detergency mechanism and does not involve di spersing or solubilizing the oil into the water column. Tank vessel as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means a vessel that is constructed or adapted to carry, or that carries oil or hazardous material in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and that: (1) is a vessel of the United States; (2) operates on the navigable waters; or (3) transfers oil or hazardous material in a place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Threat of discharge or release, see definitions for discharge and release. Threat of release, see definition for release. Treatment technology means any unit operation or series of unit operations that alters the composition of a hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminantthrough chemical, biologica l, or physical means so as to reduce toxicity, mobility, or volume of the contaminated materials being treated. Treatment technologies are an alternative to land dispos al of hazardous wastes without treatment. Trustee means an official of a federal natural resource s management agency designated in subpart G of the NCP or a designated state official or Indian tribe or, in the case of discharges covered by the OPA, a foreign government official, who may pursue claims for damages under section 107(f) of CERCLA or section 1006 of the OPA. United States when used in relation to section 311(a)(5) of the CWA, means the states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Pacifi c Island Governments. United States, when used in relation to section 101(27) of CERCLA and section 1001(36)of the OPA, includes the several states of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Co mmonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas, and any other territory or possession over which the United States has jurisdiction. Vessel as defined by section 101(28) of CERCLA, m eans every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance us ed, or capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water; and, as defined by section 311(a)(3) of the CWA, means ev ery description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water other than a public vessel. Volunteer means any individual accepted to perform serv ices by the lead agency which has authority to accept volunteer services (examples: See 16 U.S.C. 742f(c)). A volunteer is subject to the provisions of the authorizing statute and the NCP. Worst case discharge as defined by section 311(a)(24) of the CWA, means, in the case of a vessel, a discharge in adverse weather conditions of its entire cargo, and, in the case of an offshore facility or onshore facility, the largest foreseeable discharge in adverse weather conditions. 59 FR 47416, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 60 FR 16054, March 29, 1995] 

### § 300.6 Use of number and gender.
top As used in this regulation, words in the singular also include the plural and words in the masculine gender also include the feminine and vice versa, as the case may require. 

# Page 14 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### § 300.7 Computation of time.
top In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed in these rules of practice, except as otherwise provided, the day of the event from which the des ignated period begins to run shall not be included. Saturdays, Sundays, and federal legal holidays s hall be included. When a stated time expires on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday , the stated time period shall be extended to include the next business day. 

### Subpart B—Responsibility and Organization for Response
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47424, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.100 Duties of President delegated to federal agencies.
top In Executive Orders 12580 and 12777, the President de legated certain functions and responsibilities vested in him by the CWA, CERCLA, and the OPA. 

### § 300.105 General organization concepts.
top (a) Federal agencies should: (1) Plan for emergencies and develop procedures for addressing oil discharges and releases of hazardous substances, pollu tants, or contaminants; (2) Coordinate their planning, preparedness, and response activiti es with one another; (3) Coordinate their planning, preparedness, and re sponse activities with affected states, local governments, and private entities; and (4) Make available those facilities or resources that may be useful in a response situation, consistent with agency authorities and capabilities. (b) Three fundamental kinds of activiti es are performed pursuant to the NCP: (1) Preparedness planning and coordinati on for response to a discharge of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant; (2) Notification and communications; and (3) Response operations at the sc ene of a discharge or release. (c) The organizational elements created to perform these activities are: (1) The NRT, responsible for national response and preparedness planning, fo r coordinating regional planning, and for providing poli cy guidance and support to the Regi onal Response Teams (RRTs). NRT membership consists of representatives from the agencies specified in §300.175(b). (2) RRTs, responsible for regional planning and preparedness activities before response actions, and for providing advice and support to the OSC or RPM when activated during a re sponse. RRT membership consists of designated representat ives from each federal agency partici pating in the NRT together with state and (as agreed upon by the states) local government representatives. (3) The OSC and the RPM, primarily responsible for di recting response efforts and coordinating all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or release. The other responsibilities of OSCs and RPMs are described in §300.135. (4) Area Committees, responsible for developing, und er direction of the OSC, ACPs for each area designated by the President. Responsibilities of Area Committees are described in §300.205(c). (d) The basic framework for the response managementstructure is a system (e.g., a unified command system) that brings together the functions of the Federal Governm ent, the state government, and the responsible party to achieve an effective and effici ent response, where the OSC maintains authority. 

# Page 15 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(e)(1) The organizational concepts of the national re sponse system are depicted in the following Figures 1a and 1b:

View or download PDF

View or download PDF (2) The standard federal regional boundaries (which are also the geographic areas of responsibility for the RRTs) are shown in the following Figure 2: 

# Page 16 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF (3) The USCG District boundaries are shown in the following Figure 3:

View or download PDF 

# Page 17 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...[59 FR 47424, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 72 FR 31753, June 8, 2007] 

### § 300.110 National Response Team.
top National planning and coordi nation is accomplished through the NRT. (a) The NRT consists of representatives from the agencies named in §300.175(b). Each agency shall designate a member to the team and sufficient alter nates to ensure representation, as agency resources permit. The NRT will c onsider requests for membership on the NRT from other agencies. Other agencies may request membership by forwarding such requests to the chair of the NRT. (b) The chair of the NRT shall be the repres entative of EPA and the vice chair shall be the representative of the USCG, with the exception of periods of activation bec ause of response action. During activation, the chair shall be the member agen cy providing the OSC/RPM. The vice chair shall maintain records of NRT activiti es along with national, regional, and area plans for response actions. (c) While the NRT desires to achi eve a consensus on all matters brough t before it, certain matters may prove unresolvable by this means. In such cases, each agency serving as a participating agency on the NRT may be accorded one vote in NRT proceedings. (d) The NRT may establish such bylaws and committ ees as it deems appropriate to further the purposes for which it is established. (e) The NRT shall evaluate methods of responding to discharges or releases; shall recommend any changes needed in the response organization; and shal l recommend to the Administrator of EPA changes to the NCP designed to improve the effect iveness of the national response system, including drafting of regulatory language. (f) The NRT shall prov ide policy and program di rection to the RRTs. (g) The NRT may consider and make recommendat ions to appropriate agencies on the training, equipping, and protection of response teams and nec essary research, development, demonstration, and evaluation to improve response capabilities. (h) Direct planning and preparedness re sponsibilities of the NRT include: (1) Maintaining national preparedness to respond to a major discharge of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant that is beyond regional capabilities; (2) Publishing guidance documents for preparation and implementa tion of SARA Title III local emergency response plans; (3) Monitoring incoming reports from all RRTs and activating for a response action, when necessary; (4) Coordinating a national program to assist member agencies in preparedness planning and response, and enhancing coordination of member agency preparedness programs; (5) Developing procedures, in coordination with the NSFCC, as appropriate, to ensure the coordination of federal, state, and local governments, and priv ate response to oil discharges and releases of hazardous substances, pollu tants, or contaminants; (6) Monitoring response-related research and develop ment, testing, and evaluation activities of NRT agencies to enhance coordination, av oid duplication of effort, and facilitate research in support of response activities; (7) Developing recommendations for response trai ning and for enhancing the coordination of available resources among agencies with training responsibilities under the NCP; (8) Reviewing regional res ponses to oil discharges and hazardous s ubstance, pollutant, or contaminant releases, including an eval uation of equipment readiness and co ordination among responsible public agencies and private organizations; and (9) Assisting in developing a national exercise program, in coordination with the NSFCC, to ensure preparedness and coordination nationwide. (i) The NRT will consider matters referred to it for advice or resolution by an RRT. (j) The NRT should be activated as an emergency response team: (1) When an oil discharge or hazardous substance release: (i) Exceeds the response capability of the region in which it occurs; 

# Page 18 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(ii) Transects regional boundaries; or (iii) Involves a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States or the environment, substantial amounts of property, or substantial threats to natural resources; (2) If requested by any NRT member. (k) When activated for a response action, the NRT shall meet at the call of the chair and may: (1) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC/RPM and recommend to the OSC/RPM, through the RRT, actions to combat the discharge or release; (2) Request other federal, state, and local governments, or private agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to com bat a discharge or release, or to monitor response operations; and (3) Coordinate the supply of equipment, personnel, or technical advice to the affected region from other regions or districts. 

### § 300.115 Regional Response Teams.
top (a) Regional planning and c oordination of preparedness and response actions is accomplished through the RRT. In the case of a discharge of oil, preparedne ss activities will be carri ed out in conjunction with A rea Committees, as appropriate. The RRT agency membership parallels that of the NRT, as described in §300.110, but also includes state and local representation. The RRT provides: (1) The appropriate regional mec hanism for development and coordi nation of preparedness activities before a response action is taken and for coordination of assistance and advice to the OSC/RPM during such response actions; and (2) Guidance to Area Committees, as appropriate, to ensure inter-area consistency and consistency of individual ACPs wi th the RCP and NCP. (b) The two principal components of the RRT me chanism are a standing team , which consists of designated representatives from each participat ing federal agency, state governments, and local governments (as agreed upon by the states); and incident-specific teams formed from the standing team when the RRT is activated for a response. On inciden t-specific teams, participation by the RRT member agencies will relate to the technical nature of the incident and its geographic location. (1) The standing team's jurisdiction corresponds to the standard federal regions, except for Alaska, Oceania in the Pacific, and the Ca ribbean area, each of which has a s eparate standing RRT. The role of the standing RRT includes communica tions systems and procedures, planni ng, coordination, training, evaluation, preparedness, and related matters on a regi onwide basis. It also includes coordination of A rea Committees for these functions in areas wit hin their respective regions, as appropriate. (2) The role of the incident-specific team is determi ned by the operational requirements of the response to a specific discharge or release. Appropriate levels of activation and/or notification of the incidentspecific RRT, including participation by state and local governments, shall be determined by the designated RRT chair for the incident, based on t he RCP. The incident-specific RRT supports the designated OSC/RPM. The designated OSC/RPM dire cts response efforts and coordinates all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or release. (c) The representatives of EPA and the USCG shall act as co-chairs of RRTs except when the RRT is activated. When the RRT is activated for respon se actions, the chair shall be the member agency providing the OSC/RPM. (d) Each participating agency should designate one me mber and at least one alternate member to the RRT. Agencies whose regional subdivisions do notcorrespond to the standard federal regions may designate additional representatives to the standi ng RRT to ensure appropriate coverage of the standard federal region. Participat ing states may also designate one member and at least one alternate member to the RRT. Indian tribal governments may arrange for representation with the RRT appropriate to their geographical location. All agencies and states may also provide additi onal representatives as observers to meetings of the RRT. (e) RRT members should designate representatives a nd alternates from their agencies as resource personnel for RRT activities, incl uding RRT work planning, and membership on incident-specific teams in support of the OSCs/RPMs. (f) Federal RRT members or their representatives s hould provide OSCs/RPMs with assistance from their respective federal agencies commensurate with agen cy responsibilities, res ources, and capabilities within the region. During a response action, the memb ers of the RRT should seekto make available the resources of their agencies to the OSC/ RPM as specified in the RCP and ACP. (g) RRT members should nominate appropriately qualifie d representatives from their agencies to work with OSCs in developing and maintaining ACPs. 

# Page 19 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(h) Affected states are encouraged to participate active ly in all RRT activities. Each state governor is requested to assign an office or agency to represent the state on the appropriate RRT; to designate representatives to work with the RRT in developi ng RCPs; to plan for, make available, and coordinate state resources; and to serve as the contact point for coordination of response with local government agencies, whether or not represented on the RRT. The state's RRT representative should keep the State Emergency Response Commission (SERC), descri bed in §300.205(d), apprised of RRT activities and coordinate RRT activiti es with the SERC. Local governments are invited to participate in activities on the appropriate RRT as provided by state law or as arranged by the state's representative. Indian tribes are also invited to participate in such activities. (i) The standing RRT shall recommend changes in t he regional response organization as needed, revise the RCP as needed, evaluate the preparedness of the participating agencies and the effectiveness of A CPs for the federal response to discharges and releases, and provide te chnical assistance for preparedness to the response community. The RRT should: (1) Review and comment, to the extent practicable, on local emergency response plans or other issues related to the preparation, implementation, or exercise of such plans upon request of a local emergency planning committee; (2) Evaluate regional and local responses to discharges or releases on a contin uing basis, considering available legal remedies, equipment readiness, and coordination among responsible public agencies and private organizations, and recommend improvements; (3) Recommend revisions of the NCP to the NRT , based on observations of response operations; (4) Review OSC actions to ensure that RCPs and ACPs are effective; (5) Encourage the state and local response comm unity to improve its preparedness for response; (6) In coordination with Area Committees and in ac cordance with any applicable laws, regulations, or requirements, conduct advance planni ng for use of dispersants, su rface washing agents, surface collecting agents, burning agents, bioremediation agents, or other chemical agents in accordance with subpart J of this part; (7) Be prepared to provide response resources to major discharges or releases outside the region; (8) Conduct or participate in training and exercises as necessary to encourage preparedness activities of the response community within the region; (9) Meet at least semiannually to review respons e actions carried out dur ing the preceding period, consider changes in RCPs, and recommend changes in ACPs; (10) Provide letter reports on RRT activities to t he NRT twice a year, no later than January 31 and July 31. At a minimum, reports should summarize rec ent activities, organizati onal changes, operational concerns, and efforts to improve state and local coordination; and (11) Ensure maximum participation in the national exercise program for announced and unannounced exercises. (j)(1) The RRT may be activated by the chair as an incident-specific response team when a discharge or release: (i) Exceeds the response capability availabl e to the OSC/RPM in the place where it occurs; (ii) Transects state boundaries; (iii) May pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States or the environment, or to regionally signific ant amounts of property; or (iv) Is a worst case discharge, as described in §300.324. RCPs shall specify detailed criteria for activation of RRTs. (2) The RRT will be activated during any discharge or release upon a request from the OSC/RPM, or from any RRT representative, to the chair of the RRT. Requests for RRT activation shall later be confirmed in writing. Each representative, or an appropriate alternate, should be notified immediately when the RRT is activated. (3) During prolonged removal or remedial action, the RRT may not need to be activated or may need to be activated only in a limited sense, or may need to have available only those member agencies of the RRT who are directly affected or who c an provide direct response assistance. (4) When the RRT is activated for a discharge or re lease, agency representatives shall meet at the call of the chair and may: (i) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC/RPM, advise the OSC/RPM on the duration and extent of response, and recommend to the OSC/RPM specific actions to respond to the discharge or release; 

# Page 20 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(ii) Request other federal, state, or local government s, or private agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to respond to a discha rge or release or to m onitor response operations; (iii) Help the OSC/RPM prepare information releasesfor the public and for comm unication with the NRT; (iv) If the circumstances warrant, make recommendations to the regional or district head of the agency providing the OSC/RPM that a different OSC/RPM should be designated; and (v) Submit pollution reports to the N RC as significant developments occur. (5) At the regional level, a Regi onal Response Center (RRC) may provide facilities and personnel for communications, information storage, and other requi rements for coordinating re sponse. The location of each RRC should be provided in the RCP. (6) When the RRT is activated, affected states may participate in all RRT deliberations. State government representatives participat ing in the RRT have the same statusas any federal member of the RRT. (7) The RRT can be deactivated w hen the incident-specific RRT chair determines that the OSC/RPM no longer requires RRT assistance. (8) Notification of the RRT may be appropriate when full activation is not nec essary, with systematic communication of pollution reports or other means to keep RRT members informed as to actions of potential concern to a particular agency, or to a ssist in later RRT evaluat ion of regionwide response effectiveness. (k) Whenever there is insufficient national polic y guidance on a matter before the RRT, a technical matter requiring solution, a question concerning in terpretation of the NCP, or a disagreement on discretionary actions among RRT members that cannotbe resolved at the regional level, it may be referred to the NRT, described in §300.110, for advice. 

### § 300.120 On-scene coordinators and remedial project managers: general responsibilities.
top (a) The OSC/RPM directs response efforts and coordinates all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or release. As part of the planning and preparedness for response, OSCs shall be predesignated by the regional or district head of the lead agency. EPA and the USCG shall predesignate OSCs for all areas in each region, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. RPMs shall be assigned by the lead agency to manage remedial or other response actions at NPL sites, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. (1) The USCG shall provide OSCs for oil discharges, including discharges from facilities and vessels under the jurisdiction of another federal agency, with in or threatening the coastal zone. The USCG shall also provide OSCs for the removal of releases of hazardous substances, pollutant s, or contaminants into or threatening the coastal zone, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. The USCG shall not provide predesignated OSCs for disc harges or releases from hazardous waste management facilities or in similarly chronic incidents. The US CG shall provide an initial respons e to discharges or releases from hazardous waste management faciliti es within the coastal zone in accordance with Department of Transportation (DOT)/EPA Instrument of Redelegatio n (May 27, 1988) except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section. The USCG OSC shall contact t he cognizant RPM as soon as it is evident that a removal may require a follow-up remedial action, to ensure that the required planning can be initiated and an orderly transition to an EPA or state lead can occur. (2) EPA shall provide OSCs for discharges or releas es into or threatening the inland zone and shall provide RPMs for federally funded remedial actions, except in the case of state-lead federally funded response and as provided in paragraph (b) of this sect ion. EPA will also assume all remedial actions at NPL sites in the coastal zone, even where removals are initiated by the USCG, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) In general, USCG Captains of the Port (COTP) shall serve as the designated OSCs for areas in the coastal zone for which an ACP isrequired under CWA section 311(j)and EPA Regional Administrators shall designate OSCs for areas in the inland zone for which an ACP is required under CWA section 311 (j). (c) For releases of hazardous subst ances, pollutants, or contaminants, when the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any facili ty or vessel, including vessels bareboat-chartered and operated, under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD, DOE, or other federal agency: (1) In the case of DOD or DOE, DOD or DOE s hall provide OSCs/RPMs re sponsible for taking all response actions; and (2) In the case of a federal agency other than EPA, DOD, or DOE, such agency shall provide OSCs for all removal actions that are not emergencies and shall provide RPMs for all remedial actions. 

# Page 21 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) DOD will be the removal response authority with re spect to incidents involv ing DOD military weapons and munitions or weapons and m unitions under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD. (e) The OSC is responsible for overseeing development of the ACP in the area of the OSC's responsibility. ACPs shall, as appropriate, be acco mplished in cooperation with the RRT, and designated state and local representatives. In contingency planning and removal, the OSC coordinates, directs, and reviews the work of other agencies, Area Committees , responsible parties, and contractors to assure compliance with the NCP, decisi on document, consent decree, administrative order, and lead agencyapproved plans applicable to the response. (f) The RPM is the prime contact for remedial or other response actions being taken (or needed) at sites on the proposed or promulgated NPL, and for sites not on the NPL but under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of a federal agency. The RPM's responsibilities include: (1) Fund-financed response: The RPM coordinates, directs, and reviews the work of EPA, states and local governments, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and all other agencies and contractors to assure compliance with the NCP. Based upon the reports of these parties, the RPM recommends action for decisions by lead agency officials. T he RPM's period of responsibility begins prior to initiation of the remedial investigation/feasibilitystudy (RI/FS), described in §300.430, and continues through design, remedial action, deletion of the site from the NPL, and the CERCLA cost recovery activity. When a removal and remedial action occur at the same si te, the OSC and RPM should coordinate to ensure an orderly transition of responsibility. (2) Federal-lead non-Fund-financed response: The RPM coordinates, directs, and reviews the work of other agencies, responsible parties, and contractors to assure compliance with the NCP, Record of Decision (ROD), consent decree, administrative order, and lead agency-approv ed plans applicable to the response. Based upon the reports of these parti es, the RPM shall recommend action for decisions by lead agency officials. The RPM's period of responsibility begins prior to initiation of the RI/FS, described in §300.430, and continues through desig n and remedial action and the CERCLA cost recovery activity. The OSC and RPM shall ensure orderly transition of responsibilities from one to the other. (3) The RPM shall participate in all decision-making processes necessary to ensure compliance with the NCP, including, as appropriate, agreements between EPA or other federal agencies and the state. The RPM may also review responses where EPA has preauthorized a person to file a claim for reimbursement to determine that the response was cons istent with the terms of such preauthorization in cases where claims are filed for reimbursement. (g)(1) Where a support agency has been identifi ed through a cooperative agreement, Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA), or other agreement, that agency may designate a support agency coordinator (SAC) to provide as sistance, as requested, by the OSC/RPM. The SAC is the prime representative of the support agency for response actions. (2) The SAC's responsibilities may include: (i) Providing and reviewing data and documents as requested by the OSC/RPM during the planning, design, and cleanup activities of the response action; and (ii) Providing other assistance as requested. (h)(1) The lead agency should provide appropriate training for its OSCs, RPMs, and other response personnel to carry out their responsibilities under the NCP. (2) OSCs/RPMs should ensure that persons designated to act as th eir on-scene representatives are adequately trained and prepared to carry out actions under the NCP, to the extent practicable. 

### § 300.125 Notification and communications.
top (a) The National Response Cent er (NRC), located at USCG Headquarters, is the national communications center, continuouslymanned for handling activities rela ted to response actions. The NRC acts as the single point of contact for all pollution incident reporting, and as the NRT communications center. Notice of discharges and rele ases must be made telephonically through a toll free number or a special local number (Telecommunica tion Device for the Deaf (TDD) and collect calls accepted). (Notification details appear in §§30 0.300 and 300.405.) The NRC re ceives and immediately relays telephone notices of discharges or releases to the appropriate predesignated federal OSC. The telephone report is distributed to any interested NRT member agency or federal entity that has established a written agreement or understanding with the NRC. The NRC evaluates incoming information and immediately advises FEMA of a potential major disaster situation. (b) The Commandant, USCG, in conjunction with ot her NRT agencies, shall provide the necessary personnel, communications, plotting facilities, and equipment for the NRC. (c) Notice of an oil discharge or release of a haza rdous substance in an amount equal to or greater than the reportable quantity must be made immediately in accordance with 33 CFR part 153, subpart B, and 40 CFR part 302, respectively. No tification shall be made to the NRC Duty Officer, HQ USCG, 

# Page 22 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Washington, DC, telephone (800) 424–8802 or (202) 267–2 675. All notices of discharges or releases received at the NRC will be relayed immediately by telephone to the OSC. 

### § 300.130 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions.
top (a) In accordance with CWA and CERCLA, the Admini strator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to act for the United States to take response measures deemed necessary to protect t he public health or welfare or environment from discharges of oil or releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants except with respect to such releases on or from vessels or facilities under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of other federal agencies. (b) The Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to initiate and, in the case of a discharge posing a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States is required to initiate and direct, appropriate response activities when the Administrator or Secretary determines th at any oil or CWA hazardous substance is discharged or there is a substantial threat of such discharge from any vessel or offshore or onshore facility into or on the navigable waters of the United States, on the adjoini ng shorelines to the navigable waters, into or on the waters of the exclusive econom ic zone, or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under exclusive managem ent authority of the United States; or (c) The Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of t he department in which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to initiate appropriate res ponse activities when the Ad ministrator or Secretary determines that any hazardous substance is released or there is a threat of such a release into the environment, or there is a release or threat of release into the environment of any pollutant or contaminant which may present an im minent and substantial danger to the public health or welfare of the United States. (d) In addition to any actions tak en by a state or local government, the Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating may request the U.S. Attorney General to secure the relief from any person, including the owner or operator of the vessel or facility necessary to abate a threat or, after notice to the affected state, take any other action authori zed by section 311 of the CWA or section 106 of CERCLA as appropriate, in cluding issuing administrative orders, that may be necessary to protect the public health or welfare, if the Administrator or Secretary determines: (1) That there may be an imminent and substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States or the environment of the United States, incl uding fish, shellfish, and wildlife, public and private property, shorelines, beaches, habita ts, and other living and nonliving natural resources under the j urisdiction or control of the United States, because of an actual or threatened discharge of oil or a CWA hazardous substance from any vessel or offshore or onshore facility into or upon the navigable waters of the United States; or (2) That there may be an imminent and substantial endangerment to the public health or welfare of the United States or the environment because of a re lease of a CERCLA hazardous substance from a facility. (e) Response actions to remove di scharges originating from operati ons conducted subject to the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act shall be in acco rdance with the NCP. (f) Where appropriate, when a discharge or release invo lves radioactive materials, the lead or support federal agency shall act consistent with the notification and assistance procedures described in the appropriate Federal Radiol ogical Plan. For the purpose of the NCP, the FRERP (24 CFR part 2401) is the appropriate plan. Most radiological discharges a nd releases do not result in FRERP activation and should be handled in accordance with the NCP. Howeve r, releases from nuclear incidents subject to requirements for financial protecti on established by the Nu clear Regulatory Commission under the PriceA nderson amendments (section 170) of the Atomic Energy Act are specifically excluded from CERCLA and NCP requirements. (g) Removal actions involving nuclear weapons should be conducted in accordance with the joint Department of Defense, Department of Energy, and FEMA Agreement for Response to Nuclear Incidents and Nuclear Weapons Significant Incidents (January 8, 1981). (h) If the situation is beyond the capability of stat e and local governments and the statutory authority of federal agencies, the President may, under the Dis aster Relief Act of 1974, act upon a request by the governor and declare a major disaster or emergency and appoint a Federal Coordinating Officer (FCO) to coordinate all federal disaster assistance activiti es. In such cases, the OSC/RPM would continue to carry out OSC/RPM responsibilities under the NCP, butwould coordinate those activities with the FCO to ensure consistency with other federal disaster assistance activities. (i) In the event of a declaration of a major disaster by the President, the FEMA may activate the Federal Response Plan (FRP). A FCO, designated by the President, may implement the FRP and coordinate and direct emergency assistance and disaster relie f of impacted individuals, business, and public services under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief Act. Delivery of federal assistance is facilitated through twelve functional annexes to the FRP known as Emergen cy Support Functions (ESFs). EPA coordinates activities under ESF #10—Hazardous Materials, which addresses preparedness and response to hazardous materials and oil incidents caused by a natural disaster or other catastrophic 

# Page 23 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...event. In such cases, the OSC/RPM should coordi nate response activities with the FCO, through the incident-specific ESF #10 Chair, to ensure consistency with federal disaster assistance activities. 

### § 300.135 Response operations.
top (a) The OSC/RPM, consistent with §§300.120 and 300.125, shall direct response efforts and coordinate all other efforts at the scene of a discharge or re lease. As part of the pl anning and preparation for response, the OSCs/RPMs shall be predesignated bythe regional or district head of the lead agency. (b) The first federal official affiliated with an NRT me mber agency to arrive at the scene of a discharge or release should coordinate activities under the NCP and is authorized to initiate, in consultation with the OSC, any necessary actions normally carried out by the OSC until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. This official may initiate federal fund-financed ac tions only as authorized by th e OSC or, if the OSC is unavailable, the authorized representative of the lead agency. (c) The OSC/RPM shall, to the ext ent practicable, collect pertinent facts about the discharge or release, such as its source and cause; the identification of potentially responsible parties; the nature, amount, and location of discharged or released materials; t he probable direction and time of travel of discharged or released materials; whether the discharge is a worst case discharge as discussed in §300.324; the pathways to human and environmental exposure; the potential impact on human health, welfare, and safety and the environment; whether the discharge or release poses a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States as discussed in §300.322; the potential impact on natural resources and property which may be affected; prio rities for protecting human health and welfare and the environment; and appropriate cost documentation. (d) The OSC's/RPM's efforts shall be coordinated with other appropriate federal, state, local, and private response agencies. OSCs/RPMs may designate capable persons from federal, state, or local agencies to act as their on-scene representatives. State and local governments, however, are not authorized to take actions under subparts D and E of the NCP that involve expenditures of the Oil Spill Liab ility Trust Fund or CERCLA funds unless an appropriate contractor cooperative agreement has been established. The basic framework for the response management structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that brings together the functions of th e federal government, the state government, and the responsible party to achieve an effective and effici ent response, where the OSC maintains authority. (e) The OSC/RPM should consult regularly with the RRT and NSFCC, as appropriate, in carrying out the NCP and keep the RRT and NSFCC, as appropriate , informed of activities under the NCP. (f) The OSC/RPM shall advise the support agency as promptly as possible of reported releases. (g) The OSC/RPM should evaluate incoming informat ion and immediately adv ise FEMA of potential major disaster situations. (h) In those instances where a possible public heal th emergency exists, the OSC/RPM should notify the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) representative to the RRT. Throughout response actions, the OSC/RPM may call upon the HHS representative for assist ance in determining public health threats and call upon the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and HHS for assistance on worker health and safety issues. (i) All federal agencies should plan for emergenc ies and develop procedures for dealing with oil discharges and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants from vessels and facilities under their jurisdiction. Al l federal agencies, therefore, are re sponsible for designating the office that coordinates response to such incidents in accordance with the NC P and applicable federal regulations and guidelines. (j)(1) The OSC/RPM shall ensure that the trustees for natural resources are promptly notified of discharges or releases. (2) The OSC or RPM shall coordinate all response acti vities with the affected natural resource trustees and, for discharges of oil, the OSC shall consult with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal action to be taken. (k) Where the OSC/RPM becomes aware that a di scharge or release may affect any endangered or threatened species or their habitat, the OSC/RPM shall consult with the Department of Interior (DOI), or the Department of Commerce (DOC) (NOAA) and, if appropriate, the cognizantfederal land managing agency. (l) The OSC/RPM is responsible for addressing worker health and safety concerns at a response scene, in accordance with §300.150. (m) The OSC shall submit pollution reports to t he RRT and other appropriate agencies as significant developments occur during response actions, through communications networks or procedures agreed to by the RRT and covered in the RCP. (n) OSCs/RPMs should ensure that all appropriate public and private interests are kept informed and that their concerns are c onsidered throughout a response, to the ext ent practicable, consistent with the 

# Page 24 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...requirements of §300.155 of this part. 

### § 300.140 Multi-regional responses.
top (a) If a discharge or release moves from the area covered by one ACP or RCP into another area, the authority for response actions shoul d likewise shift. If a discharge or release affects areas covered by two or more ACPs or RCPs, the response mechanism s of each applicable plan may be activated. In this case, response actions of all regi ons concerned shall be fully coordinated as detailed in the RCPs and A CPs. (b) There shall be only one OSC and/or RPM at any ti me during the course of a response operation. Should a discharge or releas e affect two or more areas, EPA, t he USCG, DOD, DOE, or other lead agency, as appropriate, shall give prime considerati on to the area vulnerable to the greatest threat, in determining which agency should provide the OSC and/or RPM. The RRT shall designate the OSC and/or RPM if the RRT member agencies who have response authority within the affected areas are unable to agree on the designation. The NRT shall designate the OSC and/or RPM if members of one RRT or two adjacent RRTs are unable to agree on the designation. (c) Where the USCG has initially provided the OSC for response to a release from hazardous waste management facilities located in the coastal zone, res ponsibility for response action shall shift to EPA or another federal agency, as appropriate. 

### § 300.145 Special teams and other assistance available to OSCs/RPMs.
top (a) The NSF is a special team established by the USCG, including the three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information Assist Team (PIAT), and the NSFC C. The NSF is available to assist OSCs/RPMs in their preparedness and response duties. (1) The three Strike Teams (Atlantic, Gulf, and Pa cific) provide trained personnel and specialized equipment to assist the OSC in training for spill response, stabilizing and c ontaining the spill, and in monitoring or directing t he response actions of the responsible parties and/or contractors. The OSC has a specific team designated for initial contact and ma y contact that team directly for any assistance. (2) The NSFCC can provide the following support to the OSC: (i) Technical assistance, equipment and other resources to augment the OSC staff during spill response. (ii) Assistance in coordinating th e use of private and public resources in support of the OSC during a response to or a threat of a worst case discharge of oil. (iii) Review of the area contingency plan, including an evaluation of equipment readiness and coordination among respons ible public agencies and private organizations. (iv) Assistance in locating spill response resources for both response and pl anning, using the NSFCC's national and international computerized inventory of spill response resources. (v) Coordination and evaluation of pollution response exercises. (vi) Inspection of district prepos itioned pollution response equipment. (3) PIAT is an element of the NSFCC staff which is available to assist OSCs to meet the demands for public information during a response or exercise . Its use is encouraged any time the OSC requires outside public affairs support. Requests for PIAT assistance may be made through the NSFCC or NRC. (b)(1) The Environmental Response Team (ERT) is established by EPA in accordance with its disaster and emergency responsibilities. The ERT has expertise in treatment technology, biology, chemistry, hydrology, geology, and engineering. (2) The ERT can provide access to special decontam ination equipment for chem ical releases and advice to the OSC/RPM in hazard evaluation; risk assessm ent; multimedia sampling and analysis program; onsite safety, including development and implementat ion plans; cleanup techniques and priorities; water supply decontamination and protecti on; application of dispersants; environmental assessment; degree of cleanup required; and disposal of contaminated material. (3) The ERT also provides both introductory and in termediate level training courses to prepare response personnel. (4) OSC/RPM or RRT requests for ERT support s hould be made to the EPA representative on the RRT; EPA Headquarters, Director, Emergency Response Di vision; or the appropriate EPA regional emergency coordinator. 

# Page 25 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(c) Scientific Support Coordinators (SSCs) may be designated by the OSC (and RPM in the case of EPA SSCs) as the principal advisors fo r scientific issues, communication with the scientific community, and coordination of requests for assist ance from state and federal agencies regarding scientific studies. The SSC strives for a consensus on scientific issues af fecting the response, but ensures that differing opinions within the community are communicated to the OSC/RPM. (1) Generally, SSCs are provided by NOAA in th e coastal zones, and by EPA in the inland zone. OSC/RPM requests for SSC support can be made direct ly to the SSC assigned to the area or to the agency member of the RRT. NOAA SSCs can also be requested through NOAA's SSC program office in Seattle, WA. NOAA SSCs are assigned to USCG Di stricts and are supported by a scientific support team that includes expertise in environmental chemistry, oil slick tracking, pollutant transport modeling, natural resources at risk, environmental tradeoffs of countermeasures and cleanup, and information management. (2) During a response, the SSC serves on the federal OSC's/RPM's staff and may, at the request of the OSC/RPM, lead the scientific team and be responsi ble for providing scientif ic support for operational decisions and for coordinating on-sc ene scientific activity . Depending on the nature and location of the incident, the SSC integrates expertise from governmental agencies, uni versities, community representatives, and industry to assist the OSC/RPM in evaluating the hazards and potential effects of releases and in developing response strategies. (3) At the request of the OSC, the SSC may facilitate the OSC's work with the lead administrative trustee for natural resources to ensure coordination between damage assessment data collection efforts and data collected in support of response operations. (4) SSCs support the Regional Response Teams and the Area Committees in preparing regional and area contingency plans and in conducting spill training and exercises. Fo r area plans, the SSC provides leadership for the synthesis and int egration of environmental information required for spill response decisions in support of the OSC. (d)(1) SUPSALV has an extensive salvage/search and recovery equipment inventory with the requisite knowledge and expertise to support these operations, incl uding specialized salvage, firefighting, and petroleum, oil and lubrican ts offloading capability. (2) When possible, SUPSALV will provide equipment for trai ning exercises in support of national and regional contingency planning objectives. (3) The OSC/RPM may request assistance directly from SUPSALV. Formal requests are routed through the Chief of Naval Operations (N312). (e) For marine salvage operations, OSCs/RPMs with responsibility for monitoring, evaluating, or supervising these activiti es should request technical assistance from DOD, the Strike Teams, or commercial salvors as necessary to ensure that proper actions are taken. Marine salvage operations generally fall into five categories: afloat salv age; offshore salvage; river and harbor clearance; cargo salvage; and rescue towing. Each category require s different knowledge and specialized types of equipment. The complexity of such operations ma y be further compounded by local environmental and geographic conditions. The nature of marine salvage a nd the conditions under whic h it occurs combine to make such operations imprecise, difficult, haz ardous, and expensive. Thus, responsible parties or other persons attempting to perform such operations without adequate knowledge, equipment, and experience could aggravate, rather than relieve, the situation. (f) Radiological Emergency Response Teams (R ERTs) have been established by EPA's Office of Radiation Programs (ORP) to prov ide response and support for incidents or sites containing radiological hazards. Expertise is available in radiation monitoring, radionuclide analysis, radiation health physics, and risk assessment. RERTs can provide on-site s upport including mobile monitoring laboratories for field analyses of samples and fixed laboratories for radiochemical sampling an d analyses. Requests for support may be made 24 hours a day via the NRC or directly to the EPA Radiological Response Coordinator in the Office of R adiation Programs. Assistance is al so available from DOE and other federal agencies. (g)(1) DRGs assist the OSC by providing tec hnical assistance, personnel , and equipment, including prepositioned equipment. Each DRG consists of a ll Coast Guard personnel and equipment, including marine firefighting equipment, in its district, additi onal pre-positioned equipmen t, and a District Response A dvisory Team (DRAT) that is avai lable to provide support to the OSC in the event that a spill exceeds local response capabilities. Each DRG: (i) Shall provide technical assistance, equipment, and other resources, as avai lable, when requested by an OSC through the USCG representative to the RRT; (ii) Shall ensure maintenance of all USCG response equipment wi thin its district; (iii) May provide technical assistanc e in the preparation of the ACP; and (iv) Shall review each of those plans thataffect its area of geographic responsibility. (2) In deciding where to locate personnel and pre-po sitioned equipment, the USCG shall give priority emphasis to: 

# Page 26 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(i) The availability of facilities for loading and unloading heavy or bulky equipment by barge; (ii) The proximity to an air port capable of supporting large military transport aircraft; (iii) The flight time to provide re sponse to oil spills in all areas of the Coast Guard district with the potential for marine casualties; (iv) The availability of trained local personnel capable of responding in an oil spill emergency; and (v) Areas where large quantities of petroleum products are transported. (h) The NPFC is responsible for implementing t hose portions of Title I of the OPA that have been delegated to the Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating. The NPFC is responsible for addressing funding is sues arising from discharges and th reats of discharges of oil. The NPFC: (1) Issues Certificates of Financial Responsibility to owners and operators of vessels to pay for costs and damages that are incurred by their vessels as a result of oil discharges; (2) Provides funding for various response organizations for timelyabatement and removal actions related to oil discharges; (3) Provides equitable compensati on to claimants who sustain cost s and damages from oil discharges when the responsible party fails to do so; (4) Recovers monies from persons liable for costs and damages resulting from oil discharges to the full extent of liability under the law; and (5) Provides funds to initiate natural resource damage assessments. 

### § 300.150 Worker health and safety.
top (a) Response actions under the NCP will comply with the provisions for respons e action worker safety and health in 29 CFR 1910.120. The NRS meets t he requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120 concerning use of an incident command system. (b) In a response action taken by a responsible party, the responsible party must assure that an occupational safety and health program consistent with 29 CFR 1910.120 is made available for the protection of workers at the response site. (c) In a response taken under the NCP by a lead agency, an occupational safety and health program should be made available for the protection of workers at the response site, consistent with, and to the extent required by, 29 CFR 1910.120. Contracts re lating to a response action under the NCP should contain assurances that the contractor at the respons e site will comply with this program and with any applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.) (OSH A ct) and state laws with plans approved under section 18 of the OSH Act. (d) When a state, or political subdi vision of a state, without an OS HA-approved state plan is the lead agency for response, the state or political subdivisi on must comply with standards in 40 CFR part 311, promulgated by EPA pursuant to section 126(f) of SARA. (e) Requirements, standards, and regul ations of the OSH Act and of state OSH laws not directly referenced in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, must be compli ed with where applicable. Federal OSH Act requirements include, among other things, Construction Standards (29 CFR part 1926), General Industry Standards (29 CFR part 1910), and the general duty requirement of section 5(a) (1) of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 654(a)(1)). No action by the lead agency wit h respect to response activities under the NCP constitutes an exercise of statutory authority within the meaning of section 4(b) (1) of the OSH Act. All governmental agencies and priv ate employers are directly responsible for the health and safety of their own employees. 

### § 300.155 Public information and community relations.
top (a) When an incident occurs, it is imperative to give the public prompt, accurate information on the nature of the incident and the actions underway to mitigate the damage. OSCs/RPMs and community relations personnel should ensure that all appropriate public and private interests are kept informed and that their concerns are considered throughout a response. They should coordinate with available public affairs/community relations resources to carry out th is responsibility by establishing, as appropriate, a Joint Information Center bringing together resources from federal and state agencies and the responsible party. 

# Page 27 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(b) An on-scene news office may be established to coordinate media relations and to issue official federal information on an incident. Whenever possible , it will be headed by a representative of the lead agency. The OSC/RPM determines the location of t he on-scene news office, butevery effort should be made to locate it near the scene of the incident. If a participating agency believes public interest warrants the issuance of statements and an on-scene ne ws office has not been established, the affected agency should recommend its establishment. All federal news releases or st atements by participating agencies should be cleared through the OSC/RPM. In formation dissemination relating to natural resource damage assessment activiti es shall be coordinated through t he lead administrative trustee. The designated lead administrative trustee may assi st the OSC/RPM by diss eminating information on issues relating to damage assessmentactivities. Foll owing termination of remo val activity, information dissemination on damage assessment activities sh all be through the lead administrative trustee. (c) The community relations requirements specified in §§300.415, 300.430, and 300.435 apply to removal, remedial, and enforcement actions and are intended to promote active communication between communities affected by discharges or releases and the lead agency re sponsible for response actions. Community Relations Plans (CRPs) are required byEPA for certain response actions. The OSC/RPM should ensure coordination with such plans which may be in effect at the scene of a discharge or release or which may need to be dev eloped during follow-up activities. 

### § 300.160 Documentation and cost recovery.
top (a) For releases of a hazardous s ubstance, pollutant, or contaminan t, the following provisions apply: (1) During all phases of response, the lead agency shall complete and maintain documentation to support all actions taken under the NCP and to form the basis for cost recovery. In general, documentation shall be sufficient to provide the source and circumstances of the release, the identity of responsible parties, the response acti on taken, accurate accounting of federal, state, or private party costs incurred for response actions, and impacts and potential impacts to the public health and welfare and the environment. Where applicable, documentati on shall state when the NRC received notification of a release of a reportable quantity. (2) The information and reports obtained by the lead agency for Fund-financed response actions shall, as appropriate, be transmitted to the chair of th e RRT. Copies can then be forwarded to the NRT, members of the RRT, and others as appropriate. (3) The lead agency shall make available to the trus tees of affected natural resources information and documentation that can assist the trustees in the determination of actual or potential natural resource injuries. (b) For discharges of oil, documentation and costrecovery provisions are described in §300.315. (c) Response actions undertaken by the partici pating agencies shall be carried out under existing programs and authorities when available. Federal age ncies are to make resources available, expend funds, or participate in response to discharges and releases under their exis ting authority. Interagency agreements may be signed when necessary to ensure thatthe federal resources will be available for a timely response to a discharge or release. The ul timate decision as to t he appropriateness of expending funds rests with the agency that is held accountable for such expenditures. Fu rther funding provisions for discharges of oil are described in §300.335. (d) The Administrator of EPA and the Administrator of the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) shall assure that the costs of heal th assessment or health effect studies conducted under the authority of CERCLA section 104(i) are documented in accordance with standard EPA procedures for cost recovery. Docu mentation shall include informati on on the nature of the hazardous substances addressed by the research, information concerning the locations where these substances have been found, and any available information on res ponse actions taken concer ning these substances at the location. 

### § 300.165 OSC reports.
top (a) As requested by the NRT or RRT, the OSC/RPM s hall submit to the NRT or RRT a complete report on the removal operation and the actions taken. T he RRT shall review the OSC report and send to the NRT a copy of the OSC report with its comments or recommendations within 30 days after the RRT has received the OSC report. (b) The OSC report shall record the situation as it developed, the actions taken, the resources committed, and the problems encountered. 

### § 300.170 Federal agency participation.
top 

# Page 28 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Federal agencies listed in §300.175 have duties established by statute, executive order, or Presidential directive which may apply to federal response actions fo llowing, or in prevention of, the discharge of oil or release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. Some of these agencies also have duties relating to the restoration, rehabilitation, replacement, or acquisit ion of equivalent natural resources injured or lost as a result of such disc harge or release as described in subpart G of this part. The NRT, RRT, and Area Committ ee organizational structure, and t he NCP, RCPs and ACPs, described in §300.210, provide for agencies to coordinate wi th each other in carrying out these duties. (a) Federal agencies may be called upon by an OSC/RPM during response planning and implementation to provide assistanc e in their respective areas of expertise, as described in §300.175, consistent with the agencies' capabilities and authorities. (b) In addition to their general respons ibilities, federal agencies should: (1) Make necessary information available to t he Secretary of the NRT, RRTs, Area Committees, and OSCs/RPMs. (2) Provide representatives to t he NRT and RRTs and otherwise assistRRTs and OSCs, as necessary, in formulating RCPs and ACPs. (3) Inform the NRT, RRTs, and Area Committees, consistent with nati onal security considerations, of changes in the availability of resources that w ould affect the operations implemented under the NCP. (c) All federal agencies are responsible for reporting rel eases of hazardous substanc es from facilities or vessels under their jurisdiction or control in accordance with section 103 of CERCLA. (d) All federal agencies are encouraged to report releas es of pollutants or contaminants and must report discharges of oil, as required in 40 CFR part 110, from facilities or vessels under their jurisdiction or control to the NRC. 

### § 300.175 Federal agencies: additional responsibilities and assistance.
top (a) During preparedness planning or in an actual response, various federal agencies may be called upon to provide assistance in their respective areas of expertise, as indicate d in paragraph (b) of this section, consistent with agency legal authorities an d capabilities. (b) The federal agencies include: (1) USCG, as provided in 14 U.S.C. 1–3, is an agency in DOT, except when operating as an agency in the United States Navy (USN) in time of war. The US CG provides the NRT vice chair, co-chairs for the standing RRTs, and predesignated OSCs for the coas tal zone, as described in §300.120(a)(1). The USCG maintains continuously manned facilities which can be used for command, control, and surveillance of oil discharges and hazardous substanc e releases occurring in the coastal zone. The USCG also offers expertise in domestic and internatio nal fields of port safety and security, maritime law enforcement, ship navigation and construction, and t he manning, operation, and safety of vessels and marine facilities. The USCG may enter into a cont ract or cooperative agreement with the appropriate state in order to implement a response action. (2) EPA chairs the NRT and co-chairs, with the USCG, the standing RRTs; provides predesignated OSCs for all inland areas for which an ACP is required under CWA section 311(j) and for discharges and releases occurring in the inland z one and RPMs for remedial actions except as otherwise provided; and generally provides the SSC for re sponses in the inland zone. EPA provides expertise on human health and ecological effects of oil discharges or rel eases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants; ecological and hum an health risk assessment methods; and environmental pollution control techniques. Access to EPA's scientific expertise can be facilitated through the EPA representative to the Research and Development Co mmittee of the National Response Team; the EPA Office of Research and Development's Superfund Techni cal Liaisons or Regional Scientists located in EPA Regional offices; or through EPA' s Office of Science Planning and Regulatory Evaluation. EPA also provides legal expertise on the interpretation of CERCLA and other environmental statutes. EPA may enter into a contract or cooperative agreement wi th the appropriate state in order to implement a response action. (3) FEMA provides guidance, policy and program advice, and technical assistance in hazardous materials, chemical, and radiologi cal emergency preparedness activities (including planni ng, training, and exercising). FEMA's primary point of contact fo r administering financial and technical assistance to state and local governments to support their efforts to develop and maintain an effective emergency management and response capability is the Preparedness, Training, and Exercises Directorate. (4) DOD has responsibility to take all action necessary with respect to releases where either the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, anyfacility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD. In addition to those capabilities provided by SUPSALV, DOD ma y also, consistent with its operational requirements and upon request of t he OSC, provide locally deployed USN oil spill equipment and provide assistance to other federal agencies on request. The following two branches of DOD have particularly relevant expertise: 

# Page 29 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(i) The United States Army Corps of Engineers has specialized equipment and personnel for maintaining navigation channels, for removing navigation obstructi ons, for accomplishing structural repairs, and for performing maintenance to hydropower electricgenerating equipment. The Corps can also provide design services, perform constructi on, and provide contract writing and contract administrative services for other federal agencies. (ii) The U.S. Navy Supervisor of Salvage (SUPSALV)is the branch of service within DOD most knowledgeable and experienced in ship salvage, shipboard damage c ontrol, and diving. The USN has an extensive array of specialized equipment and pers onnel available for use in these areas as well as specialized containment, collecti on, and removal equipment specifically designed for salvage-related and open-sea pollution incidents. (5) DOE generally provides designated OSCs/RPMs thatare responsible for ta king all response actions with respect to releases where either the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any facility or vessel under its jurisdiction, custody, or control, including vessels bareboat-chartered and operated. In addition, under the FRER P, DOE provides advice and assistance to other OSCs/RPMs for emergency actions essential for the control of immediate radiological hazards. Incidents that qualify for DOE radiological advice and assistance are those bel ieved to involve source, by-product, or special nuclear material or other ionizing radiation sources, including radi um, and other naturally occurring radionuclides, as well as particle a ccelerators. Assistance is availabl e through direct contact with the appropriate DOE Radiol ogical Assistance Program Regional Office. (6) The Department of Agriculture (USDA) has scientif ic and technical capability to measure, evaluate, and monitor, either on the ground or by use of aircraft, situations where natural resource s including soil, water, wildlife, and vegetation have been impacted by fire, insects and diseases, floods, hazardous substances, and other natural or man-caused emergencies. The USDA may be contacted through Forest Service emergency staff officers who are the designated members of the RRT. Agencies within USDA have relevant capabiliti es and expertise as follows: (i) The Forest Service has responsibility for prot ection and management of nati onal forests and national grasslands. The Forest Service has personnel, laboratory, and field capability to measure, evaluate, monitor, and control as needed, rel eases of pesticides and other haz ardous substances on lands under its jurisdiction. (ii) The Agriculture Research Service (ARS) adm inisters an applied and developmental research program in animal and plant protection and production; the use and improvement of soil, water, and air; the processing, storage, and distribution of fa rm products; and human nutrition. The ARS has the capabilities to provide regulation of, and evaluation and training for, employees exposed to biological, chemical, radiological, and industria l hazards. In emergency situations, the ARS can identify, control, and abate pollution in the areas of air, soil, wastes , pesticides, radiation, and toxic substances for ARS facilities. (iii) The Soil Conservation Servic e (SCS) has personnel in nearly ev ery county in the nation who are knowledgeable in soil, agronomy, engi neering, and biology. These perso nnel can help to predict the effects of pollutants on soil and their movements over and through soils. Technical specialists can assist in identifying potential hazardous waste sites and provide review and advice on plans for remedial measures. (iv) The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) can respond in an emergency to regulate movement of diseased or infected organisms to prevent the spread and contamination of nonaffected areas. (v) The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSI S) has responsibility to prevent meat and poultry products contaminated with harmful substances from entering hum an food channels. In emergencies, the FSIS works with other federal and state agencies to establish acceptabilityfor slaughter of exposed or potentially exposed animals and their products . In addition they are charged with managing the Federal Radiological Emergency Response Program for the USDA. (7) DOC, through NOAA, provides scientific support for response and contingency planning in coastal and marine areas, including assessments of the hazards that may be involved, predictions of movement and dispersion of oil and hazardous substances through trajectory mo deling, and information on the sensitivity of coastal environments to oil and hazardous substances and associated clean-up and mitigation methods; provides expertise on living marine resource s and their habitats, including endangered species, marine mammals and National Marine Sanctuary ecosystems; provides information on actual and predicted meteorological , hydrological, ice, a nd oceanographic conditions for marine, coastal, and inland waters, and tide and circulation data for coastal and territorial waters and for the Great Lakes. (8) HHS assists with the assessment, preservati on, and protection of hum an health and helps ensure the availability of essential human services. HHS provides technical and nontechnical assistance in the form of advice, guidance, and resources to other federal agencies as well as state and local governments. (i) The principal HHS response comes from the U.S. Public Health Service and is coordinated from the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, and vari ous Public Health Service regional offices. Within the Public Health Service, the primary respons e to a hazardous materials emergency comes from Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry(ATSDR) and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Both ATSDR and CDC have a 24-hour emergency response capabilitywherein scientific and technical personnel are available to provide techni cal assistance to the lead federal agency and state and local response agencies on human health th reat assessment and analysis, and exposure 

# Page 30 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...prevention and mitigation. Such assi stance is used for situations requi ring evacuation of affected areas, human exposure to hazardous materials, and techni cal advice on mitigation and prevention. CDC takes the lead during petroleum releas es regulated under the CWA and OPA while ATSDR takes the lead during chemical releases under CERCLA. Both agencies are mutually supportive. (ii) Other Public Health Service agencies involved in support during hazardous materials incidents either directly or through ATSDR/CDC include the Food and Drug Administration, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Indian Health Se rvice, and the National Institutes of Health. (iii) Statutory authority for HHS/ National Institutes for Environm ental Health Sciences (NIEHS) involvement in hazardous materials accident preven tion is non-regulatory in nature and focused on two primary areas for preventing community and worker exposure to hazardous mate rials releases: Worker safety training and basic research activities. Under section 126 of SARA, NIEHS is given statutory authority for supporting development of curricula and model training programs for waste workers and chemical emergency responders. Under section 118(b) of the Hazardous Materials Transportation and Uniform Safety Act (HMTUSA) (49 U.S.C. 1802 et seq .), NIEHS also administers the HazmatEmployee Training Program to prepare curricula and training for hazardousmaterials transportation workers. In the basic research arena, NIEHS is authorized under section 311 of SARA to conduct a hazardous subst ance basic research and training program to evaluate toxic effects and assess human heal th risks from accidental releases of hazardous materials. Under Title IX, section 901(h) of the Clean Ai r Act Amendments, NIEHS also is authorized to conduct basic research on air pollutant s, as well as train physicians in environmental health. Federal research and training in hazardous materials release preventi on represents an important non-regulatory activity and supplements ongoing private sector programs. (9) DOI may be contacted through Regional Enviro nmental Officers (REOs) , who are the designated members of RRTs. Departm ent land managers have juri sdiction over the nati onal park system, national wildlife refuges and fish hatcheries, the public lands, and certain water projects in western states. In addition, bureaus and offices have relevant expertise as follows: (i) United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS ) and other Bureaus: Anadromous and certain other fishes and wildlife, including endangered and threatened species, migratory bird s, and certain marine mammals; waters and wetlands; and effects on natural resources. (ii) The National Biological Surveyperforms research in support of biological resource management; inventories, monitors, and reports on the status and trends in the Nation's biotic resources; and transfers the information gained in research and monitoring to resource managers and others concerned with the care, use, and conservation of the Nation's natural resources. The National Biological Survey has laboratory/research facilities. (iii) Geological Survey : Geology, hydrology (ground water and surface water), and natural hazards. (iv) Bureau of Land Management: Minerals, soils, vegetation, wildlife, habitat, archaeology, and wilderness; and hazardous materials. (v) Minerals Management Service: Oversight of offs hore oil and gas exploration and production facilities and associated pipelines and pipeline facilities und er the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act and the CWA; oil spill response technology research; and establishing oil discharge contingency planning requirements for offshore facilities. (vi) Bureau of Mines: Analysis and identification of inorganic hazardous s ubstances and technical expertise in metals and metallurgy relevant to site cleanup. (vii) Office of Surface Mining: Coal mine wastes and land reclamation. (viii) National Park Service: General biological, natural, and cultural resource managers to evaluate, measure, monitor, and contain threats to park system lands and resources; arc haeological and historical expertise in protection, preservation, evaluation, impact mitigat ion, and restoration of cultural resources; emergency personnel. (ix) Bureau of Reclamation: Operation and maintenanc e of water projects in the West; engineering and hydrology; and reservoirs. (x) Bureau of Indian Affairs: Coordi nation of activities affecting Indi an lands; assistance in identifying Indian tribal government officials. (xi) Office of Territorial Affairs: Assistance in implementing the NCP in American Samoa, Guam, the Pacific Island Governments, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands. (10) The Department of Justice (DOJ) can provide expert advice on complicat ed legal questions arising from discharges or releases, and federal agency respons es. In addition, the DOJ represents the federal government, including its agencies, in litigation relati ng to such discharges or releases. Other legal issues or questions shall be di rected to the federal agency counsel for the agency providing the OSC/RPM for the response. (11) The Department of Labor (DOL), through OS HA and the states operating plans approved under 

# Page 31 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...section 18 of the OSH Act, has autho rity to conduct safety and health inspections of hazardous waste sites to assure that employees are being protected and to determine if the site is in compliance with: (i) Safety and health standards and regulations promulgat ed by OSHA (or the states) in accordance with section 126 of SARA and all other applicable standards; and (ii) Regulations promulgated under the OSH Act and its general duty clause. OSHA inspections may be self-generated, consistent with its program operationsand objectives, or may be conducted in response to requests from EPA or another lead agency, or in response to accidents or employee complaints. OSHA may also conduct inspections at hazardous waste sites in thos e states with approved plans that choose not to exercise their jurisdiction to inspect such sites. On request, OSHA will provide advice and consultation to EPA and other NRT/ RRT agencies as well as to the OSC/RPM regarding hazards to persons engaged in response activities. OSHA may also take any ot her action necessary to assure that employees are properly protected at such response activities. Any questions ab out occupational safety and health at these sites may be referred to the OSHA Regional Office. (12) DOT provides response expertise pertaining to transportation of oil or haz ardous substances by all modes of transportation. Through the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), DOT offers expertise in the requirements for pack aging, handling, and transporting regulated hazardous materials. DOT, through RSPA, establishes oil discharge contingency planning requirements for pipelines, transport by rail and containers or bulk transport of oil. (13) The Department of State (DOS) will lead in the development of internati onal joint contingency plans. It will also help to coordinate an international response when discharges or releases cross international boundaries or involve foreign flag vessels. Additional ly, DOS will coordinate requests for assistance from foreign governments and U.S. proposal s for conducting research at incidents that occur in waters of other countries. (14) The Nuclear Regulatory Commi ssion will respond, as appropriate , to releases of radioactive materials by its licensees, in accordance with the NRC Incident Response Plan (NUREG–0728) to monitor the actions of those licensees and assure t hat the public health and environment are protected and adequate recovery operations are instituted. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission will keep EPA informed of any significant actual or potential releases in accordance with procedural agreements. In addition, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission will provide advice to the OSC/RPM when assistance is required in identifying the source and character of other hazardous substance releases where the Nuclear Regulatory Commission has licens ing authority for activities ut ilizing radioactive materials. (15) The General Services Admini stration (GSA) provides logisticand telecommunications support to federal agencies. During an emergency situation, GSA quickly responds to aid state and local governments as directed by other federal agencies. The type of support prov ided might include leasing and furnishing office space, setting up telecommu nications and transportation services, and advisory assistance. 

### § 300.180 State and local participation in response.
top (a) Each state governor is requested to designate one state office/representative to represent the state on the appropriate RRT. The state's office/representati ve may participate fully in all activities of the appropriate RRT. Each state governor is also request ed to designate a lead state agency that will direct state-lead response operations. This agency is responsible for designating the lead state response official for federal and/or state- lead response actions, and coordinating/communica ting with any other state agencies, as appropriate. Local governments are invited to participate in activities on the appropriate RRT as may be provided by state law or arranged by the state's representative. Indian tribes wishing to participate should assign on e person or office to represent the tribal government on the appropriate RRT. (b) Appropriate local and state offici als (including Indian tribes) will pa rticipate as part of the response structure as provided in the ACP. (c) In addition to meeting the requirements for local emergency plans under SARA section 303, state and local government agencies are encouraged to include contingency planning for responses, consistent with the NCP, RCP, and AC P in all emergency and disaster planning. (d) For facilities not addressed under CERCLA or the CWA, states are encouraged to undertake response actions themselves or to use their authorit ies to compel potentially responsible parties to undertake response actions. (e) States are encouraged to enter into cooperative agreements pursuant to sections 104 (c)(3) and (d) of CERCLA to enable them to undertake actions authorized under subpart E of the NCP. Requirements for entering into these agreements are included in subpart F of the NCP. A state agency that acts pursuant to such agreements is referred to as the lead agency. In the event there is no cooperative agreement, the lead agency can be designated in a SMOA or other agreement. (f) Because state and local public safety organi zations would normally be the first government representatives at the scene of a discharge or rel ease, they are expected to initiate public safety measures that are necessary to protect public health and welfare and that are consistent with containment and cleanup requirements in the NCP, and are responsible for directing evacuations 

# Page 32 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...pursuant to existing state or local procedures. 

### § 300.185 Nongovernmental participation.
top (a) Industry groups, academic organizations, and others are encouraged to commit resources for response operations. Specific commi tments should be listed in the RCP and ACP. Those entities required to develop tank vessel and facility res ponse plans under CWA section 311(j) must be able to respond to a worst case discharge to the maximum extent practicable, and shall commit sufficient resources to implement other aspects of those pl ans in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR part 254, 33 CFR parts 150, 154, and 155; 40 CFR part 112; and 49 CFR parts 171 and 194. (b) The technical and scientific information generated by the local community, along with information from federal, state, and local governments, should be used to assist the OSC/RPM in devising response strategies where effective standard techniques are unavailable. Such in formation and strategies will be incorporated into the ACP, as appropriate. The SSC may act as liaison betw een the OSC/RPM and such interested organizations. (c) ACPs shall establish procedures to allow for well organized, worthwhile, and safe use of volunteers, including compliance with §300.150 regarding worker health and safety . ACPs should provide for the direction of volunteers by the OSC/RPM or by other federal, state, or local officials knowledgeable in contingency operations and capable of providing leadership. ACPs also should identify specific areas in which volunteers can be used, such as beach survei llance, logistical support, and bird and wildlife treatment. Unless specifically requested by the OS C/RPM, volunteers generallyshould not be used for physical removal or remedial acti vities. If, in the judgment of t he OSC/RPM, dangerous conditions exist, volunteers shall be restrict ed from on-scene operations. (d) Nongovernmental participation must be in complianc e with the requirements of subpart H of this part if any recovery of costs will be sought. 

### Subpart C—Planning and Preparedness
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47440, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.200 General.
top This subpart summarizes emergency pre paredness activities relating to di scharges of oil and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants; describes the th ree levels of contingency planning under the national response system; and cross -references state and local emergency preparedness activities under SARA Title III, also known as the “Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know A ct of 1986” but referred to herein as “Title III.” Regulations implementi ng Title III are codified at 40 CFR subchapter J. 

### § 300.205 Planning and coordination structure.
top (a) National. As described in §300.110, the NRT is responsib le for national planning and coordination. (b) Regional. As described in §300.115, the RRTs are responsible for regional planning and coordination. (c) Area. As required by section 311(j) of the CWA, under the direction of the federal OSC for its area, A rea Committees comprising qualified personnel of federal, state, and local agencies shall be responsible for: (1) Preparing an ACP for their areas (as described in §300.210(c)); (2) Working with appropriate federal, state, and lo cal officials to enhance the contingency planning of those officials and to assure pre-planning of joint response efforts, including appropriate procedures for mechanical recovery, dispersal, shoreline cleanup, protection of sensitiv e environmental areas, and protection, rescue, and rehabilitati on of fisheries and wildlife; and (3) Working with appropriate federal, state, and lo cal officials to expedite decisions for the use of dispersants and other mitigati ng substances and devices. (d) State. As provided by sections 301 a nd 303 of Title III, the SERC of each state, appointed by the 

# Page 33 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Governor, is to designate emergency planning distri cts, appoint Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPCs), supervise and coordinate their activities , and review local emergency response plans, which are described in §300.215. The SERC also is to es tablish procedures for receiving and processing requests from the public for info rmation generated by Titl e III reporting requirements and to designate an official to serve as coordinator for information. (e) Local. As provided by sections 301 and 303 of Title III, emergency pl anning districts are designated by the SERC in order to facilitate the preparation and implementation of emergency plans. Each LEPC is to prepare a local emergency response plan for the emergency planning district and establish procedures for receiving and processing requests from the public for information generated by Title III reporting requirements. The LEPC is to appoint a chair and establish rule s for the LEPC. The LEPC is to designate an official to serve as coordinator fo r information and designate in its plan a community emergency coordinator. (f) As required by section 311(j)(5) of the CWA, a t ank vessel, as defined under section 2101 of title 46, U.S. Code, an offshore facility, and an onshore facili ty that, because of its lo cation, could reasonably be expected to cause substantial harm to the environm ent by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or exclusive economic zone must prepare and submit a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a discharge, of oil or a hazardous substance. (g) The relationship of these pl ans is described in Figure 4.

View or download PDF 

### § 300.210 Federal contingency plans.
top There are three levels of contingency plans under the national response system: The National Contingency Plan, RCPs, and ACPs. T hese plans are available for ins pection at EPA regional offices or USCG district offices. Addresses and telephone num bers for these offices may be found in the United States Government Manual, issued annually, or in local telephone directories. (a) The National Contingency Plan. The purpose and objectives, authority, and scope of the NCP are described in §§300.1 through 300.3. (b) Regional Contingency Plans. The RRTs, working with the states , shall develop federal RCPs for each standard federal region, Alaska, Oceania in the Pacific, and the Cari bbean to coordinate timely, effective response by various federal agencies and other organizations to di scharges of oil or releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants. RCPs shall, as appropriate, include information on all useful facilities and resources in the region, from government, commercial, academic, and other sources. To the greatest extent possible, RCPs s hall follow the format of the NCP and be coordinated with state emergency response plans, ACPs, whic h are described in §300.210(c), and Title III local emergency response plans, whic h are described in §300.215. Such coordination should be accomplished by working with the SERCs in the region covered by th e RCP. RCPs shall contain lines of demarcation between the inland and coastal zones, as mutually agreed upon by USCG and EPA. 

# Page 34 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(c) Area Contingency Plans. (1) Under the direction of an OSC an d subject to approval by the lead agency, each Area Committee, in consultation wi th the appropriate RRTs, Coast Guard DRGs, the NSFCC, SSCs, LEPCs, and SERCs, shall develop an ACP for its designated area. This plan, when implemented in conjunction with other provisions of the NCP, shall be adequate to remove a worst case discharge under §300.324, and to mitigate or prevent a s ubstantial threat of such a discharge, from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore faci lity operating in or near the area. (2) The areas of responsibility ma y include several Title III local planni ng districts, or parts of such districts. In developing the ACP, the OSC shall coordinate with affected SERCs and LEPCs. The ACP shall provide for a well coordinated response that is integrated and compatible, to the greatest extent possible, with all appropriate response plans of stat e, local, and non-federal entities, and especially with Title III local emerge ncy response plans. (3) The ACP shall include the following: (i) A description of the area covered by the pl an, including the areas of special economic or environmental importance that might be damaged by a discharge; (ii) A description in detail of the responsibilities of an owner or operator and of federal, state, and local agencies in removing a discharge, and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; (iii) A list of equipment (i ncluding firefighti ng equipment), dispersants, or other mitigating substances and devices, and personnel available to an owner or operator and federal, state, and local agencies, to ensure an effective and immediate removal of a disc harge, and to ensure miti gation or prevention of a substantial threat of a discharge (this may be provi ded in an appendix or by reference to other relevant emergency plans (e.g., state or LEPC plans) , which may include such equipment lists); (iv) A description of procedures to be followed for obtaining an expedited decis ion regarding the use of dispersants; and (v) A detailed description of how the plan is integrat ed into other ACPs and tankvessel, offshore facility, and onshore facility response plans approved by the President, and into operating procedures of the NSFCC. (4)(i) In order to provide for coordinated, immediat e and effective protection, rescue, and rehabilitation of, and minimization of risk of injury to, fish and wildlife resources and habi tat, Area Committees shall incorporate into each ACP a detailed annex containi ng a Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan that is consistent with t he RCP and NCP. The annex shall be pr epared in consultation with the USFWS and NOAA and other interested natural resource management agencies and parties. It shall address fish and wildlife resources and their habita t, and shall include other areas considered sensitive environments in a separate section of the an nex, based upon Area Committee recommendations. The annex will provide the necessary information and procedures to imm ediately and effectively respond to discharges that may adversely affect fish and wi ldlife and their habitat and sensitive environments, including provisions for a response to a worst case discharge. Such information shall include the identification of appropria te agencies and their responsibilities, procedures to notify these agencies following a discharge or threat of a discharge, prot ocols for obtaining required fish and wildlife permits and other necessary permits, and provisions to ensure compatibility of annex-related activities with removal operations. (ii) The annex shall: (A) Identify and establish priorities for fish and wil dlife resources and their habitats and other important sensitive areas requiring prot ection from any direct or indirect effe cts from discharges that may occur. These effects include, but are not limited to, any seasonal or historical use, as well as all critical, special, significant, or otherwise designated protected areas. (B) Provide a mechanism to be used during a spill response for timely iden tification of protection priorities of those fish and wildlife resources and habi tats and sensitive environm ental areas that may be threatened or injured by a discharge. These incl ude as appropriate, not only marine and freshwater species, habitats, and their food sources, but also te rrestrial wildlife and their habitats that may be affected directly by onshore oil or indirectly by oil -related factors, such as loss or contamination of forage. The mechanism shall also provide for ex peditious evaluation and appropriate consultations on the effects to fish and wildlife, their habitat, and other sensitive environments from the application of chemical countermeasures or other countermeasures not addressed under paragraph (e)(4)(iii). (C) Identify potential environmental effects on fish and wildlife, their habitat, and other sensitive environments resulting from removal actions or c ountermeasures, including the option of no removal. Based on this evaluation of potential environmental ef fects, the annex should es tablish priorities for application of countermeasure and remo val actions to habitats within t he geographic region of the ACP. The annex should establish methods to minimize the identified effects on fish and wildlife because of response activities, including, but notlimited to: Disturbance of sens itive areas and habitats; illegal or inadvertent taking or disturbance of fish and wildlife or specimens by response personnel; and fish and wildlife, their habitat, and environmentally sensitive areas coming in contact with various cleaning or bioremediation agents. Furthermore, the annex should identify the areas where the movement of oiled debris may pose a risk to resident, transient, or migratory fish and wildlife, and other sensitive environments and should discuss measures to be cons idered for removing such oiled debris in a timely fashion to reduce such risk. (D) Provide for pre-approval of application of spec ific countermeasures or removal actions that, if 

# Page 35 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...expeditiously applied, will minimize adverse spill-induced impacts to fish and wildlife resources, their habitat, and other sensitive environments. Such pre- approval plans must be c onsistent with paragraphs (c)(4)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section and subpart J requirements, and must have the concurrence of the natural resource trustees. (E) Provide monitoring plan(s) to evaluate the e ffectiveness of different countermeasures or removal actions in protecting the environment. Monitoring s hould include “set-aside” or “control” areas, where no mitigative actions are taken. (F) Identify and plan for the acquisition and utilizati on of necessary response capabilities for protection, rescue, and rehabilitation of fish and wildlife re sources and habitat. This may include appropriately permitted private organizations and individuals with appropriate expertise and experience. The suitable organizations should be identified in cooperation with natural resource law enforcement agencies. Such capabilities shall include, but not be limited to, ident ification of facilities and equipment necessary for deterring sensitive fish and wildli fe from entering oiled areas, and fo r capturing, holding, cleaning, and releasing injured wildlife. Plans for the provision of such capabilities shall ensure that there is no interference with other OSC removal operations. (G) Identify appropriate federal and state agency contacts and alternates responsible for coordination of fish and wildlife rescue and rehabilitation and protecti on of sensitive environments; identify and provide for required fish and wildlife handling and rehabilitati on permits necessary under federal and state laws; and provide guidance on the implementation of la w enforcement requirements included under current federal and state laws and corresponding regulations. R equirements include, but are not limited to procedures regarding the capture, transport, rehabilit ation, and release of wildlife exposed to or threatened by oil, and disposal of contaminated carcasses of wildlife. (H) Identify and secure the means for providin g, if needed, the minimum required OSHA and EPA training for volunteers, including thos e who assist with injured wildlife. (I) Define the requirements for evaluating the com patibility between this annex and non-federal response plans (including those of vessels, facilities, and pi pelines) on issues affecti ng fish and wildlife, their habitat, and sensitive environments. 

### § 300.211 OPA facility and vessel response plans.
top This section describes and cross-references the regulations that implement section 311(j)(5) of the CWA. A tank vessel, as defined under section 2101 of title 46, U.S. Code, an offshore facility, and an onshore facility that, because of its location, coul d reasonably expect to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines , or exclusive economic zone must prepare and submit a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a di scharge, of oil or a haza rdous substance. These response plans are required to be c onsistent with applicable Area C ontingency Plans. T hese regulations are codified as follows: (a) For tank vessels, these regulati ons are codified in 33 CFR part 155; (b) For offshore facilities, these regulations are codi fied in 30 CFR part 254; (c) For non-transportation related onshore facilities, these regulations are codified in 40 CFR 112.20; (d) For transportation-related onshore facilities, these regulations are codified in 33 CFR part 154; (e) For pipeline facilities, these regulat ions are codified in 49 CFR part 194; and (f) For rolling stock, these regulations are codified in 49 CFR part 106 et al. 

### § 300.212 Area response drills.
top The OSC periodically shall conduct drills of removal capability (i ncluding fish and wildlife response capability), without prior notice, in areas for whic h ACPs are required by §300.210(c) and under relevant tank vessel and facility response plans. 

### § 300.215 Title III local emergency response plans.
top This section describes and cross-references the regulations that implement Title III. These regulations are codified at 40 CFR part 355. 

# Page 36 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(a) Each LEPC is to prepare an emergency response pl an in accordance with section 303 of Title III and review the plan once a year, or more frequently as changed circumstances in the community or at any facility may require. Such Titl e III local emergency response plans should be closely coordinated with applicable federal ACPs and st ate emergency response plans. (b) [Reserved] 

### § 300.220 Related Title III issues.
top Other related Title III requirements are found in 40 CFR part 355. 

### Subpart D—Operational Response Phases for Oil Removal
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47444, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.300 Phase I—Discovery or notification.
top (a) A discharge of oil may be discovered through: (1) A report submitted by the person in charge of a vessel or facility, in accordance with statutory requirements; (2) Deliberate search by patrols; (3) Random or incidental observation by government agencies or the public; or (4) Other sources. (b) Any person in charge of a vessel or a facility shall, as soon as he or she has knowledge of any discharge from such vessel or facili ty in violation of section 311(b)(3 ) of the CWA, immediately notify the NRC. If direct reporting to the NRC is not practicable, reports may be made to the USCG or EPA predesignated OSC for the geographic area where t he discharge occurs. The EPA predesignated OSC may also be contacted through the regional 24-h our emergency response telephone number. All such reports shall be promptly relayed to the NRC. If itis not possible to notify the NRC or predesignated OSC immediately, reports may be made immediately to the nearest Coast Guard unit. In any event such person in charge of the vessel or facility shall notify the NRC assoon as possible. (c) Any other person shall, as appropriate , notify the NRC of a discharge of oil. (d) Upon receipt of a notification of discharge, t he NRC shall promptly notif y the OSC. The OSC shall ensure notification of the appropriate state agency of any state which is, or may reasonably be expected to be, affected by the discharge. The OSC shall t hen proceed with the follow ing phases as outlined in the RCP and ACP. 

### § 300.305 Phase II—Preliminary a ssessment and initiation of action.
top (a) The OSC is responsible for promptly initiating a preliminary assessment. (b) The preliminary assessment shall be conducted using available informat ion, supplemented where necessary and possible by an on-scene inspecti on. The OSC shall undertake actions to: (1) Evaluate the magnitude and severity of the discharge or threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment; (2) Assess the feasibility of removal; and (3) To the extent practicable, ident ify potentially responsible parties. (c) Where practicable, the framework for the response management structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that brings together the functionsof the federal governm ent, the state government, and the responsible party to achieve an effectiv e and efficient response, where the OSC maintains authority. 

# Page 37 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) Except in a case when the OSC is required to di rect the response to a discharge that may pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States (including but not limited to fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, and the public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC may allow the responsible party to voluntarily and promptly perform removal actions, provided the OSC determi nes such actions will ensure an effective and immediate removal of the discharge or mitigation or prevent ion of a substantial threat of a discharge. If the responsible party does conduct the removal, the OSC shall ensure adequate surveillance over whatever actions are initiated. If effective actions are not being taken to el iminate the threat, or if removal is not being properly done, the OSC should, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, so advise the responsible party. If the responsible party does not respond properly the OSC shall take appropriate response actions and should notify the res ponsible party of the potential liability for federal response costs incurred by the OSC pursuant to the OPA and CWA. Where practicable, continuing efforts should be made to encourage response by responsible parties. (1) In carrying out a response under this section, the OSC may: (i) Remove or arrange for the removal of a discharge, and mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of a discharge, at any time; (ii) Direct or monitor all federal, state, and private actions to remove a discharge; and (iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel disc harging, or threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available. (2) If the discharge results in a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States (including, but not limited to fish , shellfish, wildlife, other natura l resources, and the public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC must direct all response efforts, as provided in §300.322(b) of this part. The OSC should declare as expeditiously as practic able to spill response participants that the federal government will direct the response. The OSC may act without regard to any other provision of the law governi ng contracting procedures or employ ment of personnel by the federal government in removing or arranging for the removal of such a discharge. (e) The OSC shall ensure that the natural resource tr ustees are promptly notified in the event of any discharge of oil, to the maximum extent practicabl e as provided in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex to the ACP for the area in which the discharge occurs. The OSC and the trustees shall coordinate assess ments, evaluations, investigat ions, and planning with respect to appropriate removal actions. The OSC shall consul t with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal action to be taken. The trustees will provide timely advice conc erning recommended actions with regard to trustee resources potentially affected. The trustees also will assure that the OSC is informed of their activities in natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that all data from the natural resource damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational decis ions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. When circumstances permit, the OSC shall share the use of non-monetary response resources ( i.e. , personnel and equipment) with the trustees , provided trustee activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead administrative trustee fa cilitates effective and efficient communication between the OSC and the other trus tees during response operat ions and is responsible for applying to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead administrative trustee is also re sponsible for applying to the NPFC for funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. 

### § 300.310 Phase III—Containment, coun termeasures, cleanup, and disposal.
top (a) Defensive actions shall begin as soon as possible to prevent, minimize, or mitigate threat(s) to the public health or welfare of the United States or t he environment. Actions may include but are not limited to: Analyzing water samples to determine the source and spread of the oil; controlling the source of discharge; measuring and sampling; source and sp read control or salvage operations; placement of physical barriers to deter the spread of the oil and to protect natural resources and sensitive ecosystems; control of the water discharged from upstream impoundment; and the use of chemicals and other materials in accordance with subpart J of this part to restrain the spread of the oil and mitigate its effects. The ACP prepared under §300.210(c) should be consulted for procedures to be followed for obtaining an expedited decision regarding the use of dispersants and other products listed on the NCP Product Schedule. (b) As appropriate, actions shall be taken to recove r the oil or mitigate its effects. Of the numerous chemical or physical methods that may be used, the chosen methods shall be the most consistent with protecting public health and welfare and the env ironment. Sinking agents shall not be used. (c) Oil and contaminated materials recovered in cl eanup operations shall be disposed of in accordance with the RCP, ACP, and any applicable laws, regul ations, or requirements. RRT and Area Committee guidelines may identify the disposal options avail able during an oil spill response and may describe what disposal requirements are mandatory or may not be waived by the OSC. ACP guidelines should address: the sampling, testing, and classifying of recovered oil and oiled debris; the segregation, temporary storage, and stockpiling of recovered oil and oiled debris; prior state disposal approvals and permits; and the routes; methods (e.g. recycle/reuse, on-site burning, incineration, landfilling, etc.); and sites for the disposal of collect ed oil, oiled debris, and animal carc asses; and procedures for obtaining waivers, exemptions, or authorizations associated with handling or transporti ng waste materials. The A CPs may identify a hierarchy of preferences for di sposal alternatives, with recycling (reprocessing) 

# Page 38 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...being the most preferred, and other alternatives preferred based on priorities for health or the environment. 

### § 300.315 Phase IV—Documentation and cost recovery.
top (a) All OSLTF users need to collect and maintain doc umentation to support all actions taken under the CWA. In general, documentation shall be sufficient to support full cost recovery for resources utilized and shall identify the source and circumstances of the incident, the responsible party or parties, and impacts and potential impacts to public health and welfare and the environment. Documentation procedures are contained in 33 CFR part 136. (b) When appropriate, documentation shall also be collected for scientific understanding of the environment and for research and development of improved response methods and technology. Funding for these actions is restri cted by section 6002 of the OPA. (c) OSCs shall submit OSC reports to the NRT or RRT, only if requested, as provided by §300.165. (d) OSCs shall ensure the necessary collection and safeguarding of information, samples, and reports. Samples and information shall be gathered expediti ously during the response to ensure an accurate record of the impacts incurred. Documentation mate rials shall be made availabl e to the trustees of affected natural resources. The OSC shall make avail able to trustees of the affected natural resources information and documentation in the OSC's possession that can assist the trus tees in the determination of actual or potential natural resource injuries. (e) Information and reports obtained by the EPA or US CG OSC shall be transmitted to the appropriate offices responsible fo r follow-up actions. 

### § 300.317 National response priorities.
top (a) Safety of human life must be given the top priori ty during every response action. This includes any search and rescue efforts in the general proximity of the discharge and the insurance of safety of response personnel. (b) Stabilizing the situation to preclude the event from worsening is the next priority. All efforts must be focused on saving a vessel that has been involved in a grounding, collision, fire, or explosion, so that it does not compound the problem. Comparable measures should be taken to stabilize a situation involving a facility, pipeline, or other source of pol lution. Stabilizing the situation includes securing the source of the spill and/or removing the remaining oil from the container (vessel, tank, or pipeline) to prevent additional oil spillage, to reduce the need for follow-up response action, and to minimize adverse impact to the environment. (c) The response must use all necessary containmentand removal tactics in a coordinated manner to ensure a timely, effective response that minimizes adverse impact to the environment. (d) All parts of this national response strategyshould be addressed concurrently, but safety and stabilization are the highest priorities. The OSC should not delay containm ent and removal decisions unnecessarily and should take actions to minimize adverse impact tothe environment that begins as soon as a discharge occurs, as well as actions to minimize further adverse environmental impact from additional discharges. (e) The priorities set forth in this section are bro ad in nature, and should not be interpreted to preclude the consideration of other priorities that may arise on a site-specific basis. 

### § 300.320 General pattern of response.
top (a) When the OSC receives a report of a discharge, actions normally should be taken in the following sequence: (1) Investigate the report to determine pertinent inform ation such as the threat posed to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment, the type and quantity of polluting material, and the source of the discharge. (2) Officially classify the size ( i.e. , minor, medium, major) and type ( i.e. , substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States, worst case discharge) of the discharge and determine the course of action to be followed to ensure effective and imm ediate removal, mitigation, or prevention of the discharge. Some discharges that are classified as a s ubstantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States may be further classified as a spill of national significance bythe Administrator of EPA or the Commandant of the USCG. The appropriate c ourse of action may be prescribed in §§300.322, 

# Page 39 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...300.323, and 300.324. (i) When the reported discharge is an actual or pot ential major discharge, t he OSC shall immediately notify the RRT and the NRC. (ii) When the investigation shows that an actual or potential medium discharge exists, the OSC shall recommend activation of the RRT, if appropriate. (iii) When the investigation shows t hat an actual or potential mino r discharge exists, the OSC shall monitor the situation to ensure that proper removal action is being taken. (3) If the OSC determines that effective and immediate removal, mitigation, or prevention of a discharge can be achieved by private party efforts, and where the discharge does not pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States, determine whether the responsible party or other person is properly carrying out removal. Removal is being done properly when: (i) The responsible party is applying the resources called for in its response plan to effectively and immediately remove, minimize, or mitigate threat(s) to public health and welfare and the environment; and (ii) The removal efforts are in accordance with applicable regulations , including the NCP. Even if the OSC supplements responsible party resources with gover nment resources, the spill response will not be considered improper, unless specifically determined by the OSC. (4) Where appropriate, determine whether a state or political subdivision thereof has the capability to carry out any or all removal actions. If so, the OSC may arrange funding to support these actions. (5) Ensure prompt notification of the trustees of affected natural resources in accordance with the applicable RCP and ACP. (b) Removal shall be considered complete when so determined by the OSC in consultation with the Governor or Governors of the affected states. When the OSC considers removal complete, OSLTF removal funding shall end. This determination sha ll not preclude additional removal actions under applicable state law. 

### § 300.322 Response to substantial threats to public health or welfare of the United States.
top (a) As part of the investigation described in § 300.320, the OSC shall determine whether a discharge results in a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States (inc luding, but not limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, a nd the public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States). Factors to be considered by the OS C in making this determination include, but are not limited to, the size of the discharge, the character of the discharge, and the nature of the threat to public health or welfare of the United States. Upon obtai ning such information, the OSC shall conduct an evaluation of the threat posed, based on the OS C's experience in asse ssing other discharges, and consultation with senior lead agen cy officials and readily available authorities on issues outside the OSC's technical expertise. (b) If the investigation by the OSC shows that the disc harge poses or may present a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC s hall direct all federal, stat e, or private actions to remove the discharge or to mitigate or prevent the threat of such a discharge, as appropriate. In directing the response in such cases, the OSC ma y act without regard to anyother provision of law governing contracting procedures or employmentof personnel by the federal government to: (1) Remove or arrange for the removal of the discharge; (2) Mitigate or prevent the subst antial threat of the discharge; and (3) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel discharging, or threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available. (c) In the case of a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC shall: (1) Assess opportunities for the use of various special teams and other assistance described in §300.145, including the use of the services of the NSFCC, as appropriate; (2) Request immediate acti vation of the RRT; and (3) Take whatever additional res ponse actions are deemed appropriate, including, but not limited to, implementation of the ACP as required by section 311(j)(4 ) of the CWA or relevant tank vessel or facility response plan required by section 311(j)(5) of t he CWA. When requested by the OSC, the lead agency or RRT shall dispatch appropriate personnel to the scene of the discharge to assist the OSC. This assistance may include technical support in t he agency's areas of expertise and disseminating 

# Page 40 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...information to the public. The lead agency shall ensure t hat a contracting officer is available on scene, at the request of the OSC. 

### § 300.323 Spills of na tional significance.
top (a) A discharge may be classified as a spill of national significance (SONS) by the Administrator of EPA for discharges occurring in the inland zone and the Commandant of the USCG for discharges occurring in the coastal zone. (b) For a SONS in the inland zone, the EPA Administra tor may name a senior Agency official to assist the OSC in communicating with affected parties and t he public and coordinating federal, state, local, and international resources at the national level. This stra tegic coordination will involve, as appropriate, the NRT, RRT(s), the Governor(s ) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or other chief executive(s) of local government(s). (c) For a SONS in the coastal zone, the USCG Commandant may name a National Incident Commander (NIC) who will assume the role of the OSC in co mmunicating with affected parties and the public, and coordinating federal, state, local, and internationa l resources at the national level. This strategic coordination will involve, as appropriate, the NRT, RR T(s), the Governor(s) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or other chief executive(s) of local government(s). 

### § 300.324 Response to worst case discharges.
top (a) If the investigation by the OSC shows that a di scharge is a worst case discharge as defined in the A CP, or there is a substantial threat of such a discharge, the OSC shall: (1) Notify the NSFCC; (2) Require, where applicable, impl ementation of the worst case porti on of an approved tank vessel or facility response plan required by section 311(j)(5) of the CWA; (3) Implement the worst case portion of the ACP required by section 311(j)(4) of the CWA; and (4) Take whatever additional res ponse actions are deemed appropriate. (b) Under the direction of the OSC, the NSFCC s hall coordinate use of private and public personnel and equipment, including strike teams, to remove a worst case discharge and mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge. 

### § 300.335 Funding.
top (a) The OSLTF is available under certain circumstanc es to fund removal of oil performed under section 311 of the CWA. Those circumstances and the proc edures for accessing the OSLTF are described in 33 CFR part 136. The responsible party is liable for costs of federal removal and damages in accordance with section 311(f) of the CWA, section 1002 of the OPA, and other federal laws. (b) Where the OSC requests assistance from a federal agency, that agency may be reimbursed in accordance with the provisions of 33 CFR part 136. Specific interagency reimbursement agreements may be used when necessary to ensure that the federal resources will be available for a timely response to a discharge of oil. (c) Procedures for funding the initiation of natural resource damage assessment are covered in 33 CFR part 136. (d) Response actions other than removal, such as sci entific investigations not in support of removal actions or law enforcement, shall be provided by the agency with legal responsib ility for those specific actions. (e) The funding of a response to a discharge from a federally owned, operated, or supervised facility or vessel is the responsibility of the owning, operating, or supervising agency if it is a responsible party. (f) The following agencies have funds avail able for certain discharge removal actions: (1) DOD has two specific sources of funds that ma y be applicable to an oil discharge under appropriate circumstances. This does not consider military re sources that might be made available under specific conditions. 

# Page 41 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(i) Funds required for removal of a sunken vessel or similar obstruction of navigat ion are available to the Corps of Engineers through Civil Works Appropriations, Operations and Maintenance, General. (ii) USN may conduct salvage operations conti ngent on defense operational commitments, when funded by the requesting agency. Such funding may be requested on a direct cite basis. (2) Pursuant to Title I of the OPA, the state or st ates affected by a discharge of oil may act where necessary to remove such discharge. Pursuant to 33 CFR part 136 states may be reimbursed from the OSLTF for the reasonable costs incurred in such a removal. 

### Subpart E—Hazardous Substance Response
top 

### Source: 55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted. § 300.400 General.
top (a) This subpart establishes meth ods and criteria for determining t he appropriate extent of response authorized by CERCLA and CWA section 311(c): (1) When there is a release of a hazardo us substance into the environment; or (2) When there is a release into the environment of any pollutant or contaminant that may present an imminent and substantial danger to the public health or welfare of the United States. (b) Limitations on response. Unless the lead agency determines that a release constitutes a public health or environmental emergency and no other person with the authority and capability to respond will do so in a timely manner, a removal or remedial action under section 104 of CERCLA shall not be undertaken in response to a release: (1) Of a naturally occurring substance in its unaltered form, or altered solely through naturally occurring processes or phenomena, from a loca tion where it is naturally found; (2) From products that are part of the structure of, and result in exposure within, residential buildings or business or community structures; or (3) Into public or private drinking water supplies due to deterioration of the system through ordinary use. (c) Fund-financed action. In determining the need for and in planning or undertaking Fund-financed action, the lead agency shall, to the extent practicable: (1) Engage in prompt response; (2) Provide for state participation in response actions, as described in subpart F of this part; (3) Conserve Fund monies by enc ouraging private party response; (4) Be sensitive to local community concerns; (5) Consider using treatment technologies; (6) Involve the Regional Response Team (RRT) in both removal and remedial response actions at appropriate decision-making stages; (7) Encourage the involvement and sharing of technology by industry and other experts; and (8) Encourage the involvement of organizations to c oordinate responsible party actions, foster site response, and provide technical advice to the p ublic, federal and state governments, and industry. (d) Entry and access. (1) For purposes of determining the need for response, or choosing or taking a response action, or otherwise enforcing the provis ions of CERCLA, EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, and a state or political s ubdivision operating pursuant to a contract or cooperative agreement under CERCLA section 104(d)(1), has the authority to enter any vessel, facility, establishment or other place, property, or location described in paragraph (d)( 2) of this section and conduct, complete, operate, and maintain any response actions authorized by CERCLA or these regulations. (2)(i) Under the authorities described in paragraph (d)( 1) of this section, EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, and a state or political s ubdivision operating pursuant to a contract or cooperative agreement under CERCLA section 104(d)(1), may enter: 

# Page 42 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(A) Any vessel, facility, establis hment, or other place or property where any hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant may be or has been generated, stored, treated, disposed of, or transported from; (B) Any vessel, facility, establishment , or other place or property from which, or to which, a hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant has been, or may have been, released or where such release is or may be threatened; (C) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other plac e or property where entry is necessary to determine the need for response or the appropriate respons e or to effectuate a response action; or (D) Any vessel, facility, establishment, or other plac e, property, or location adjacent to those vessels, facilities, establishments, places, or properties descri bed in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A), (B), or (C) of this section. (ii) Once a determination has been made that there is a reasonable basis to believe that there has been or may be a release, EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, and a state or political subdivision operating pursuant to a contract or cooperativ e agreement under CERCLA section 104(d)(1), is authorized to enter all vessels, facilities, establis hments, places, properties, or locations specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section, at which the releas e is believed to be, and all other vessels, facilities, establishments, places, properties, or locations identified in paragraph (d )(2)(i) of this section that are related to the response or are necessary to enter in responding to that release. (3) The lead agency may designate as its representative solely for the purpose of access, among others, one or more potentially responsible parties, including representatives , employees, agents, and contractors of such parties. EPA, or the appropriate federal agency, may exercise the authority contained in section 104(e) of CERCLA to obtain ac cess for its designated representative. A potentially responsible party may only be designated as a repres entative of the lead agency where that potentially responsible party has agreed to conduct response activities pursuant to an administrative order or consent decree. (4)(i) If consent is not granted under the authorities desc ribed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or if consent is conditioned in any manner, EPA, or t he appropriate federal agency, may issue an order pursuant to section 104(e)(5) of CERCLA directi ng compliance with the request for access made under §300.400(d)(1). EPA or the appropriate federal agency may ask the Attorney General to commence a civil action to compel compliance with either a request for access or an order directing compliance. (ii) EPA reserves the right to proceed, where appropriate, under applicable autho rity other than CERCLA section 104(e). (iii) The administrative order may direct compliance with a request to enter or inspect any vessel, facility, establishment, place, property, or location de scribed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. (iv) Each order shall contain: (A) A determination by EPA, or the appropriate federal agen cy, that it is reasonable to believe that there may be or has been a release or threat of a rel ease of a hazardous substance or pollutant or contaminant and a statement of the fact s upon which the determination is based; (B) A description, in light of CERCLA response authorities, of the purpose and estimated scope and duration of the entry, including a description of the specific anticipated activities to be conducted pursuant to the order; (C) A provision advising the person who failed to consent that an offi cer or employee of the agency that issued the order will be available to confer with respondent prior to effective date of the order; and (D) A provision advising the person who failed to consent that a co urt may impose a penalty of up to $25,000 per day for unreasonable failure to comply with the order. (v) Orders shall be served upon the person or responsib le party who failed to consent prior to their effective date. Force shall not be used to compel compliance with an order. (vi) Orders may not be issued fo r any criminal investigations. (e) Permit requirements. (1) No federal, state, or local permits are required for on-site response actions conducted pursuant to CERCLA sections 104, 106, 120, 121, or 122. The term on-site means the areal extent of contamination and all suitable areas in veryclose proximity to the contamination necessary for implementation of the response action. (2) Permits, if required, shall be obtained for all response activities conducted off-site. (f) Health assessments. Health assessments shall be performed byATSDR at facilities on or proposed to be listed on the NPL and may be performed at other releases or facilities in response to petitions made to ATSDR. Where available, these health as sessments may be used by the lead agency to assist in determining whether response actions should be taken and/or toidentify the need for additional studies to assist in the assessment of potential human health effects associated with releases or potential releases of hazardous substances. 

# Page 43 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(g) Identification of applicable or rele vant and appropriate requirements. (1) The lead and support agencies shall identify requirem ents applicable to the release or remedial action contemplated based upon an objective determination of whether the requirement specifically addresses a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or ot her circumstance found at a CERCLA site. (2) If, based upon paragraph (g)(1) of this section, it is determined that a requirem ent is not applicable to a specific release, the requirement may still be re levant and appropriate to the circumstances of the release. In evaluating rele vance and appropriateness, the factors in paragraphs (g)(2)(i) through (viii) of this section shall be examined, where pertinent, to determine whether a requirement addresses problems or situations sufficiently similar to the circumstances of the release or remedial action contemplated, and whether the requirem ent is well-suited to the site, and therefore is both relevant and appropriate. The pertinence of each of the fo llowing factors will depend, in part, on whether a requirement addresses a chemical, location, or acti on. The following comparis ons shall be made, where pertinent, to determine re levance and appropriateness: (i) The purpose of the requirement a nd the purpose of the CERCLA action; (ii) The medium regulated or affected by the requ irement and the medium contaminated or affected at the CERCLA site; (iii) The substances regulated bythe requirement and the substanc es found at the CERCLA site; (iv) The actions or activities regulated by the requirement and the re medial action contemplated at the CERCLA site; (v) Any variances, waivers, or exemptions of the requirement and their availabili ty for the circumstances at the CERCLA site; (vi) The type of place regulated and the type of place affected by the release or CERCLA action; (vii) The type and size of structure or facility regulated and the type and size of structure or facility affected by the release or cont emplated by the CERCLA action; (viii) Any consideration of use or potential use of affected resources in the requirement and the use or potential use of the affected resource at the CERCLA site. (3) In addition to applicable or relevant and app ropriate requirements, the lead and support agencies may, as appropriate, identify other advisories, crit eria, or guidance to be considered for a particular release. The “to be considered” (TBC) category consis ts of advisories, criteria, or guidance that were developed by EPA, other federal agencies, or st ates that may be useful in developing CERCLA remedies. (4) Only those state standards that are promulgated , are identified by the state in a timely manner, and are more stringent than federal requirements may be applicable or relevant and appropriate. For purposes of identification and notificatio n of promulgated state standards, the term promulgated means that the standards are of general applic ability and are legally enforceable. (5) The lead agency and support agency shall identify thei r specific requirements that are applicable or relevant and appropriate for a particular site. These agencies shall notify each other, in a timely manner as described in §300.515(d), of the requirements theyhave determined to be appl icable or relevant and appropriate. When identifyi ng a requirement as an ARAR, the lead agency and support agency shall include a citation to the statute or regulati on from which the requirement is derived. (6) Notification of ARARs shall be according to procedures and timeframes s pecified in §300.515 (d)(2) and (h)(2). (h) Oversight. The lead agency may provide oversight for actions taken by pot entially responsible parties to ensure that a response is conducted consistent with this part. T he lead agency may also monitor the actions of third parties preauthorized under subpart H of this part. EPA will provide oversight when the response is pursuant to an EPA order or federal consent decree. (i) Other. (1) This subpart does not establish any precondi tions to enforcement action by either the federal or state governments to compel respons e actions by potentially responsible parties. (2) While much of this subpart is oriented toward federally funded response actions, this subpart may be used as guidance concerning methods and criteria for response actions by other parties under other funding mechanisms. Except as provi ded in subpart H of this part, nothing in this part is intended to limit the rights of any person to seek recovery of re sponse costs from responsible parties pursuant to CERCLA section 107. (3) Activities by the federal and state governm ents in implementing this subpart are discretionary governmental functions. This subpart does not create in any private party a right to federal response or enforcement action. This subpart does not create anyduty of the federal government to take any response action at anyparticular time. [55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 47447, Sept. 15, 1994] 

# Page 44 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### § 300.405 Discovery or notification.
top (a) A release may be discovered through: (1) A report submitted in accordanc e with section 103(a) of CERCLA, i.e. , reportable quantities codified at 40 CFR part 302; (2) A report submitted to EPA in accordance with section 103(c) of CERCLA; (3) Investigation by government authorities conducted in accordance with section 104(e) of CERCLA or other statutory authority; (4) Notification of a release by a federal or state permit holder when required by its permit; (5) Inventory or survey efforts or random or inci dental observation reported by government agencies or the public; (6) Submission of a citizen petition to EPA or the appropriate federal facility requesting a preliminary assessment, in accordance with section 105(d) of CERCLA; (7) A report submitted in accordance with section 311(b)(5) of the CWA; and (8) Other sources. (b) Any person in charge of a vessel or a facility sha ll report releases as described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the National Respons e Center (NRC). If direct reporting to the NRC is not practicable, reports may be made to the United States Coast Guard (USCG) on-scene coordinator (OSC) for the geographic area where the release occurs. The EPA predesignated OSC may also be contacted through the regional 24-hour emergency response telephone num ber. All such reports shall be promptly relayed to the NRC. If it is not possible to notify the NRC or predesignated OSC imm ediately, reports may be made immediately to the nearest USCG unit. In any even t, such person in charge of the vessel or facility shall notify the NRC as soon as possible. (c) All other reports of releases described under parag raph (a) of this section, except releases reported under paragraphs (a)(2) and (6) of this sectio n, shall, as appropriate, be made to the NRC. (d) The NRC will generally need information that will hel p to characterize the release. This will include, but not be limited to: Location of the release; type(s) of material(s) released; an estimate of the quantity of material released; possible source of the rel ease; and date and time of th e release. Reporting under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall not be delayed due to incomplete not ification information. (e) Upon receipt of a notification of a release, t he NRC shall promptly notify the appropriate OSC. The OSC shall notify the Governor, or designee, of the state affected by the release. (f)(1) When the OSC is notified of a release that may require response pursuant to §300.415(b), a removal site evaluation shall, as appropriate, be promptly undertaken pursuant to §300.410. (2) When notification indicates that removal action pursuant to §300.415(b) is not required, a remedial site evaluation shall, if appropr iate, be undertaken by the lead agency pursuant to §300.420, if one has not already been performed. (3) If radioactive substances are present in a release, the EPA Radiologi cal Response Coordinator should be notified for evaluation and assistance either directly or vi a the NRC, consistent with §§300.130 (e) and 300.145(f). (g) Release notification made to the NRC under this section does not relieve the owner/operator of a facility from any obligations to which it is subject under SARA Title III or state law. In particular, it does not relieve the owner/operator from the requirem ents of section 304 of SARA Title III and 40 CFR part 355 and §300.215(f) of this part for notifying the co mmunity emergency coordinator for the appropriate local emergency planning committee of all affected areas and the state emergency response commission of any state affected that there has been a release. Federal agencies are not legally obligated to comply with the requirements of Title III of SARA. [55 FR 8839, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 47447, Sept. 15, 1994] 

### § 300.410 Removal site evaluation.
top (a) A removal site evaluation includes a removal preliminary assessment and, if warranted, a removal site inspection. 

# Page 45 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(b) A removal site evaluation of a release identified for possibl e CERCLA response pursuant to §300.415 shall, as appropriate, be undertaken by t he lead agency as promptly as possible. The lead agency may perform a removal preliminary assessment in response to petitions submitted by a person who is, or may be, affected by a release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant pursuant to §300.420(b)(5). (c)(1) The lead agency shall, as appropriate, basethe removal preliminary assessment on readily available information. A removal preliminary assessment may include, but is not limited to: (i) Identification of the source and nature of the release or threat of release; (ii) Evaluation by ATSDR or by other sources, for example, state public health agencies, of the threat to public health; (iii) Evaluation of the magnitude of the threat; (iv) Evaluation of factors necessary to make the determination of whether a removal is necessary; and (v) Determination of whether a nonfederal party is undertaking proper response. (2) A removal preliminary assessment of releases from hazardous waste management facilities may include collection or review of data such as site management practices, information from generators, photographs, analysis of historical photographs, literature searches, and personal interviews conducted, as appropriate. (d) A removal site inspection may be performed if more information is needed. Such inspection may include a perimeter ( i.e. , off-site) or on-site inspection, taki ng into consideration whether such inspection can be performed safely. (e)(1) As part of the evaluation under this section, the OSC shall determine whether a release governed by CWA section 311(c)(1), as amended by OPA section 4201(a), has occurred. (2) If such a release of a CWA hazardous substanc e has occurred, the OSC shall determine whether the release results in a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States. Factors to be considered by the OSC in making th is determination include, but are not limited to, the size of the release, the character of the release, and the nature of the threat to public health or welfare of the United States. Upon obtaining relevant elements of such information, the OSC shall conduct an evaluation of the threat posed, based on the OS C's experience in asse ssing other releases, and consultation with senior lead agen cy officials and readily available authorities on issues outside the OSC's technical expertise. (f) A removal site evaluation shall be term inated when the OSC or lead agency determines: (1) There is no release; (2) The source is neither a vessel nor a facility as defined in §300.5 of the NCP; (3) The release involves neither a hazardous substance, nor a pollutant or contaminant that may present an imminent and substantial danger to public health or welfare of the United States; (4) The release consists of a situation specified in §300.400(b)(1) through (3) subject to limitations on response; (5) The amount, quantity, or concentration rel eased does not warrant federal response; (6) A party responsible for the release, or any ot her person, is providing appropriate response, and onscene monitoring by the govern ment is not required; or (7) The removal site evaluation is completed. (g) The results of the removal site evaluation shall be documented. (h) The OSC or lead agency shall ensure that natural resource trustees are promptly notified in order that they may initiate appropriate actions, including th ose identified in subpart G of this part. The OSC or lead agency shall coordinate all response acti vities with such affected trustees. (i) If the removal site evaluation i ndicates that removal action under §300.415 is not required, but that remedial action under §300.430 may be necessary, the lead agency shall, as appropriate, initiate a remedial site evaluation pursuant to §300.420. [59 FR 47448, Sept. 15, 1994] 

### § 300.415 Removal action. 

# Page 46 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...top (a)(1) In determining the appropriate extent of action tobe taken in response to a given release, the lead agency shall first review the removal site evaluati on, any information produced through a remedial site evaluation, if any has been done previously, and the cu rrent site conditions, to determine if removal action is appropriate. (2) Where the responsible parties are known, an effort initially shall be m ade, to the extent practicable, to determine whether they can and will perform the necessary removal action promptly and properly. (3) This section does not apply to removal actions taken pursuant to section 104(b) of CERCLA. The criteria for such actions are set forth in section 104(b) of CERCLA. (b)(1) At any release, regardless of whether the si te is included on the National Priorities List (NPL), where the lead agency makes the determination, based on t he factors in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, that there is a threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment, the lead agency may take any appropriate removal action to abate, prev ent, minimize, stabilize, mi tigate, or eliminate the release or the threat of release. (2) The following factors shall be considered in determining the appropriateness of a removal action pursuant to this section: (i) Actual or potential exposure to nearby human popu lations, animals, or the f ood chain from hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants; (ii) Actual or potential contamination of dr inking water supplies or sensitive ecosystems; (iii) Hazardous substances or pollutants or contami nants in drums, barrels, tanks, or other bulk storage containers, that may pose a threat of release; (iv) High levels of hazardous substances or pollutant s or contaminants in soils largely at or near the surface, that may migrate; (v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous subs tances or pollutants or contaminants to migrate or be released; (vi) Threat of fire or explosion; (vii) The availability of other appropriate federal or state response mechanisms to respond to the release; and (viii) Other situations or factors that may pose threats to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment. (3) If the lead agency determines that a removal action is appropriate, actions shall, as appropriate, begin as soon as possible to abate, prevent, minimize, stabilize, mitigate, or eliminate the threat to public health or welfare of the United States or the env ironment. The lead agency shall, at the earliest possible time, also make any necessary determinations pursuant to paragraph (b)(4) of this section. (4) Whenever a planning period of at l east six months exists before on-site activities must be initiated, and the lead agency determines, based on a site ev aluation, that a removal action is appropriate: (i) The lead agency shall conduct an engineering evaluation/cost analysis (EE/CA) or its equivalent. The EE/CA is an analysis of removal alternatives for a site. (ii) If environmental samples are to be collect ed, the lead agency shall dev elop sampling and analysis plans that shall provide a process for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity to satisfy data needs. Sampling and analysis plans shall be reviewed and approved by EPA. The sampling and analysis plans shall consist of two parts: (A) The field sampling plan, whic h describes the number, type, and location of samples and the type of analyses; and (B) The quality assurance project plan, which describes policy, organi zation, and functional activities and the data quality objectives and m easures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in planning and documenting the removal action. (5) CERCLA fund-financed removal actions, other than those authorized under section 104(b) of CERCLA, shall be terminated after $2 million has been obligated for the action or 12 months have elapsed from the date that removal activities begi n on-site, unless the lead agency determines that: (i) There is an immediate risk to public health or welfare of the United States or the environment; continued response actions are im mediately required to prevent, li mit, or mitigate an emergency; and such assistance will not otherwise be provided on a timely basis; or 

# Page 47 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(ii) Continued response action is otherwise appropriate and consistent with the remedial action to be taken. (c)(1) In carrying out a response to a release of a CWA hazardous substance, as described in CWA section 311(c)(1), as amended by OPA section 4201(a), the OSC may: (i) Remove or arrange for the removal of a release, and mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of a release, at any time; (ii) Direct or monitor all federal, state, and private actions to remove a release; and (iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel releasing or threatening to release CWA hazardous substances, by whatever means are available. (2) If the investigation by the OSC under §300.410 shows that the release of a CWA hazardous substance results in a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC shall direct all federal, state, or private actions to remove the release or to mitigate or prevent the threat of such a release, as appropriate. In directing the re sponse, the OSC may act without regard to any other provision of law governing contracting procedures or employment of personnel by the federal government to: (i) Remove or arrange for the removal of the release; (ii) Mitigate or prevent the subst antial threat of the release; and (iii) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel releas ing, or threatening to rele ase, by whatever means are available. (3) In the case of a release of a CWA hazardous subs tance posing a substantial threat to public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC shall: (i) Assess opportunities for the use of variou s special teams and other assistance described in §300.145, as appropriate; (ii) Request immediate activation of the RRT; and (iii) Take whatever additional re sponse actions are deemed appropriate. When requested by the OSC, the lead agency or RRT shall dispatch appropriate personnel to the scene of the release to assist the OSC. This assistance may include technical s upport in the agency's areas of expertise and disseminating information to the public in accordance with §300.155. The lead agency shall ensure that a contracting officer is available on-scene, at the request of the OSC. (d) Removal actions shall, to the extent practicabl e, contribute to the efficient performance of any anticipated long-term remedial action with respect to the release concerned. (e) The following removal actions are, as a general rule, appropriate in the types of situations shown; however, this list is not exhaustive and is not int ended to prevent the lead agency from taking any other actions deemed necessary under CERCLA, CWA sectio n 311, or other appropriate federal or state enforcement or response authorities, and the list does not create a duty on the lead agency to take action at any particular time: (1) Fences, warning signs, or other security or si te control precautions—where humans or animals have access to the release; (2) Drainage controls, for example, run-off or r un-on diversion—where needed to reduce migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants off-site or to prevent precipitation or run-off from other sources, for example, flooding, from entering the release area from other areas; (3) Stabilization of berms, dikes, or impoundments or drainage or closing of lagoons—where needed to maintain the integrity of the structures; (4) Capping of contaminated soils or sludges—w here needed to reduce migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants into soil, ground or surface water, or air; (5) Using chemicals and other materials to retard the spread of the release or to mitigate its effects— where the use of such chemicals wil l reduce the spread of the release; (6) Excavation, consolidation, or removal of hi ghly contaminated soils from drainage or other areas— where such actions will reduce the spread of, or direct contact with, the contamination; (7) Removal of drums, barrels, tanks, or other bul k containers that contain or may contain hazardous substances or pollutants or cont aminants—where it will reduce the likelihood of spillage; leakage; exposure to humans, animals, or f ood chain; or fire or explosion; (8) Containment, treatment, disposal, or incinerat ion of hazardous materials—where needed to reduce 

# Page 48 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...the likelihood of human, animal, or food chain exposure; or (9) Provision of alternative wa ter supply—where necessary imm ediately to reduce exposure to contaminated household water and conti nuing until such time as local authorities can satisfy the need for a permanent remedy. (f) Where necessary to protect public health or welfare, the lead agency shall request that FEMA conduct a temporary relocation or that state/local officials conduct an evacuation. (g) If the lead agency determines that the removal action will not fully address the threat posed by the release and the release may require remedial action, the lead agency shall ensure an orderly transition from removal to remedial response activities. (h) CERCLA removal actions conducted by states under cooperative agreements, described in subpart F of this part, shall comply with all requirements of this section. (i) Facilities operated by a state or political subdivisi on at the time of disposal require a state cost share of at least 50 percent of Fund-financed response cost s if a Fund-financed remedial action is conducted. (j) Fund-financed removal actions under CERCLA se ction 104 and removal actions pursuant to CERCLA section 106 shall, to the extent practicable considering t he exigencies of the situation, attain applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) under federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws. Waivers described in §300.430 (f)(1)(ii)(C) may be used for removal actions. Other federal and state advisories, criteria, or guidance ma y, as appropriate, be considered in formulating the removal action (see §300.400(g)(3)). In determining whet her compliance with ARAR s is practicable, the lead agency may consider appropriate factors, including: (1) The urgency of the situation; and (2) The scope of the removal action to be conducted. (k) Removal actions pursuant to section 106 or 12 2 of CERCLA are not subject to the following requirements of this section: (1) Section 300.415(a)(2) requirement to locate responsible parties and have them undertake the response; (2) Section 300.415(b)(2)(vii) requirement to consider t he availability of other appropriate federal or state response and enforcement mechanism s to respond to the release; (3) Section 300.415(b)(5) requirement to terminate response after $2 milli on has been obligated or 12 months have elapsed from the date of the initial response; and (4) Section 300.415(g) requirement to assure an order ly transition from removal to remedial action. (l) To the extent practicable, provision for post-re moval site control following a CERCLA Fund-financed removal action at both NPL and non-NPL sites is enc ouraged to be made prior to the initiation of the removal action. Such post-removal site control incl udes actions necessary to ensure the effectiveness and integrity of the removal action after the comple tion of the on-site removal action or after the $2 million or 12-month statutory limits are reached for sites that do not meet the exemption criteria in paragraph (b)(5) of this section. Post-removal site control may be conducted by: (1) The affected state or political subdivision thereof or local units of government for any removal; (2) Potentially responsible parties; or (3) EPA's remedial program for some federal -lead Fund-financed responses at NPL sites. (m) OSCs/RPMs conducting removal actions shall s ubmit OSC reports to the RRT as required by §300.165. (n) Community relations in removal actions. (1) In the case of all CERCLA removal actions taken pursuant to §300.415 or CERCLA enforcement actions to compel removal re sponse, a spokesperson shall be designated by the lead agency. The spokespers on shall inform the community of actions taken, respond to inquiries, and provide information concer ning the release. All news releases or statements made by participating agencies shal l be coordinated with the OSC/RPM. The spokesperson shall notify, at a minimum, immediately affe cted citizens, state and local officials, and, when appropriate, civil defense or emergency management agencies. (2) For CERCLA actions where, based on the site ev aluation, the lead agency det ermines that a removal is appropriate, and that less than six months exists bef ore on-site removal activity must begin, the lead agency shall: (i) Publish a notice of availability of the administrative record file established pursuant to §300.820 in a major local newspaper of general circulation within 60 days of initiation of on-site removal activity; 

# Page 49 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(ii) Provide a public comment period, as appropr iate, of not less than 30 days from the time the administrative record file is made available for public inspection, pursuant to §300.820(b)(2); and (iii) Prepare a written res ponse to significant comments pursuant to §300.820(b)(3). (3) For CERCLA removal actions where on-site action is expected to extend beyond 120 days from the initiation of on-site removal activities, the l ead agency shall by the end of the 120-day period: (i) Conduct interviews with local offi cials, community residents, public interest groups, or other interested or affected parties, as appropriate, to solicit thei r concerns, information needs , and how or when citizens would like to be involved in the Superfund process; (ii) Prepare a formal community relations plan (CRP) based on the communityinterviews and other relevant information, specifying the community relations activities that the lead agency expects to undertake during the response; and (iii) Establish at least one local information repository at or near the location of the response action. The information repository should contain items made available for public information. Further, an administrative record file established pursuant to s ubpart I for all removal actions shall be available for public inspection in at least one of the repositor ies. The lead agency shall inform the public of the establishment of the information repository and provide no tice of availability of the administrative record file for public review. All items in the repository shall be available for publicinspection and copying. (4) Where, based on the site evaluation, the lead agency determines that a CERCLA removal action is appropriate and that a planning period of at least six months exists pr ior to initiation of the on-site removal activities, the lead agency shall at a minimum: (i) Comply with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (n )(3)(i), (ii), and (i ii) of this section, prior to the completion of the EE/CA, or its equivalent, except t hat the information repository and the administrative record file will be established no later than wh en the EE/CA approval memorandum is signed; (ii) Publish a notice of availability and brief descr iption of the EE/CA in a major local newspaper of general circulation pursuant to §300.820; (iii) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 calendar days, for submission of written and oral comments after completion of the EE/CA pursuant to §300.820(a). Upon timely request, the lead agency will extend the public comment period by a minimum of 15 days; and (iv) Prepare a written response to signi ficant comments pursuant to §300.820(a). [59 FR 47448, Sept. 15, 1994] 

### § 300.420 Remedial site evaluation.
top (a) General. The purpose of this section is to describ e the methods, procedures, and criteria the lead agency shall use to collect data, as required, and evaluate releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants. The ev aluation may consist of two steps: a remedial preliminary assessment (PA) and a remedial site inspection (SI). (b) Remedial preliminary assessment. (1) The lead agency shall perform a remedial PA on all sites in CERCLIS as defined in §300.5 to: (i) Eliminate from further consideration those si tes that pose no threat to public health or the environment; (ii) Determine if there is any potential need for removal action; (iii) Set priorities for site inspections; and (iv) Gather existing data to facilitate later evaluati on of the release pursuant to the Hazard Ranking System (HRS) if warranted. (2) A remedial PA shall consist of a review of exis ting information about a release such as information on the pathways of exposure, exposure targets, and source and nature of release. A remedial PA shall also include an off-site reconnaissance as appropria te. A remedial PA may include an on-site reconnaissance where appropriate. (3) If the remedial PA indicates that a removal acti on may be warranted, the lead agency shall initiate removal evaluation pursuant to §300.410. (4) In performing a remedial PA, the lead agency ma y complete the EPA Preliminary Assessment form, available from EPA regional offices, or its equival ent, and shall prepare a PA report, which shall include: 

# Page 50 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(i) A description of the release; (ii) A description of the probable nature of the release; and (iii) A recommendation on whether fu rther action is warranted, whic h lead agency should conduct further action, and whether an SI or remova l action or both should be undertaken. (5) Any person may petition the lead federal agency (EPA or the appropriate federal agency in the case of a release or suspected release from a federal fac ility), to perform a PA of a release when such person is, or may be, affected by a release of a hazardous s ubstance, pollutant, or contaminant. Such petitions shall be addressed to the EPA Regional Administrator for the region in which the release is located, except that petitions for PAs involving federal facilities should be addressed to the head of the appropriate federal agency. (i) Petitions shall be signed by the petit ioner and shall contain the following: (A) The full name, address, and phone number of petitioner; (B) A description, as precisely as possibl e, of the location of the release; and (C) How the petitioner is or may be affected by the release. (ii) Petitions should also contain the foll owing information to t he extent available: (A) What type of substances were or may be released; (B) The nature of activities that have occurred where the release is located; and (C) Whether local and state authorities have been contacted about the release. (iii) The lead federal agency shall complete a rem edial or removal PA within one year of the date of receipt of a complete petition pursuant to paragraph (b)( 5) of this section, if one has not been performed previously, unless the lead federal agency determines that a PA is not appropriate. Where such a determination is made, the lead federal agency shal l notify the petitioner and will provide a reason for the determination. (iv) When determining if performance of a PA is appropriate, the lead federal agency shall take into consideration: (A) Whether there is information indica ting that a release has occurred or there is a threat of a release of a hazardous substance, poll utant, or contaminant; and (B) Whether the release is eligible for response under CERCLA. (c) Remedial site inspection. (1) The lead agency shall perform a remedial SI as appropriate to: (i) Eliminate from further consideration those releasesthat pose no significant th reat to public health or the environment; (ii) Determine the potential need for removal action; (iii) Collect or develop additional dat a, as appropriate, to evaluate the release pursuant to the HRS; and (iv) Collect data in addition to that required to score the release pursuant to the HRS, as appropriate, to better characterize the release for more effectiv e and rapid initiation of the RI/FS or response under other authorities. (2) The remedial SI shall build upon the information co llected in the remedial PA. The remedial SI shall involve, as appropriate, both on- and off-site field investigatory efforts, and sampling. (3) If the remedial SI indicates that removal action may be appropriate, the lead agency shall initiate removal site evaluation pursuant to §300.410. (4) Prior to conducting field sampling as part of si te inspections, the lead agency shall develop sampling and analysis plans that shall provide a process for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity to satisfy data needs. The sampling and analysis plans shall consist of two parts: (i) The field sampling plan, whic h describes the number, type, and location of samples, and the type of analyses, and (ii) The quality assurance project plan (QAPP), wh ich describes policy, organization, and functional activities, and the data quality objectives and measures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in site evaluation and hazard ranking system activities. 

# Page 51 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(5) Upon completion of a remedial SI, the lead agency shall prepare a report that includes the following: (i) A description/history/nature of waste handling; (ii) A description of known contaminants; (iii) A description of pathways of migration of contaminants; (iv) An identification and description of human and environmental targets; and (v) A recommendation on whether further action is warranted. 

### § 300.425 Establishing remedial priorities.
top (a) General. The purpose of this section is to identify t he criteria as well as the methods and procedures EPA uses to establish its prio rities for reme dial actions. (b) National Priorities List. The NPL is the list of priority rel eases for long-term re medial evaluation and response. (1) Only those releases included on the NPL shall be considered eligible for Fund-financed remedial action. Removal actions (including remedial planning activi ties, RI/FSs, and other actions taken pursuant to CERCLA section 104(b)) are not limited to NPL sites. (2) Inclusion of a release on the NPL does not imply that monies will be expen ded, nor does the rank of a release on the NPL establish the precise priorities for the allocation of Fund resources. EPA may also pursue other appropriate authorities to remedy th e release, including enforcement actions under CERCLA and other laws. A site's rank on the NP L serves, along with other factors, including enforcement actions, as a basis to guide t he allocation of Fund resources among releases. (3) Federal facilities that meet the criteria identi fied in paragraph (c) of this section are eligible for inclusion on the NPL. Except as provided by CERC LA sections 111(e)(3) and 111(c), federal facilities are not eligible for Fund-financed remedial actions. (4) Inclusion on the NPL is not a precondition to action by the lead agency under CERCLA sections 106 or 122 or to action under CERCLA section 107 fo r recovery of non-Fund-financed costs or Fundfinanced costs other than Fund-financ ed remedial construction costs. (c) Methods for determining eligibility for NPL. A release may be included on the NPL if the release meets one of the following criteria: (1) The release scores sufficiently high pursuant to the Hazard Ranking System described in appendix A to this part. (2) A state (not including Indian tri bes) has designated a releas e as its highest priority. States may make only one such designation; or (3) The release satisfies all of the following criteria: (i) The Agency for Toxic Subst ances and Disease Registry has issued a health advisory that recommends dissociation of in dividuals from the release; (ii) EPA determines that the release poses a significant threat to public health; and (iii) EPA anticipates that it will be more cost-effectiv e to use its remedial authority than to use removal authority to respond to the release. (d) Procedures for placing sites on the NPL. Lead agencies may submit candidates to EPA by scoring the release using the HRS and providi ng the appropriate backup documentation. (1) Lead agencies may submit HRS scoring pack ages to EPA anytime throughout the year. (2) EPA shall review lead agencies' HRS scoring pa ckages and revise them as appropriate. EPA shall develop any additional HRS scoring pa ckages on releases known to EPA. (3) EPA shall compile the NPL based on the methods identified in paragraph (c) of this section. (4) EPA shall update the NPL at least once a year. (5) To ensure public involvement during the propos al to add a release to the NPL, EPA shall: 

# Page 52 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(i) Publish the proposed rule in the Federal Regi ster and solicit comments through a public comment period; and (ii) Publish the final rule in theFederal Register,and ma ke available a respons e to each significant comment and any significant new data submitted during the comment period. (6) Releases may be categorized on the NPL when deemed appropriate by EPA. (e) Deletion from the NPL. Releases may be deleted from or reca tegorized on the NPL where no further response is appropriate. (1) EPA shall consult with the state on proposed deletio ns from the NPL prior to developing the notice of intent to delete. In making a det ermination to delete a re lease from the NPL, EPA shall consider, in consultation with the state, whether anyof the following criteria has been met: (i) Responsible parties or other persons have impl emented all appropriate response actions required; (ii) All appropriate Fund-financed respons e under CERCLA has been implemented, and no further response action by responsibl e parties is appropriate; or (iii) The remedial investigation has shown that the re lease poses no significant th reat to public health or the environment and, therefore, taking of remedial measures is not appropriate. (2) Releases shall not be deleted from the NPL until the state in which the release was located has concurred on the proposed deletion. EPA shall provide the state 30 wo rking days for review of the deletion notice prior to its publication in the Federal Register . (3) All releases deleted from the NPL are eligible for further Fund-financ ed remedial actions should future conditions warrant such action. Whenever there is a significant release from a site deleted from the NPL, the site shall be restored to the NPL without application of the HRS. (4) To ensure public involvement during the proposal to delete a release from the NPL, EPA shall: (i) Publish a notice of intent to delete in the Federal Register and solici t comment through a public comment period of a minimum of 30 calendar days; (ii) In a major local newspaper of general circulation ator near the release thatis proposed for deletion, publish a notice of availability of the notice of intent to delete; (iii) Place copies of information supporting the proposed deletion in t he information repository, described in §300.430(c)(2)(iii), at or near the release propos ed for deletion. These items shall be available for public inspection and copying; and (iv) Respond to each significant comment and any significant new data subm itted during the comment period and include this response docum ent in the final deletion package. (5) EPA shall place the final deleti on package in the local information repository once the notice of final deletion has been published in the Federal Register . 

### § 300.430 Remedial invest igation/feasibility study and selection of remedy.
top (a) General —(1) Introduction. The purpose of the remedy selection process is to implement remedies that eliminate, reduce, or control risks to human he alth and the environment. Rem edial actions are to be implemented as soon as site data and information ma ke it possible to do so. Accordingly, EPA has established the following program goal, expectations, and program managem ent principles to assist in the identification and implementation of appropriate remedial actions. (i) Program goal. The national goal of the remedy selection process is to select remedies that are protective of human health and the environment, that ma intain protection over time, and that minimize untreated waste. (ii) Program management principles. EPA generally shall consider the following general principles of program management during the remedial process: (A) Sites should generally be remediated in operab le units when early acti ons are necessary or appropriate to achieve significant risk reducti on quickly, when phased analysis and response is necessary or appropriate given the size or complexity of the site, or to expedite the completion of total site cleanup. (B) Operable units, including interim action operable uni ts, should not be inconsistent with nor preclude implementation of the expected final remedy. 

# Page 53 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(C) Site-specific data needs, the evaluation of al ternatives, and the documentation of the selected remedy should reflect the sc ope and complexity of the site problems being addressed. (iii) Expectations. EPA generally shall consider the followi ng expectations in developing appropriate remedial alternatives: (A) EPA expects to use treatment to address the princi pal threats posed by a site, wherever practicable. Principal threats for which treatmentis most likely to be appropriate include liquids, areas contaminated with high concentrations of toxic com pounds, and highly mobile materials. (B) EPA expects to use engineering controls, such as containment, for waste that poses a relatively low long-term threat or where treatment is impracticable. (C) EPA expects to use a combination of methods , as appropriate, to achieve protection of human health and the environment. In appropriate site situat ions, treatment of the principal threats posed by a site, with priority placed on treating waste that is liquid, highly toxic or high ly mobile, will be combined with engineering controls (such as c ontainment) and institutional contro ls, as appropriate, for treatment residuals and untreated waste. (D) EPA expects to use institutional controls such as water use and deed restrictions to supplement engineering controls as appropriate for short- a nd long-term management to prev ent or limit exposure to hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants. Institutional controls may be used during the conduct of the remedial investigat ion/feasibility study (RI/FS) and impl ementation of the remedial action and, where necessary, as a component of the complet ed remedy. The use of institutional controls shall not substitute for active response measures (e.g ., treatment and/or containm ent of source material, restoration of ground waters to their beneficial uses) as the sole remedy unless such active measures are determined not to be practicable, based on the ba lancing of trade-offs among alternatives that is conducted during the selection of remedy. (E) EPA expects to consider using innovative technology when such tech nology offers the potential for comparable or superior treatment performance or im plementability, fewer or lesser adverse impacts than other available approaches, or lower costs for si milar levels of performance than demonstrated technologies. (F) EPA expects to return usable ground waters to t heir beneficial uses wherever practicable, within a timeframe that is reasonable given the particular ci rcumstances of the site. When restoration of ground water to beneficial uses is not practicable, EPA expects to prevent further migration of the plume, prevent exposure to the contaminated ground wa ter, and evaluate further risk reduction. (2) Remedial investigation/feasibility study. The purpose of the remedial in vestigation/feasibility study (RI/FS) is to assess site conditions and evaluate alternatives to the extent necessary to select a remedy. Developing and conducting an RI/FS g enerally includes the following activities: project scoping, data collection, risk assessment, treat ability studies, and analysis of al ternatives. The scope and timing of these activities should be tailored to the nature and complexity of the problem and the response alternatives being considered. (b) Scoping. In implementing this section, the lead agen cy should consider the program goal, program management principles, and expectations contained in this rule. The investigat ive and analytical studies should be tailored to site circumstances so that the scope and detail of the analysis is appropriate to the complexity of site problems being addressed. During scoping, the lead and support agencies shall confer to identify the optimal set and sequence of actions necessary to address site problems. Specifically, the lead agency shall: (1) Assemble and evaluate existing data on the site, including the results of any removal actions, remedial preliminary assessment and site inspections, and the NPL listing process. (2) Develop a conceptual unde rstanding of the site based on the ev aluation of existing data described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (3) Identify likely response scenarios and potentiall y applicable technol ogies and operable units that may address site problems. (4) Undertake limited data collection efforts or studies where this information will assist in scoping the RI/FS or accelerate response actions, and begin to identify the need for treatability studies, as appropriate. (5) Identify the type, quality, and quantity of the data that will be collected during the RI/FS to support decisions regarding remedi al response activities. (6) Prepare site-specific health and safety plans thatshall specify, at a mi nimum, employee training and protective equipment, medical su rveillance requirements, standard operating procedures, and a contingency plan that conforms wi th 29 CFR 1910.120 (l)(1) and (l)(2). (7) If natural resources are or may be injured by the re lease, ensure that state and federal trustees of the affected natural resources have been notified in order th at the trustees may initiate appropriate actions, including those identified in subpart G of this part. The lead agency s hall seek to coordinate necessary assessments, evaluations, invest igations, and planning with such state and federal trustees. 

# Page 54 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(8) Develop sampling and analysis plans that shall provide a process for obtaining data of sufficient quality and quantity to satisfy data needs. Sampli ng and analysis plans shall be reviewed and approved by EPA. The sampling and analysis pl ans shall consist of two parts: (i) The field sampling plan, whic h describes the number, type, and location of samples and the type of analyses; and (ii) The quality assurance project plan, which descri bes policy, organization, and functional activities and the data quality objectives and meas ures necessary to achieve adequate data for use in selecting the appropriate remedy. (9) Initiate the identification of potential federal and state ARARs and, as appropriate, other criteria, advisories, or guidanc e to be considered. (c) Community relations. (1) The community relations requirements described in this section apply to all remedial activities undertaken pursuant to CERCLAsection 104 and to section 106 or section 122 consent orders or decrees, or section 106 administrative orders. (2) The lead agency shall provide for the conduct of the following community relations activities, to the extent practicable, prior to commencing fi eld work for the rem edial investigation: (i) Conducting interviews with loca l officials, community residents, public interest groups, or other interested or affected parties, as appropriate, to solicit their concerns and information needs, and to learn how and when citizens would like to be involved in the Superfund process. (ii) Preparing a formal community relations plan (CRP), based on the communi ty interviews and other relevant information, specifying the community relations activities that the lead agency expects to undertake during the remedial respons e. The purpose of the CRP is to: (A) Ensure the public appropriate opportunities for invo lvement in a wide variety of site-related decisions, including site analysis and characterization, alternatives analysis, and selection of remedy; (B) Determine, based on community interviews, appropriate activities to ensure such public involvement, and (C) Provide appropriate opportunities for the community to learn about the site. (iii) Establishing at least one local information repository at or near t he location of the response action. Each information repository should contain a copy of items made av ailable to the public, including information that describes the te chnical assistance grants applicat ion process. The lead agency shall inform interested parties of the establ ishment of the information repository. (iv) Informing the community of the ava ilability of technical assistance grants. (3) For PRP actions, the lead agency shall plan and im plement the community relations program at a site. PRPs may participate in aspects of the communi ty relations program at the discretion of and with oversight by the lead agency. (4) The lead agency may conduct technical discussions involving PRPs and the public. These technical discussions may be held separately from, but contemporaneously with, t he negotiations/settlement discussions. (5) In addition, the followi ng provisions specifically apply to enforcement actions: (i) Lead agencies entering into an enforcement agreement with de minimi s parties under CERCLA section 122(g) or cost recovery settlements under se ction 122(h) shall publish a notice of the proposed agreement in the Federal Register at least 30 days before the agreem ent becomes final, as required by section 122(i). The notice must identify the name of the facility and the parties to the proposed agreement and must allow an opportunity for co mment and consideration of comments; and (ii) Where the enforcement agreement is embodied in a consent decree, public notice and opportunity for public comment shall be provided in accordance with 28 CFR 50.7. (d) Remedial investigation. (1) The purpose of the remedial investi gation (RI) is to collect data necessary to adequately characterize the site for the purpose of developing and evaluati ng effective remedial alternatives. To characterize the site, the lead agency shall, as appropriate, conduct field investigations, including treatability studi es, and conduct a baseline risk assessmen t. The RI provides information to assess the risks to human health and the environmentand to support the deve lopment, evaluation, and selection of appropriate response alternatives. Site characterization may be conducted in one or more phases to focus sampling efforts and increase the effici ency of the investigati on. Because estimates of actual or potential exposures and associated im pacts on human and environmental receptors may be refined throughout the phases of the RI as new informat ion is obtained, site characterization activities should be fully integrated with the development and evaluation of alternatives in the feasibility study. Bench- or pilot-scale treatability studies shall be conducted, when appropria te and practicable, to provide additional data for the detailed analysis and to support engineering design of remedial alternatives. 

# Page 55 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(2) The lead agency shall characterize the nature of and threat posed by the hazardous substances and hazardous materials and gather data necessary to assess the extent to which the release poses a threat to human health or the environment or to support t he analysis and design of po tential response actions by conducting, as appropriate, field investi gations to assess the following factors: (i) Physical characteristics of the site, including im portant surface features, soils, geology, hydrogeology, meteorology, and ecology; (ii) Characteristics or classifications of air, surface water, and ground water; (iii) The general characteristics of the waste, incl uding quantities, state, concentration, toxicity, propensity to bioaccumulate, persistence, and mobility; (iv) The extent to which the source c an be adequately identified and characterized; (v) Actual and potential exposure pat hways through environmental media; (vi) Actual and potential exposure routes, for example, inhalation and ingestion; and (vii) Other factors, such as sensitive populations, t hat pertain to the characterization of the site or support the analysis of potential remedial action alternatives. (3) The lead and support agency shall identify their respective potential ARARs related to the location of and contaminants at the site in a timely ma nner. The lead and support agencies may also, as appropriate, identify other pertinent advisories, cr iteria, or guidance in a timely manner (see §300.400(g) (3)). (4) Using the data developed under paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this section, the lead agency shall conduct a site-specific baseline risk assessment to characterize the current and potential threats to human health and the environment that may be posed by contaminants migrating to ground water or surface water, releasing to air, leaching through soil, remaining in the soil, and bioaccumulating in the food chain. The results of the baseline risk assessment will help establish accept able exposure levels for use in developing remedial alternatives in the FS, as descri bed in paragraph (e) of this section. (e) Feasibility study. (1) The primary objective of the feasibilitystudy (FS) is to ensure that appropriate remedial alternatives are developed and evaluated su ch that relevant information concerning the remedial action options can be presented to a decision-maker and an appropriate remedy selected. The lead agency may develop a feasibility study to address a specific site problem or the entire site. The development and evaluation of alternatives shall refl ect the scope and complexity of the remedial action under consideration and the site problems being addressed. Development of alternatives shall be fully integrated with the site characteriza tion activities of the remedial in vestigation described in paragraph (d) of this section. The lead agency shall include an al ternatives screening step, when needed, to select a reasonable number of alternat ives for detailed analysis. (2) Alternatives shall be developed that protect human health and the environment by recycling waste or by eliminating, reducing, and/or controlling risks posed through each pathway by a site. The number and type of alternatives to be anal yzed shall be determined ateach site, taking into account the scope, characteristics, and complexity of the site probl em that is being addressed. In developing and, as appropriate, screening the alter natives, the lead agency shall: (i) Establish remedial action obj ectives specifying contaminants and media of concern, potential exposure pathways, and remediati on goals. Initially, preliminary remediation goals are developed based on readily available information, such as chemic al-specific ARARs or other reliable information. Preliminary remediation goals should be modified, as necessary, as mo re information becomes available during the RI/FS. Final re mediation goals will be determined when t he remedy is selected. Remediation goals shall establish acceptable exposure levels that are protective of human health and the environment and shall be developed by considering the following: (A) Applicable or relevant and appropriate requi rements under federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws, if available, and the following factors: ( 1 ) For systemic toxicants, acceptable exposure levels shall represent concentration levels to which the human population, including sens itive subgroups, may be exposed without adverse effect during a lifetime or part of a lifetime, incorporating an adequate margin of safety; ( 2 ) For known or suspected carcinogens, acceptable exposure levels are generally concentration levels that represent an excess upper bound lifetime c ancer risk to an i ndividual of between 10 − 4 and 10 − 6 using information on the relations hip between dose and response. The 10 − 6 risk level shall be used as the point of departure for determining remedi ation goals for alternatives when ARARs are not available or are not sufficiently prot ective because of the presence of mu ltiple contaminants at a site or multiple pathways of exposure; ( 3 ) Factors related to technical limitations such as detection/quantification limits for contaminants; ( 4 ) Factors related to uncertainty; and ( 5 ) Other pertinent information. 

# Page 56 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(B) Maximum contaminant level goals (MCLGs), esta blished under the Safe Drinking Water Act, that are set at levels above zero, shall be attained by remedi al actions for ground or surface waters that are current or potential sources of drinking water, w here the MCLGs are relevant and appropriate under the circumstances of the release based on the factors in §300.400(g)(2). If an MCLG is determined not to be relevant and appropriate, the corresponding maximum contaminant level (MCL) shall be attained where relevant and appropriate to the circumstances of the release. (C) Where the MCLG for a contaminant has been set ata level of zero, the MCL promulgated for that contaminant under the Safe Drinking Water Act shal l be attained by remedial actions for ground or surface waters that are current or potential source s of drinking water, where the MCL is relevant and appropriate under the circumstances of the re lease based on the factors in §300.400(g)(2). (D) In cases involving multiple contaminants or pat hways where attainment of chemical-specific ARARs will result in cumulative risk in excess of 10 − 4 , criteria in paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this section may also be considered when determining t he cleanup level to be attained. (E) Water quality criteria established under sections 303 or 304 of the Clean Wate r Act shall be attained where relevant and appropriate under the circumstances of the release. (F) An alternate concentration limit (ACL) may be established in accordance with CERCLA section 121 (d)(2)(B)(ii). (G) Environmental evaluations shall be performed to assess threats to the environment, especially sensitive habitats and critical habitats of species protected under the Endangered Species Act. (ii) Identify and evaluate potentially suitable te chnologies, including innovative technologies; (iii) Assemble suitable te chnologies into alternat ive remedial actions. (3) For source control actions, the lead agency shall develop, as appropriate: (i) A range of alternatives in which treatment that reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume of the hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants is a principal el ement. As appropriate, this range shall include an alternative that removes or destroy s hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants to the maximum extent feasible, eliminating or mi nimizing, to the degree possible, the need for long-term management. The lead agency also shall develop, as appropriate, other alternatives which, at a minimum, treat the principal threats posed by the si te but vary in the degree of treatment employed and the quantities and characteristics of the treatment residuals and untreated waste that must be managed; and (ii) One or more alternatives that involve little or no treatment, but provide protection of human health and the environment primarily by preventing or controlling exposure to hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants, through engineering controls, for example, containment, and, as necessary, institutional controls to protect human health and th e environment and to assure continued effectiveness of the response action. (4) For ground-water response actions, the lead agency shall develop a limited number of remedial alternatives that attain site-specific remediation le vels within different restoration time periods utilizing one or more different technologies. (5) The lead agency shall develop one or more i nnovative treatment technologies for further consideration if those technologies offer the potential for comparable or superior performance or implementability; fewer or lesser adverse impacts than other available approaches; or lower costs for similar levels of performance than demonstrated treatment technologies. (6) The no-action alternative, which may be no furt her action if some remova l or remedial action has already occurred at the site, shall be developed. (7) As appropriate, and to the extent sufficient inform ation is available, the s hort- and long-term aspects of the following three criteria shall be used to guide the development and screening of remedial alternatives: (i) Effectiveness. This criterion focuses on the degree to whic h an alternative reduces toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment, minimizes residual ri sks and affords long-term prot ection, complies with A RARs, minimizes short-term impacts, and how quickly it achieves prot ection. Alternatives providing significantly less effectiveness than other, more prom ising alternatives may be eliminated. Alternatives that do not provide adequate protection of human heal th and the environment shall be eliminated from further consideration. (ii) Implementability. This criterion focuses on the technical feas ibility and availability of the technologies each alternative would employ and the administrat ive feasibility of implementing the alternative. A lternatives that are technically or administrativ ely infeasible or that would require equipment, specialists, or facilities that are not available within a reasonable per iod of time may be eliminated from further consideration. (iii) Cost. The costs of construction and any long-term cost s to operate and maintain the alternatives shall be considered. Costs that are grossly exce ssive compared to the overall effectiveness of 

# Page 57 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...alternatives may be considered as one of several fact ors used to eliminate al ternatives. Alternatives providing effectiveness and implementability similar to that of another alternativ e by employing a similar method of treatment or engineering control, but at greater cost, may be eliminated. (8) The lead agency shall notify the support agency of the alternatives that will be evaluated in detail to facilitate the identification of ARARs and, as appropr iate, pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance to be considered. (9) Detailed analysis of alternatives. (i) A detailed analysis shall be c onducted on the limited number of alternatives that represent viable approaches to remedial action after evaluation in the screening stage. The lead and support agencies must iden tify their ARARs related to spec ific actions in a timely manner and no later than the early stages of the comparative analysis. The lead and support agencies may also, as appropriate, identify other pertinent advisorie s, criteria, or guidance in a timely manner. (ii) The detailed analysis consists of an assessment of individual alternatives against each of nine evaluation criteria and a comparative analysis t hat focuses upon the relative performance of each alternative against those criteria. (iii) Nine criteria for evaluation. The analysis of alternatives under review shall reflect the scope and complexity of site problems and alternatives being evaluat ed and consider the relative significance of the factors within each criteria. The nine evaluation criteria are as follows: (A) Overall protection of human health and the environment. Alternatives shall be assessed to determine whether they can adequately prot ect human health and the environment, in both the short- and longterm, from unacceptable risks posed by hazardous s ubstances, pollutants, or contaminants present at the site by eliminating, reducing, or controlling ex posures to levels established during development of remediation goals consistent with §300.430(e)(2)( i). Overall protection of human health and the environment draws on the assessments of other eval uation criteria, especially long-term effectiveness and permanence, short-term effectiveness, and compliance with ARARs. (B) Compliance with ARARs. The alternatives shall be assessed to determine whether they attain applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements under federal environmental laws and state environmental or facility siting laws or provide grounds for invoking one of the waivers under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C) of this section. (C) Long-term effectiveness and permanence. Alternatives shall be assessed for the long-term effectiveness and permanence they afford, along with the degree of certainty that the alternative will prove successful. Factors that shall be consi dered, as appropriate, include the following: ( 1 ) Magnitude of residual risk remaining from untreat ed waste or treatment residuals remaining at the conclusion of the remedial activi ties. The characteristics of the residuals should be considered to the degree that they remain hazardous, taking into acc ount their volume, toxicity , mobility, and propensity to bioaccumulate. ( 2 ) Adequacy and reliability of controls such as cont ainment systems and institutional controls that are necessary to manage treatment residuals and untreated waste. This factor addresses in particular the uncertainties associated with land disposal for providing long-term protecti on from residuals; the assessment of the potential need to replace technical components of the alternative, such as a cap, a slurry wall, or a treatment system; and the pot ential exposure pathways and risks posed should the remedial action need replacement. (D) Reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment. The degree to which al ternatives employ recycling or treatment that reduces toxicity, mobi lity, or volume shall be assessed, including how treatment is used to address the principal threats posed by the site. Factors that shall be considered, as appropriate, include the following: ( 1 ) The treatment or recycling processes the alte rnatives employ and materials they will treat; ( 2 ) The amount of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants that will be destroyed, treated, or recycled; ( 3 ) The degree of expected reduction in toxicity, mobility , or volume of the waste due to treatment or recycling and the specification of which reduction(s) are occurring; ( 4 ) The degree to which the treatment is irreversible; ( 5 ) The type and quantity of residuals that will remain following treatment, consid ering the persistence, toxicity, mobility, and propensity to bioaccumulate of such hazardous substances and their constituents; and ( 6 ) The degree to which treatment reduces the inherent hazards posed by principal threats at the site. (E) Short-term effectiveness. The short-term impacts of alternativ es shall be assessed considering the following: ( 1 ) Short-term risks that might be posed to the commu nity during implementati on of an alternative; 

# Page 58 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...( 2 ) Potential impacts on workers during remedial action and the effectiveness and reliability of protective measures; ( 3 ) Potential environmental impacts of the remedial action and the effectiveness and reliability of mitigative measures during implementation; and ( 4 ) Time until protection is achieved. (F) Implementability. The ease or difficulty of implementing the alternatives shall be assessed by considering the following types of factors as appropriate: ( 1 ) Technical feasibility, including te chnical difficulties and unknowns a ssociated with the construction and operation of a technology, the reliability of t he technology, ease of underta king additional remedial actions, and the ability to monitor the effectiveness of the remedy. ( 2 ) Administrative feasibility, including activities needed to coordi nate with other offices and agencies and the ability and time required to obtain any nec essary approvals and permits from other agencies (for off-site actions); ( 3 ) Availability of services and materials, includi ng the availability of ade quate off-site treatment, storage capacity, and disposal capacity and services ; the availability of necessary equipment and specialists, and provisions to ensure any necessary additional resources; the availability of services and materials; and availability of prospective technologies. (G) Cost. The types of costs that shall be assessed include the following: ( 1 ) Capital costs, including both direct and indirect costs; ( 2 ) Annual operation and maintenance costs; and ( 3 ) Net present value of capital and O&M costs. (H) State acceptance. Assessment of state concerns may not be completed until comments on the RI/FS are received but may be discussed, to the ext ent possible, in the proposed plan issued for public comment. The state concerns that shal l be assessed include the following: ( 1 ) The state's position and key concerns related to t he preferred alternative and other alternatives; and ( 2 ) State comments on ARARs or the proposed use of waivers. (I) Community acceptance. This assessment includes determining which components of the alternatives interested persons in the community support, have re servations about, or oppose. This assessment may not be completed until comments on the proposed plan are received. (f) Selection of remedy —(1) Remedies selected shall reflect the scope and purpose of the actions being undertaken and how the action relates to long- term, comprehensive response at the site. (i) The criteria noted in paragraph (e)(9)(iii) of this section are used to select a remedy. These criteria are categorized into three groups. (A) Threshold criteria. Overall protection of human health and the environment and compliance with A RARs (unless a specific ARAR is waived) are thre shold requirements that eac h alternative must meet in order to be eligible for selection. (B) Primary balancing criteria. The five primary balancing criter ia are long-term effectiveness and permanence; reduction of toxicity, mobility, or vo lume through treatment; short-term effectiveness; implementability; and cost. (C) Modifying criteria. State and community acceptance are modifying criteria that shall be considered in remedy selection. (ii) The selection of a remedial action is a two- step process and shall proceed in accordance with §300.515(e). First, the lead agency, in conjunction with the support agency, identifies a preferred alternative and presents it to the public in a prop osed plan, for review and comment. Second, the lead agency shall review the public co mments and consult with the state (or support agency) in order to determine if the alternative remains the most appropria te remedial action for the site or site problem. The lead agency, as specified in §300.515(e), makes the fi nal remedy selection decision, which shall be documented in the ROD. Each remedial alternativ e selected as a Superfund remedy will employ the criteria as indicated in paragraph (f)(1)(i) of th is section to make the following determination: (A) Each remedial action selected shall be protective of human health and the environment. (B) On-site remedial actions selected in a ROD must a ttain those ARARs that are identified at the time of ROD signature or provide grounds for invo king a waiver under §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C). 

# Page 59 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...( 1 ) Requirements that are promulgat ed or modified after ROD signature must be attained (or waived) only when determined to be applicabl e or relevant and appropriate and necessary to ensure that the remedy is protective of human health and the environment. ( 2 ) Components of the remedy not described in the ROD must attain (or waive) requirements that are identified as applicable or relevant and appropriate at the time the amendment to the ROD or the explanation of significantdifference describing the component is signed. (C) An alternative that does not meet an ARAR unde r federal environmental or state environmental or facility siting laws may be select ed under the followi ng circumstances: ( 1 ) The alternative is an interim measure and will becom e part of a total remedial action that will attain the applicable or relevant and appropria te federal or state requirement; ( 2 ) Compliance with the requirement will result in greater risk to human health and the environment than other alternatives; ( 3 ) Compliance with the requirement is technica lly impracticable from an engineering perspective; ( 4 ) The alternative will attain a standard of perform ance that is equivalent to that required under the otherwise applicable standard, requ irement, or limitation through use of another method or approach; ( 5 ) With respect to a state requirement, the state has not consistently app lied, or demonstrated the intention to consistently apply, t he promulgated requirement in similar circumstances at other remedial actions within the state; or ( 6 ) For Fund-financed response actions only, an alternative that attain s the ARAR will not provide a balance between the need for protection of human health and the environment at the site and the availability of Fund monies to re spond to other sites that may present a threat to human health and the environment. (D) Each remedial action selected shall be cost-effectiv e, provided that it firs t satisfies the threshold criteria set forth in §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(A) and (B). Cost-effectiveness is determined by evaluating the following three of the five bal ancing criteria noted in §300.430(f)(1)(i)(B) to determine overall effectiveness: long-term effectiveness and permanence, re duction of toxicity, mobility, or volume through treatment, and short-term effectiveness. Overall effectiveness is then compared to cost to ensure that the remedy is cost-effective. A remedy shall be cost -effective if its costs are proportional to its overall effectiveness. (E) Each remedial action shall utilize permanent so lutions and alternative treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies to t he maximum extent practicable. This requirement shall be fulfilled by selecting the alternative that satisfies paragraph (f)(1 )(ii)(A) and (B) of this section and provides the best balance of trade-offs among alternatives in terms of the five primary balancing criteria noted in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(B) of this section. The balancing shall emphasize long-term effectiveness and reduction of toxicity, mobility, or volume throu gh treatment. The balancing s hall also consider the preference for treatment as a principal element and t he bias against off-site l and disposal of untreated waste. In making the determination under this paragraph, the modifying criteria of state acceptance and community acceptance described in paragraph (f)(1)(i)(C) of this se ction shall also be considered. (2) The proposed plan. In the first step in the remedy select ion process, the lead agency shall identify the alternative that best meets the requirements in §300.430(f)(1), above, and shall present that alternative to the public in a proposed plan. The lead agency, in conjunction with the support agency and consistent with §300.515(e), shall prepare a propo sed plan that briefly describes the remedial alternatives analyzed by the lead agency, propose s a preferred remedial action alternative, and summarizes the information relied upon to select t he preferred alternative. The selection of remedy process for an operable unit may be initiated at any time during the remedial action process. The purpose of the proposed plan is to supplement t he RI/FS and provide the public with a reasonable opportunity to comment on the preferred alternative for remedial action, as well as alternative plans under consideration, and to participate in the selecti on of remedial action at a site. At a minimum, the proposed plan shall: (i) Provide a brief summary description of the remedi al alternatives evaluated in the detailed analysis established under paragraph (e)(9) of this section; (ii) Identify and provide a discussion of the rati onale that supports the preferred alternative; (iii) Provide a summary of any formal comments received from the support agency; and (iv) Provide a summary explanation of any proposed wa iver identified under paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C) of this section from an ARAR. (3) Community relations to support the selection of remedy. (i) The lead agency, after preparation of the proposed plan and review by the support agency, shall conduct the fo llowing activities: (A) Publish a notice of availability and brief analysis of the proposed plan in a major local newspaper of general circulation; 

# Page 60 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(B) Make the proposed plan and supporting analysis and information available in the administrative record required under subpart I of this part; (C) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 ca lendar days, for submission of written and oral comments on the proposed plan and the supporting analys is and information located in the information repository, including the RI/FS. Upon timely request, the lead agency will extend the public comment period by a minimum of 30 additional days; (D) Provide the opportunity for a public meeting tobe held during the public comment period at or near the site at issue regarding the proposed pl an and the supporting analysis and information; (E) Keep a transcript of the public meeting held du ring the public comment per iod pursuant to CERCLA section 117(a) and make such transcr ipt available to the public; and (F) Prepare a written summary of significant comments, criticisms , and new relevant information submitted during the public comment period and t he lead agency response to each issue. This responsiveness summary shall be made ava ilable with the reco rd of decision. (ii) After publication of the propos ed plan and prior to adoption of the selected remedy in the record of decision, if new information is made available that si gnificantly changes the basic features of the remedy with respect to scope, performance, or cost, such that the remedy significantly di ffers from the original proposal in the proposed plan and the supporting anal ysis and information, the lead agency shall: (A) Include a discussion in the record of decision of the significant changes and reasons for such changes, if the lead agency determines such chang es could be reasonably anticipated by the public based on the alternatives and other information av ailable in the proposed plan or the supporting analysis and information in the administrative record; or (B) Seek additional public comment on a revised proposed plan, when the l ead agency determines the change could not have been reasonably ant icipated by the public based on the information available in the proposed plan or the supporting analysis and info rmation in the administrative record. The lead agency shall, prior to adoption of the selected remedyin the ROD, issue a revised proposed plan, which shall include a discussion of the significant changes and the reasons for such changes, in accordance with the public participation requirements descri bed in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section. (4) Final remedy selection. (i) In the second and final step in the remedy selection process, the lead agency shall reassess its initial determination that t he preferred alternative provides the best balance of trade-offs, now factoring in any new information or points of view expressed by the state (or support agency) and community during the publ ic comment period. The lead a gency shall consider state (or support agency) and community comments regarding the lead agency's evaluation of alternatives with respect to the other criteria. These comments may prompt the lead agency to modify aspects of the preferred alternative or decide t hat another alternative provides a more appropriate balance. The lead agency, as specified in §300.515(e), shall make the final remedy selection decision and document that decision in the ROD. (ii) If a remedial action is selected that results in hazardous substances, pol lutants, or contaminants remaining at the site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure, the lead agency shall review such action no less often than every five years after initiation of the selected remedial action. (iii) The process for selection of a remedial action at a federal faci lity on the NPL, pursuant to CERCLA section 120, shall entail: (A) Joint selection of remedial action by the head of the relevant department, agency, or instrumentality and EPA; or (B) If mutual agreement on the remedy is not reached, selection of the remedy is made by EPA. (5) Documenting the decision. (i) To support the selection of a remedial action, all facts, analyses of facts, and site-specific policy determinations considered in the course of carrying out activities in this section shall be documented, as approp riate, in a record of decision, in a level of detail appropriate to the site situation, for inclusion in the administrative record required under subpart I of this part. Documentation shall explain how the evaluation criteria in paragraph (e)(9)(iii) of this section were used to select the remedy. (ii) The ROD shall describe the following statutory requirements as they relate to the scope and objectives of the action: (A) How the selected remedy is protective of human health and the environment, explaining how the remedy eliminates, reduces, or controls ex posures to human and environmental receptors; (B) The federal and state requirements that are applicabl e or relevant and appropriate to the site that the remedy will attain; (C) The applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements of other federal and state laws that the remedy will not meet, the waiver invoked, and the justification for invoking the waiver; 

# Page 61 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(D) How the remedy is cost-effective, i.e. , explaining how the remedy provides overall effectiveness proportional to its costs; (E) How the remedy utilizes permanent solutions and alternative treatment technologies or resource recovery technologies to the ma ximum extent practicable; and (F) Whether the preference for re medies employing treatment whic h permanently and significantly reduces the toxicity, mobility, or volume of the haz ardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants as a principal element is or is not satisfied by the sele cted remedy. If this preference is not satisfied, the record of decision must explain why a remedial action involving such redu ctions in toxicity, mobility, or volume was not selected. (iii) The ROD also shall: (A) Indicate, as appropriate, the remediation goals, di scussed in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, that the remedy is expected to achiev e. Performance shall be measured at appropriate locations in the ground water, surface water, soils, air, and other affected environmental media. Measurement relating to the performance of the treatment processes and the engineering controls may also be identified, as appropriate; (B) Discuss significant changes and t he response to comments described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(F) of this section; (C) Describe whether hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants will remain at the site such that a review of the remedial action under paragraph (f)(4) (ii) of this section no less often than every five years shall be required; and (D) When appropriate, provide a commitment for fu rther analysis and selection of long-term response measures within an appropriate time-frame. (6) Community relations when the record of decision is signed. After the ROD is signed, the lead agency shall: (i) Publish a notice of the availabi lity of the ROD in a major local newspaper of general circulation; and (ii) Make the record of decision available for public in spection and copying at or near the facility at issue prior to the commencement of any remedial action. 

### § 300.435 Remedial design/remedial action, operation and maintenance.
top (a) General. The remedial design/re medial action (RD/RA) stage includes the development of the actual design of the selected remedy and implementation of the remedy through construction. A period of operation and maintenance may follow the RA activities. (b) RD/RA activities. (1) All RD/RA activities shall be in conf ormance with the remedy selected and set forth in the ROD or other decision document for that site. Those portions of RD/RA sampling and analysis plans describing the QA/QC requirements for chemical and analytic al testing and sampling procedures of samples taken for the purpose of dete rmining whether cleanup action levels specified in the ROD are achieved, generally will be consiste nt with the requirements of §300.430(b)(8). (2) During the course of the RD/RA, the lead agency shall be responsible for ensuring that all federal and state requirements that are identified in th e ROD as applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements for the action are met. If waivers from any ARARs are involved, the lead agency shall be responsible for ensuring that the conditions of the waivers are met. (c) Community relations. (1) Prior to the initiation of RD, t he lead agency shall review the CRP to determine whether it should be revised to describe further public involvement activities during RD/RA that are not already addressed or provided for in the CRP. (2) After the adoption of the ROD, if the remedial action or enforcement action taken, or the settlement or consent decree entered into, differs significantly from the remedy selected in the ROD with respect to scope, performance, or cost, the lead agency shall consult with the support agency, as appropriate, and shall either: (i) Publish an explanation of signific ant differences when the differences in the remedial or enforcement action, settlement, or consent decree significantlychange but do not fundamentally alter the remedy selected in the ROD with respect to scope, performanc e, or cost. To issue an explanation of significant differences, the lead agency shall: (A) Make the explanation of signifi cant differences and supporting inform ation available to the public in the administrative record established under §300.815 and the information repository; and (B) Publish a notice that briefly summarizes the explanation of significant differences, including the 

# Page 62 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...reasons for such differences, in a major local newspaper of general circulation; or (ii) Propose an amendment to the ROD if the differe nces in the remedial or enforcement action, settlement, or consent decree fundamentally alter the bas ic features of the selected remedy with respect to scope, performance, or cost. To amend the ROD, the lead agency, in conjunction with the support agency, as provided in §300.515(e), shall: (A) Issue a notice of availability and brief description of the proposed amendment to the ROD in a major local newspaper of g eneral circulation; (B) Make the proposed amendment to the ROD and in formation supporting the decision available for public comment; (C) Provide a reasonable opportunity, not less than 30 ca lendar days, for submission of written or oral comments on the amendment to the ROD. Upon timelyrequest, the lead agency will extend the public comment period by a mini mum of 30 additional days; (D) Provide the opportunity for a public meeting tobe held during the public comment period at or near the facility at issue; (E) Keep a transcript of comments received at the publ ic meeting held during t he public comment period; (F) Include in the amended ROD a brief explanation of the amendment and the response to each of the significant comments, criticisms, and new relevantinformation submitted during the public comment period; (G) Publish a notice of the ava ilability of the amended ROD in a major local newspaper of general circulation; and (H) Make the amended ROD and supporting information available to the public in the administrative record and information repository prior to the comm encement of the remedial action affected by the amendment. (3) After the completion of the final engineering des ign, the lead agency shall issue a fact sheet and provide, as appropriate, a public briefing prio r to the initiation of the remedial action. (d) Contractor conflict of interest. (1) For Fund-financed RD/RA and O&M activities, the lead agency shall: (i) Include appropriate language in the solicitation requiring potential prime contractors to submit information on their status, as well as the status of their subcontractors, parent companies, and affiliates, as potentially responsible parties at the site. (ii) Require potential prime contractors to certify that, to the best of thei r knowledge, they and their potential subcontractors, parent companies, and affili ates have disclosed all information described in §300.435(d)(1)(i) or that no such information exists, and that any such information discovered after submission of their bid or proposal or cont ract award will be disc losed immediately. (2) Prior to contract award, the lead agency shal l evaluate the information provided by the potential prime contractors and: (i) Determine whether they have conflicts of interestthat could significantly impact the performance of the contract or the liability of potenti al prime contractors or subcontractors. (ii) If a potential prime contractor or subcontractor has a conflict of interest that cannot be avoided or otherwise resolved, and using that potential prime cont ractor or subcontractor to conduct RD/RA or O&M work under a Fund-financed action would not be in the best interests of the state or federal government, an offeror or bidder contemplating use of that prime contractor or subcontractor may be declared nonresponsible or ineligible for award in accordance with appropriate acquisi tion regulations, and the contract may be awarded to the next eligible offeror or bidder. (e) Recontracting. (1) If a Fund-financed contract must be terminated because addi tional work outside the scope of the contract is needed, EPA is authorized to take appropriate steps to continue interim RAs as necessary to reduce risks to public health and the environment. Appropriate steps may include extending an existing contract fo r a federal-lead RA or amending a c ooperative agreement for a statelead RA. Until the lead agency can reopen the bidding process and recontract to complete the RA, EPA may take such appropriate steps as described above to cover interim work to reduce such risks, where: (i) Additional work is found to be needed as a result of such unforeseen situat ions as newly discovered sources, types, or quantities of haza rdous substances at a facility; and (ii) Performance of the complete RA requires the l ead agency to rebid the contract because the existing contract does not encompass this newly discovered work. (2) The cost of such interim actions shall not exceed $2 million. 

# Page 63 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(f) Operation and maintenance. (1) Operation and maintenance (O&M) measures are initiated after the remedy has achieved the remedial action objectives and remediati on goals in the ROD, and is determined to be operational and fu nctional, except for ground- or su rface-water restoration actions covered under §300.435(f)(4). A state must provide it s assurance to assume responsibility for O&M, including, where appropriate, requirements for ma intaining institutional controls, under §300.510(c). (2) A remedy becomes “operational and functional” either one year after construction is complete, or when the remedy is determined c oncurrently by EPA and the state to be functioning properly and is performing as designed, whichever is earlier. EPA may grant extensi ons to the one-year period, as appropriate. (3) For Fund-financed remedial actions involving treatment or other measures to restore ground- or surface-water quality to a level that assures protection of human health and the environment, the operation of such treatment or other measures for a period of up to 10 years after the remedy becomes operational and functional will be cons idered part of the remedial action. Activities required to maintain the effectiveness of such treatment or measures foll owing the 10-year period, or after remedial action is complete, whichever is earlier, s hall be considered O&M. For the purposes of federal funding provided under CERCLA section 104(c)(6), a restoration acti vity will be considered administratively “complete” when: (i) Measures restore ground- or surface-water quality to a level that assures protection of human health and the environment; (ii) Measures restore ground or surface water to such a point that reductions in contaminant concentrations are no l onger significant; or (iii) Ten years have elapsed, whichever is earliest. (4) The following shall not be deemed to constitute tr eatment or other measures to restore contaminated ground or surface water under §300.435(f)(3): (i) Source control maintenance measures; and (ii) Ground- or surface-water measures initiated fo r the primary purpose of providing a drinking-water supply, not for the purpose of restoring ground water. 

### § 300.440 Procedures for planning and implementing off-site response actions.
top (a) Applicability. (1) This section applies to any remedial or removal action involving the off-site transfer of any hazardous substance, poll utant, or contaminant as defined under CERCLA sections 101 (14) and (33) (“CERCLA waste”) that is conducted by EPA, St ates, private parties, or ot her Federal agencies, that is Fund-financed and/or is taken pursuant to an y CERCLA authority, incl uding cleanups at Federal facilities under section 120 of CERCLA, and cleanups under section 311 of the Clean Water Act (except for cleanup of petroleum exempt under CERCLA). Applic ability extends to those actions taken jointly under CERCLA and another authority. (2) In cases of emergency removal actions under CE RCLA, emergency actions taken during remedial actions, or response actions under section 311 of the Clean Water Act where the release poses an immediate and significant threat to human health and the environment, the On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) may determine that it is necessary to trans fer CERCLA waste off-site without following the requirements of this section. (3) This section applies to CERCLA wastes from cleanup actions based on CERCLA decision documents signed or consent decrees lodged after October 17, 1986 (“post-SARA CERCLA wastes”) as well as those based on CERCLA decision doc uments signed and consent decrees lodged prior to October 17, 1986 (“pre-SARA CERCLA wastes”) . Pre-SARA and post-SARA CERCLA wastes are subject to the same acceptability criteria in §300.440(b)(1) and (2). (4) EPA (usually the EPA Regional Office) will determi ne the acceptability under this section of any facility selected for the treatment, storage, or disposal of CERCLA waste. EPA will determine if there are relevant releases or relevant violations at a facility pr ior to the facility's initial receipt of CERCLA waste. Afacility which has previously been evaluated and found acceptable under this rule (or the preceding policy) is acceptable until the EPA Regional Office notifies the facilityotherwise pursuantto §300.440(d). (5) Off-site transfers of those laboratory samples and treatability study CERCLA wastes from CERCLA sites set out in paragraphs (a)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section, are not subject to the requirements of this section. However, those CERCLA wastes may not be transferred back to the CERCLA site unless the Remedial Project Manager or OSC assures the proper management of the CERCLA waste samples or residues and gives permission to the laboratory or treatment facility fo r the samples and/or residues to be returned to the site. (i) Samples of CERCLA wastes sent to a laboratory for characterization; (ii) RCRA hazardous wastes that are being transferred from a CERCLA site for treatability studies and that meet the requirements for an exemption for RCRA under 40 CFR 261.4(e); and 

# Page 64 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(iii) Non-RCRA wastes that are being transferred from a CERCLA site for treatability studies and that are below the quantity threshold es tablished at 40 CFR 261.4(e)(2). (b) Acceptability criteria —(1) Facility compliance. (i) A facility will be deemed in compliance for the purpose of this rule if there are no relevant violati ons at or affecting the unit or units receiving CERCLA waste: (A) For treatment to standards specified in 40 CFR pa rt 268, subpart D, including any pre-treatment or storage units used prior to treatment; (B) For treatment to substantially reduce its mobility, toxicity or persistence in the absence of a defined treatment standard, including any pre-treatment or storage units used prior to treatment; or (C) For storage or ultimate disposal of CERCLA waste not treated to the previous criteria at the same facility. (ii) Relevant violations include si gnificant deviations from regulations , compliance order provisions, or permit conditions designed to: ensure that CERCLA waste is destined for and delivered to authorized facilities; prevent releases of hazardous waste, haz ardous constituents, or hazardous substances to the environment; ensure early detection of such releases; or compel corrective acti on for releases. Criminal violations which result in indictment are also releva nt violations. In addition, vi olations of the following requirements may be considered relevant: (A) Applicable subsections of sect ions 3004 and 3005 of RCRA or, where applicable, other Federal laws (such as the Toxic Substances C ontrol Act and subtitle D of RCRA); (B) Applicable sections of State environmental laws; and (C) In addition, land dispos al units at RCRA subtit le C facilities receivin g RCRA hazardous waste from response actions authorized or funded under CERCLA must be in compliance with RCRA section 3004 (o) minimum technology requirement s. Exceptions may be made onl y if the unit has been granted a waiver from these requirements under 40 CFR 264.301. (2) Releases. (i) Release is defined in §300.5 of this par t. Releases under this section do not include: (A) De minimis releases; (B) Releases permitted under Federal programs or under Federal programs delegated to the States (Federally permitted releases are defined in §300.5), exceptto the extent that such releases are found to pose a threat to human health and the environment; or (C) Releases to the air that do not exceed standards promulgated pursuant to RCRA section 3004(n), or absent such standards, or where such standards do not apply, releases to the air that do not present a threat to human health or the environment. (ii) Releases from units at a fa cility designated for off-site transfe r of CERCLA waste must be addressed as follows: (A) Receiving units at RCRA subtitle C facilities. CERCLA wastes may be transferred to an off-site unit regulated under subtitle C of RCRA, including a faci lity regulated under the permit-by-rule provisions of 40 CFR 270.60 (a), (b) or (c), only if that uni t is not releasing any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous subst ance into the ground water, surface water, soil or air. (B) Other units at RCRA subtitle C land disposal facilities. CERCLA wastes may not be transferred to any unit at a RCRA subtitle C l and disposal facility where a non-re ceiving unit is releasing any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance into the ground water, surface water, soil, or air, unless that releas e is controlled by an enforceable agreement for corrective action under subtitle C of RCRA or other applic able Federal or State authority. For purposes of this section, a RCRA “land disposal facility” is any RCRA facility at which a land disposal unit is loca ted, regardless of whether a land disposal unit is the receiving unit. (C) Other units at RCRA subtitle C treatm ent, storage, and permit-by-rule facilities. CERCLA wastes may not be transferred to any unit at a RCRA subtit le C treatment, storage or permit-by-rule facility, where a release of any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance from nonreceiving units poses a significant threat to publichealth or the environment, unless that release is controlled by an enforceable agreement for correcti ve action under subtitle C of RCRA or other applicable Federal or State authority. (D) All other facilities. CERCLA wastes should not be transferred to any unit at an other-than-RCRA subtitle C facility if the EPA Regional Office has inform ation indicating that an en vironmentally significant release of hazardous substances has occurred at thatfacility, unless the rele ase is controlled by an enforceable agreement for corrective action under an applicable Federal or State authority. (iii) Releases are c onsidered to be “controlled” for the purpose of this section as provided in §300.440 (f) (3)(iv) and (f)(3)(v). A release is not considered “controlled” for the purpose of this section during the pendency of administrative or judicial challenges to corrective action requirem ents, unless the facility has made the requisite showing under §300.440(e). 

# Page 65 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(c) Basis for determining acceptability. (1) If a State finds that a facility wi thin its jurisdiction is operating in non-compliance with state law requirements incl uding the requirements of any Federal program for which the State has been authorized, EPA will determine, after consulting with the State as appropriate, if the violation is relevant under the rule and if so, issue an initial determination of unacceptability. (2) If a State finds that releases are occurring ata facility regulated under State law or a Federal program for which the State is authorized, EPA wi ll determine, after consulting with the State as appropriate, if the release is relevant under the rule and if so, issue an initial determination of unacceptability. (3) EPA may also issue initial determinations of unacceptability based on its own findings. EPA can undertake any inspections, data collection and/or assessments necessary. EPA will then notify with the State about the results and issue a determination notice if a relevant violation or release is found. (d) Determination of unacceptability. (1) Upon initial determination bythe EPA Regional Office that a facility being considered for the off-site transfer of any CERCLA waste does not meet the criteria for acceptability stated in §300.440(b), the EPA Region sha ll notify the owner/operator of such facility, and the responsible agency in the State in which the faci lity is located, of the unacceptability finding. The notice will be sent by certified and first-class mail, return receipt requested. The certified notice, if not acknowledged by the return receipt card, should be considered to have been received by the addressee if properly sent by regular mail to the la st address known to the EPA Regional Office. (2) The notice shall generally: state that based on available information from a RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA), inspection, or other data sources, the facility has been found not to meet the requirements of §300.440; cite the s pecific acts, omissions, or conditions which form the basis of these findings; and inform the owner/operator of the procedural recourse available under this regulation. (3) A facility which was previously evaluated and found acceptable under this rule (or the preceding policy) may continue to receive CERCLA waste for 60 calendar days after the date of issuance of the notice, unless otherwise determined in accordance with paragraphs (d)(8) or (d)(9) of this section. (4) If the owner or operator of the facility in ques tion submits a written request for an informal conference with the EPA Regional Office within 10 calendar days from the issuance of the notice, the EPA Regional Office shall provide the oppo rtunity for such conference no later than 30 calendar days after the date of the notice, if possible, to discuss the basis for t he underlying violation or re lease determination, and its relevance to the facility's acceptability to rece ive CERCLA cleanup wastes. State representatives may attend the informal conference, subm it written comments prior to the informal conference, and/or request additional meetings with the EPA Region, relating to the unacceptability issue during the determination process. If no State representativ e is present, EPA shall notify th e State of the outcome of the conference. An owner/operator may submit written comments by the 30th day after issuance of the notice, in addition to or instead of requesting an informal conference. (5) If the owner or operator neither requests an informal conference nor submits written comments, the facility becomes unacceptable to receive CERCLA wa ste on the 60th day after the notice is issued (or on such other date designated under paragraph (d)(9) of this section). The facility will remain unacceptable until such time as the EPA Regional Office notifies t he owner or operator otherwise. (6) If an informal conference is held or written comments are rece ived, the EPA Region shall decide whether or not the information provid ed is sufficient to show that the facility is operating in physical compliance with respect to the relev ant violations cited in the initial notice of unacceptability, and that all relevant releases have been eliminat ed or controlled, as required in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, such that a determination of acceptability would be appropriate. EPA will notify the owner/operator in writing whether or not the information provided is su fficient to support a deter mination of acceptability. Unless EPA determines that information provided by the owner/operator and the State is sufficient to support a determination of accept ability, the facility bec omes unacceptable on the 60th calendar day after issuance of the original notice of unaccept ability (or other date established pursuant to paragraphs (d)(8) or (d)(9) of this section). (7) Within 10 days of hearing from the EPA Regional Offi ce after the informal c onference or the submittal of written comments, the owner/operator or t he State may request a reconsideration of the unacceptability determination by the EPA Regional Ad ministrator (RA). Rec onsideration may be by review of the record, by conference, or byother means deemed approp riate by the Regional A dministrator; reconsideration does not automatically stay the determination beyond the 60-day period. The owner/operator will receive notice in writing of the decision of the RA. (8) The EPA Regional Administrator ma y decide to extend the 60-day peri od if more time is required to review a submission. The facility ow ner/operator shall be notified in writ ing if the Regional Administrator extends the 60 days. (9) The EPA Regional Office may decide that a facility 's unacceptability is immediately effective (or effective in less than 60 days) in extraordinary situat ions such as, but not limited to, emergencies at the facility or egregious violations. The EPA Region shall notify the facility owner/operator of the date of unacceptability, and may modify timeframes for comments and other procedures accordingly. (e) Unacceptability during administr ative and judicial challenges of corrective action decisions. For a facility with releases that are subject to a correcti ve action permit, order, or decree, an administrative or j udicial challenge to the corrective action (or a challenge to a permit modification call ing for additional corrective action) shall not be considered to be part of a corrective action “program” controlling those releases and shall not act to staya determination of unacceptability under this rule. However, such 

# Page 66 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...facility may remain acceptable to receive CERCLAwaste during the pendency of the appeal or litigation if: (1) It satisfies the EPA Regional Office that adequate inte rim corrective action measures will continue at the facility; or (2) It demonstrates to the EPA Regional Office the abs ence of a need to take corrective action during the short-term, interim period. Either demonstration may be made during the 60-day review period in the context of the informal conference and RA reconsideration. (f) Re-evaluating unacceptability. If, after notification of unacceptability and the opportunity to confer as described in §300.440(d), the facility remains unacceptabl e, the facility can regain acceptability. A facility found to be unacceptable to receive CERCLA wastes based on relevant violati ons or releases may regain acceptability if the following conditions are met: (1) Judgment on the merits. The facility has prevailed on the meri ts in an administrative or judicial challenge to the finding of noncom pliance or uncontrolled releasesupon which the unacceptability determination was based. (2) Relevant violations. The facility has demonstrated to t he EPA Region its return to physical compliance for the relevant viol ations cited in the notice. (3) Releases. The facility has demonstrat ed to the EPA Region that: (i) All releases from receiving units at RCRA subtitle C facili ties have been eliminated and prior contamination from such releases is controlled by a corrective action program approved under subtitle C of RCRA; (ii) All releases from other units at RCRA subtitle C land disposal facili ties are controlled by a corrective action program approved under subtitle C of RCRA; (iii) All releases from other units at RCRA subt itle C treatment and storage facilities do not pose a significant threat to human health or the environmen t, or are controlled by a corrective action program approved under subtitle C of RCRA. (iv) A RCRA subtitle C corrective action program may be incorporated into a permit, order, or decree, including the following: a corrective action order under RCRA secti on 3008(h), section 7003 or section 3013, a RCRA permit under 40 CFR 264.100 or 264.101, or a permit under an equivalent authority in a State authorized for corrective action under RCRAsection 3004(u). Releases will be deemed controlled upon issuance of the order, permit, or decree which init iates and requires completion of one or more of the following: a RCRA Facility In vestigation, a RCRA Corrective Measures Study, and/or Corrective Measures Implementation. The release remains controll ed as long as the facility is in compliance with the order, permit, or decree, and enters into s ubsequent agreements for impl ementation of additional corrective action measures when necessary, exceptduring periods of administrative or judicial challenges, when the facili ty must make a demonstration under §300.440(e) in order to remain acceptable. (v) Facilities with re leases regulated under other applicable Federal laws, or State laws under a Federally-delegated program may regain acceptability under this section if the releases are deemed by the EPA Regional Office not to pose a threat to human health or the environment, or if the facility enters into an enforceable agreement under those laws to co nduct corrective action activities to control releases. Releases will be deem ed controlled upon the issuance of an order, permit, or decree which initiates and requires one or more of the following: a facility investigation, a corrective action study, and/or corrective measures implem entation. The release remains contro lled as long as the facility is in compliance with the order, permit, or decree, and enters into subsequent agreements for implementation of additional corrective measures when necessary, ex cept during periods of adm inistrative or judicial challenges, when the facili ty must make a demonstration under §300.440(e) in order to remain acceptable. (4) Prior to the issuance of a determination that a facility has returned to acceptability, the EPA Region shall notify the State in which the facility is located, and provide an opportunity for the State to discuss the facility's acceptability status with EPA. (5) An unacceptable facility may be reconsidered for acceptabilitywhenever the EPA Regional Office finds that the facility fulfills the criteria st ated in §300.440(b). Upon such a finding, the EPA Regional Office shall notify the facility and the State in writing. [58 FR 49215, Sept. 22, 1993] 

### Subpart F—State Involvement in Hazardous Substance Response
top 

### Source: 55 FR 8853, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted. 

# Page 67 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### § 300.500 General.
top (a) EPA shall ensure meaningful and substantial state involvement in hazardous substance response as specified in this subpart. EPA shall provide an opportunity for state participation in removal, preremedial, remedial, and enforcementresponse activities. EPA shall encourage states to enter into an EPA/state Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA) under §300.505 to increase state involvement and strengthen the EPA/state partnership. (b) EPA shall encourage states to participate in F und-financed response in two ways. Pursuant to §300.515(a), states may either assume the lead through a cooperative agreement for the response action or may be the support agency in EPA-lead re medial response. Section 300.515 sets forth requirements for state involvement in EPA-lead reme dial and enforcement response and also addresses comparable requirements for EPA involvement in state-lead remedial and enforcement response. Section 300.520 specifies requirements for state involvement in EPA-lead enforcement negotiations. Section 300.525 specifies requirements for state invo lvement in removal actions. In addition to the requirements set forth in this subpart, 40 CFR part 35, subpart O, “Cooperative Agreements and Superfund State Contracts for Superfund Response Ac tions,” contains further requirements for state participation during response. 

### § 300.505 EPA/State Superfund Memorandum of Agreement (SMOA).
top (a) The SMOA may establish the nature and ext ent of EPA and state interaction during EPA-lead and state-lead response (Indian tribes meeting the requirements of §300.515(b) may be treated as states for purposes of this section). EPA shall enter into SM OA discussions if requested by a state. The following may be addressed in a SMOA: (1) The EPA/state or Indian tribe relationship fo r removal, pre-remedial, remedial, and enforcement response, including a description of the roles and the responsibilities of each. (2) The general requirements for EPA oversight. Oversight requirements may be more specifically defined in cooperative agreements. (3) The general nature of lead and support agency interaction regarding the review of key documents and/or decision points in removal, pre-remedial, remedial, and enforce ment response. The requirements for EPA and state review of each other's key doc uments when each is serving as the support agency shall be equivalent to the extent practicable. Review times agreed to in the SMOA must also be documented in site-specific cooperative agreements or Superfund state contracts in order to be binding. (4) Procedures for modification of the SMOA (e.g ., if EPA and a state agree that the lead and support agency roles and responsibilities have changed, or if modifications are requi red to achieve desired goals). (b) The SMOA and any modifications thereto shal l be executed by the EPA R egional Administrator and the head of the state agency designated as lead age ncy for state implementation of CERCLA. (c) Site-specific agreements entered into pursuant to section 104(d)(1) of CERCLA shall be developed in accordance with 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. The SMOA shall not supersede such agreements. (d)(1) EPA and the state shall consult annually to determine priorities and make lead and support agency designations for removal, pre-remedial, remedial, and enforcement response to be conducted during the next fiscal year and to discuss future priorities and long-term requirements for response. These consultations shall incl ude the exchange of information on both Fund- and non-Fund-financed response activities. The SMOA may describe the timeframe and process for the EPA/state consultation. (2) The following activities shall be discussed in the EPA/state consulta tions established in the SMOA, or otherwise initiated and documented in writing in t he absence of a SMOA, on a site-specific basis with EPA and the state identifying the lead agen cy for each response action discussed: (i) Pre-remedial response actions, including preliminary assessments and site inspections; (ii) Hazard Ranking System scoring a nd NPL listing and deletion activities; (iii) Remedial phase activiti es, including remedial investigation/feas ibility study, identification of potential applicable or relevant and approp riate requirements (ARARs) under federal and state environmental laws and, as appropriate, other advisories, criteria, or guidance to be considered (TBCs), proposed plan, ROD, remedial design, remedial action, and operation and maintenance; (iv) Potentially responsible party (PRP) searches, notices to PRPs, response to information requests, PRP negotiations, oversight of PRPs, other enforcement actions pursuant to state law, and activities where the state provides support to EPA; 

# Page 68 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(v) Compilation and maintenance of the administrative record for selection of a response action as required by subpart I of this part; (vi) Related site support activities; (vii) State ability to share in the cost and timing of payments; and (viii) General CERCLA im plementation activities. (3) If a state is designated as the lead agency for a non-Fund-financed action at an NPL site, the SMOA shall be supplemented by site-specific enfo rcement agreements between EPA and the state which specify schedules and EPA involvement. (4) In the absence of a SMOA, EPA and the state shal l comply with the requirements in §300.515(h). If the SMOA does not address all of the requirement s specified in §300.515(h), EPA and the state shall comply with any unaddressed requirements in that section. 

### § 300.510 State assurances.
top (a) A Fund-financed remedial action undertaken pursuant to CERCLA section 104(a) cannot proceed unless a state provides its applicable required assu rances. The assurances must be provided by the state prior to the initiation of remedial action pursuant to a Superfund state contract for EPA-lead (or political subdivision- lead) remedial action or pursuant to a cooperative agreement for a state-lead remedial action. The SMOA may not be used for this pu rpose. Federally recogniz ed Indian tribes are not required to provide CERCLA section 104(c)(3) assu rances for Fund-financed response actions. Further requirements pertaining to state, political subdivisi on, and federally recognized Indian tribe involvement in CERCLA response are found in 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. (b)(1) The state is not required to share in the co st of state- or EPA-lead Fund-financed removal actions (including remedial pl anning activities associated wi th remedial actions) condu cted pursuant to CERCLA section 104 unless the facility was operated by the state or a political subdivision thereof at the time of disposal of hazardous substances therein and a remedi al action is ultimately undertaken at the site. Such remedial planning activi ties include, but are not limited to, rem edial investigations (RIs), feasibility studies (FSs), and remedial design (R D). States shall be required to share 50 percent, or greater, in the cost of all Fund-financed response actions if the faci lity was publicly operated at the time of the disposal of hazardous substances. For other fa cilities, except federal facilities, the state shall be required to share 10 percent of the cost of the remedial action. (2) CERCLA section 104(c)(5) provides that EPA sh all grant a state credit for reasonable, documented, direct, out-of-pocket, non-federal expenditures subject to the limitations specified in CERCLA section 104(c)(5). For a state to apply credit toward its cost share, it must enter into a cooperative agreement or Superfund state contract. The state must submit as soon as possible, but no later than at the time CERCLA section 104 assurances are provided for a re medial action, its account ing of eligible credit expenditures for EPA verification. Additional cred it requirements are contained in 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. (3) Credit may be applied to a state's future cost share requirements at NPL sites for response expenditures or obligations incurred by the state or a political subdivision from January 1, 1978 to December 11, 1980, and for the remedial action expendi tures incurred only by the state after October 17, 1986. (4) Credit that exceeds the required cost share atthe site for which the credit is granted may be transferred to another site to offset a stat e's required remedial action cost share. (c)(1) Prior to a Fund-financed remedial action, the state must also provide its assurance in accordance with CERCLA section 104(c)(3)(A) to assume responsibility for operation and maintenance of implemented remedial actions for the expected life of such actions. In addit ion, when appropriate, as part of the O&M assurance, the state must assure t hat any institutional controls implemented as part of the remedial action at a site are in place, reliable, and will remain in pl ace after the initiation of O&M. The state and EPA shall consult on a plan for operation and maintenance prior to the initiation of a remedial action. (2) After a joint EPA/State inspection of the im plemented Fund-financed remedial action under §300.515 (g), EPA may share, for any extensi on period established in §300.435(f)(2 ), in the cost of the operation of the remedy to ensure that the remedy is opera tional and functional. In the case of restoration of ground or surface water, EPA shall share in the cost of the State's operation of ground- or surface-water restoration remedial actions as specified in §300.435(f)(3). (d) In accordance with CERCLA sections 104 (c)(3)(B) and 121(d)(3), if the rem edial action requires offsite storage, destruction, treatment, or disposal, the st ate must provide its assurance before the remedial action begins on the availability of a hazardous waste disposal facility that is in compliance with CERCLA section 121(d)(3) and is acceptable to EPA. (e)(1) In accordance with CERCLA section 104( c)(9), EPA shall not provide any remedial action pursuant to CERCLA section 104 until the state in wh ich the release occurs enters into a cooperative 

# Page 69 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...agreement or Superfund state contract with EPA providing assurances deemed adequate by EPA that the state will assure the availability of hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities which: (i) Have adequate capacity for the destruction, treatmen t, or secure disposition of all hazardous wastes that are reasonably expected to be generated within the state during the 20-year period following the date of such cooperative agreement or Superfund state contract and to be destroyed, treated, or disposed; (ii) Are within the state, or outside the state in accordance with an interstate agreement or regional agreement or authority; (iii) Are acceptable to EPA; and (iv) Are in compliance with the requirements of Subtitle C of the Solid Waste Disposal Act. (2) This rule does not address whether or not Indian tribes are states for purposes of this paragraph (e). (f) EPA may determine that an interest in real property must be acquired in order to conduct a response action. However, as provided in CERCLA section 104(j )(2), EPA may acquire an interest in real estate in order to conduct a remedial action only if the State in which the interest to be acquired is located provides assurances, through a cont ract, cooperative agreement or otherwis e, that the State will accept transfer of the interest upon completion of the re medial action. For purposes of this paragraph, “completion of the remedial action” is the poin t at which operation and maintenance (O&M) measures would be initiated pursuant to §300.435(f). The State may accept a transfer of interest at an earlier point in time if agreed upon in writing by the State and EPA. Indian tribe assurances are to be provided as set out at 40 CFR part 35, subpart O, §35.6110(b)(2). [55 FR 8853, Mar. 8, 1990, as amended at 59 FR 35854, July 14, 1994] 

### § 300.515 Requirements for state involvement in remedial and enforcement response.
top (a) General. (1) States are encouraged to undertake actions authorized under subpart E. Section 104(d) (1) of CERCLA authorizes EPA to enter into cooperativ e agreements or contracts with a state, political subdivision, or a federally recognized Indian tr ibe to carry out Fund-financed response actions authorized under CERCLA, when EPA determines that the state, the political subdivision, or federally recognized Indian tribe has the c apability to undertake such acti ons. EPA will use a cooperative agreement to transfer funds to those entities to undertake Fund-financed re sponse activities. The requirements for states, political subdivisions, or Indian tribes to receive funds as a lead or support agency for response are addressed at 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. (2) For EPA-lead Fund-financed remedi al planning activi ties, including, but not limited to, remedial investigations, feasibility studies, and remedial designs, the state agency acceptance of the support agency role during an EPA-lead response shall be documented in a letter, SMOA, or cooperative agreement. Superfund state contracts are unnecessary for this purpose. (3) Cooperative agreements and Superfund state c ontracts are only appropriate for non-Fund-financed response actions if a state intends to seek credit for remedial action expenses under §300.510. (b) Indian tribe involvement during response. To be afforded substantially the same treatment as states under section 104 of CERCLA, the governing body of the Indian tribe must: (1) Be federally recognized; and (2) Have a tribal governing body that is currentlyperforming governmental functions to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the affected populati on or to protect the environment within a defined geographic area; and (3) Have jurisdiction over a site at which Fund-finan ced response, including pre- remedial activities, is contemplated. (c) State involvement in PA/SI and National Priorities List process. EPA shall ensure state involvement in the listing and deletion process by providing states opportunities for review, consultation, or concurrence specified in this section. (1) EPA shall consult with states as appropriate on the information to be used in developing HRS scores for releases. (2) EPA shall, to the extent feasible, provide the st ate 30 working days to review releases which were scored by EPA and which will be considered for placem ent on the National Priorities List (NPL). (3) EPA shall provide the state 30 working days to reviewand concur on the Notice of Intent to Delete a release from the NPL. Section 300.425 describes t he EPA/state consultation and concurrence process for deleting releases from the NPL. 

# Page 70 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) State involvement in RI/FS process. A key component of the EPA/state partnership shall be the communication of potential federal and state ARARs and, as appropriate, other pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance to be considered (TBCs). (1) In accordance with §§300.400(g) and 300.430, t he lead and support agencies shall identify their respective potential ARARs and communicate them to each other in a timely manner, i.e. , no later than the early stages of the comparative analysis described in §300.430(e)(9), such that sufficient time is available for the lead agency to cons ider and incorporate all potential ARARs without inordinate delays and duplication of effort. The lead and support agencie s may also identify TBCs and communicate them in a timely manner. (2) When a state and EPA have entered into a SMOA, the SMOA may specify a consultation process which requires the lead agency to solicit potential ARARs at specified points in the remedial planning and remedy selection processes. At a minimum, the SMOA shall include the points specified in §300.515(h)(2). The SMOA shall specify timeframes for support agency response to lead agency requests to ensure that potential ARARs are i dentified and communicated in a timely manner. Such timeframes must also be documented in site-s pecific agreements. The SMOA may also discuss identification and communication of TBCs. (3) If EPA in its statement of a proposed plan intends to waive any state-identified ARARs, or does not agree with the state that a certain state standard is an ARAR, it shall formally notify the state when it submits the RI/FS report for state review or responds to the state's submission of the RI/FS report. (4) EPA shall respond to state comments on waivers from or disagreements about state ARARs, as well as the preferred alternative when making the RI/FS report and proposed pl an available for public comment. (e) State involvement in selection of remedy. (1) Both EPA and the state shall be involved in preliminary discussions of the alternatives addressed in the FS prior to preparation of the proposed plan and ROD. At the conclusion of the RI/FS, the lead agency, in conjuncti on with the support agency, shall develop a proposed plan. The support agency shall have an opport unity to comment on t he plan. The lead agency shall publish a notice of availability of the RI/FS report and a brief analysis of the proposed plan pursuant to §300.430(e) and (f). Included in the proposed plan shall be a statement that the lead and support agencies have reached agreement or, where this is not the case, a statement explaining the concerns of the support agency with the lead agency's proposed pl an. The state may not publish a proposed plan that EPA has not approved. EPA may assume the lead from the state if agreement cannot be reached. (2)(i) EPA and the state shall identify, at least annual ly, sites for which RODs will be prepared during the next fiscal year, in accordance with §300.515(h)(1). For all EPA-lead sites, EPA shall prepare the ROD and provide the state an opportunity to concur wit h the recommended remedy. For Fund-financed statelead sites, EPA and the state shall designate sites, in a site-specific agreement, for which the state shall prepare the ROD and seek EPA's concurrence and adopti on of the remedy specified therein, and sites for which EPA shall prepare the ROD and seek t he state's concurrence. EPA and the state may designate sites for which the state shall prepare the ROD for non-Fund-financed state-lead enforcement response actions ( i.e. , actions taken under state law) at an NPL site. The state may seek EPA's concurrence in the remedy specified therein. Either EPA or the state may choose not to designate a site as state-lead. (ii) State concurrence on a ROD is not a prerequisite to EPA's selecting a remedy, i.e. , signing a ROD, nor is EPA's concurrence a prerequisite to a stat e's selecting a remedy at a non-Fund-financed statelead enforcement site under state law. Unless EPA's Assistant Administrator for Solid Waste and Emergency Response or Regional Administrator concurs in writing with a state-prepared ROD, EPA shall not be deemed to have approved the state decision. A state may not proceed with a Fund-financed response action unless EPA has first concurred in and adopted the ROD. Section 300.510(a) specifies limitations on EPA's proceeding with a rem edial action without state assurances. (iii) The lead agency shall provide the support agency with a copy of the signed ROD for remedial actions to be conducted pursuant to CERCLA. (iv) On state-lead sites identified for EPA concurrenc e, the state generally shal l be expected to maintain its lead agency status through the comp letion of the remedial action. (f) Enhancement of remedy. (1) A state may ask EPA to make changes in or expansions of a remedial action selected under subpart E. (i) If EPA finds that the proposed change or expansion is necessary and appropriate to the EPA-selected remedial action, the remedy ma y be modified (consistent with § 300.435(c)(2)) and any additional costs paid as part of the remedial action. (ii) If EPA finds that the proposed change or expansion is not necessary to the selected remedial action, but would not conflict or be inconsistent with t he EPA-selected remedy, EPA may agree to integrate the proposed change or expansion into the planned CERCLA remedial work if: (A) The state agrees to fund the entire additional cost associated with the change or expansion; and (B) The state agrees to assume the lead for supervising the state-funded component of the remedy or, if EPA determines that the state-funded component cannotbe conducted as a separate phase or activity, for supervising the remedi al design and construction of the entire remedy. 

# Page 71 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(2) Where a state does not concur in a remedial action secured by EPA under CERCLA section 106, and the state desires to have the remedial acti on conform to an ARAR that has been waived under §300.430(f)(1)(ii)(C), a state may seek to have that re medial action so conform, in accordance with the procedures set out in CERCLA section 121(f)(2) . (g) State involvement in remedi al design/remedial action. The extent and nature of state involvement during remedial design and re medial action shall be specified in si te-specific cooperative agreements or Superfund state contracts, consistent with 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. For Fund-financed remedial actions, the lead and support agencies shall conduct a join t inspection at the conc lusion of construction of the remedial action to determine that the rem edy has been constructed in accordance with the ROD and with the remedial design. (h) Requirements for state involvement in absence of SMOA. In the absence of a SMOA, EPA and the state shall comply with the requirements in §300. 515(h). If the SMOA does not address all of the requirements specified in §300.515(h), EPA and the state shall comply with any unaddressed requirements in that section. (1) Annual consultations. EPA shall conduct consultations with st ates at least annually to establish priorities and identify and document in writing the lead for remedial and enforcement response for each NPL site within the state for the upcoming fiscal year . States shall be given the opportunity to participate in long-term planning efforts for remedial and enforcement response during t hese annual consultations. (2) Identification of ARARs and TBCs. The lead and support agencies shall discuss potential ARARs during the scoping of the RI/FS. The lead agency shall request potential ARARs from the support agency no later than the time that the site characterization data are available. The support agency shall communicate in writing those potential ARARs to t he lead agency within 30 working days of receipt of the lead agency request for these ARARs. The l ead and support agencies may also discuss and communicate other pertinent advisories, criteria, or guidance to be considered (TBCs). After the initial screening of alternatives has been completed but prior to initiation of the comparative analysis conducted during the detailed analys is phase of the FS, the lead agency shall request that the support agency communicate any additional requi rements that are applicable or relevant and appropriate to the alternatives contemplated within 30 working days of receipt of this request. The lead agency shall thereafter consult the support agency to ensure that identified ARARs and TBCs are updated as appropriate. (3) Support agency review of lead agency documents. The lead agency shall provide the support agency an opportunity to review and comment on the RI/FS, proposed plan, ROD, and remedial design, and any proposed determinations on potential ARARs and TBCs . The support agency shal l have a minimum of 10 working days and a maximum of 15 working day s to provide comments to the lead agency on the RI/FS, ROD, ARAR/TBC determinations, and re medial design. The support agency shall have a minimum of five working days and a maximum of 10 working days to comm ent on the proposed plan. (i) Administrative record requirements. The state, where it is the lead agency for a Fund-financed site, shall compile and maintain the administrative record for selection of a response action under subpart I of this part unless specified otherwise in the SMOA. 

### § 300.520 State involvement in EPA-lead enforcement negotiations.
top (a) EPA shall notify states of response action negot iations to be conducted by EPA with potentially responsible parties during each fiscal year. (b) The state must notify EPA of such negotiations in which it intends to participate. (c) The state is not foreclosed from signing a consent decree if it does notparticipate substantially in the negotiations. 

### § 300.525 State involvement in removal actions.
top (a) States may undertake Fund-financed removal actions pursuant to a cooperative agreement with EPA. State-lead removal actions taken pursuant to cooperative agreements must be conducted in accordance with §300.415 on removal actions, and 40 CFR part 35, subpart O. (b) States are not required under section 104(c)(3) of CERCLA to share in the cost of a Fund-financed removal action, unless the removal isconducted at an NPL site that was operated by a state or political subdivision at the time of dispos al of hazardous substances therei n and a Fund-financed remedial action is ultimately undertaken at the site. In this situation, states are required to share, 50 percent or greater, in the cost of all removal (including remedial pl anning) and remedial action costs at the time of the remedial action. (c) States are encouraged to provide for post-remova l site control as discussed in §300.415(k) for all Fund-financed removal actions. 

# Page 72 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) States shall be responsible for identifying pot ential state ARARs for all Fund-financed removal actions and for providing such ARARs to EPA in a timely manner for all EPA-lead removal actions. (e) EPA shall consult with a state on all remo val actions to be conducted in that state. 

### Subpart G—Trustees for Natural Resources
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47450, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.600 Designation of federal trustees.
top (a) The President is required to des ignate in the NCP those federal officials who are to act on behalf of the public as trustees for natural re sources. Federal officials so desi gnated will act pursuant to section 107(f) of CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, and section 1006 of the OPA. Natural resources means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, water, ground water, drinking water supplies, and other such resources belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or otherwise controlled (hereinafter referred to as “managed or controlled”) bythe United States (including the resources of the exclusive economic zone). (b) The following indivi duals shall be the designated trustee(s) for general categories of natural resources, including their supporti ng ecosystems. They are authorized to act pursuant to section 107(f) of CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, or se ction 1006 of the OPA when there is injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural resource s, including their supporting ecosystems, as a result of a release of a hazardous substance or a discharge of oil. Notwithstanding the other designations in this section, the Secretaries of Commerce and the In terior shall act as trustees of those resources subject to their respective management or control. (1) Secretary of Commerce. The Secretary of Commerce shall act as trustee for natural resources managed or controlled by DOC and for natural resources managed or controlled by other federal agencies and that are found in, under, or using wate rs navigable by deep draft ve ssels, tidally influenced waters, or waters of the contiguous zone, the exclus ive economic zone, and the outer continental shelf. However, before the Secretary takes an action with respect to an affected resource under the management or control of another federal agency, he sha ll, whenever practicable, seek to obtain the concurrence of that other federal agency. Examples of the Secretary' s trusteeship include the following natural resources and their supporting ecosystem s: marine fishery res ources; anadromous fish; endangered species and marine mammals; and the res ources of National Marine Sanctuaries and National Estuarine Research Reserves. (2) Secretary of the Interior. The Secretary of the Interior shall act as trustee for natural resources managed or controlled by the DOI. Exam ples of the Secretary's trustees hip include the following natural resources and their supporting ecosystems: migratory birds; anadromous fish; endangered species and marine mammals; federally owned mi nerals; and certain federally managed water resources. The Secretary of the Interior shall also be trustee for those natural resources for which an Indian tribe would otherwise act as trustee in those cases where t he United States acts on behalf of the Indian tribe. (3) Secretary for the land managing agency. For natural resources located on, over, or under land administered by the United States, the trustee sha ll be the head of the department in which the land managing agency is found. The trustees for the principal federal land managing agencies are the Secretaries of DOI, USDA, DOD, and DOE. (4) Head of authorized agencies. For natural resources located in the United States but not otherwise described in this section, the trustee shall be the head of the federal agency or agencies authorized to manage or control those resources. 

### § 300.605 State trustees.
top State trustees shall act on behalf of the public as trustees for natural res ources, including their supporting ecosystems, within the boundary of a stat e or belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such state. For the purposes of subpart G of this part, the definition of the term state does not include Indian tribes. The governor of a stat e is encouraged to designate a state lead trustee to coordinate all state trustee responsibilities with other trustee agencies and with re sponse activities of the RRT and OSC. The state's lead trustee would designate a representative to serve as contact with the OSC. This individual s hould have ready access to appropriate state officials with environmental protection, emergency response, and natural resource responsibilities. The EPA Administrator or USCG Commandant or their designees may appoint the state l ead trustee as a member of the Area Committee. Response strategies should be c oordinated between the state and other trustees and the OSC for specific natural resource locations in an inl and or coastal zone and should be included in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex of the ACP. 

# Page 73 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### § 300.610 Indian tribes.
top The tribal chairmen (or heads of the governing bodies) of Indi an tribes, as defined in §300.5, or a person designated by the tribal officials, shall act on behalf of the Indian tribes as trustees for the natural resources, including their s upporting ecosystems, belonging to , managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such Indian tribe, or held in trust fo r the benefit of such Indian tribe, or belonging to a member of such Indian tribe, if such resources are subject to a trust restrict ion on alienation. When the tribal chairman or head of the tribal governing bodydesignates another person as trustee, the tribal chairman or head of the tribal gov erning body shall notify the Presi dent of such designation. Such officials are authorized to act when there is injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources, including their supporti ng ecosystems as a result of a release of a hazardous substance. 

### § 300.612 Foreign trustees.
top Pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, foreign tr ustees shall act on behalf of the head of a foreign government as trustees for natural resources belo nging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such foreign government. 

### § 300.615 Responsibilities of trustees.
top (a) Where there are multiple trustees, because of coexisting or contiguous natural resources or concurrent jurisdictions, they s hould coordinate and cooperate in carr ying out these responsibilities. (b) Trustees are responsible for designating to the RRTs and the Area Committ ees, for inclusion in the RCP and the ACP, appropriate contacts to receive not ifications from the OSCs/RPMs of discharges or releases. (c)(1) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, des truction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources, trustees may, pursuant to section 107(f) of CERCLA, or section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, take the following or other actions as appropriate: (i) Conduct a preliminary survey of the area affected by the discharge or release to determine if trust resources under their jurisdiction are, or potentially may be, affected; (ii) Cooperate with the OSC/RPM in coordinat ing assessments, investigations, and planning; (iii) Carry out damage assessments; or (iv) Devise and carry out a plan for restoration, rehabilitation, replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural resources. In assessing da mages to natural resources, the federal, state, and Indian tribe trustees have the option of following the procedures for natural resource damage assessments located at 43 CFR part 11. (2) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destructi on of, loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources, or the potential for such, resulting from a discharge of oil occurring after August 18, 1990, the trustees, pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, are to take the following actions: (i) In accordance with OPA section 1006(c), determi ne the need for assessment of natural resource damages, collect data necessary for a potential damage assessment, and, where appropriate, assess damages to natural resources under their trusteeship; and (ii) As appropriate, and subject to the public part icipation requirements of OPA section 1006(c), develop and implement a plan for the restorat ion, rehabilitation, repl acement, or acquisition of the equivalent, of the natural resources under their trusteeship; (3)(i) The trustees, consistent with procedures specified in th e Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan Annex to the Area Contingency Pl an, shall provide timely advice on recommended actions concerning trustee resources that are potentiall y affected by a discharge of oil. This may include providing assistance to the OSC in identifying/ recommending pre-approved re sponse techniques and in predesignating shoreline ty pes and areas in ACPs. (ii) The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that the OSC is informed of their activities regarding natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations in order to assure coordination and minimize any interference with such operat ions. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that al l data from the natural resource damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational decisions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. 

# Page 74 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(iii) When circumstances per mit, the OSC shall share the use of federal response resources (including but not limited to aircraft, vessels, and booms to cont ain and remove discharged oi l) with the trustees, providing trustee activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication between the OSC and the other trustees during response operations and is responsible for applyi ng to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. T he lead administrative trustee is also responsible for applying to the NPFC for funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. (d) The authority of federal trustees includes, but is not limited to the following actions: (1) Requesting that the Attorney General seek co mpensation from the responsible parties for the damages assessed and for the costs of an assessment and of restoration planning; and (2) Participating in negotiations between the United States and potentially responsible parties to obtain PRP-financed or PRP-conducted assessments and restorations for injured resources or protection for threatened resources and to agree to covenants not to sue, where appropriate. (3) Requiring, in consultation with the lead agency, any person to co mply with the requirements of CERCLA section 104(e) regarding information gathering and access. (4) Initiating damage assessments, as provided in OPA section 6002. (e) Actions which may be taken by any trustee pursuan t to section 107(f) of CERCLA, section 311(f)(5) of the CWA, or section 1006 of the OPA include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (1) Requesting that an authorized agency issue an admi nistrative order or pursue injunctive relief against the parties responsible fo r the discharge or release; or (2) Requesting that the lead agency remove, or arrange for the removal of, or provide for remedial action with respect to, any oil or hazardous substances from a contaminated medium pursuant to section 104 of CERCLA or section 311 of CWA. 

### Subpart H—Participation by Other Persons
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47452, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.700 Activities by other persons.
top (a) General. Except as provided (e.g., in CWA section 311(c)), any person may undertake a response action to reduce or eliminate a release of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. (b) Summary of CERCLA authorities. The mechanisms available to recover the costs of response actions under CERCLA are, in summary: (1) Section 107(a), wherein any person may receive a c ourt award of his or her response costs, plus interest, from the party or parties found to be liable; (2) Section 111(a)(2), wherein a private party, a PRP pursuant to a settlement agreement, or certain foreign entities may file a claim against the Fund for reimbursement of response costs; (3) Section 106(b), wherein any person who has compli ed with a section 106(a) order may petition the Fund for reimbursement of reasonable costs, plus interest; and (4) Section 123, wherein a general purpose unit of local government may apply to the Fund under 40 CFR part 310 for reimbursement of the costs of temporary emergency measures that are necessary to prevent or mitigate injury to human health or the environment associated with a release. (c) Section 107(a) cost recovery actions. (1) Responsible parties shall be liable for all response costs incurred by the United States government or a state or an Indian tribe not inconsistent with the NCP. (2) Responsible parties shal l be liable for necessary costs of res ponse actions to releases of hazardous substances incurred by any other person consistent with the NCP. (3) For the purpose of cost recovery under section 107(a)(4)(B) of CERCLA: (i) A private party response action will be considered “consistent with the NCP” if the action, when evaluated as a whole, is in substantial complianc e with the applicable require ments in paragraphs (5) and (6) of this section, and results in a CERCLA-quality cleanup; and 

# Page 75 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(ii) Any response action carried out in compliance with the terms of an order issued by EPA pursuant to section 106 of CERCLA, or a consent decree entered in to pursuant to section 122 of CERCLA, will be considered “consistentwith the NCP.” (4) Actions under §300.700(c)(1) will not be considered “inconsistentwith the NCP,” and actions under §300.700(c)(2) will not be considered not“consistent with the NCP,” base d on immaterial or insubstantial deviations from the prov isions of 40 CFR part 300. (5) The following provisions of th is part are potentially applicable to private party response actions: (i) Section 300.150 (on worker health and safety); (ii) Section 300.160 (on documentation and cost recovery); (iii) Section 300.400(c)(1), (4), (5), and (7) (on de termining the need for a Fund-financed action); (e) (on permit requirements) except that the permit waiver does not apply to private party response actions; and (g) (on identification of ARARs) e xcept that applicable requi rements of federal or state law may not be waived by a private party; (iv) Section 300.405(b), (c), and (d) ( on reports of releases to the NRC); (v) Section 300.410 (on removal site evaluat ion) except paragraphs (f)(5) and (6); (vi) Section 300.415 (on removal actions) except paragraphs (a)(2), (b)(2)(vii), (b)(5), and (g); and including §300.415(j) with regard to meeting ARARs where practicable except that private party removal actions must always comply with the requirements of applicable law; (vii) Section 300.420 (on rem edial site evaluation); (viii) Section 300.430 (on RI/FS and selection of re medy) except paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(C)(6) and that applicable requirements of federal or state law may not be waived by a private party; and (ix) Section 300.435 (on RD/RA and operation and maintenance). (6) Private parties undertaking response actions should provide an opportuni ty for public comment concerning the selection of the response action based on the provisions set out below, or based on substantially equivalent state and local requirement s. The following provisions of this part regarding public participation are potentially applicable to priv ate party response actions, with the exception of administrative record and information repository requirements stated therein: (i) Section 300.155 (on public inform ation and community relations); (ii) Section 300.415(n) (on community relations during removal actions); (iii) Section 300.430(c) (on community relati ons during RI/FS) except paragraph (c)(5); (iv) Section 300.430(f)(2), (3), and (6) (on comm unity relations during se lection of remedy); and (v) Section 300.435(c) (on community relations during RD/RA and operation and maintenance). (7) When selecting the appropriate remedial action, the methods of remedying releases listed in appendix D of this part may also be appropria te to a private party response action. (8) Except for actions taken purs uant to CERCLA sections 104 or 106 or response actions for which reimbursement from the Fund will be sought, any action to be taken by the lead agency listed in paragraphs (c)(5) through (c)(7) may be taken bythe person carrying out the response action. (d) Section 111(a)(2) claims. (1) Persons, other than those listed in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (iii) of this section, may be able to receive reimbursementof response costs by m eans of a claim against the Fund. The categories of persons excluded from pursuing this claims authority are: (i) Federal government; (ii) State governments, and their po litical subdivisions , unless they are potentially responsible parties covered by an order or consent decree pursuant to section 122 of CERCLA; and (iii) Persons operating under a procurement contract or an assistance agreement with the United States with respect to matters covered by that contract or assistance agreement, unle ss specifically provided therein. (2) In order to be reimbursed by the Fund, an eligib le person must notify the Administrator of EPA or designee prior to taking a response action and receive prior approval, i.e. , “preauthorization,” for such action. 

# Page 76 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(3) Preauthorization is EPA's prior approval to s ubmit a claim against the F und for necessary response costs incurred as a result of carrying out the NCP. All applications for preaut horization will be reviewed to determine whether the request should receive prio rity for funding. EPA, in its discretion, may grant preauthorization of a claim. Preauthor ization will be considered only for: (i) Removal actions pursuant to §300.415; (ii) CERCLA section 104(b) activities; and (iii) Remedial actions at National Priorities List sites pursuant to §300.435. (4) To receive EPA's prior approval, the eligible person must: (i) Demonstrate technical and other capabilities to res pond safely and effectively to releases of hazardous substances, pollut ants, or contaminants; and (ii) Establish that the action will be consistent with the NCP in accordance with the elements set forth in paragraphs (c)(5) through (8) of this section. (5) EPA will grant preauthorization to a claim by a party it determines to be potentially liable under section 107 of CERCLA only in accordance with an order issued pursuant to section 106 of CERCLA, or a settlement with the federal government in accordance with section 122 of CERCLA. (6) Preauthorization does not establish an enforc eable contractual relationship between EPA and the claimant. (7) Preauthorization represents EPA's commitment thatif funds are appropriated for response actions, the response action is conducted in accordance wi th the preauthorization decision document, and costs are reasonable and necessary, reimbursement will be made from the Superfund, up to the maximum amount provided in the preaut horization decision document. (8) For a claim to be awarded under section 111 of CERCLA, EPA must certify that the costs were necessary and consistent with t he preauthorization decision document. (e) Section 106(b) petition. Subject to conditions specified in CERCLA section 106(b), any person who has complied with an order issued after October 16 , 1986 pursuant to section 106(a) of CERCLA, may seek reimbursement for response costs incurred in complying with that order unless the person has waived that right. (f) Section 123 reimbursement to local governments. Any general purpose unit of local government for a political subdivision t hat is affected by a release may receive reimbursement for the costs of temporary emergency measures necessary to prevent or miti gate injury to human health or the environment subject to the conditions set forth in 40 CFR part 310. Such reimbursement may not exceed $25,000 for a single response. (g) Release From Liability. Implementation of response measures by potentially responsible parties or by any other person does not release those parties from liability under section 107(a) of CERCLA, except as provided in a settlement under section 122 of CERCLA or a federal court judgment. (h) Oil Pollution Act Claims. Claims are authorized to be presented to the OSLTF under section 1013 of the OPA, for certain uncompensated removal cost s or uncompensated damages resulting from the discharge, or substantial threat of discharge, of oil from a vessel or facility into or upon the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or e xclusive economic zone of the United States. Anyone desiring to file a claim against the OSLT F may obtain general information on the procedure for filing a claim from the Director, National Pollution Funds Center, Suite 1000, 4200 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203–1804, (703) 235–4756. 

### Subpart I—Administrative Record for Selection of Response Action
top 

### Source: 55 FR 8859, Mar. 8, 1990, unless otherwise noted. § 300.800 Establishment of an administrative record.
top (a) General requirement. The lead agency shall establ ish an administrative reco rd that contains the documents that form the basis for the selection of a response action. The lead agency shall compile and maintain the administrative record in accordance with this subpart. (b) Administrative records for federal facilities. (1) If a federal agency other than EPA is the lead agency for a federal facility, t he federal agency shall compile and mainta in the administrative record for the selection of the response action fo r that facility in accordance with this subpart. EPA may furnish 

# Page 77 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...documents which the federal agency shall place in t he administrative record file to ensure that the administrative record includes all documents that form the basis for the selection of the response action. (2) EPA or the U.S. Coast Guard shall compile and mainta in the administrative record when it is the lead agency for a federal facility. (3) If EPA is involved in the selection of the response action at a federal facility on the NPL, the federal agency acting as the lead agency shall provide EPA wi th a copy of the index of documents included in the administrative record file, the RI/FS workplan, the RI/FS released for public comment, the proposed plan, any public comments received on the RI/F S and proposed plan, and any other documents EPA may request on a case-by-case basis. (c) Administrative record for state-lead sites. If a state is the lead agency for a site, the state shall compile and maintain the administrative record for t he selection of the response action for that site in accordance with this subpart. EPA may require th e state to place additional documents in the administrative record file to ensure that the admin istrative record includes all documents which form the basis for the selection of the response action. The state shall provide EPA with a copy of the index of documents included in the administrative record file , the RI/FS workplan, the RI/FS released for public comment, the proposed plan, any public comment s received on the RI/FS and proposed plan, and any other documents EPA may request on a case-by-case basis. (d) Applicability. This subpart applies to all response actions taken under section 104 of CERCLA or sought, secured, or ordered administratively or j udicially under section 106 of CERCLA, as follows: (1) Remedial actions where the remedial invest igation commenced after the promulgation of these regulations; and (2) Removal actions where the action memorandum is signed after the promulgation of these regulations. (e) For those response actions not included in paragraph (d) of this section, the lead agency shall comply with this subpart to the extent practicable. 

### § 300.805 Location of the administrative record file.
top (a) The lead agency shall establish a docket at an offi ce of the lead agency or other central location at which documents included in the administrative record file shall be located and a copy of the documents included in the administrative record file shall also be made available for public inspection at or near the site at issue, except as provided below: (1) Sampling and testing data, quality control and quality assurance documentation, and chain of custody forms, need not be located at or near the site atissue or at the central location, provided that the index to the administrative record file indicates the location and av ailability of this information. (2) Guidance documents not generated specifically for the site at issue need not be located at or near the site at issue, provided that they are main tained at the central location and the index to the administrative record file indicates the loca tion and availability of these guidance documents. (3) Publicly available technical literature not generated for the site at issue, such as engineering textbooks, articles from technical journals, and toxi cological profiles, need not be located at or near the site at issue or at the central location, provided that the literatu re is listed in the index to the administrative record file or the literat ure is cited in a document in the record. (4) Documents included in the confidential portion of the administrative record file shall be located only in the central location. (5) The administrative record for a removal action where the release or threat of release requires that on-site removal activities be initiated within hours of the lead agency's determination that a removal is appropriate and on-site removal activi ties cease within 30 days of init iation, need be available for public inspection only at the central location. (b) Where documents are placed in the c entral location but not in the file located at or near the site, such documents shall be added to the file located at or near the site upon request, except for documents included in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. (c) The lead agency may make the administrative reco rd file available to the public in microform. 

### § 300.810 Contents of the administrative record file.
top (a) Contents. The administrative record file for selection of a response action typi cally, but not in all cases, will contain the foll owing types of documents: 

# Page 78 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(1) Documents containing factual information, data and analysis of the factual information, and data that may form a basis for the selection of a response action. Such documents ma y include verified sampling data, quality control and quality assurance documentat ion, chain of custody forms, site inspection reports, preliminary assessment and site evaluat ion reports, ATSDR health assessments, documents supporting the lead agency's determi nation of imminent and substa ntial endangerment, public health evaluations, and technical and engi neering evaluations. In addition, for remedial actions, such documents may include approved workplans for the remedial investigation/feasibility study, state documentation of applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements, and the RI/FS; (2) Guidance documents, technical literature, and site -specific policy memoranda that may form a basis for the selection of the response action. Such doc uments may include guidance on conducting remedial investigations and feasibility studies, guidance on determining applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements, guidance on risk/exposure assessments, engineering handbooks, articles from technical j ournals, memoranda on the application of a specificregulation to a site, and memoranda on off-site disposal capacity; (3) Documents received, published, or made available to the public under §300. 815 for remedial actions, or §300.820 for removal actions. Such documents may in clude notice of availabilityof the administrative record file, community relations plan, proposed pl an for remedial action, notices of public comment periods, public comments and information received bythe lead agency, and responses to significant comments; (4) Decision documents. Such documents may in clude action memoranda and records of decision; (5) Enforcement orders. Such documents may incl ude administrative orders and consent decrees; and (6) An index of the documents included in the adminis trative record file. If documents are customarily grouped together, as with sampling data chain of cu stody documents, they may be listed as a group in the index to the administrative record file. (b) Documents not included in the administrative record file. The lead agency is not required to include documents in the administrative record file which do not form a basis for the selection of the responseaction. Such documents include but are not limited to draft documents, internal memoranda, and day-today notes of staff unless such documents contain info rmation that forms the basis of selection of the response action and the information is not included in any other document in the administrative record file. (c) Privileged documents. Privileged documents shall not be included in the record file except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section or where such privilege is waived. Privileged documents include but are not limited to documents subject to the atto rney-client, attorney work product, deliberative process, or other applicable privilege. (d) Confidential file. If information which forms the basis for the selection of a response action is included only in a document containing confidential or privil eged information and is not ot herwise available to the public, the information, to the extent feasible, shall be summarized in such a way as to make it disclosable and the summary shall be pl aced in the publicly available porti on of the administrative record file. The confidential or privileged document itself shall be placed in the confidential portion of the administrative record file. If information, such as confidential business information, cannot be summarized in a disclosable manner, the information shall be placed only in the confidential portion of the administrative record file. All documents contained in the confident ial portion of the administrative record file shall be listed in the index to the file. 

### § 300.815 Administrative record file for a remedial action.
top (a) The administrative record file for the selection of a remedial action shall be made available for public inspection at the commencement of the remedial investigation pha se. At such time, the lead agency shall publish in a major local newspaper of general circulation a notice of the availability of the administrative record file. (b) The lead agency shall provide a public commentperiod as specified in §300.430(f)(3) so that interested persons may submit comments on the select ion of the remedial acti on for inclusion in the administrative record file. The lead agency is enc ouraged to consider and respond as appropriate to significant comments that were s ubmitted prior to the public commentperiod. A written response to significant comments submitted duri ng the public comment period shall be included in the administrative record file. (c) The lead agency shall comply with the public participation procedures required in §300.430(f)(3) and shall document such compliance in the administrative record. (d) Documents generated or received after the record of decision is signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided in §300.825. 

### § 300.820 Administrative reco rd file for a removal action. 

# Page 79 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...top (a) If, based on the site evaluation, the lead agency deter mines that a removal action is appropriate and that a planning period of at least si x months exists before on-site remo val activities must be initiated: (1) The administrative record file shall be made available for public ins pection when the engineering evaluation/cost analysis (EE/CA) is made available for public commen t. At such time, the lead agency shall publish in a major local newspaper of general circulation a notice of the availability of the administrative record file. (2) The lead agency shall provide a public comment period as specified in §300.415 so that interested persons may submit comments on the selection of the removal action for inclusion in the administrative record file. The lead agency is encouraged to consid er and respond, as approp riate, to significant comments that were submitted prior to the public comment period. A written response to significant comments submitted during the publiccomment period shall be included in the administrative record file. (3) The lead agency shall comply with the publicparticipation procedures of §300.415(m) and shall document compliance with §300.415(m)(3)(i) through (iii) in the administrative record file. (4) Documents generated or received after the decision document is signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided in §300.825. (b) For all removal actions not included in paragraph (a) of this section: (1) Documents included in the administrative record file shall be made availabl e for public inspection no later than 60 days after initiation of on-site removal activity. At such time, the lead agency shall publish in a major local newspaper of general ci rculation a notice of availability of the administrative record file. (2) The lead agency shall, as appropriate, provide a public comment period of not less than 30 days beginning at the time the administrative record file is made available to th e public. The lead agency is encouraged to consider and respond, as appropriate, to significant comments that were submitted prior to the public comment period. A written response to significant comments submitted during the public comment period shall be included in t he administrative record file. (3) Documents generated or received after the decision document is signed shall be added to the administrative record file only as provided in §300.825. 

### § 300.825 Record requirements after the decision document is signed.
top (a) The lead agency may add documents to the administrative record file after the decision document selecting the response action has been signed if: (1) The documents concern a portion of a response acti on decision that the decision document does not address or reserves to be decided at a later date; or (2) An explanation of significant differences required by §300.435(c), or an amended decision document is issued, in which case, the explanation of sign ificant differences or amended decision document and all documents that form the basis for the decision to modify the response action shall be added to the administrative record file. (b) The lead agency may hold additional public comment periods or ext end the time for the submission of public comment after a decision document has been signed on any issues concerning selection of the response action. Such comment shall be limited to the issues for which the lead agency has requested additional comment. All additional comments subm itted during such comment periods that are responsive to the request, and any response to thes e comments, along with documents supporting the request and any final decision with respect to the iss ue, shall be placed in the administrative record file. (c) The lead agency is required to consider comments submitted by interested persons after the close of the public comment period only to the extent thatthe comments contain significant information not contained elsewhere in the administrative record file which could not have been submitted during the public comment period and which substantially s upport the need to significant ly alter the response action. All such comments and any responses thereto s hall be placed in the administrative record file. 

### Subpart J—Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals
top 

### Source: 59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, unless otherwise noted. § 300.900 General. 

# Page 80 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...top (a) Section 311(d)(2)(G) of the CWA requires th at EPA prepare a schedule of dispersants, other chemicals, and other spill mitigating devices and substances, if any , that may be used in carrying out the NCP. This subpart makes provis ions for such a schedule. (b) This subpart applies to the nav igable waters of the United Stat es and adjoining shorelines, the waters of the contiguous zone, and the high s eas beyond the contiguous zone in connection with activities under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, activities under the Deepwater Port Act of 1974, or activities that may affect natural resource s belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of the United States, including resources under the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976. (c) This subpart applies to the use of any chemical agents or other additives as defined in subpart A of this part that may be used to remove or control oil discharges. 

### § 300.905 NCP Product Schedule.
top (a) Oil Discharges. (1) EPA shall maintain a schedule of dispersants and other chemical or bioremediation products that may be authorized fo r use on oil discharges in accordance with the procedures set forth in §300.910. This schedule, called the NCP Product Schedule, may be obtained from the Emergency Response Division (5202–G), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460. The telephone number is 703–603–8760. (2) Products may be added to the NCP Product Sc hedule by the process specified in §300.920. (b) Hazardous Substance Releases. [Reserved] [59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000] 

### § 300.910 Authorization of use.
top (a) RRTs and Area Committees s hall address, as part of their planning activities, the des irability of using appropriate dispersants, surfac e washing agents, surface collecti ng agents, bioremediation agents, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents listed on the NC P Product Schedule, and the desirability of using appropriate burning agents. RCPs and ACPs shall, as appropriate, include applicable preauthorization plans and address the specific contexts in which such products should and should not be used. In meeting the provisions of this paragraph, preauthorization plans may address factors such as the potential sources and types of oil that might be sp illed, the existence and lo cation of environmentally sensitive resources that might be impacted by sp illed oil, available product and storage locations, available equipment and adequately trained operators, and the available means to monitor product application and effectiveness. The RRT representatives from EPA and the states with jurisdiction over the waters of the area to which a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees shall review and either approve, disapprove, or approve with modification the preauthorization plans developed by Area Committees, as appropria te. Approved preauthorization plans shall be included in the appropriate RCPs and ACPs. If the RR T representatives from EPA and the states with j urisdiction over the waters of the area to wh ich a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees approve in advance the us e of certain products under specified circumstances as described in the preauthorization plan, the OS C may authorize the use of the products without obtaining the specific concur rences described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. (b) For spill situations that are not addressed by the preauthorization pl ans developed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the OSC, with the co ncurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representat ives from the states with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the release or disc harge, and in consultation with the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees, when practicable, may authorize the use of dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation agent s, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents on the oil discharge, provided that the products are listed on the NCP Product Schedule. (c) The OSC, with the concurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representatives from the st ates with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the release or discharge, and in c onsultation with the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees, when practicable, may authorize the use of burning agents on a case-by-case basis. (d) The OSC may authorize the use of any dispersa nt, surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, other chemical agent, burning agen t, bioremediation agent, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent, including products not listed on t he NCP Product Schedule, without obt aining the concurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, t he RRT representatives from the states with j urisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the release or discharge, when, in the judgment of the OSC, the use of the product is necessary to prevent or substantially reduce a hazard to human life. Whenever the OSC authorizes the use of a product pursuantto this paragraph, the OSC is to inform the EPA RRT representative and, as appropriate, the RRT representatives from the affected states and, 

# Page 81 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...when practicable, the DOC/ DOI natural resources trustees of the use of a product, including products not on the Schedule, as soon as possible. Once the threat to human life has subsided, the continued use of a product shall be in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. (e) Sinking agents shall not be authoriz ed for application to oil discharges. (f) When developing preauthorization plans, RRTs may require the performance of supplementary toxicity and effectiveness testing of products, in addition to the test methods specified in §300.915 and described in appendix C to part 300, due to existi ng site-specific or area-specific concerns. 

### § 300.915 Data requirements.
top (a) Dispersants. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which the dispersant is sold. (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or vendor. (3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or sales outlets. (4) Special handling and worker precautions for st orage and field application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase separations, chemical changes, or other alte rations to the effectiveness of the product. (5) Shelf life. (6) Recommended application procedures, concentrati ons, and conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application restrictions. (7) Effectiveness. Use the Swirli ng Flask effectiveness test methods described in appendix C to part 300. Manufacturers shall submit test results and supporting data, along with a certification signed by responsible corporate officials of the manufacturer a nd laboratory stating that the test was conducted on a representative product sample, the testing wa s conducted using generally accepted laboratory practices, and they believe the results to be accurate . A dispersant must attain an effectiveness value of 45 percent or greater to be added to the NCP Product Schedule. Manufacturers are encouraged to provide data on product performance under conditi ons other than those captured by these tests. (8) Dispersant Toxicity. For those dispersants that meet t he effectiveness threshold described in paragraph (a)(7) above, use the standard toxicity test methods described in appendix C to part 300. Manufacturers shall submit test results and s upporting data, along with a certification signed by responsible corporate officials of the manufacturer a nd laboratory stating that the test was conducted on a representative product sample, the testing wa s conducted using generally accepted laboratory practices, and they believe the results to be accurate. (9) The following data requirements incorporate byreference standards from the 1991 or 1992 Annual Books of ASTM Standards. American Society for Test ing and Materials, 1916 Ra ce Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. This incorporation by referenc e was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. 1

1 

### Copies of these standards may be obtained from the publisher. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Superfund Docket, located at 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor, Arlington, VA 22202 or send mail to Mail Code 5305G, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC, or atthe Office of the Federal Register, 1100 L Street, NW., Room 8401, Washington, DC 20408. (i) Flash Point—Select appropriate method from the following: (A) ASTM—D 56–87, “Standard Test Method fo r Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester;” (B) ASTM—D 92–90, “Standard Test Method for Fl ash and Fire Points byCleveland Open Cup;” (C) ASTM—D 93–90, “Standard Test Methods for Fl ash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester;” (D) ASTM—D 1310–86, “Standard Test Method for Flash Point and Fire Point of Liquids by Tag OpenCup Apparatus;” or (E) ASTM—D 3278–89, “Standard Test Methods for Flas h Point of Liquids bySetaflash Closed-Cup A pparatus.” (ii) Pour Point—Use ASTM—D 97–87, “Standard TestMethod for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils.” (iii) Viscosity—Use ASTM—D 445–88, “Standard Test Method for Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquids (and the Calcul ation of Dynamic Viscosity).” 

# Page 82 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(iv) Specific Gravity—Use ASTM—D 1298–85(90), “St andard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method.” (v) pH—Use ASTM—D 1293–84(90), “Standard Test Methods for pH of Water.” (10) Dispersing Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name and percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The percent ages will include maximu m, minimum, and average weights in order to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or formulation. In addition to the chemical information provided in re sponse to the first two sentences, identify the major components in at least the following categories: surfac e active agents, solvents, and additives. (11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydroc arbons. Using standard test procedures, state the concentrations or upper limits of the fo llowing materials: (i) Arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, nickel, zinc, plus any other metals that may be reasonably expected to be in the sample. Atomic absorption methods should be used and the detailed analytical methods and sample preparation shall be fully described. (ii) Cyanide. Standard calorimetr ic procedures should be used. (iii) Chlorinated hydrocarbons. Gas chromatography should be used and the detailed analytical methods and sample preparation shall be fully described. At a minimum, the following test methods shall be used for chlorinated hydrocarbon analyses: EPA Met hod 601—Purgeable halocarbons (Standard Method 6230 B) and EPA Method 608—Organochlorine pest icides and PCBs (Standard Method 6630 C). 2

2 

### These test methods may be obtained from: St andard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 17th Edition, American PublicHealth Association, 1989; or Method 601— Purgeable halocarbons, 40 CFR part 136 and Method 608—Organochlorine pesticide and PCBs, 40 CFR part 136. Copies may be inspected at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Superfund Docket, located at 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, First Floor, Arlington, VA 22202 or send mail to Mail Code 5305G, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 1100 L Street, NW., Room 8401, Washington, DC 20408. (12) The technical product data submission shall incl ude the identity of the laboratory that performed the required tests, the qualifications of the laboratory staff, including professional biographical information for individuals responsible for any tests, and laborat ory experience with simi lar tests. Laboratories performing toxicity tests for dispersant toxicity must demonstrate prev ious toxicity test experience in order for their results to be accepted. It is the re sponsibility of the submitter to select competent analytical laboratories based on the guidelines contai ned herein. EPA reserves the right to refuse to accept a submission of technical product data bec ause of lack of qualification of the analytical laboratory, significant variance between submitted data and any laboratory confirmation performed by EPA, or other circumstances that would result in inadequate or inaccu rate information on the dispersing agent. (b) Surface washing agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which the surface washing agent is sold. (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or vendor. (3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or sales outlets. (4) Special handling and worker precautions for st orage and field application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase separations, chemical changes, or other alte rations to the effectiveness of the product. (5) Shelf life. (6) Recommended application procedures, concentrati ons, and conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application restrictions. (7) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in appendix C to part 300. (8) Follow the data requirement specificati ons in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. (9) Surface Washing Agent Components. Itemize bychemical name and perc entage by weight each component of the total formulation. The percent ages will include maximu m, minimum, and average weights in order to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or formulation. In addition to the chemical information provided in re sponse to the first two sentences, identify the major components in at least the following categories: surfac e active agents, solvents, and additives. (10) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section. 

# Page 83 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(11) Analytical Laboratory Requirem ents for Technical Product Data. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section. (c) Surface collecting agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which the product is sold. (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or vendor. (3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or sales outlets. (4) Special handling and worker precautions for st orage and field application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase separations, chemical changes, or other alte rations to the effectiveness of the product. (5) Shelf life. (6) Recommended application procedures, concentrati ons, and conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application restrictions. (7) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in appendix C to part 300. (8) Follow the data requirement specificati ons in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. (9) Test to Distinguish Between Surface Co llecting Agents and Other Chemical Agents. (i) Method Summary—Five milliliters of the chemical under test are mixed with 95 milliliters of distilled water and allowed to stand undisturbed for one hour. Then the volume of the upper phase is determined to the nearest one milliliter. (ii) Apparatus. (A) Mixing Cylinder: 100 milliliter subdivi sions and fitted with a glass stopper. (B) Pipettes: Volumetric pipette, 5.0 milliliter. (C) Timers. (iii) Procedure—Add 95 milliliters of distilled water at 22 °C, plus or minus 3 °C, to a 100 milliliter mixing cylinder. To the surface of the water in the mixing cylinder, add 5.0 milliliters of the chemical under test. Insert the stopper and invert the cylinder five ti mes in ten seconds. Set upright for one hour at 22 °C, plus or minus 3 °C, and then measure the chemical la yer at the surface of the water. If the major portion of the chemical added (75 percent) is at the water su rface as a separate and eas ily distinguished layer, the product is a surface collecting agent. (10) Surface Collecting Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name and percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The percent ages should include maximum, minimum, and average weights in order to reflect quality control variations in manufacture or formulation. In addition to the chemical information provided in re sponse to the first two sentences, identify the major components in at least the following categories: surfac e action agents, solvents, and additives. (11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocar bons. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section. (12) Analytical Laboratory Requirem ents for Technical Product Data. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section. (d) Bioremediation Agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which the agent is sold. (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or vendor. (3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or sales outlets. (4) Special handling and worker precautions for st orage and field application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures. (5) Shelf life. (6) Recommended application procedures, concentrati ons, and conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application restrictions. (7) Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness. Use bioremed iation agent effectiveness test methods described in appendix C to part 300. (8) Bioremediation Agent Toxicity [Reserved]. 

# Page 84 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(9) Biological additives. (i) For microbiological cultures, fu rnish the following information: (A) Listing of each component of the total formulat ion, other than microorganisms, by chemical name and percentage by weight. (B) Listing of all microorganisms by species. (C) Percentage of each species in the composition of the additive. (D) Optimum pH, temperature, and salinity range s for use of the additive , and maximum and minimum pH, temperature, and salinity leve ls above or below which the effectiveness of the additive is reduced to half its optimum capacity. (E) Special nutrient requirements, if any. (F) Separate listing of the following, and test me thods for such determinations: Salmonella, fecal coliform, Shigella, Staphylococcus Coagulase pos itive, and Beta Hemolytic Streptococci. (ii) For enzyme additives, furnish the following information: (A) Listing of each component of the total formul ation, other than enzymes, by chemical name and percentage by weight. (B) Enzyme name(s). (C) International Union of Bioc hemistry (I.U.B.) number(s). (D) Source of the enzyme. (E) Units. (F) Specific Activity. (G) Optimum pH, temperature, and salinity rangesfor use of the additive, and maximum and minimum pH, temperature, and salinity leve ls above or below which the effectiveness of the additive is reduced to half its optimum capacity. (H) Enzyme shelf life. (I) Enzyme optimum storage conditions. (10) For nutrient additives, furn ish the following information: (i) Listing of each component of the total form ulation by chemical name and percentage by weight. (ii) Nutrient additive optimum storage conditions. (11) Analytical Laboratory Requirem ents for Technical Product Data. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section. (e) Burning Agents. EPA does not require technical product data submissions for burning agents and does not include burning agents on the NCP Product Schedule. (f) Miscellaneous Oil Spill Control Agents. (1) Name, brand, or trademark, if any, under which the miscellaneous oil spill control agent is sold. (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, or vendor. (3) Name, address, and telephone number of primary distributors or sales outlets. (4) Brief description of recommended uses of the product and how the product works. (5) Special handling and worker precautions for st orage and field application. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures, to include optimum ranges as well as temperatures that will cause phase separations, chemical changes, or other alter natives to the effectiveness of the product. (6) Shelf life. (7) Recommended application procedures, concentrati ons, and conditions for use depending upon water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of the pollutants, and any other application restrictions. 

# Page 85 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(8) Toxicity. Use standard toxicity test methods described in appendix C to part 300. (9) Follow the data requirement specificati ons in paragraph (a)(9) of this section. (10) Miscellaneous Oil Spill Cont rol Agent Components. Itemize by chemical name and percentage by weight each component of the total formulation. The percentages should incl ude maximum, minimum, and average weights in order to reflect quality contro l variations in manufacture or formulation. In addition to the chemical information provided in res ponse to the first two sent ences, identify the major components in at least the following categories: surface active agents, solvents, and additives. (11) Heavy Metals, Cyanide, and Chlorinated Hydrocar bons. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(11) of this section. (12) For any miscellaneous oil spill control agent that contains microbiol ogical cultures, enzyme additives, or nutrient additives, furnish the informati on specified in paragraphs (d)(9) and (d)(10) of this section, as appropriate. (13) Analytical Laboratory Requirem ents for Technical Product Data. Follow specifications in paragraph (a)(12) of this section. (g) Sorbents. (1) Sorbent material may consist of, but is not limited to, the following materials: (i) Organic products— (A) Peat moss or straw; (B) Cellulose fibers or cork; (C) Corn cobs; (D) Chicken, duck, or other bird feathers. (ii) Mineral compounds— (A) Volcanic ash or perlite; (B) Vermiculite or zeolite. (iii) Synthetic products— (A) Polypropylene; (B) Polyethylene; (C) Polyurethane; (D) Polyester. (2) EPA does not require technical product data submis sions for sorbents and does not include sorbents on the NCP Product Schedule. (3) Manufacturers that produce sorbent materials thatconsist of materials other than those listed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall submit to EPA the technical product data specified for miscellaneous oil spill control agents in paragraph (f) of this section and EPA will consider listing those products on the NCP Product Schedule under the miscellaneous oil spill control agent category. EPA will inform the submitter in writing, within 60 days of t he receipt of technical product data, of its decision on adding the product to the Schedule. (4) Certification. OSCs may request a written cert ification from manufacturers that produce sorbent materials that consist solely of the materials listed in paragraph (g)(1) of this section prior to making a decision on the use of a particular sorbent material. T he certification at a minimum shall state that the sorbent consists solely of the materials listed in §300.915(g)(1) of the NCP. The following statement, when completed, dated, and signed by a sorbent manufacturer, is sufficient to meet the written certification requirement: 

### [SORBENT NAME] is a sorbent material and cons ists solely of the materials listed in §300.915(g)(1) of the NCP. (h) Mixed products. Manufacturers of products that consist of mate rials that meet the definitions of two or more of the product categories contained on the NCP Product Schedule shall submit to EPA the technical product data specified in this section for ea ch of those product categories. After review of the submitted technical product data, and the performance of required dispersant effectiveness and toxicity tests, if appropriate, EPA will make a determi nation on whether and under wh ich category the mixed product should be listed on the Schedule. 

# Page 86 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...[59 FR 47453, Sept. 15, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 47325, Aug. 2, 2000] 

### § 300.920 Addition of products to Schedule.
top (a) Dispersants. (1) To add a dispersant to the NCP Product Schedule, submit the technical product data specified in §300.915(a) to the Emergency Response Di vision (5202–G), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20460. A dispersant must attain an effectiveness value of 45 percent or greater in order to be added to the Schedule. (2) EPA reserves the right to request further documentat ion of the manufacturers' test results. EPA also reserves the right to verify test results and c onsider the results of EPA' s verification testing in determining whether the di spersant meets listing criteria. EPA wi ll, within 60 days of receiving a complete application as specified in §300.915(a) of this part, notify the m anufacturer of its decision to list the product on the Schedule, or reques t additional information and/or a sample of the product in order to review and/or conduct validation sampling. If EPA requests additional information and/or a product sample, within 60 days of receiving such addition al information or sample, EPA will then notify the manufacturer in writing of its decis ion to list or not list the product. (3) Request for review of decision. (i) A manufacturer whose product was determined to be ineligible for listing on the NCP Product Schedule may request EPA's Ad ministrator to review the determination. The request must be made in writing within 30 days of rece iving notification of EPA's decision to not list the dispersant on the Schedule. The request shall contain a clear and conc ise statement with supporting facts and technical analysis demonstrati ng that EPA's decision was incorrect. (ii) The Administrator or his desi gnee may request additional information from the manufacturer, or from any other person, and may provide for a conferenc e between EPA and the manufacturer, if appropriate. The Administrator or his designee shall render a decis ion within 60 days of receiving the request, or within 60 days of receiving requested additional in formation, if appropriate, and shall notify the manufacturer of his decision in writing. (b) Surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents. (1) To add a surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, bioremediation agent, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent to the NCP Product Schedule, the technical product data specified in §300.915 must be submitted to the Emergency Response Division (5202–G), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Wa shington, DC 20460. If EPA determines that the required data were submitted, EPA will add the product to the Schedule. (2) EPA will inform the submitter in writing, within 60 days of the receipt of technical product data, of its decision on adding the product to the Schedule. (c) The submitter may assert that certain informati on in the technical product data submissions, including technical product data submissions for sorbents purs uant to §300.915(g)(3), is confidential business information. EPA will handle such claims pursuant to the provisions in 40 CFR part 2, subpart B. Such information must be submitted separately from non-confi dential information, clearly identified, and clearly marked “Confidential Business Information.” If the submi tter fails to make such a claim at the time of submittal, EPA may make the information avai lable to the public without further notice. (d) The submitter must notify EPA of any changes in t he composition, formulatio n, or application of the dispersant, surface washing agent, surface collecti ng agent, bioremediation agen t, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent. On the basis of this data, EPA ma y require retesting of the product if the change is likely to affect the effectiveness or toxicity of the product. (e) The listing of a product on the NCP Product Schedule does not constitu te approval of the product. To avoid possible misinterpretation or misrepresentation, any label, advertisement, or technical literature that refers to the placement of the product on t he NCP Product Schedule must either reproduce in its entirety EPA's written statement that it wi ll add the product to the NCP Product Schedule under §300.920(a)(2) or (b)(2), or include the disclaimer show n below. If the disclaimer is used, it must be conspicuous and must be fully reproduced. Failure to comply with these restrictions or any other improper attempt to demonstrate the approval of t he product by any NRT or other U.S. Government agency shall constitute grounds for removi ng the product from the NCP Product Schedule. 

### DISCLAIMER [PRODUCT NAME] is on the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency's NCP Product Schedule. This listing does NOT mean that EPA approv es, recommends, licenses, certifies, or authorizes the use of [PRODUCT NAME] on an oi l discharge. This listing means only that data have been submitted to EPA as required by subpart J of the National Contingency Plan, §300.915. Subpart K—Federal Facilities [Reserved]
top 

# Page 87 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### Subpart L—National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; Involuntary Acquisition of Property by the Government
top 

### Source: 62 FR 34602, June 26, 1997, unless otherwise noted. § 300.1105 Involuntary acquisition of property by the government.
top (a) Governmental ownership or control of property by involuntary acquisitions or involuntary transfers within the meaning of CERCLA section 101(20)(D) or se ction 101(35)(A)(ii) includes, but is not limited to: (1) Acquisitions by or transfers to the government in its capacity as a sovereign, including transfers or acquisitions pursuant to abandonment proceedings, or as the result of tax delinquency, or escheat, or other circumstances in which the government involunt arily obtains ownership or control of property by virtue of its function as sovereign; (2) Acquisitions by or transfers to a government entity or its agent (including governmental lending and credit institutions, loan guarantors, loan insurers, and financial regulatory entities which acquire security interests or properties of failed private lending or depository institutions) acting as a conservator or receiver pursuant to a clear and direct st atutory mandate or regulatory authority; (3) Acquisitions or transfers of assets through fo reclosure and its equivalent s (as defined in 40 CFR 300.1100(d)(1)) or other means by a Federal, state, or local government entity in the course of administering a governmental loan or loan guarantee or loan insurance program; and (4) Acquisitions by or transfers to a government entity pursuant to seizure or forfeiture authority. (b) Nothing in this section or in CERCLA sect ion 101(20)(D) or section 101(35)(A)(ii) affects the applicability of 40 CFR 300.1100 to any security interest, property, or asset acquired pursuant to an involuntary acquisition or transfer, as described in this section. 

### Note to paragraphs (a)(3) and (bof this sectio n: Reference to 40 CFR 300.1100 is a reference to the provisions regarding secured creditors in CERCLA sections 101(20)(E)–(G), 42 U.S.C. 9601(20)(E)–(G). See Section 2504(a) of the Asset C onservation, Lender Liability, and Deposit Insurance Protection Act, Pub lic Law, 104–208, 110 Stat. 3009–462, 3009–468 (1996). Appendix A to Part 300—The Hazard Ranking System
top Table of Contents List of Figures List of Tables 1.0. Introduction. 1.1 Definitions. 2.0 Evaluations Common to Multiple Pathways. 2.1 Overview. 2.1.1 Calculation of HRS site score. 2.1.2 Calculation of pathway score. 2.1.3 Common evaluations. 2.2 Characterize sources. 2.2.1 Identify sources. 2.2.2 Identify hazardous substanc es associated with a source. 

# Page 88 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.2.3 Identify hazardous subst ances available to a pathway. 2.3 Likelihood of release. 2.4 Waste characteristics. 2.4.1 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard. 2.4.1.1 Toxicity factor. 2.4.1.2 Hazardous substance selection. 2.4.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 2.4.2.1 Source hazardous waste quantity. 2.4.2.1.1 Hazardous constituent quantity. 2.4.2.1.2 Hazardous wastestream quantity. 2.4.2.1.3 Volume. 2.4.2.1.4 Area. 2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value. 2.4.2.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value. 2.4.3 Waste characteristics factor category value. 2.4.3.1 Factor category value. 2.4.3.2 Factor category value, considering bioaccumulation potential. 2.5 Targets. 2.5.1 Determination of level of actual contamination at a sampling location. 2.5.2 Comparison to benchmarks. 3.0 Ground Water Migration Pathway. 3.0.1 General considerations. 3.0.1.1 Ground water target distance limit. 3.0.1.2 Aquifer boundaries. 3.0.1.2.1 Aquifer interconnections. 3.0.1.2.2 Aquifer discontinuities. 3.0.1.3 Karst aquifer. 3.1 Likelihood of release. 3.1.1 Observed release. 3.1.2 Potential to release. 3.1.2.1 Containment. 3.1.2.2 Net precipitation. 3.1.2.3 Depth to aquifer. 3.1.2.4 Travel time. 3.1.2.5 Calculation of potent ial to release factor value. 

# Page 89 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...3.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value. 3.2 Waste characteristics. 3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. 3.2.1.1 Toxicity. 3.2.1.2 Mobility. 3.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. 3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 3.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. 3.3 Targets. 3.3.1 Nearest well. 3.3.2 Population. 3.3.2.1 Level of contamination. 3.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. 3.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. 3.3.2.4 Potential contamination. 3.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. 3.3.3 Resources. 3.3.4 Wellhead Protection Area. 3.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. 3.4 Ground water migration score for an aquifer. 3.5 Calculation of ground wate r migration pathway score. 4.0 Surface Water Migration Pathway. 4.0.1 Migration components. 4.0.2 Surface water categories. 4.1 Overland/flood migration component. 4.1.1 General considerations. 4.1.1.1 Definition of hazardous substance migration path for ov erland/flood migration component. 4.1.1.2 Target distance limit. 4.1.1.3 Evaluation of over land/flood migration component. 4.1.2 Drinking water threat. 4.1.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release. 4.1.2.1.1 Observed release. 4.1.2.1.2 Potential to release. 4.1.2.1.2.1 Potential to release by overland flow. 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 Containment. 

# Page 90 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.1.2.1.2.1.2 Runoff. 4.1.2.1.2.1.3 Distance to surface water. 4.1.2.1.2.1.4 Calculation of factor value for potential to rel ease by overland flow. 4.1.2.1.2.2 Potential to release by flood. 4.1.2.1.2.2.1 Containment (flood). 4.1.2.1.2.2.2 Flood frequency. 4.1.2.1.2.2.3 Calculation of factor va lue for potential to release by flood. 4.1.2.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value. 4.1.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release factor category value. 4.1.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. 4.1.2.2.1 Toxicity/persistence. 4.1.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. 4.1.2.2.1.2 Persistence. 4.1.2.2.1.3 Calculation of toxi city/persistence factor value. 4.1.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 4.1.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat -waste characteristics factor category value. 4.1.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. 4.1.2.3.1 Nearest intake. 4.1.2.3.2 Population. 4.1.2.3.2.1 Level of contamination. 4.1.2.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. 4.1.2.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. 4.1.2.3.2.4 Potential contamination. 4.1.2.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. 4.1.2.3.3 Resources. 4.1.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor category value. 4.1.2.4 Calculation of the drinking water threat score for a watershed. 4.1.3 Human food chain threat. 4.1.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release. 4.1.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. 4.1.3.2.1 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. 4.1.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. 4.1.3.2.1.2 Persistence. 4.1.3.2.1.3 Bioaccumulation potential. 4.1.3.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value. 

# Page 91 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.1.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 4.1.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat -waste characteristics factor category value. 4.1.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. 4.1.3.3.1 Food chain individual. 4.1.3.3.2 Population. 4.1.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. 4.1.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. 4.1.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. 4.1.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. 4.1.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor category value. 4.1.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a watershed. 4.1.4 Environmental threat. 4.1.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. 4.1.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. 4.1.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. 4.1.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. 4.1.4.2.1.2 Persistence. 4.1.4.2.1.3 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. 4.1.4.2.1.4 Calculation of ecosystem toxici ty/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value. 4.1.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 4.1.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-w aste characteristics factor category value. 4.1.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. 4.1.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. 4.1.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. 4.1.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. 4.1.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. 4.1.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmenta l threat-targets factor category value. 4.1.4.4 Calculation of environment al threat score for a watershed. 4.1.5 Calculation of overland/flood mi gration component score for a watershed. 4.1.6 Calculation of overland /flood migration component score. 4.2 Ground water to surface water migration component. 4.2.1 General Considerations. 4.2.1.1 Eligible surface waters. 4.2.1.2 Definition of hazardous s ubstance migration path for ground wa ter to surface water migration component. 4.2.1.3 Observed release of a specific hazardous substance to surface water in-water segment. 

# Page 92 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.2.1.4 Target distance limit. 4.2.1.5 Evaluation of ground water to surface water migration component. 4.2.2 Drinking water threat. 4.2.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release. 4.2.2.1.1 Observed release. 4.2.2.1.2 Potential to release. 4.2.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-likelihood of release factor category value. 4.2.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. 4.2.2.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence. 4.2.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. 4.2.2.2.1.2 Mobility. 4.2.2.2.1.3 Persistence. 4.2.2.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value. 4.2.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 4.2.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat -waste characteristics factor category value. 4.2.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. 4.2.2.3.1 Nearest intake. 4.2.2.3.2 Population. 4.2.2.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. 4.2.2.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. 4.2.2.3.2.3 Potential contamination. 4.2.2.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. 4.2.2.3.3 Resources. 4.2.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor category value. 4.2.2.4 Calculation of drinking water threat score for a watershed. 4.2.3 Human food chain threat. 4.2.3.1 Human food chain threat-likelihood of release. 4.2.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. 4.2.3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation. 4.2.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. 4.2.3.2.1.2 Mobility. 4.2.3.2.1.3 Persistence. 4.2.3.2.1.4 Bioaccumulation potential. 4.2.3.2.1.5 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence/bi oaccumulation factor value. 4.2.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 

# Page 93 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.2.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat -waste characteristics factor category value. 4.2.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. 4.2.3.3.1 Food chain individual. 4.2.3.3.2 Population. 4.2.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. 4.2.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. 4.2.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. 4.2.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. 4.2.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor category value. 4.2.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a watershed. 4.2.4 Environmental threat. 4.2.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. 4.2.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. 4.2.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/mob ility/persistence/bioaccumulation. 4.2.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. 4.2.4.2.1.2 Mobility. 4.2.4.2.1.3 Persistence. 4.2.4.2.1.4 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. 4.2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value. 4.2.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 4.2.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-w aste characteristics factor category value. 4.2.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. 4.2.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. 4.2.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. 4.2.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. 4.2.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. 4.2.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmenta l threat-targets factor category value. 4.2.4.4 Calculation of environment al threat score for a watershed. 4.2.5 Calculation of ground water to surface wa ter migration component score for a watershed. 4.2.6 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration component score. 4.3 Calculation of surface water migration pathway score. 5.0 Soil Exposure Pathway. 5.0.1 General considerations. 5.1 Resident population threat. 5.1.1 Likelihood of exposure. 

# Page 94 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...5.1.2 Waste characteristics. 5.1.2.1 Toxicity. 5.1.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 5.1.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. 5.1.3 Targets. 5.1.3.1 Resident individual. 5.1.3.2 Resident population. 5.1.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. 5.1.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. 5.1.3.2.3 Calculation of re sident population factor value. 5.1.3.3 Workers. 5.1.3.4 Resources. 5.1.3.5 Terrestrial sensitive environments. 5.1.3.6 Calculation of resident popul ation targets factor category value. 5.1.4 Calculation of resi dent population threat score. 5.2 Nearby population threat. 5.2.1 Likelihood of exposure. 5.2.1.1 Attractiveness/accessibility. 5.2.1.2 Area of contamination. 5.2.1.3 Likelihood of exposure factor category value. 5.2.2 Waste characteristics. 5.2.2.1 Toxicity. 5.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 5.2.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. 5.2.3 Targets. 5.2.3.1 Nearby individual. 5.2.3.2 Population within 1 mile. 5.2.3.3 Calculation of nearby populat ion targets factor category value. 5.2.4 Calculation of near by population threat score. 5.3 Calculation of soil exposure pathway score. 6.0 Air Migration Pathway. 6.1 Likelihood of release. 6.1.1 Observed release. 6.1.2 Potential to release. 6.1.2.1 Gas potential to release. 

# Page 95 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...6.1.2.1.1 Gas containment. 6.1.2.1.2 Gas source type. 6.1.2.1.3 Gas migration potential. 6.1.2.1.4 Calculation of gas potential to release value. 6.1.2.2 Particulate potential to release. 6.1.2.2.1 Particulate containment. 6.1.2.2.2 Pariculate source type. 6.1.2.2.3 Particulate migration potential. 6.1.2.2.4 Calculation of particulate potential to release value. 6.1.2.3 Calculation of potential torelease factor value for the site. 6.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of release factor category value. 6.2 Waste characteristics. 6.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. 6.2.1.1 Toxicity. 6.2.1.2 Mobility. 6.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. 6.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. 6.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. 6.3 Targets. 6.3.1 Nearest individual. 6.3.2 Population. 6.3.2.1 Level of contamination. 6.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. 6.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. 6.3.2.4 Potential contamination. 6.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. 6.3.3 Resources. 6.3.4 Sensitive environments. 6.3.4.1 Actual contamination. 6.3.4.2 Potential contamination. 6.3.4.3 Calculation of sensit ive environments factor value. 6.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. 6.4 Calculation of air migration pathway score. 7.0 Sites Containing Ra dioactive Substances. 7.1 Likelihood of releas e/likelihood of exposure. 

# Page 96 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...7.1.1 Observed release/observed contamination. 7.1.2 Potential to release. 7.2 Waste characteristics. 7.2.1 Human toxicity. 7.2.2 Ecosystem toxicity. 7.2.3 Persistence. 7.2.4 Selection of substance potentially posing greatest hazard. 7.2.5 Hazardous waste quantity. 7.2.5.1 Source hazardous waste quantity for radionuclides. 7.2.5.1.1 Radionuclide cons tituent quantity (Tier A). 7.2.5.1.2 Radionuclide wast estream quantity (Tier B). 7.2.5.1.3 Calculation of source hazard ous waste quantity value for radionuclides. 7.2.5.2 Calculation of hazardous wast e quantity factor value for radionuclides. 7.2.5.3 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity fact or value for sites contai ning mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances. 7.3 Targets. 7.3.1 Level of contaminati on at a sampling location. 7.3.2 Comparison to benchmarks. List of Figures Figure number 3–1 Overview of ground water migration pathway. 3–2 Net precipitation factor values. 4–1 Overview of surface water overland/flood migration component. 4–2 Overview of ground water to surface water migration component. 4–3 Sample determination of ground water to surface water angle. 5–1 Overview of soil exposure pathway. 6–1 Overview of air migration pathway. 6–2 Particulate migration potential factor values. 6–3 Particulate mobility factor values. List of Tables Table number 2–1 Sample pathway scoresheet. 2–2 Sample source characterization worksheet. 2–3 Observed release criteria for chemical analysis. 2–4 Toxicity factor evaluation. 2–5 Hazardous waste quantity evaluation equations. 

# Page 97 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2–6 Hazardous waste quantity factor values. 2–7 Waste characteristics factor category values. 3–1 Ground water migration pathway scoresheet. 3–2 Containment factor values for ground water migration pathway. 3–3 Monthly latitude adjusting values. 3–4 Net precipitation factor values. 3–5 Depth to aquifer factor values. 3–6 Hydraulic conductivityof geologic materials. 3–7 Travel time factor values. 3–8 Ground water mobility factor values. 3–9 Toxicity/mobi lity factor values. 3–10 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in drinking water. 3–11 Nearest well factor values. 3–12 Distance-weighted population va lues for potential contamination fa ctor for ground water migration pathway. 4–1 Surface water overland/flood migration component scoresheet. 4–2 Containment factor values for surface water migration pathway. 4–3 Drainage area values. 4–4 Soil group designations. 4–5 Rainfall/runoff values. 4–6 Runoff factor values. 4–7 Distance to surface water factor values. 4–8 Containment (flood) factor values. 4–9 Flood frequency factor values. 4–10 Persistence factor values—half-life. 4–11 Persistence factor values—log K ow 4–12 Toxicity/persistence factor values. 4–13 Surface water dilution weights. 4–14 Dilution-weighted population values for potential contamination factor for surface water migration pathway. 4–15 Bioaccumulation potential factor values. 4–16 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor values. 4–17 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in human food chain. 4–18 Human food chain population values. 4–19 Ecosystem toxicity factor values. 4–20 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor values. 

# Page 98 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4–21 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor values. 4–22 Ecological-based benchmarks for haz ardous substances in surface water. 4–23 Sensitive environments rating values. 4–24 Wetlands rating values for surface water migration pathway. 4–25 Ground water to surface water migration component scoresheet. 4–26 Toxicity/mobility/persistence factor values. 4–27 Dilution weight adjustments. 4–28 Toxicity/mobility/persistence/ bioaccumulation factor values. 4–29 Ecosystem toxicity/mobili ty/persistence factor values. 4–30 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persi stence/bioaccumulation factor values. 5–1 Soil exposure pathway scoresheet. 5–2 Hazardous waste quantity evaluati on equations for soil exposure pathway. 5–3 Health-based benchmarks for hazardous substances in soils. 5–4 Factor values for workers. 5–5 Terrestrial sensitive environments rating values. 5–6 Attractiveness/accessibility values. 5–7 Area of contamination factor values. 5–8 Nearby population likelihood of exposure factor values. 5–9 Nearby individual factor values. 5–10 Distance-weighted population va lues for nearby population threat. 6–1 Air migration pathway scoresheet. 6–2 Gas potential to release evaluation. 6–3 Gas containment factor values. 6–4 Source type factor values. 6–5 Values for vapor pressure and Henry's constant. 6–6 Gas migration potential val ues for a hazardous substance. 6–7 Gas migration potential values for the source. 6–8 Particulate potential to release evaluation. 6–9 Particulate containment factor values. 6–10 Particulate migration potential values. 6–11 Gas mobility factor values. 6–12 Particulate mobility factor values. 6–13 Toxicity/mobility factor values. 6–14 Health-based benchmarks fo r hazardous substances in air. 6–15 Air migration pathw ay distance weights. 

# Page 99 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...6–16 Nearest individual factor values. 6–17 Distance-weighted populati on values for potential contami nation factor for air pathway. 6–18 Wetlands rating values for air migration pathway. 7–1 HRS factors evaluated di fferently for radionuclides. 7–2 Toxicity factor values for radionuclides. 1.0 Introduction The Hazard Ranking System (HRS) is the principa l mechanism the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) uses to place sites on the National Prio rities List (NPL). The HRS serves as a screening device to evaluate the potential for releases of uncontrolled hazardous subs tances to cause human health or environmental damage. The HRS provides a measure of relative rather than absolute risk. It is designed so that it can be consistently applied to a wide variety of sites. 1.1 Definitions A cute toxicity: Measure of toxicological responses that resu lt from a single exposure to a substance or from multiple exposures within a s hort period of time (typically severa l days or less). Sp ecific measures of acute toxicity used within the HRS include lethal dose 50 (LD 50 ) and lethal concentration 50 (LC 50 ), typically measured within a 24-hour to 96-hour period. A mbient Aquatic Life Adviso ry Concentrations (AALACs): EPA's advisory concentration limit for acute or chronic toxicity to aquatic organisms as established under section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act, as amended. A mbient Water Quality Criteria (AWQC): EPA's maximum acute or chronic toxicity concentrations for protection of aquatic life and its uses as establis hed under section 304(a)(1) of the Clean Water Act, as amended. Bioconcentration factor (BCF): Measure of the tendency for a substance to accumulate in the tissue of an aquatic organism. BCF is determined by the extent of partitioning of a substance, at equilibrium, between the tissue of an aquatic organism and water. As the ratio of concentration of a substance in the organism divided by the concentration in water, hi gher BCF values reflect a tendency for substances to accumulate in the tissue of aquatic organisms. [unitless]. Biodegradation: Chemical reaction of a subs tance induced by enzymatic activity of microorganisms. CERCLA: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Com pensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (Pub. L. 96–510, as amended). Chronic toxicity: Measure of toxicological responses that re sult from repeated exposure to a substance over an extended period of time (typically 3 months or longer). Such responses may persist beyond the exposure or may not appear until much later in time than the exposure. HRS measures of chronic toxicity include Reference Dose (RfD) values. Contract Laboratory Program (CLP): Analytical program developed for CERCLA waste site samples to fill the need for legally defensible analytical results supported by a high level of quality assurance and documentation. Contract-Required Dete ction Limit (CRDL): Term equivalent to contract-required quantitation limit, but used primarily for inorganic substances. Contract-Required Quantit ation Limit (CRQL): Substance-specific level that a CLP laboratory must be able to routinely and reliably detect in specific samp le matrices. It is not the lowest detectable level achievable, but rather the level that a CLP laboratory should reasonably quantify. The CRQL may or may not be equal to the quantitation limit of a given substance in a given sample. For HRS purposes, the term CRQL refers to both the contract-required quant itation limit and the contract-required detection limit. Curie (Ci): Measure used to quantify the amount of radioactivity. One curie equals 37 billion nuclear transformations per second, and one picocurie (pCi) equals 10 − 12 Ci. Decay product: Isotope formed by the radioactive decay of some other isotope. This newly formed isotope possesses physical and chemical properties thatare different from those of its parent isotope, and may also be radioactive. Detection Limit (DL): Lowest amount that can be distinguis hed from the normal random “noise” of an analytical instrument or method. For HRS purposes, the detection limit used is the method detection limit (MDL) or, for real-time field instruments, the detect ion limit of the instrument as used in the field. Dilution weight: Parameter in the HRS surface water migrat ion pathway that reduc es the point value 

# Page 100 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...assigned to targets as the flow or depth of the re levant surface water body increases. [unitless]. Distance weight: Parameter in the HRS air migration, ground water migration, and soil exposure pathways that reduces the point value assigned to ta rgets as their distance in creases from the site. [unitless]. Distribution coefficient (K d ): Measure of the extent of partitioni ng of a substance between geologic materials (for example, soil, sediment, rock) and wate r (also called partition coe fficient). The distribution coefficient is used in the HRS in evaluating the m obility of a substance for the ground water migration pathway. [ml/g]. ED 10( 10 percent effective dose): Estimated dose associated with a 10 percent increase in response over control groups. For HRS purposes, the response considered is cancer. [milligrams toxicant per kilogram body weight per day (mg/kg-day)]. Food and Drug Administrati on Action Level (FDAAL): Under section 408 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, concentration of a pois onous or deleterious substance in human food or animal feed at or above which FDA will take legal action to remove adulterated products from the market. Only FDAALs established for fi sh and shellfish apply in the HRS. Half-life: Length of time required for an initial concentration of a substance to be halved as a result of loss through decay. The HRS considers five decay processes: biodegradation, hydrolysis, photolysis, radioactive decay, and volatilization. Hazardous substance: CERCLA hazardous substances, pollut ants, and contaminants as defined in CERCLA sections 101(14) and 101(33), except w here otherwise specifical ly noted in the HRS. Hazardous wastestream: Material containing CERCLA hazardous substances (as defined in CERCLA section 101[14]) that was deposited, stored, disposed, or placed in, or that otherwise migrated to, a source. HRS “factor”: Primary rating elements internal to the HRS. HRS “factor category”: Set of HRS factors (that is, likelihood of release [or exposure], waste characteristics, targets). HRS “migration pathways”: HRS ground water, surface water, and air migration pathways. HRS “pathway”: Set of HRS factor categories combined to produce a score to measure relative risks posed by a site in one of four environmental pathways (that is, ground water, surface water, soil, and air). HRS “site score”: Composite of the four HRS pathway scores. Henry's law constant: Measure of the volatility of a substance in a dilute solution of water at equilibrium. It is the ratio of the vapor pressure exerted by a substance in the gas phase over a dilute aqueous solution of that substance to its concentration in t he solution at a given temperature. For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or near 25 °C. [atmosphere-cubic meters per mole (atm-m 3 /mol)]. Hydrolysis: Chemical reaction of a substance with water. Karst: Terrain with characteristics of relief and drainage arising from a high degree of rock solubility in natural waters. The majority of karst occurs in lime stones, but karst may also form in dolomite, gypsum, and salt deposits. Features associated with kars t terrains typically include irregular topography, sinkholes, vertical shafts, abrupt ridges, caverns, abundant springs, and/or disappearing streams. Karst aquifers are associated with karst terrain. LC 50( lethal concentration, 50 percent ): Concentration of a substance in air [typically micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m 3 )] or water [typically micrograms per liter (μg/l)] that kills 50 percent of a group of exposed organisms. The LC 50 is used in the HRS in assessing acute toxicity.
LD 50( lethal dose, 50 percent ): Dose of a substance that ki lls 50 percent of a group of exposed organisms. The LD 50 is used in the HRS in assessing acute toxi city [milligrams toxicant per kilogram body weight (mg/kg)]. Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL): Under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the maximum permissible conc entration of a substance in water that is delivered to any user of a public water supply. Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG): Under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, a nonenforceable concentration fo r a substance in drinking water t hat is protective of adverse human health effects and allows an adequate margin of safety. Method Detection Limit (MDL): Lowest concentration of analyte that a method can detect reliably in either a sample or blank. 

# Page 101 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances: Material containing both radioactive hazardous substances and nonradioactive hazardous substances, regardless of w hether these types of substances are physically separated, combined chem ically, or simply mixed together. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS): Primary standards for air quality established under sections 108 and 109 of t he Clean Air Act, as amended. National Emission Standards for Haza rdous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs): Standards established for substances listed under section 112 of the Cl ean Air Act, as amended. Only those NESHAPs promulgated in ambient concent ration units apply in the HRS. Octanol-water partiti on coefficient (K ow[ or P ]): Measure of the extent of partitioning of a substance between water and octanol at equilibrium. The K ow is determined by the rati o between the concentration in octanol divided by the concentration in water at equilibrium. [unitless]. Organic carbon partition coefficient (K oc ): Measure of the extent of partitioning of a substance, at equilibrium, between organic carbon in geol ogic materials and water. The higher the K oc , the more likely a substance is to bind to geologic materi als than to remain in water. [ml/g]. Photolysis: Chemical reaction of a substa nce caused by direct absorption of solar energy (direct photolysis) or caused by other substances that absorb solar energy (indirect photolysis). Radiation: Particles (alpha, beta, neutrons) or photons (x- and gamma-rays) emitted by radionuclides. Radioactive decay: Process of spontaneous nuclear transformat ion, whereby an isotope of one element is transformed into an isotope of another element, re leasing excess energy in the form of radiation. Radioactive half-life: Time required for one-half the atoms in a given quantity of a specific radionuclide to undergo radioactive decay. Radioactive substance: Solid, liquid, or gas containing atoms of a single radionuclide or multiple radionuclides. Radioactivity: Property of those isotopes of elements that ex hibit radioactive decay and emit radiation. Radionuclide/r adioisotope: Isotope of an element exhibiting radioactivity. For HRS purposes, “radionuclide” and “radioisot ope” are used synonymously. Reference dose (RfD): Estimate of a daily exposure level of a substance to a human population below which adverse noncancer health effects are not antic ipated. [milligrams toxi cant per kilogram body weight per day (mg/kg-day)]. Removal action: Action that removes hazardous substances from the site for proper disposal or destruction in a facility permitted under the Res ource Conservation and Recovery Act or the Toxic Substances Control Act or by t he Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Roentgen (R): Measure of external exposures to ionizing radiation. One roentgen equals that amount of x-ray or gamma radiation required to produce ions ca rrying a charge of 1 electrostatic unit (esu) in 1 cubic centimeter of dry air under standard conditions. One microroentgen (μR) equals 10 − 6 R. Sample quantitation limit (SQL): Quantity of a substance that can be reasonably quantified given the limits of detection for the methods of analysis and sample characteristics that may affect quantitation (for example, dilution, concentration). Screening concentration: Media-specific benchmark concentration for a hazardous substance that is used in the HRS for comparison with the concentrat ion of that hazardous substance in a sample from that media. The screening concentra tion for a specific hazardous substa nce corresponds to its reference dose for inhalation exposures or for oral exposure s, as appropriate, and, if the substance is a human carcinogen with a weight-of-evidence cl assification of A, B, or C, to that concentration that corresponds to its 10 − 6 individual lifetime excess cancer risk for inhal ation exposures or for oral exposures, as appropriate. Site: Area(s) where a hazardous subst ance has been deposited, stored, di sposed, or placed, or has otherwise come to be located. Such areas may include multiple sources and may include the area between sources. Slope factor (also referred to as cancer potency factor): Estimate of the probability of response (for example, cancer) per unit intake of a substance ov er a lifetime. The slope fact or is typically used to estimate upper-bound probability of an individual developing cancer as a result of exposure to a particular level of a human carcinogen with a weight-o f-evidence classification ofA, B, or C. [(mg/kgday) − 1 for non-radioactive substances and (pC i ) − 1 for radioactive substances]. 

### Source: Any area where a hazardous substanc e has been deposited, st ored, disposed, or placed, plus those soils that have become contaminated from migration of a hazardous substance. Sources do not include those volume s of air, ground water, surface water, or 

# Page 102 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### surface water sediments that hav e become contaminated by migrat ion, except: in the case of either a ground water plume with no identified source or contaminated surface water sediments with no identified source, the plume or contaminated sediments may be considered a source. Target distance limit: Maximum distance over which targets for the site are evaluated. The target distance limit varies by HRS pathway. Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act (UMTRCA) Standards: Standards for radionuclides established under sections 102, 104, and 108 of the Uranium Mill Tailings Ra diation Control Act, as amended. Vapor pressure: Pressure exerted by the vapor of a substance when it is in equilibrium with its solid or liquid form at a given temperat ure. For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or near 25 °C. [atmosphere or torr]. Volatilization: Physical transfer process through which a s ubstance undergoes a change of state from a solid or liquid to a gas. Water solubility: Maximum concentration of a substance in pure water at a given temperature. For HRS purposes, use the value reported at or near 25 °C. [milligram s per liter (mg/l)]. Weight-of-evidence: EPA classification system for characterizing the evidence supporting the designation of a substance as a human carcin ogen. EPA weight-of-evi dence groupings include: Group A: Human carcinogen––sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in humans. Group B1: Probable human carcinogen––limited ev idence of carcinogenicity in humans. Group B2: Probable human carcinogen––s ufficient evidence of ca rcinogenicity in animals. Group C: Possible human carcinogen––limited evidence of carcinogeni city in animals. Group D: Not classifiable as to hum an carcinogenicity––applicable when t here is no animal evidence, or when human or animal evidence is inadequate. Group E: Evidence of noncarcinogenicity for humans. 2.0 Evaluations Common to Multiple Pathways 2.1 Overview. The HRS site score (S) is the resultof an evaluation of four pathways: • Ground Water Migration (S gw ). • Surface Water Migration (S sw ). • Soil Exposure (S s ). • Air Migration (S a ). The ground water and air migration pathways use singl e threat evaluations, while the surface water migration and soil exposure pathways use multiple thre at evaluations. Three threats are evaluated for the surface water migration pathway: drinking water, human food chain, and environmental. These threats are evaluated for two separate migrat ion components––overland /flood migration and ground water to surface water migration. Two threats are evaluated for the soil exposure pathway: resident population and nearby population. The HRS is structured to provide a parallel evaluati on for each of these pathways and threats. This section focuses on these parallel ev aluations, starting with the calculat ion of the HRS site score and the individual pathway scores. 2.1.1 Calculation of HRS site score. Scores are first calculated for the individual pathways as specified in sections 2 through 7 and then are combined fo r the site using the following root-mean-square equation to determine the overall HRS site score, which ranges from 0 to 100:

2.1.2 Calculation of pathway score. Table 2–1, which is based on the ai r migration pathway, illustrates the basic parameters used to calculate a pathway score. As table 2–1 shows, each pathway (or threat) score is the product of three “factor categories”: likel ihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. 

# Page 103 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(The soil exposure pathway uses likelihood of exposure rather than likelihood of release.) Each of the three factor categories contains a set of factors that are assigned numerical values and combined as specified in sections 2 through 7. The factor val ues are rounded to the nearest integer, except where otherwise noted. 2.1.3 Common evaluations. Evaluations common to all four HRS pathways include: • Characterizing sources. –Identifying sources (and, for the soil exposure pathw ay, areas of observed c ontamination [see section 5.0.1]).–Identifying hazardous substances asso ciated with each source (or area of observed contamination).–Identifying hazardous s ubstances available to a pathway. Table 2–1—Sample Pathway Scoresheet

a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics cat egory. The product of lines 4 and 5 is used in table 2–7 to derive the value for the waste characteristics factor category.

b There is no limit to the human population or sensitive environments factor values. However, the pathway score based solely on sensitive environments is limited to a maximum of 60 points. • Scoring likelihood of release (or like lihood of exposure) factor category. –Scoring observed release (or observed contaminati on).–Scoring potential to release when there is no 

## Factor category Maximum value Value assigned Likelihood of Release 1. Observed Release 550 2. Potential to Release 500 3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2) 550 Waste Characteristics 4. Toxicity/Mobility (a) 5. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) 6. Waste Characteristics 100 Targets 7. Nearest Individual 7a. Level I 50 7b. Level II 45 7c. Potential Contamination 20 7d. Nearest Individual (higher of lines 7a, 7b, or 7c) 50 8. Population 8a. Level I (b) 8b. Level II (b) 8c. Potential Contamination (b) 8d. Total Population (lines 8a+8b+8c) (b) 9. Resources 5 10. Sensitive Environments (b) 10a. Actual Contamination (b) 10b. Potential Contamination (b) 10c. Sensitive Environments (lines 10a+10b) (b) 11. Targets (lines 7d+8d+9+10c) (b) 12. Pathway Score is the product of Likelihood of Release, Waste Characteristics, and Targets, divided by 82,500. Pathway scores are limited to a maximum of 100 points. 

# Page 104 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...observed release. • Scoring waste characteristics factor category. –Evaluating toxicity.–Combining toxicity with mobility, persist ence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential, as appropriat e to the pathway (or thre at).–Evaluating hazardous waste quantity.–Combining hazardous waste quantity wi th the other waste characteristics factors.– Determining waste characteristics factor category value. • Scoring targets factor category. –Determining level of contamination for targets. These evaluations are essentially identical for the three migration pathways (ground water, surface water, and air). However, the evaluations differ in certain respects for the soil exposure pathway. Section 7 specifies modifications that apply to each pathway when eval uating sites containing radioactive substances. Section 2 focuses on evaluations common at the pathway and threat levels. Note that for the ground water and surface water migration pathways, separate scores are calculated for each aquifer (see section 3.0) and each watershed (see sections 4. 1.1.3 and 4.2.1.5) when determining the pathway scores for a site. Although the evaluations in section 2 do not vary when different aquifers or watersheds are scored at a site, the specific factor values (for example, observed release, hazardous waste quantity, toxicity/mobility) that result from these evaluations can va ry by aquifer and by watershed at the site. This can occur through differences both in the specific sources and targets eligible to be evaluated for each aquifer and watershed and in whether observed re leases can be establ ished for each aquifer and watershed. Such differences in scoring at the aqui fer and watershed level are addressed in sections 3 and 4, not section 2. 2.2 Characterize sources. Source characterization includes identification of the following: • Sources (and areas of observed contamination) at the site. • Hazardous substances associated with these sources (or areas of observed contamination). • Pathways potentially threatened by these hazardous substances. Table 2–2 presents a sample works heet for source characterization. 2.2.1 Identify sources. For the three migration pathways, identify the sources at the site that contain hazardous substances. Identify the migration pathway(s) to which each source applies. For the soil exposure pathway, identify areas of observed c ontamination at the site (see section 5.0.1). Table 2–2—Sample Source Characterization Worksheet

2.2.2 Identify hazardous substances associated with a source. For each of the three migration pathways, consider those hazardous substances documented in a source (for example, by sampling, labels, manifests, oral or written statements) tobe associated with that source when evaluating each pathway. In some instances, a hazardous substance can be documented as being present at a site (for example, by labels, manifests, oral or written st atements), but the specific source(s) containing that hazardous substance cannot be doc umented. For the three migration pathways, in those instances 

## Source: __________________ A. Source dimensions and hazardous waste quantity. Hazardous constituent quantity: ___ Hazardous wastestream quantity: ___ Volume: ___ Area: ___ Area of observed contamination: ___ B. Hazardous substances associated with the source.

Hazardous substance Available to pathway Air Ground water (GW) Surface water (SW) Soil

Gas Particulate Overland/flood GW to SW Resident Nearby 

# Page 105 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...when the specific source(s) cannot be documented fo r a hazardous substance, consider the hazardous substance to be present in each source at the site , except sources for which definitive information indicates that the hazardous substanc e was not or could not be present. For an area of observed contamination in the soil exposure pathway, consider only those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination for thatarea (see section 5.0.1) to be associated with that area when evaluating the pathway. 2.2.3 Identify hazardous substances available to a pathway. In evaluating each migration pathway, consider the following hazardous substa nces available to migrate from the sources at the site to the pathway: • Ground water migration. –Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release (see section 2.3) to ground water.–All hazardous substances associated with a source with a ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 3.1.2.1). • Surface water migration—overland/flood component. –Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to surface water in the watershed being evaluated.–All hazardous substances associated with a source with a su rface water containment factor value greater than 0 for the watershed (see sections 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 and 4.1.2.1.2.2.1). • Surface water migration—ground water to surface water component. –Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to ground water.–All hazardous substances associated with a source with a ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections 4.2.2.1.2 and 3.1.2.1). • Air migration. –Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to the atmosphere.–All gaseous hazardous substances associated with a source with a gas containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 6.1.2.1.1).–All particulate hazardous substanc es associated with a source with a particulate containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 6.1.2.2.1). • For each migration pathway, in those instances when the specific source(s) containing the hazardous substance cannot be documented, consi der that hazardous substance to be available to migrate to the pathway when it can be associated (see section 2.2.2)with at least one source having a containment factor value greater than 0 for that pathway. In evaluating the soil exposure pat hway, consider the following hazardous substances available to the pathway: • Soil exposure—resi dent population threat. –All hazardous substances that meet the criteria fo r observed contamination atthe site (see section 5.0.1). • Soil exposure—nearby population threat. –All hazardous substances that meet the criter ia for observed contami nation at areas with an attractiveness/accessibility factor val ue greater than 0 (see section 5.2.1.1). 2.3 Likelihood of release. Likelihood of release is a measure of the likelihood that a waste has been or will be released to the environment. The likelihood of release factor category is assigned the maximum value of 550 for a migration pathwaywhenever the criteria for an observed release are met for that pathway. If the criteria for an observed release are met, do not evaluate potential to release for that pathway. When the criteria for an observed release are not met, evaluate potential to release for that pathway, with a maximum value of 500. The evalua tion of potential to release varies by migration pathway (see sections 3, 4 and 6). Establish an observed release either by direct observation of the releas e of a hazardous substance into the media being evaluated (for exampl e, surface water) or by chemical analysis of samples appropriate to the pathway being evaluated (seesections 3, 4, and 6). The minimum standard to establish an observed release by chemical analysis is analytic al evidence of a hazardous substance in the media significantly above the background level. Further, some portion of the rel ease must be attributable to the site. Use the criteria in table 2–3 as the standard fo r determining analytical signifi cance. (The criteria in table 2–3 are also used in establishing observed contamination for the soil exposure pathway, see section 5.0.1.) Separate criteria apply to radionuclides (see section 7.1.1). Table 2–3—Observed Release Criteria for Chemical Analysis 

## Sample Measurement < Sample Quantitation Limit a 

# Page 106 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a If the sample quantitation limit (SQL) cannot be esta blished, determine if there is an observed release as follows: —If the sample analysis was performed under the EPA Contract Laboratory Program, use the EPA contract-required quantitation limit (CRQL) in place of the SQL. —If the sample analysis is not performed under the EPA Contract Laboratory Program, use the detection limit (DL) in place of the SQL. 2.4 Waste characteristics. The waste characteristics factor cate gory includes the following factors: hazardous waste quantity, toxicity, and as appropriate to the pathway or threat being evaluated, mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential. 2.4.1 Selection of substance potenti ally posing greatest hazard. For all pathways (and threats), select the hazardous substance potentiall y posing the greatest hazard for the pathway (or threat) and use that substance in evaluating the waste characteristics category of the pat hway (or threat). For the three migration pathways (and threats), base the selection of this hazardous substance on the toxicity factor value for the substance, combined with its mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor values, as applicable to the migration pathway (or threat). For the soil exposure pathway, base the selection on the toxicity factor alone. Evaluation of the toxicity factor is specified in section 2.4.1.1. Use and evaluation of the mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factors vary by pathway (or threat) and are specified under the appropriate pathw ay (or threat) section. Se ction 2.4.1.2 identifies the specific factors that are combined with to xicity in evaluating each pathway (or threat). 2.4.1.1 Toxicity factor. Evaluate toxicity for those hazardous subst ances at the site that are available to the pathway being scored. For all pathways and threat s, except the surface water environmental threat, evaluate human toxicity as specif ied below. For the surface water environmental threat, evaluate ecosystem toxicity as specified in section 4.1.4.2.1.1. Establish human toxicity factor values based on quanti tative dose-response parameters for the following three types of toxicity: • Cancer– –Use slope factors (also referred to as cancer potency factors) combined with weight-ofevidence ratings for carcinogenicity . If a slope factor is not avail able for a substance, use its ED 10 value to estimate a slope factor as follows:

• Noncancer toxicological responses of chroni c exposure– –use reference dose (RfD) values. • Noncancer toxicological responses of acute exposure– –use acute toxicity parameters, such as the LD 50 . Assign human toxicity factor values to a hazardous substance using tabl e 2–4, as follows: • If RfD and slope factor values are both available fo r the hazardous substance, assign the substance a value from table 2–4 for each. Select the higher of the two values assigned and use it as the overall toxicity factor value for the hazardous substance. • If either an RfD or slope factor value is avai lable, but not both, assign the hazardous substance an overall toxicity factor value from table 2–4 based so lely on the available value (RfD or slope factor). • If neither an RfD nor slope factor value is avail able, assign the hazardous subs tance an overall toxicity factor value from table 2–4 based solely on acute toxici ty. That is, consider acute toxicity in table 2–4 only when both RfD and slope factor values are not available. • If neither an RfD, nor slope factor, nor acute toxici ty value is available, as sign the hazardous substance 

## No observed release is established. Sample Measurement ≥Sample Quantitation Limit a 

## An observed release is established as follows: • If the background concentration is not detected (or is less than the detection limit), an observed release is established when the sample measurement equals or exceeds the sample quantitation limit. a 

## • If the background concentration equals or exceeds the detection limit, an observed release is established when the sample measurement is 3 times or more above the background concentration. 

# Page 107 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...an overall toxicity factor value of 0 and use ot her hazardous substances for which information is available in evaluating the pathway. Table 2–4—Toxicity Factor Evaluation Chronic Toxicity (Human)

Carcinogenicity (Human)

a A, B, and C refer to weight-of-evidence categorie s. Assign substances wi th a weight-of-evidence category of D (inadequate evidence of carcinogenicity) or E (evidence of lack of carcinogenicity) a value of 0 for carcinogenicity.

b SF = Slope factor. Table 2–4—Toxicity Factor Evaluation—Concluded Acute Toxicity (Human)

If a toxicity factor value of 0 is assigned to all haz ardous substances availabl e to a particular pathway (that is, insufficient toxicity data are available for evaluating all the substances ), use a default value of 100 as the overall human toxicity factor value for a ll hazardous substances avai lable to the pathway. For hazardous substances having usable to xicity data for multiple exposure routes (for exam ple, inhalation and ingestion), consider all exposure routes and use the highest assigned value, regardless of exposure route, as the toxicity factor value. For HRS purposes, assign both asbestos and lead (and it s compounds) a human toxicity factor value of 10,000. Separate criteria apply for assigning factor values for human toxicity and ecosystem toxicity for radionuclides (see sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2). 

## Reference dose (RfD) (mg/kg-day) Assigned value RfD < 0.0005 10,000 0.0005 ≤ RfD < 0.005 1,000 0.005 ≤ RfD < 0.05 100 0.05 ≤ RfD < 0.5 10 0.5 ≤ RfD 1 RfD not available 0

Weight-of-evidence a

## /slope factor (mg/kg-day) − 1 

## Assigned value ABC 0.5 ≤ SF b 

## 5 ≤ SF 50 ≤ SF 10,000 0.05 ≤ SF < 0.5 0.5 ≤ SF < 5 5 ≤ SF < 50 1,000 SF < 0.05 0.05 ≤ SF < 0.5 0.5 ≤ SF < 5 100 — — — SF < 0.05 SF < 0.5 10 Slope factor not available Slope factor not available Slope factor not available 0

Oral LD 50



## (mg/kg) Dermal LD 50 

## (mg/kg) Dust or mist LC 50 

## (mg/l) Gas or vapor LC 50 

## (ppm) Assigned value

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — LD 50 

## < 5 LD 50 

## < 2 LC 50 

## < 0.2 LC 50 

## < 20 1,000 5 ≤ LD 50 

## < 50 2 ≤ LD 50 

## < 20 0.2 ≤ LC 50 

## < 2 20 ≤ LC 50 

## < 200 100 50 ≤ LD 50 

## < 500 20 ≤ LD 50 

## < 200 2 ≤ LC 50 

## < 20 200 ≤ LC 50 

## < 2,000 10
500 ≤ LD 50 

## 200 ≤ LD 50 

## 20 ≤ LC 50 

## 2,000 ≤ LC 50 

## 1 LD 50 

## not available LD 50 

## not available LC 50 

## not available LC 50 

## not available 0 

# Page 108 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.4.1.2 Hazardous substance selection. For each hazardous substance evaluated for a migration pathway (or threat), combine the human toxicity factor value (or ecosystem toxicityfactor value) for the hazardous substance with a mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor value as follows: • Ground water migration. –Determine a combined human toxici ty/mobility factor value for t he hazardous substance (see section 3.2.1). • Surface water migration-ov erland/flood migration component. –Determine a combined human toxici ty/persistence factor value for the hazardous substance for the drinking water threat (see section 4.1.2.2.1).–Determine a combined human toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value for the hazardous substance for the human food chain threat (see section 4.1.3.2.1).–Determine a comb ined ecosystem toxicity/ persistence/bioaccumulation factor value for the hazardous substance for t he environmental threat (see section 4.1.4.2.1). • Surface water migration-ground water to surface water migration component. –Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility/persistence factor val ue for the hazardous substance for the drinking water threat (see section 4.2.2.2.1).–Determine a combined human toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccu mulation factor value for the hazardous substance for the human food chain threat (see section 4.2.3. 2.1).–Determine a combined ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioac cumulation factor value for the hazardous substance for the environmental threat (see section 4.2.4.2.1). • Air migration. –Determine a combined human toxici ty/mobility factor value for t he hazardous substance (see section 6.2.1). Determine each combined factor value for a hazardous substance by multiplyi ng the individual factor values appropriate to the pathway (or threat). For each migration pathway (or threat) being evaluated, select the hazardous substance with the highest combined factor value and use that substance in evaluating the waste characteristics factor category of the pathway (or threat). For the soil exposure pathway, select the hazardous substance with the highest human toxicity factor value from among the substances that meet the cr iteria for observed contamination for the threat evaluated and use that substanc e in evaluating the waste characteristics factor category. 2.4.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate the hazardous waste quantity factor by first assigning each source (or area of observed contam ination) a source hazardous waste quantity value as specified below. Sum these values to obtain the hazardous waste quant ity factor value for the pathway being evaluated. In evaluating the hazardous waste quantity factor fo r the three migration pathways, allocate hazardous substances and hazardous wastestreams to specific s ources in the manner specified in section 2.2.2, except: consider hazardous subst ances and hazardous wastestreams that cannot be allocated to any specific source to constitute a separate “unallocat ed source” for purposes of ev aluating only this factor for the three migration pathways. Do not, howev er, include a hazardous substance or hazardous wastestream in the unallocated source for a migration pat hway if there is definitiv e information indicating that the substance or wastestream could only have been placed in sources with a containment factor value of 0 for that migration pathway. In evaluating the hazardous waste quantity factor for the soil exposure pathway, allocate to each area of observed contamination only thos e hazardous substances that m eet the criteria for observed contamination for that area of observed contami nation and only those hazardous wastestreams that contain hazardous substances that meet the crit eria for observed contamination for that area of observed contamination. Do not consider other hazardous substanc es or hazardous wastestreams at the site in evaluating this fact or for the soil exposure pathway. 2.4.2.1 Source hazardous waste quantity. For each of the three migration pathways, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to each source (inc luding the unallocated source) having a containment factor value greater than 0 for the pathway being ev aluated. Consider the unallo cated source to have a containment factor value greater than 0 for each migration pathway. For the soil exposure pathway, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to each area of observed contamination, as applicabl e to the threat being evaluated. For all pathways, evaluate source hazardous waste quantity using the following four measures in the following hierarchy: • Hazardous constituent quantity. • Hazardous wastestream quantity. • Volume. 

# Page 109 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Area. For the unallocated source, use only the first two measures. Separate criteria apply for assigning a source haz ardous waste quantity value for radionuclides (see section 7.2.5). 2.4.2.1.1 Hazardous constituent quantity. Evaluate hazardous constituentquantity for the source (or area of observed contamination) based solely on the mass of CERCLA hazardous substances (as defined in CERCLA section 101(14), as amended) al located to the source (or area of observed contamination), except: • For a hazardous waste listed pursuant to section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq., determine its mass for the evaluation of this measure as follows: –If the hazardous waste is listed solely for Hazard Code T (toxic waste), include only the mass of constituents in the hazardous waste that are CERC LA hazardous substances and not the mass of the entire hazardous waste.–If the hazardous waste is li sted for any other Hazard Code (including T plus any other Hazard Code), include the mass of the entire hazardous waste. • For a RCRA hazardous waste that exhibits the characteristics i dentified under section 3001 of RCRA, as amended, determine its mass for the ev aluation of this measure as follows: –If the hazardous waste exhibits only the characterist ic of toxicity (or only the characteristic of EP toxicity), include only the mass of constituents in the hazardous waste that are CERCLA hazardous substances and not the mass of the entire hazardous waste.–If the hazardous waste exhibits any other characteristic identified under sect ion 3001 (including any othe r characteristic plus the characteristic of toxicity [or the characteristic of EP toxicity]) , include the mass of the entire hazardous waste. Based on this mass, designated as C, assign a val ue for hazardous constituent quantity as follows: • For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for hazardous constituent quantity using the Tier Aequation of table 2–5. • For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed contamination a value using the Tier A equation of table 5–2 (section 5.1.2.2). If the hazardous constituent quantity for the source (or area of observed contamination) is adequately determined (that is, the total mass of all CERCLA hazardous substances in the source and releases from the source [or in the area of observed contam ination] is known or is estimated with reasonable confidence), do not evaluate the other three measures discussed below. Instead assign these other three measures a value of 0 for the source (or area of observed contamination) and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.5. If the hazardous constituent quantity is not adequatel y determined, assign the source (or area of observed contamination) a value for hazardous constituent quantity based on the available data and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.2. Table 2–5—Hazardous Waste Quan tity Evaluation Equations



## Tier Measure Units Equation for assigning

value a 

## A Hazardous constituent quantity (C) lb C B b 

## Hazardous wastestream quantity (W) lb W/5,000 C b 

## Volume (V) Landfill yd 3 

## V/2,500 Surface impoundment yd 3 

## V/2.5 Surface impoundment (buried/backfilled) yd 3 

## V/2.5 Drums c 

## gallon V/500 Tanks and containers other than drums yd 3 

## V/2.5 Contaminated soil yd 3 

## V/2,500 Pile yd 3 

## V/2.5 Other yd 3 

## V/2.5 

# Page 110 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer.

b Convert volume to mass when necessary: 1 ton= 2,000 pounds=1 cubic yard=4 drums=200 gallons.

c If actual volume of drums is una vailable, assume 1 drum=50 gallons.

d Use land surface area under pile, not surface area of pile. 2.4.2.1.2 Hazardous wastestream quantity. Evaluate hazardous wastestream quantity for the source (or area of observed contaminati on) based on the mass of hazardous wastestreams plus the mass of any additional CERCLA pollutants and contaminant s (as defined in CERCLA section 101[33], as amended) that are allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination). For a wastestream that consists solely of a hazardous waste listed purs uant to section 3001 of RCRA, as amended or that consists solely of a RCRA hazardous waste that exhibits the characterist ics identified under section 3001 of RCRA, as amended, include the mass of that entire hazardous waste in the evaluation of this measure. Based on this mass, designated as W, assign a value for hazardous wastestream quantity as follows: • For the migration pathways, assi gn the source a value for hazardous wastestream quantity using the Tier B equation of table 2–5. • For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed contamination a value using the Tier B equation of table 5–2 (section 5.1.2.2). Do not evaluate the volume and area measures descri bed below if the source is the unallocated source or if the following condition applies: • The hazardous wastestream quantity for the source (or area of observed contamination) is adequately determined—that is, total mass of all hazardous wastestreams and CERCLA pollutants and contaminants for the source and rel eases from the source (or for the area of observed c ontamination) is known or is estimated wi th reasonable confidence. If the source is the unallocated source or if this condition applies, assign the volume and area measures a value of 0 for the source (or area of observed contamination) and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.5. Otherwise, assign the source (or area of observ ed contamination) a value for hazardous wastestream quantity based on the available data and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.3. 2.4.2.1.3 Volume. Evaluate the volume measure using the volume of the source (or the volume of the area of observed contamination). For the soil exposure pathway, restrict the use of the volume measure to those areas of observed contaminat ion specified in section 5.1.2.2. Based on the volume, designated as V, assign a value to the volume measure as follows: • For the migration pathways, as sign the source a value for volu me using the appropriate Tier C equation of table 2–5. • For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed contamination a va lue for volume using the appropriate Tier C equation of table 5–2 (section 5.1.2.2). If the volume of the source (or volume of the area of observed contamination, if applicable) can be determined, do not evaluate the area measure. In stead, assign the area measure a value of 0 and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.5. If the volume cannot be determined (or is not applicable for the soil exposure pathway), assign the source (or area of obs erved contamination) a value of 0 for the volume measure and proceed to section 2.4.2.1.4. 2.4.2.1.4 Area. Evaluate the area measure using the area of the source (or the area of the area of observed contamination). Based on th is area, designated as A, assign a value to the area measure as follows: • For the migration pathways, assign the source a value for area using the appropriate Tier D equation of 

## D b 

## Area (A) Landfill ft 2 

## A/3,400 Surface impoundment ft 2 

## A/13 Surface impoundment (buried/backfilled) ft 2 

## A/13 Land treatment ft 2 

## A/270 Pile d 

## ft 2 

## A/13 Contaminated soil ft 2 

## A/34,000 

# Page 111 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...table 2–5. • For the soil exposure pathway, assign the area of observed contamination a value for area using the appropriate Tier D equation of table 5–2 (section 5.1.2.2). 2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of source hazardous waste quantity value. Select the highest of the values assigned to the source (or area of observed contam ination) for the hazardous constituent quantity, hazardous wastestream quantity, volume, and area measures. Assign this value as the source hazardous waste quantity value. Do not round to the nearest integer. 2.4.2.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor value. Sum the source hazardous waste quantity values assigned to all sources (including the unalloca ted source) or areas of observed contamination for the pathway being evaluated and round this sum to the nearest integer, except: if the sum is greater than 0, but less than 1, round it to 1. Based on this value, select a hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway from table 2–6. Table 2–6—Hazardous Waste Quantity Factor Values

a If the hazardous waste quantity value is greater than 0, but less than 1, round it to 1 as specified in text.

b For the pathway, if hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately determined, assign a value as specified in the text; do not assign the value of 1. For a migration pathway, if the hazardous consti tuent quantity is adequately determined (see section 2.4.2.1.1) for all sources (or all portions of sour ces and releases remaining after a removal action), assign the value from table 2–6 as the hazardous wa ste quantity factor value for the pathway. If the hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately det ermined for one or more sources (or one or more portions of sources or releases remaining after a removal action) assign a factor value as follows: • If any target for that migration pathway is subject to Level I or Le vel II concentrations (see section 2.5), assign either the value from table 2–6 or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for that pathway. • If none of the targets for that pathway is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations, assign a factor value as follows: –If there has been no removal action, assign either the value from table 2–6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for that pathway.–If there has been a removal action: –Determine values from tabl e 2–6 with and without consideration of the removal action. –If the value that would be assigned from table 2–6 without consideration of the removal action would be 100 or greater, assign either the value from tabl e 2–6 with consideration of the removal action or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway. –If the value that would be assigned from table 2–6 without consideration of the removal action would be less than 100, assign a value of 10 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway. For the soil exposure pathway, if the hazardous co nstituent quantity is adequately determined for all areas of observed contamination, assign the val ue from table 2–6 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value. If the hazardous constituent quantity is not adequately determined for one or more areas of observed contamination, assi gn either the value from table 2–6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value. 2.4.3 Waste characteristics factor category value. Determine the waste characteristics factor category value as specified in section 2.4. 3.1 for all pathways and threats, except the surface water-human food chain threat and the surface water-environmental th reat. Determine the waste characteristics factor category value for these latter two threat s as specified in section 2.4.3.2. 2.4.3.1 Factor category value. For the pathway (or threat) being evaluated, multiply the toxicity or combined factor value, as appropriate, from sect ion 2.4.1.2 and the hazardous waste quantity factor value from section 2.4.2.2, subj ect to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this waste characteristics product, assign a waste characteristics factor category value to the pathway (or threat) from table 2–7. 

## Hazardous waste quantity value Assigned value 0 0 1 a 

## to 100 1 b 

## Greater than 100 to 10,000 100 Greater than 10,000 to 1,000,000 10,000 Greater than 1,000,000 1,000,000 

# Page 112 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 2–7—Waste Characteristics Factor Category Values

2.4.3.2 Factor category value, consi dering bioaccumulation potential. For the surface water-human food chain threat and the surface water-environmental th reat, multiply the toxicity or combined factor value, as appropriate, from section 2.4.1.2 and t he hazardous waste quantity factor value from section 2.4.2.2, subject to: • A maximum product of 1×10 12 , and • A maximum product exclusive of the bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor of 1×10 8

. Based on the total waste characteristics product, assi gn a waste characteristics factor category value to these threats from table 2–7. 2.5 Targets

. The types of targets eval uated include the following: • Individual (factor name varies by pathway and threat). • Human population. • Resources (these vary by pathway and threat). • Sensitive environments (included for al l pathways except ground water migration). The factor values that may be assigned to each type of target have the same range for each pathway for which that type of target is evaluated. The factor value for most types of targets depends on whether the target is subject to actual or potential contamination for t he pathway and whether the actual contamination is Lev el I or Level II: • Actual contamination: Target is associated either with a sampling loca tion that meets the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway or with an observed release based on direct observation for the pathway (additional criteria apply for establishing act ual contamination for the human food chain threat in the surface water mi gration pathway, see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3). sections 3 through 6 specify how to determine the ta rgets associated with a sampling location or with an observed release based on direct observation. Determine whether the actual contam ination is Level I or Level II as follows: –Level I: –Media-specific concentrations for the target m eet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway and are at or above media-specific benchmark values. These benchmark values (see section 2.5.2) include both screeni ng concentrations and concent rations specified in regulatory limits (such as Maximum Contaminant Lev el (MCL) values), or –For the human food chain threat in the surface water migration pathway, co ncentrations in tissue 

## Waste characteristics product Assigned value 0 0 Greater than 0 to less than 10 1 10 to less than 1×10 2 

## 2 1×10 2 

## to less than 1×10 3 

## 3 1×10 3 

## to less than 1×10 4 

## 6 1×10 4 

## to less than 1×10 5 

## 10 1×10 5 

## to less than 1×10 6 

## 18 1×10 6 

## to less than 1×10 7 

## 32 1×10 7 

## to less than 1×10 8 

## 56 1×10 8 

## to less than 1×10 9 

## 100 1×10 9 

## to less than 1×10 10 

## 180 1×10 10 

## to less than 1×10 11 

## 320 1×10 11 

## to less than 1×10 12 

## 560 1×10 12 

## 1,000 

# Page 113 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...samples from aquatic human food chain organisms are at or above benchmark values. Such tissue samples may be used in addition to media-specific c oncentrations only as specif ied in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. –Level II: –Media-specific concentrations for the target m eet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway, but are less than me dia-specific benchmarks. If none of the hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for the samp ling location has an applicabl e benchmark, assign Level II to the actual contamination at the sampling location, or –For observed releases based on direct observation, assign Level II to targets as specified in sections 3, 4, and 6, or –For the human food chain threat in the surface water migration pathway, co ncentrations in tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms, when applicable, are bel ow benchmark values. –If a target is subject to both Level I and Level II concentrations for a pathway (or threat), evaluate the target using Level I concentrations for that pathway (or threat). • Potential contamination: Target is subject to a pot ential release (that is, target is not associated with actual contamination for that pathway or threat). Assign a factor value for individual risk as follows (s elect the highest value that applies to the pathway or threat): • 50 points if any individual is exposed to Level I concentrations. • 45 points if any individual is exposed to Level II concentrations. • Maximum of 20 points if any indi vidual is subject to potential cont amination. The value assigned is 20 multiplied by the distance or diluti on weight appropriate to the pathway. Assign factor values for population and sensitive environments as follows: • Sum Level I targets and multiply by 10. (Level I is not used for sensitive environments in the soil exposure and air migration pathways.) • Sum Level II targets. • Multiply potential targets by distance or dilution weights appropriate to the pathway, sum, and divide by 10. Distance or dilution weighting accounts for diminishing exposure with increasing distance or dilution within the different pathways. • Sum the values for the three levels. In addition, resource value points are assigned within all pathways for welfare-related impacts (for example, impacts to agricultural land), but do notdepend on whether there is actual or potential contamination. 2.5.1 Determination of level of actual co ntamination at a sampling location. Determine whether Level I concentrations or Level II concent rations apply at a sampling location (and thus to the associated targets) as follows: • Select the benchmarks applicable to t he pathway (or threat) being evaluated. • Compare the concentrations of haz ardous substances in the sample (or comparable samples) to their benchmark concentrations for t he pathway (or threat), as s pecified in section 2.5.2. • Determine which level applies based on this comparison. • If none of the hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for the sampling location has an applicable benchmark, assign Level II to the actual contamination at that sampling location for the pathway (or threat). In making the comparison, consider only those sa mples, and only those hazardous substances in the sample, that meet the criteria for an observed re lease (or observed contami nation) for the pathway, except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chai n organisms may also be used as specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3 of the surface water-hu man food chain threat. If any hazardous substance is present in more than one comparable sample for the sampling location, use the highest concentration of that hazardous substance from any of the comparable samples in making the comparisons. Treat sets of samples that are not comparable separately and make a separate comparison for each such set. 

# Page 114 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.5.2 Comparison to benchmarks. Use the following media-specific benchmarks for making the comparisons for the indicated pathway (or threat): • Maximum Contaminant Level G oals (MCLGs)—ground water migrat ion pathway and drinking water threat in surface water mi gration pathway. Use only MCLG values greater than 0. • Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)—ground water migration pathway and drinking water threat in surface water migration pathway. • Food and Drug Administrati on Action Level (FDAAL) for fish or s hellfish—human food chain threat in surface water migration pathway. • EPA Ambient Water Quality Criteria (AWQC) for protection of aquatic life—environmental threat in surface water migration pathway. • EPA Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations (AALAC)—environmental threat in surface water migration pathway. • National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)—air migration pathway. • National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs)—air migration pathway. Use only those NESHAPs promulgated in ambient concentration units. • Screening concentration for canc er corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 individual cancer risk fo r inhalation exposures (air migration pathway) or for oral exposures (ground water migration pathway; drinking water and human food chain threats in surface water migration pathway; and soil exposure pathway). • Screening concentration for noncan cer toxicological responses corresponding to the RfD for inhalation exposures (air migration pathway) or for oral expos ures (ground water migration pathway; drinking water and human food chain threats in surface water migration pathway; and so il exposure pathway). Select the benchmark(s) applicable to the pathway (o r threat) being evaluated as specified in sections 3 through 6. Compare the concentration of each hazardous substance from the sampling location to its benchmark concentration(s) for t hat pathway (or threat). Use only those samples and only those hazardous substances in the sample that meet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway, except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may be used as specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2. 3.3. If the concentration of any applicable hazardous substance from any sample equals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, consider the sampling location to be subject to Level I concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If more than one benchmark applies to the hazardous substance, assign Level I if the concentration of the hazardous substance equals or exceeds the lowest ap plicable benchmark concentration. If no hazardous substance individually equals or exc eeds its benchmark concentration, but more than one hazardous substance either meets the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the sample (or comparable samples) or is eligib le to be evaluated for a tiss ue sample (see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3), calculate the indices I and J specified below based on these hazardous substances. For those hazardous substances that are carcino gens (that is, those having a carcinogen weight-ofevidence classification of A, B, or C), calculate an index I for the sample location as follows:

where: C i =Concentration of hazardous substance i in samp le (or highest concentrati on of hazardous substance i from among comparable samples). SC i =Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to its 10 − 6 individual cancer risk for a pplicable exposure (inhal ation or oral) for hazardous substance i. n=Number of applicable hazardous s ubstances in sample (or comparable samples) that are carcinogens and for which an SC i is available.
For those hazardous substances for which an RfD is available, calculate an index J for the sample location as follows: 

# Page 115 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...where: Cj =Concentration of hazardous substance j in samp le (or highest concentrati on of hazardous substance j from among comparable samples). CR

j =Screening concentration for noncanc er toxicological responses co rresponding to RfD for applicable exposure (inhalation or oral) for hazardous substance j. m=Number of applicable hazardous substances in sample (or comparable samples) for which a CR j is available. If either I or J equals or exceeds 1, consider the sa mpling location to be subject to Level I concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If both I and J are less than 1, consider the sampling location to be subject to Level II concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If, for the sampling location, there are sets of samples that are not comparable, calculate I and J separately for each such set, and use the highest calculated values of I and J to assign Level I and Level II. See sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2 for criteria for deter mining the level of contamination for radioactive substances. 3.0 Ground Water Migration Pathway Evaluate the ground water migrati on pathway based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. Figure 3–1 indica tes the factors included within each factor category. Determine the ground water migration pathway score (S gw ) in terms of the factor category values as follows:

where: LR=Likelihood of release factor category value. WC=Waste characteristics factor category value. T=Targets factor category value. SF=Scaling factor. Table 3–1 outlines the specif ic calculation procedure. Calculate a separate ground water migration pathway score for each aquifer, using the factor category values for that aquifer for likelihood of release, wa ste characteristics, and targets. In doing so, include both the targets using water from that aquifer and t he targets using water from all overlying aquifers through which the hazardous substanc es would migrate to reach the aquifer being evaluated. Assign the highest ground water migration pathway score that re sults for any aquifer as the ground water migration pathway score for the site. 

# Page 116 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF Table 3–1—Ground Water Migration Pathway Scoresheet


## Factor categori es and factors Maximum value Value assigned Likelihood of Release to an Aquifer: 1. Observed Release 550 ___ 2. Potential to Release: 2a. Containment 10 ___ 2b. Net Precipitation 10 ___ 2c. Depth to Aquifer 5 ___ 2d. Travel Time 35 ___ 2e. Potential to Release [lines 2a (2b+2c+2d)] 500 ___ 3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2e) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 4. Toxicity/Mobility (a) ___ 5. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 6. Waste Characteristics 100 ___ Targets: 7. Nearest Well 50 ___ 8. Population:8a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 8b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 8c. Potential Contamination (b) ___ 8d. Population (lines 8a+8b+8c) (b) ___ 9. Resources 5 ___ 

# Page 117 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.

b Maximum value not applicable.

c Do not round to nearest integer. 3.0.1 General considerations 3.0.1.1 Ground water target distance limit. The target distance limit defi nes the maximum distance from the sources at the site over which targets are eval uated. Use a target distance limit of 4 miles for the ground water migration pathway, e xcept when aquifer disc ontinuities apply (see section 3.0.1.2.2). Furthermore, consider any well with an observed release from a source at the site (see section 3.1.1) to lie within the target distance limit of the site, regardless of the well's distance from the sources at the site. For sites that consist solely of a contaminat ed ground water plume with no identified source, begin measuring the 4-mile target distance limit at the center of the area of observed ground water contamination. Determine the area of observed ground water contaminat ion based on available samples that meet the criteria for an observed release. 3.0.1.2 Aquifer boundaries. Combine multiple aquifers into a singl e hydrologic unit for scoring purposes if aquifer interconnections can be established for thes e aquifers. In contrast, restrict aquifer boundaries if aquifer discontinuities can be established. 3.0.1.2.1 Aquifer interconnections. Evaluate whether aquifer interconnections occur within 2 miles of the sources at the site. If they occur within th is 2-mile distance, co mbine the aquifers having interconnections in scoring the site. In addition, if observed ground water contam ination attributable to the sources at the site extends beyond 2 miles from the sources, use any locations within the limits of this observed ground water contamination in ev aluating aquifer interconnections. If data are not adequate to establish aquifer interconnections, ev aluate the aquifers as separate aquifers. 3.0.1.2.2 Aquifer discontinuities. Evaluate whether aquifer di scontinuities occur within the 4-mile target distance limit. An aquifer discontinui ty occurs for scoring purposes onl y when a geologic, topographic, or other structure or feature entirelytransects an aquifer within the 4-mi le target distance limit, thereby creating a continuous boundary to ground water flow wi thin this limit. If two or more aquifers can be combined into a single hydrologic unit for scori ng purposes, an aquifer discont inuity occurs only when the structure or feature entirely transects the boundaries of this single hydrologic unit. When an aquifer discontinuity is established within the 4-mile target distance limit, exclude that portion of the aquifer beyond the discontinuity in evaluating the ground water migration pathway. However, if hazardous substances have migrated across an apparent discontinuity with in the 4-mile target distance limit, do not consider this to be a discontinuity in scoring the site. 3.0.1.3 Karst aquifer. Give a karst aquifer that underlies any porti on of the sources at the site special consideration in the evaluat ion of two potential to release factors (depth to aquifer in section 3.1.2.3 and travel time in section 3.1.2.4), one waste characteri stics factor (mobility in section 3.2.1.2), and two targets factors (nearest well in section 3.3.1 and potential contamination in section 3.3.2.4). 3.1 Likelihood of release. For an aquifer, evaluate the likelihood of release factor category in terms of an observed release factor or a potential to release factor. 3.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to an aquife r by demonstrating that the site has released a hazardous substance to the aqui fer. Base this demonstration on either: • Direct observation—a material that contains o ne or more hazardous subs tances has been deposited into or has been observed entering the aquifer. • Chemical analysis—an analysis of ground water samples from the aquifer indicates that the concentration of hazardous substance(s) has increased significantly above the background concentration for the site (see secti on 2.3). Some portion of the significant increase must be attributable to the site to establish the observ ed release, except: when the source itself consists of a ground water plume with no identified source, no separate attribution is required. If an observed release can be estab lished for the aquifer, assign the aqui fer an observed release factor 

## 10. Wellhead Protection Area 20 ___ 11. Targets (lines 7+8d+9+10) (b) ___ Ground Water Migration Score for an Aquifer: 12. Aquifer Score [(lines 3x6x11)/82,500] c 

## 100 ___ Ground Water Migration Pathway Score: 13. Pathway Score (S gw 

## ), (highest value from line 12 for all aquifers evaluated) c 

## 100 ___ 

# Page 118 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...value of 550, enter this value in table 3–1, and proc eed to section 3.1.3. If an observed release cannot be established for the aquifer, assign an observed release factor value of 0, enter this value in table 3–1, and proceed to section 3.1.2. 3.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release onl y if an observed release cannot be established for the aquifer. Evaluate potential to release based on four factors: containment, net precipitation, depth to aquifer, and travel time. For sources overlying karst terrain, give any karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the sources at the site special consideration in evaluating depth to aquifer and travel time, as specified in sections 3.1.2.3 and 3.1.2.4. 3.1.2.1 Containment. Assign a containment factor value from table 3–2 to each source at the site. Select the highest containment factor value assigned to those sources with a source hazardous waste quantity value of 0.5 or more (see section 2.4.2.1.5) . (Do not include this minimum size requirement in evaluating any other factor of this pathway.) Assign this highest value as the c ontainment factor value for the aquifer being evaluated. Enter this value in Table 3–1. If no source at the site meets the minimum size requirement, then select the highest value assigned to the sources at the site and assign it as the cont ainment factor value for the aquifer being evaluated. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.1.2.2 Net precipitation. Assign a net precipitation factor val ue to the site. Figure 3–2 provides computed net precipitation factor values, based on site location. Where necessary, determine the net precipitation factor value as follows: • Determine monthly precipitati on and monthly evapotranspiration: –Use local measured monthly averages.–When local data are not available, us e monthly averages from the nearest National Oceanographic and At mospheric Administration weather station that is in a similar geographic setting. Table 3–2—Containment Fact or Values for Ground Water Migration Pathway 

## Source Assigned value All Sources (Except Surfac e Impoundments, Land Treatment, Containers, and Tanks) Evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area ( i.e. , source area includes source and any associated containment structures) 10

No liner 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area, a liner, and: (a) None of the following present: (1) maintained engineered cover, or (2) functioning and maintained run-on control system and runoff management system, or (3) functioning leachate collection and removal system immediately above liner 10

(b) Any one of the three items in (a) present 9 (c) Any two of the items in (a) present 7 (d) All three items in (a) present plus a functioning ground water monitoring system 5(e) All items in (d) present, plus no bulk or noncontainerized liquids nor materials containing free liquids deposited in source area 3
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area, double liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system above and between liners, functioning ground water monitoring system, and: (f) Only one of the following deficiencies present in containment: (1) bulk or noncontainerized liquids or materials containing free liquids deposited in source area, or (2) no or nonfunctioning or nonmaintained run-on control system and runoff management system, or (3) no or nonmaintained engineered cover 3

(g) None of the deficiencies in (f) present 0 

# Page 119 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## Source area inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate is generated, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in source area, and functioning and maintained run-on control present 0

Surface Impoundment Evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment 10 No liner 10 Free liquids present with either no diking, unsound diking, or diking that is not regularly inspected and maintained 10
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment, free liquids present, sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, adequate freeboard, and: (a) Liner 9 (b) Liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner, and functioning ground water monitoring system 5 (c) Double liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners, and functioning ground water monitoring system 3
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment and all free liquids eliminated at closure (either by removal of liquids or solidification of remaining wastes and waste residues) Evaluate using All sources criteria (with no bulk or free liquid deposited). Land Treatment Evidence of hazardous substance migration from land treatment zone 10 No functioning, maintained, run-on control and runoff management system 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from land treatment zone and: (a) Functioning and maintained run-on control and runoff management system 7 (b) Functioning and maintained run-on control and runoff management system, and vegetative cover established over entire land treatment area 5 (c) Land treatment area maintained in compliance with 40 CFR 264.280 0 Containers All containers buried Evaluate using All sources criteria. Evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area ( i.e. , container area includes containers and any associated containment structures) 10
No liner (or no essentially impervious base) under container area. 10 No diking (or no similar structure) surrounding container area 10 Diking surrounding container area unsound or not regularly inspected and maintained 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area, container area surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, and: (a) Liner (or essentially impervious base) under 9 

# Page 120 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## container area (b) Essentially impervious base under container area with liquids collection and removal system 7 (c) Containment system includes essentially impervious base, liquids collection system, sufficient capacity to contain 10 percent of volume of all containers, and functioning and maintained run-on control; plus functioning ground water monitoring system, and spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation removed in timely manner to prevent overflowof collection system, at least weekly inspection of containers, hazardous substances in leaking or deteriorating containers transferred to containers in good condition, and containers sealed except when waste is added or removed 5

(d) Free liquids present, containment system has sufficient capacity to hold total volume of all containers and to provide adequate freeboard, single liner under container area with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner, and functioning ground water monitoring system 5

(e) Same as (d) except: double liner under container area with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners 3

Containers inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate would be generated from any unsealed or ruptured containers, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in any container, and functioning and maintained run-off control present 0

No evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area, containers leaking, and all free liquids eliminated at closure (either by removal of liquid or solidification of remaining wastes and waste residues) Evaluate using All sources criteria (with no bulk or free liquid deposited). Tank Below-ground tank Evaluate using All sources criteria. Evidence of hazardous substance migration from tank area ( i.e. , tank area includes tank, ancillary equipment such as piping, and any associated containment structures) 10

Tank and ancillary equipment not provided with secondary containment (e.g., liner under tank area, vault system, double wall) 10
No diking (or no similar structure) surrounding tank and ancillary equipment 10 Diking surrounding tank and ancillary equipment unsound or not regularly inspected and maintained 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from tank area, tank and ancillary equipment surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, and: (a) Tank and ancillary equipment provided with secondary containment 9 (b) Tank and ancillary equipment provided with secondary containment with leak detection and collection system 7
(c) Tank and ancillary equipment provided with 5 

# Page 121 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF 

## secondary containment system that detects and collects spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation and has sufficient capacity to contain 110 percent of volume of largest tank within containment area, spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation removed in timely manner, at least weekly inspection of tank and secondary containment system, all leaking or unfit-for-use tank systems promptly responded to, and functioning ground water monitoring system (d) Containment system has sufficient capacity to hold volume of all tanks within tank containment area and to provide adequate freeboard, single liner under that containment area with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner, and functioning ground water monitoring system 5

(e) Same as (d) except: double liner under tank containment area with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners 3
Tank is above ground, and inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate would be generated from any material released from tank, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in any tank, and functioning and maintained run-on control present 0 

# Page 122 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF –When measured monthly evapotrans piration is not available, calculate monthly potential evapotranspiration (E i ) as follows:

E i = 0.6 F i (10 T i /I) a
where: E i =Monthly potential evapotranspi ration (inches) for month i.
F i =Monthly latitude adjusting value for month i.
T i =Mean monthly temperature ( °C) for month i.

a=6.75×10 − 7 I 3

− 7.71×10 − 5 I 2 +
1.79×10 − 2 I+0.49239 Select the latitude adjusting value fo r each month from table 3–3. For latitudes lower than 50° North or 20° South, determine the monthly latit ude adjusting value by interpolation. • Calculate monthly net precipitation by subtract ing monthly evapotranspirati on (or monthly potential evapotranspiration) from monthly precipitation. If evapotranspiration (or potential ev apotranspiration) exceeds precipitation for a month, assign t hat month a net precipitation value of 0. • Calculate the annual net precipitation by su mming the monthly net precipitation values. • Based on the annual net precipitation, assign a netprecipitation factor value from table 3–4. Enter the value assigned from Figure 3–2 or from table 3–4, as appropriate, in table 3–1. Table 3–3—Monthly Latitude Adjusting Values a 

# Page 123 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer.

b For unlisted latitudes lower than 50° North or 20 ° South, determine the la titude adjusting value by interpolation. Table 3–4—Net Precipitation Factor Values

3.1.2.3 Depth to aquifer. Evaluate depth to aquifer by determini ng the depth from the lowest known point of hazardous substances at a site to the top of the aquifer being evaluated, considering all layers in that interval. Measure the depth to an aquifer as the distance from the surface to the top of the aquifer minus the distance from the surface to the lowest known point of hazardous s ubstances eligible to be evaluated for that aquifer. In evaluat ing depth to aquifer in karst terrain, assign a thickness of 0 feet to a karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the source s at the site. Based on the calculated depth, assign a value from table 3–5 to the depth to aquifer factor. Determine the depth to aquifer only at locations within 2 miles of the sources at the site, except: if observed ground water contamination attributable to sources at the site extends more than 2 miles beyond these sources, use any location within the limits of this observed ground water contamination when evaluating the depth to aquifer factor for any aquifer that does not have an observed release. If the necessary geologic information is available at mult iple locations, calculate the depth to aquifer at each location. Use the location having the smallest depth to assign the factor value. Enter this value in table 3–1. Table 3–5—Depth to Aquifer Factor Values

a Use depth of all layers between the hazardous substanc es and aquifer. Assign a thickness of 0 feet to any karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the sources at the site. 3.1.2.4 Travel time. Evaluate the travel time factor based on the geologic materials in the interval between the lowest known point of hazardous substanc es at the site and the top of the aquifer being evaluated. Assign a value to the travel time factor as follows: • If the depth to aquifer (see section 3.1.2.3) is 10 feet or less, assign a value of 35. • If, for the interval being evaluated, all layers that und erlie a portion of the sources at the site are karst, assign a value of 35. 

## Latitude b 

## (degrees) Month Jan. Feb. March April May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. ≥ 50 N 0.74 0.78 1.02 1.15 1.33 1.36 1.37 1.25 1.06 0.92 0.76 0.70

45 N 0.80 0.81 1.02 1.13 1.28 1.29 1.31 1.21 1.04 0.94 0.79 0.75 40 N 0.84 0.83 1.03 1.11 1.24 1.25 1.27 1.18 1.04 0.96 0.83 0.81 35 N 0.87 0.85 1.03 1.09 1.21 1.21 1.23 1.16 1.03 0.97 0.89 0.85 30 N 0.90 0.87 1.03 1.08 1.18 1.17 1.20 1.14 1.03 0.98 0.89 0.88 20 N 0.95 0.90 1.03 1.05 1.13 1.11 1.14 1.11 1.02 1.00 0.93 0.94 10 N 1.00 0.91 1.03 1.03 1.08 1.06 1.08 1.07 1.02 1.02 0.98 0.99

0 1.04 0.94 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.04 10 S 1.08 0.97 1.05 0.99 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.02 1.00 1.06 1.05 1.09 20 S 1.14 0.99 1.05 0.97 0.96 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.00 1.08 1.09 1.15

Net precipitation (inches) Assigned value 0 0 Greater than 0 to 5 1 Greater than 5 to 15 3 Greater than 15 to 30 6 Greater than 30 10

Depth to aquifera 

## (feet) Assigned value Less than or equal to 25 5 Greater than 25 to 250 3 Greater than 250 1 

# Page 124 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Otherwise: –Select the lowest hydraulic conductivity layer(s) from within the above interval. Consider only layers at least 3 feet thick. However, do not consider layers or portions of layers within the first 10 feet of the depth to the aquifer.–Determine hydrau lic conductivities for i ndividual layers from table 3–6 or from insitu or laboratory tests. Use representative, m easured, hydraulic conductivity values whenever available.–If more than one layer has the same lowesthydraulic conductivity, include all such layers and sum their thicknesses. Assign a thickness of 0 feetto a karst layer that underlies any portion of the sources at the site.–Assign a value from table 3–7 to the travel time factor, based on the thickness and hydraulic conductivity of the lowesthydraulic conductivity layer(s). Table 3–6—Hydraulic Conductivity of Geologic Materials

a Do not round to nearest integer.
Table 3–7—Travel Time Factor Values a

a If depth to aquifer is 10 feet or less or if, for t he interval being evaluated, all layers that underlie a portion of the sources at the site are karst, assign a value of 35.

b Consider only layers at leas t 3 feet thick. Do not consider layers or portions of layers within the first 10 feet of the depth to the aquifer. Determine travel time only at loca tions within 2 miles of the source s at the site, except: if observed ground water contamination attribut able to sources at the site extends more than 2 miles beyond these sources, use any location within the limits of th is observed ground water c ontamination w hen evaluating the travel time factor for any aquifer that does not have an observed release. If the necessary subsurface geologic information is available at multiple locations, eval uate the travel time factor at each 

## Type of material Assigned hydraulic conductivity a 

## (cm/sec) Clay; low permeability till (compact unfractured till); shale; unfractured metamorphic and igneous rocks 10 − 8 

## Silt; loesses; silty clays; sediments that are predominantly silts; moderately permeable till (fine-grained, unconsolidated till, or compact till with some fractures); low permeability limestones and dolomites (no karst); low permeability sandstone; low permeability fractured igneous and metamorphic rocks 10 − 6



## Sands; sandy silts; sediments that are predominantly sand; highly permeable till (coarse-grained, unconsolidated or compact and highly fractured); peat; moderately permeable limest ones and dolomites (no karst); moderately permeable sandstone; moderately permeable fractured igneous and metamorphic rocks 10 − 4



## Gravel; clean sand; highly permeable fractured igneous and metamorphic rocks; permeable basalt; karst limestones and dolomites 10 − 2



## Hydraulic conductivity

(cm/sec) Thickness of lowest hydraulic conductivity layer(s) b 

## (feet) Greater than 3 to 5 Greater than 5 to 100 Greater than 100 to 500 Greater than 500 Greater than or equal to 10 − 3 

## 35 35 35 25
Less than 10 − 3 

## to 10 − 5 

## 35 25 15 15

Less than 10 − 5 

## to 10 − 7 

## 15 15 5 5

Less than 10 − 7 

## 5 5 11 

# Page 125 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...location. Use the location having the highest travel time factor value to assign the factor value for the aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.1.2.5 Calculation of potential to release factor value. Sum the factor values for net precipitation, depth to aquifer, and travel time, and multip ly this sum by the factor value for containment. Assign this product as the potential to release factor value for the aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of re lease factor category value. If an observed release is established for an aquifer, assign the observed release factor value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category value for that aquifer. Otherwise, assign the potentia l to release factor value for that aquifer as the likelihood of release value. Enter the value assigned in table 3–1. 3.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics fa ctor category for an aquifer based on two factors: toxicity/mobility and hazardous wast e quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances available to migrate from the sources at the site to ground water. Such hazardous substances include: • Hazardous substances that meet the crit eria for an observed release to ground water. • All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections 2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 3.1.2.1). 3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. For each hazardous substance, assign a toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, and a combined toxicity/mobility factor value as specified in the follow ing sections. Select the toxicity/mobility factor value for the aquifer being evaluated as specified in section 3.2.1.3. 3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in Section 2.4.1.1. 3.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a mobility factor value to each hazardous substance for the aquifer being evaluated as follows: • For any hazardous substance that meets the criter ia for an observed release by chemical analysis to one or more aquifers underlying the sources at t he site, regardless of the aquifer being evaluated, assign a mobility factor value of 1. • For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis to at least one of the aqui fers, assign that hazardous substanc e a mobility factor value from table 3–8 for the aquifer being evaluated, based on it s water solubility and di stribution coefficient (Kd ). • If the hazardous substance cannot be assigned a mobility factor value because data on its water solubility or distribution coefficient are not av ailable, use other hazardous substances for which information is available in evaluating the pathway. Table 3–8—Ground Water Mobility Factor Values a

a Do not round to nearest integer.

b Use if the hazardous substance ispresent or deposited as a liquid.

c Use if the entire interval from the source to the aquifer being evaluated is karst. • If none of the hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated can be assigned a mobility factor value, use a default value of 0.002 as the mobility fa ctor value for all these hazardous substances. Determine the water solubility to be used in table 3 –8 for the hazardous substance as follows (use this same water solubility for all aquifers): • For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis, if the hazardous substance is present or depos ited as a liquid, use the water solubility category “Present as Liquid” in table 3–8 to assign the mob ility factor value to that hazardous substance. 

## Water solubility (mg/l) Distribution coefficient (K d 

## ) (ml/g) Karst c 

## ≤ 10 >10 to 1,000 >1,000 Present as liquid b 

## 1 1 0.01 0.0001 Greater than 100 1 1 0.01 0.0001 Greater than 1 to 100 0.2 0.2 0.002 2×10 − 5 

## Greater than 0.01 to 1 0.002 0.002 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 7 

## Less than or equal to 0.01 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 9 

# Page 126 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Otherwise: –For any hazardous substance that is a metal (or me talloid) and that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical anal ysis, establish a water solubility for the hazardous substance as follows: –Determine the overall range of water solubilities fo r compounds of this hazardous substance (consider all compounds for which adequate water solubility info rmation is available, not just compounds identified as present at the site). –Calculate the geometric mean of the highest and the lowest water solubility in this range. –Use this geometric mean as the water solubilityin assigning the hazardous substance a mobility factor value from table 3–8. –For any other hazardous substance (either organic or inorganic) that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis, use the water solubility of that hazardous substance to assign a mobility factor value from tabl e 3–8 to the hazardous substance. For the aquifer being evaluated, dete rmine the distribution coefficient to be used in table 3–8 for the hazardous substance as follows: • For any hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis, if the entire interval from a source at th e site to the aquifer being evaluated is karst, use the distribution coefficient category “Karst” in table 3–8 in assigning the mobility factor value for that hazardous substance for that aquifer. • Otherwise: –For any hazardous substance that is a metal (or me talloid) and that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis , use the distribution c oefficient for the metal or (metalloid) to assign a mobility factor value from table 3–8 for t hat hazardous substance.–For any other inorganic hazardous substance that does not meet the criter ia for an observed release by chemical analysis, use the distribution coefficient for that inorganic hazardous substance, if ava ilable, to assign a mobility factor value from table 3–8. If the distributi on coefficient is not available, us e a default value of “less than 10” as the distribution coefficient, exc ept: for asbestos use a default value of “greater than 1,000” as the distribution coefficient.–For any hazardous substance that is organic and that does not meet the criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis, establish a distribution coefficient for that hazardous substance as follows: –Estimate the K d range for the hazardous substance using the following equation:
K d =(K oc )(fs )
where: K oc =Soil-water partition coefficient for organic carbon for the hazardous substance.
f s =Sorbent content (fraction of clays plus organic carbon) in the subsurface.
–Use f s values of 0.03 and 0.77 in the above equation to establish the upper and lower values of the K d range for the hazardous substance. –Calculate the geometric mean of the upper and lower K d range values. Use this geometric mean as the distribution coefficient in assi gning the hazardous substance a mobility factor value from table 3–8. 3.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3–9, based on the values assi gned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and mobility factors. Use the hazardous substance wi th the highest toxicity/mobili ty factor value for the aquifer being evaluated to assign the val ue to the toxicity/mobility factor for that aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. Table 3–9—Toxicity/Mobility Factor Values a



## Mobility factor value Toxicity factor value 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 1.0 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 0.2 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0 0.01 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0 0.002 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0 

# Page 127 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity factor value for the ground water pathway (or aquifer) as specified in section 2.4.2. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxicity/mobility and hazardous waste quantity factor values, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a value from table 2–7 (secti on 2.4.3.1) to the waste characteristics factor category. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for an aquifer based on four factors: nearest well, population, resources, and Wellhead Protection Area. Evaluate these four factors based on targets within the target distance limit spec ified in section 3.0.1.1 and the aqui fer boundaries specified in section 3.0.1.2. Determine the targets to be included in eval uating these factors for an aquifer as specified in section 3.0. 3.3.1 Nearest well. In evaluating the nearest well factor, incl ude both the drinking water wells drawing from the aquifer being evaluated and those drawing from overlying aquifers as spec ified in section 3.0. Include standby wells in evaluating this factor only if they are used for drinking water supply at least once every year. If there is an observed release by direct observation for a drinking water well within the target distance limit, assign Level II concentrations to that well. However, if one or more samples meet the criteria for an observed release for that well, determine if that well is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the hea lth-based benchmarks from table 3–10 in determining the level of contamination. Assign a value for the nearest well factor as follows: • If one or more drinking water wells is subject to Level I concentrations, assign a value of 50. • If not, but if one or more drinking water wells is subject to Level II concentrati ons, assign a value of 45. • If none of the drinking water wells is subject to Level I or Level II concent rations, assign a value as follows: –If one of the target aquifers is a karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the sources at the site and any well draws drinking water from this karst aquifer within the target distanc e limit, assign a value of 20.–If not, determine the shortest distance to any drin king water well, as measured from any source at the site with a ground water containment factor value greater than 0. Select a value from table 3–11 based on this distance. Assign it as the value for the nearest well factor. Enter the value assigned to the nearest well factor in table 3–1. Table 3–10—Health-Based Benchmarks for Ha zardous Substances in Drinking Water

Table 3–11—Nearest Well Factor Values 

## 0.0001 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 0 2×10 − 5 

## 0.2 0.02 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 0 2×10 − 7 

## 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 0 2×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 0

• Concentration corresponding to Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL). • Concentration corresponding to a nonzero Maximum Contaminant Level Goal (MCLG). • Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 

## individual cancer risk for oral exposures. • Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for oral exposures.

Distance from source (miles) Assigned value Level I concentrations a 

## 50 Level II concentrations a 

## 45 0 to 1/4 20 

# Page 128 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Distance does not apply. 3.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, include those persons served by drinking water wells within the target di stance limit specified in section 3.0.1. 1. For the aquifer being evaluated, count those persons served by wells in that aquifer and t hose persons served by wells in overlying aquifers as specified in section 3.0. Include residents, students, and workers who regularly use the water. Exclude transient populations such as customers and travelers passing through the area. Evaluate the population based on the location of the water supply wells, not on the location of residences, work places, etc. When a standby well is maintained on a regular basis so that water can be withdrawn, include it in evaluating the population factor. In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is located. In determining the population served by a well, if the water from the well is blended with other water (for example, water from other ground water wells or surface water intakes), apportion the total population regularly served by the blended system to the well base d on the well's relative contribution to the total blended system. In estimating the well's relative c ontribution, assume each well and intake contributes equally and apportion the populat ion accordingly, except: if the rela tive contribution of any one well or intake exceeds 40 percent based on average annual pumpage or capacity, estimate the relative contribution of the wells and intakes consi dering the following dat a, if available: • Average annual pumpage from the ground water wells and surface water intakes in the blended system. • Capacities of the wells and intakes in the blended system. For systems with standby ground water wells or standby surface water intakes, apportion the total population regularly served by the blended system as described above, except: • Exclude standby surface water intakes in apportioning the population. • When using pumpage data for a standby ground water well, use average pumpage for the period during which the standby well is used rather than average annual pumpage. • For that portion of the total population that c ould be apportioned to a standby ground water well, assign that portion of the population either to that standby well or to the other ground water well(s) and surface water intake(s) that serve that population; do not assign that portion of the population both to the standby well and to the other well(s) and intake(s) in the blended system. Use the apportioning that results in the highest population factor value. (Either include all standby well(s) or exclude some or all of the standby well(s) as appropriate to obtain this hi ghest value.) Note that the specific standby well(s) included or excluded and, thus, the specific apportioni ng may vary in evaluating different aquifers and in evaluating the surface water pathway. 3.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population served by wate r from a point of withdrawal based on the level of contamination for that poin t of withdrawal. Use the applicable factor: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, or poten tial contamination. If no samples meet the criteria for an observed re lease for a point of withdrawal and there is no observed release by direct observation for that point of withdrawal, evaluate t hat point of withdrawal using the potential contamination factor in section 3.3.2.4. If there is an obs erved release by direct observation, use Level II concentrati ons for that point of withdrawal. However, if one or more samples meet the criteria for an observed release for the pointof withdrawal, determine wh ich factor (Level I or Level II concentrations) applies to that point of withdrawal as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 3–10 in deter mining the level of contamination. Evaluate the point of withdrawal using the Lev el I concentrations factor in section 3.3.2.2 or the Level II concentrations factor in sect ion 3.3.2.3, as appropriate. For the potential contamination factor, use populati on ranges in evaluating the factor as specified in section 3.3.2.4. For the Level I and Level II conc entrations factors, use the population estimate, not population ranges, in evaluating both factors. 3.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people served by drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to Level I concentrations. Multiply th is sum by 10. Assign this product as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 3–1. 

## Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 18 Greater than 1/2 to 1 9 Greater than 1 to 2 5 Greater than 2 to 3 3 Greater than 3 to 4 2 Greater than 4 0 

# Page 129 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...3.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people served by drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to Level II concentrations. Do not include those people already counted under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign th is sum as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.3.2.4 Potential contamination. Determine the number of people served by drinking water from points of withdrawal subject to potentia l contamination. Do not include those people already counted under the Level I and Level II concentrations factors. Assign distance-weighted population values from table 3–12 to this population as follows: • Use the “Karst” portion of table 3–12 to assign val ues only for that portion of the population served by points of withdrawal that draw drinking water from a karst aquifer that underlies any portion of the sources at the site. –For this portion of the populati on, determine the number of people in cluded within each “Karst” distance category in table 3–12. Table 3–12—Distance-Weighted Population Va lues for Potential Contamination Factor for Ground Water Migration Pathway a

a Round the number of people present within a distanc e category to nearest integer. Do not round the 

## Distance category

(miles) Number of people within the distance category

0 1

to 10 11 to 30 31 to 100 101 to 300 301 to 1,000 1,001 to 3,000 3,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 30,000 30,001 to 100,000 100,001 to 300,000 300,001 to 1,000,000 1,000,001 to 3,000,000 Other Than Karst b 

## : 0 to 1/4 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455 Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 0 2 11 33 102 324 1,013 3,233 10,122 32,325 101,213 323,243 1,012,122

Greater than 1/2 to 1 0 1 5 17 52 167 523 1,669 5,224 16,684 52,239 166,835 522,385

Greater than 1 to 2 0 0.7 3 10 30 94 294 939 2,939 9,385 29,384 93,845 293,842

Greater than 2 to 3 0 0.5 2 7 21 68 212 678 2,122 6,778 21,222 67,777 212,219

Greater than 3 to 4 0 0.3 1 4 13 42 131 417 1,306 4,171 13,060 41,709 130,596

Karst c 

## : 0 to 1/4 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455 Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 0 2 11 33 102 324 1,013 3,233 10,122 32,325 101,213 323,243 1,012,122

Greater than 1/2 to 1 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227

Greater than 1 to 2 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227

Greater than 2 to 3 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227

Greater than 3 to 4 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227 

# Page 130 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...assigned distance-weighted populati on value to nearest integer.

b Use for all aquifers, except karst aquifers under lying any portion of the sources at the site.

c Use only for karst aquifers underlying any portion of the sources at the site. –Assign a distance-weighted populat ion value for each distance category based on the number of people included within the distance category. • Use the “Other Than Karst” portion of table 3–12 for the remainder of the population served by points of withdrawal subject to potential contamination. –For this portion of the populat ion, determine the number of people included within each “Other Than Karst” distance category in table 3–12.–Assign a distance-weighted populati on value for each distance category based on the number of people included within the distance category. Calculate the value for the potential contamination factor (PC) as follows:

where: W i =Distance-weighted population from “Other Than Karst” portion of table 3–12 for distance category i.
K i =Distance-weighted population from “Karst” po rtion of table 3–12 for distance category i. n=Number of distance categories. If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor values for Lev el I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential contaminat ion. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population factor value for the aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.3.3 Resources. To evaluate the resources factor, select t he highest value specifi ed below that applies for the aquifer being evaluated. Assign this value as t he resources factor value for the aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. Assign a resources value of 5 if water drawn from any target well for the aquifer being evaluated or overlying aquifers (as specified in section 3.0) is used for one or more of the following purposes: • Irrigation (5-acre minimum) of commerci al food crops or commercial forage crops. • Watering of commercial livestock. • Ingredient in commercial food preparation. • Supply for commercial aquaculture. • Supply for a major or designated water recreation area, excluding drinking water use. Assign a resources value of 5 if no drinking water wells are within the target distance limit, but the water in the aquifer being evaluated or any overlying aquifers (as specified in section 3.0) is usable for drinking water purposes. Assign a resources value of 0 if none of the above applies. 3.3.4 Wellhead Protection Area. Evaluate the Wellhead Protecti on Area factor based on Wellhead Protection Areas designated accordi ng to section 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended. Consider only those We llhead Protection Areas applicable to t he aquifer being eval uated or overlying aquifers (as specified in section 3.0). Select the hi ghest value below that applies. Assign it as the value for the Wellhead Protection Area factor for the aquifer being evaluated. Enter this value in table 3–1. Assign a value of 20 if either of t he following criteria applies for the aquifer being evaluated or overlying aquifers: • A source with a ground water containment factor value greater than 0 lies, either partially or fully, within or above the designated Wellhead Protection Area. 

# Page 131 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Observed ground water contamination attributable to the s ources at the site lies, ei ther partially or fully, within the designated Wellhead Protection Area. If neither criterion applies, assign a value of 5, if, within the target distance limit, there is a designated Wellhead Protection Area appl icable to the aquifer being eval uated or overlying aquifers. Assign a value of 0 if none of the above applies. 3.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. Sum the factor values for nearest well, population, resources, and Wellhead Protection Area. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Use this sum as the targets factor category value for t he aquifer. Enter this value in table 3–1. 3.4 Ground water migration score for an aquifer. For the aquifer being evaluated, multiply the factor category values for likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the re sulting value, subject to a maximum value of 100, as the ground water migration pathway score for the aquifer. Enter this score in table 3–1. 3.5 Calculation of ground water migration pathway score. Calculate a ground water migration score for each aquifer underlying the sources at the site , as appropriate. Assign the highest ground water migration score for an aquifer as the ground water migration pathway score (S gw ) for the site. Enter this score in table 3–1. 4.0 Surface Water Migration Pathway 4.0.1 Migration components. Evaluate the surface water migrat ion pathway based on two migration components: • Overland/flood migration to surface water (see section 4.1). • Ground water to surface water migration (see section 4.2). Evaluate each component based on the same three th reats: drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental threat. Score one or both components, considering their rela tive importance. If only one component is scored, assign its score as the surface water migration pathway score. If both components are scored, select the higher of the two scores and assign it as t he surface water migration pathway score. 4.0.2 Surface water categories. For HRS purposes, classify surface water into four categories: rivers, lakes, oceans, and coastal tidal waters. Rivers include: • Perennially flowing waters from point of origin to the ocean or to coastal tidal waters, whichever comes first, and wetlands contiguous to these flowing waters. • Aboveground portions of disappearing rivers. • Man-made ditches only insofar as they perennially flow into other surface water. • Intermittently flowing waters and c ontiguous intermittently fl owing ditches only in ar id or semiarid areas with less than 20 inches of mean annual precipitation. Lakes include: • Natural and man-made lakes (including impoundments) that lie along rivers, but excluding the Great Lakes. • Isolated, but perennial, lakes, ponds, and wetlands. • Static water channels or oxbow lakes contiguous to rivers. • Small rivers, without diking, that merge into surrounding perennially inundated wetlands. • Wetlands contiguous to water bodies defined here as lakes. Ocean and ocean-like water bodies include: • Ocean areas seaward from the baseline of the Te rritorial Sea. (This baseline represents the generalized coastline of the United States. It is para llel to the seaward limit of the Territorial Sea and other maritime limits such as the inner boundary of F ederal fisheries jurisdiction and the limit of States j urisdiction under the Submerged Lands Act, as amended.) 

# Page 132 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• The Great Lakes. • Wetlands contiguous to the Great Lakes. Coastal tidal waters include: • Embayments, harbors, sounds, estuaries, back bays, lagoons, wetlands, etc. seaward from mouths of rivers and landward from the basel ine of the Territorial Sea. 4.1 Overland/flood migration component. Use the overland/flood migration component to evaluate surface water threats that result from overland migrat ion of hazardous substances from a source at the site to surface water. Evaluate three types of th reats for this component: drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental threat. 4.1.1 General considerations. 4.1.1.1 Definition of hazardous substance migrati on path for overland/flood migration component. The hazardous substance migrat ion path includes both the overland segment and the in-water segment that hazardous substances would take as they migrate away from sources at the site: • Begin the overland segment at a source and proc eed downgradient to the probable point of entry to surface water. • Begin the in-water segment atthis probable point of entry. –For rivers, continue the in-water segment in the direction of flow (including any tidal flows) for the distance established by the target distance limit (see section 4.1.1.2) .–For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes, do not consider flow directi on. Instead apply the target distance limit as an arc.– If the in-water segment includes both rivers and lakes (or oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes), apply the target distance limit to their combined in-water segments. For sites that consist of contaminated sediments with no identified source , the hazardous substance migration path consists solely of the in-wat er segment specified in section 4.1.1.2. Consider a site to be in two or more watersheds for this component if two or more hazardous substance migration paths from the sources at the site do not reach a common point within the target distance limit. If the site is in more than one watershed, defi ne a separate hazardous subs tance migration path for each watershed. Evaluate the ov erland/flood migration component for each watershed separately as specified in section 4.1.1.3. 4.1.1.2 Target distance limit. The target distance limit defines the maximum distance over which targets are considered in evaluating the site. Determine a separate target distance limit for each watershed as follows: • If there is no observed release to surface water in the watershed or if there is an observed release only by direct observation (see section 4.1.2.1.1), begin m easuring the target distance limit for the watershed at the probable point of entry to surface water and extend it for 15 miles along the surface water from that point. • If there is an observed release from the site to the surface water in the watershed that is based on sampling, begin measuring the target distance lim it for the watershed at the probable point of entry; extend the target distance limit either for 15 miles along the surface water or to the most distant sample point that meets the criteria for an observed release to that watershed, whichever is greater. In evaluating the site, include only surface water targ ets (for example, intakes, fisheries, sensitive environments) that are within or contiguous to the hazardous substance migration path and located, partially or wholly, at or between the probable point of entry and the target distance limit applicable to the watershed: • If flow within the hazardous subs tance migration path is reversed bytides, evaluate upstream targets only if there is documentation that the tidal run c ould carry substances from the site as far as those upstream targets. • Determine whether targets within or contiguous to the hazardous substance mi gration path are subject to actual or potential c ontamination as follows: –If a target is located, partially or wholly, eit her at or between the probable point of entry and any sampling point that meets the criteria for an observed release to the watershed or at a point that meets the criteria for an observed release by direct observa tion, evaluate that target as subject to actual contamination, except as otherwise specified for fisheries in se ction 4.1.3.3 and for wetlands in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. If the actual contami nation is based on direct observation, assign Level II to the actual contamination. However, if the ac tual contamination is based on samp les, determine whether the actual contamination is at Level I or Lev el II concentrations as specified in sections 4.1.2.3, 4.1.3.3, and 4.1.4.3.1.–If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the target distance limit for the watershed, but not at or between the probable point of entry and an y sampling point that meets the criteria for an observed release to the watershed, nor at a point t hat meets the criteria for an observed release by direct observation, evaluate it as subject to potential contamination. 

# Page 133 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...For sites consisting solely of contaminated sedim ents with no identified source, determine the target distance limit as follows: • If there is a clearly defined dire ction of flow for the surface wate r body (or bodies) containing the contaminated sediments, begi n measuring the target distance limit at the point of observed sediment contamination that is farthest upstream (that is, at the location of the farthest available upstream sediment sample that meets the criteria for an observ ed release); extend the targetdistance limit either for 15 miles along the surface water or to the mostdistant downstream sample point that meets the criteria for an observed release to th at watershed, whichever is greater. • If there is no clearly defined direct ion of flow, begin measuring the target distance limit at the center of the area of observed sediment cont amination. Extend the target distan ce limit as an arc either for 15 miles along the surface water or to the most distant sample point that meets the criteria for an observed release to that watershed, whichever is greater. Determine the area of observed sedimentcontamination based on available samples that meet the criteria for an observed release. Note that the hazardous substance migration path for these contaminated sediment sites consists solely of the in-water segment defined by the target distance limit; there is no overland segment. For these contaminated sediment sites, include only those targets (for example, intakes, fisheries, sensitive environments) that are within or conti guous to the hazardous s ubstance migration path and located, wholly or partially, within the target distance limit for the site. Determine whether these targets are subject to actual or potent ial contamination as follows: • If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the area of observed sediment contamination, evaluate it as subject to actual cont amination, except as otherwise specifie d for fisheries in section 4.1.3.3 and wetlands in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. –If a drinking water target is subject to actual contam ination, evaluate it using Lev el II concentrations.–If a human food chain target or environmental target is su bject to actual contamination, evaluate it using Level I or Level II concentrations, as appropri ate (see sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.1.4.3.1). • If a target is located, partially or wholly, within the target distance limit for the watershed, but not within the area of observed sediment contamination, ev aluate it as subject to potential contamination. 4.1.1.3 Evaluation of overland /flood migration component. Evaluate the drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental threat for each watershed for this component based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteri stics, and targets. Figure 4–1 indicates the factors included within each factor category for each type of threat. Determine the overland/flood migration component score (S of ) for a watershed in terms of the factor category values as follows:

where: LR i =Likelihood of release factor category value for threat i (that is, drinking water, human food chain, or environmental threat). WC i =Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
T i =Targets factor category value for threat i. SF=Scaling factor. Table 4–1 outlines the specif ic calculation procedure. If the site is in only one watershed, assign the over land/flood migration score for that watershed as the overland/flood migration component score for the site. 

# Page 134 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF Table 4–1—Surface Water Overland/Flo od Migration Component Scoresheet


## Factor categori es and factors Maximum value Value assigned Drinking Water Threat Likelihood of Release: 1. Observed Release 550 ___ 2. Potential to Release by Overland Flow: 2a. Containment 10 ___ 2b. Runoff 25 ___ 2c. Distance to Surface Water 25 ___ 2d. Potential to Release by Overland Flow (lines 2a[2b+2c]) 500 ___ 3. Potential to Release by Flood: 3a. Containment (Flood) 10 ___ 3b. Flood Frequency 50 ___ 3c. Potential to Release by Flood (lines 3a×3b) 500 ___ 4. Potential to Release (lines 2d+3c, subject to a maximum of 500) 500 ___ 5. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 4) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 6. Toxicity/Persistence (a) ___ 7. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 8. Waste Characteristics 100 ___ Targets: 9. Nearest Intake 50 ___ 

# Page 135 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## 10. Population 10a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 10b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 10c. Potential Contamination (b) ___ 10d. Population (lines 10a+10b+10c) (b) ___ 11. Resources 5 ___ 12. Targets (lines 9+10d+11) (b) ___ Drinking Water Threat Score: 13. Drinking Water Threat Score ([lines 5×8×12]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___

Human Food Chain Threat Likelihood of Release: 14. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 5) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 15. Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation (a) ___ 16. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 17. Waste Characteristics 1,000 ___ Targets: 18. Food Chain Individual 50 ___ 19. Population 19a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 19b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 19c. Potential Human Food Chain Contamination (b) ___ 19d. Population (lines 19a+19b+19c) (b) ___ 20. Targets (lines 18+19d) (b) ___ Human Food Chain Threat Score: 21. Human Food Chain Threat Score ([lines 14×17×20]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___

Environmental Threat Likelihood of Release: 22. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 5) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 23. Ecosystem Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation (a) ___ 24. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 25. Waste Characteristics 1,000 Targets: 26. Sensitive Environments 26a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 26b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 26c. Potential Contamination (b) ___ 26d. Sensitive Environments (lines 26a+26b+26c) (b) 27. Targets (value from line 26d) (b) Environmental Threat Score: 28. Environmental Threat Score ([lines 22×25×27]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 60 ___ 

# Page 136 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.

b Maximum value not applicable.

c Do not round to nearest integer. If the site is in more than one watershed: • Calculate a separate overland/flood migration com ponent score for each watershed, using likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets applicable to each watershed. • Select the highest overland/flood migration co mponent score from the watersheds evaluated and assign it as the overland/flood migration component score for the site. 4.1.2 Drinking water threat. Evaluate the drinking water threat for each watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.1.2.1 Drinking water threat—likelihood of release. Evaluate the likelihood of release factor category for each watershed in terms of an observed rel ease factor or a potential to release factor. 4.1.2.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to surface water for a watershed by demonstrating that the site has released a hazardous substance to the surface water in the watershed. Base this demonstration on either: • Direct observation: –A material that contains one or more hazardous substances has been s een entering surface water through migration or is known to have entered surface water through direct deposition, or–A source area has been flooded at a time that hazardous subst ances were present, and one or more hazardous substances were in contact with the flood waters, or–When evidence su pports the inference of a release of a material that contains one or more hazard ous substances by the site to surface water, demonstrated adverse effects associated with that release may also be used to establish an observed release. • Chemical analysis: –Analysis of surface water, benthic, or sediment samples indicates that t he concentration of hazardous substance(s) has increased significantly above the backg round concentration for the site for that type of sample (see section 2.3). –Limit comparisons to similar types of samples and background concentrations—for example, compare surface water samples to surface water background concentrations. –For benthic samples, limit comparison s to essentially sessile organisms. –Some portion of the significant increase must be a ttributable to the site to establish the observed release, except: when the site itself consists of contaminated sediments with no identified source, no separate attribution is required. If an observed release can be established for a wate rshed, assign an observed release factor value of 550 to that watershed, enter this value in tabl e 4–1, and proceed to section 4.1.2.1.3. If no observed release can be established for the watershed, assign an observed release factor value of 0 to that watershed, enter this value in table 4–1, and proceed to section 4.1.2.1.2. 4.1.2.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release onl y if an observed release cannot be established for the watershed. Evaluate potential to release based on two components: potential to release by overland flow (see section 4.1.2.1.2.1) and potent ial to release by flood (see section 4.1.2.1.2.2). Sum the values for these two components to obtain the potential to release factor value for the watershed, subject to a maximum value of 500. 

## 60) Surface Water Overland/Flood Migration Component Score for a Watershed 29. Watershed Score c 

## (lines 13+21+28, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___ Surface Water Overland/Flood Migration Component Score 30. Component Score (S of 

## ) c 

## (highest score from line 29 for all watersheds evaluated, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___ 

# Page 137 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.1.2.1.2.1 Potential to releas e by overland flow. Evaluate potential to release by overland flow for the watershed based on three factors: containm ent, runoff, and distance to surface water. Assign potential to release by overland fl ow a value of 0 for the watershed if: • No overland segment of the hazardous substanc e migration path can be defined for the watershed, or • The overland segment of the haz ardous substance migration path for the watershed exceeds 2 miles before surface water is encountered. If either condition applies, enter a value of 0 in t able 4–1 and proceed to section 4.1.2.1.2.2 to evaluate potential to release by flood. If neither applies, proc eed to section 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 to evaluate potential to release by ov erland flow. 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 Containment. Determine the containment factor va lue for the watershed as follows: • If one or more sources is located in surface water in the watershed (for example, intact sealed drums in surface water), assign the containment factor a value of 10 for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. • If none of the sources is located in surface water in the watershed, assign a containment factor value from table 4–2 to each source at the site that can potentially release hazardous substances to the hazardous substance migrat ion path for this watershed. Assign t he containment factor value for the watershed as follows: –Select the highest containment factor value assi gned to those sources that meet the minimum size requirement described below. Assign this highest value as the cont ainment factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1.–If, for this watershed, no source at the site meets the minimum size requirement, then select the hi ghest containment factor value assigned to the sources at the site eligible to be evaluated for this watershed and assi gn it as the containment factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. Asource meets the minimum size requirement if it s source hazardous waste quantity value (see section 2.4.2.1.5) is 0.5 or more. Do not include the minimum size requirement in evaluating any other factor of this surface water migration component, except potent ial to release by flood as specified in section 4.1.2.1.2.2.3. 4.1.2.1.2.1.2 Runoff. Evaluate runoff based on three components: rainfall, drainage area, and soil group. Table 4–2—Containment Fact or Values for Surface Water Migration Pathway 

## Source Assigned value All Sources (Except Surfac e Impoundments, Land Treatment, Containers, and Tanks) Evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area ( i.e. , source area includes source and any associated containment structures). 10
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area and: (a) Neither of the following present: (1) maintained engineered cover, or (2) functioning and maintained run-on control system and runoff management system 10

(b) Any one of the two items in (a) present 9 (c) Any two of the following present: (1) maintained engineered cover, or (2) functioning and maintained run-on control system and runoff management system, or (3) liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system immediately above liner 7

(d) All items in (c) present 5(e) All items in (c) present, plus no bulk or noncontainerized liquids nor materials containing free liquids deposited in source area. 3
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from source area, double liner with functioning leachate 

# Page 138 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## collection and removal system above and between liners, and: (f) Only one of the following deficiencies present in containment: (1) bulk or noncontainerized liquids or materials containing free liquids deposited in source area, or (2) no or nonfunctioning or nonmaintained run-on control system and runoff management system, or (3) no or nonmaintained engineered cover 3

(g) None of the deficiencies in (f) present. 0 Source area inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate is generated, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in source area, and functioning and maintained run-on control present Surface Impoundment Evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment 10 Free liquids present with either no diking, unsound diking, or diking that is not regularly inspected and maintained 10
No evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment, free liquids present, sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, adequate freeboard, and: (a) No liner 9 (b) Liner 7 (c) Liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner 5 (d) Double liner with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners 3 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from surface impoundment and all free liquids eliminated at closure (either by removal of liquids or solidification of remaining wastes and waste residues) Evaluate using All Sources criteria (with no bulk or free liquids deposited). Land Treatment Evidence of hazardous substance migration from land treatment zone 10 No functioning and maintained run-on control and runoff management system 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from land treatment zone and: (a) Functioning and maintained run-on control and runoff management system 7 (b) Functioning and maintained run-on control and runoff management system, and vegetative cover established over entire land treatment area 5

(c) Land treatment area maintained in compliance with 40 CFR 264.280 0 Containers All containers buried Evaluate using All Sources criteria. Evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area ( i.e. , container area includes containers and any associated containment structures) 10 

# Page 139 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## No diking (or no similar structure) surrounding container area 10 Diking surrounding container area unsound or not regularly inspected and maintained 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area and container area surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained 9

No evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area, container area surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, and: 9

(a) Essentially impervious base under container area with liquids collection and removal system 7 (b) Containment system includes essentially impervious base, liquids collection system, sufficient capacity to contain 10 percent of volume of all containers, and functioning and maintained run-on control; and spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation removed in timely manner to prevent overflow of collection system, at least weekly inspection of containers, hazardous substances in leaking or deteriorating containers transferred to containers in good condition, and containers sealed except when waste is added or removed 5

(c) Free liquids present, containment system has sufficient capacity to hold total volume of all containers and to provide adequate freeboard, and single liner under container area with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner 5

(d) Same as (c) except: double liner under container area with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners 3

Containers inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate would be generated from any unsealed or ruptured containers, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in any container, and functioning and maintained run-on control present 0

No evidence of hazardous substance migration from container area, containers leaking, and all free liquids eliminated at closure (either by removal of liquids or solidification of remaining wastes and waste residues) Evaluate using All Sources criteria (with no bulk or free liquids deposited). Tank Below-ground tank Evaluate using All Sources criteria Evidence of hazardous substance migration from tank area ( i.e. , tank area includes tank, ancillary equipment such as piping, and any associated containment structures) 10

No diking (or no similar structure) surrounding tank and ancillary equipment 10 Diking surrounding tank and ancillary equipment unsound or not regularly inspected and maintained 10 No evidence of hazardous substance migration from 9 

# Page 140 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Rainfall. Determine the 2-year, 24-hour rainfall for the site. Use site-spec ific, 2-year, 24-hour rainfall data if records are available for at least 20 years. If such site-specific data are not available, estimate the 2- year, 24-hour rainfall for the site from a rainfall-frequency map. Do not round the rainfall value to the nearest integer. Drainage area. Determine the drainage area for the s ources at the site. Include in this drainage area both the source areas and the area upgradient of the sources, but exclude any portion of this drainage area for which runoff is diverted from entering the so urces by storm sewers or run-on control and/or runoff management systems. Assign a drainage area value for the watershed from table 4–3. Soil group. Based on the predominant soil group with in the drainage area described above, assign a soil group designation for the watershed from table 4–4 as follows: • Select the predominant soil group as that type wh ich comprises the largest total area within the applicable drainage area. • If a predominant soil group cannot be delineated, sele ct that soil group in the drainage area that yields the highest value for the runoff factor. Calculation of runoff factor value. Assign a combi ned rainfall/runoff value for the watershed from table 4– 5, based on the 2-year, 24-hour rainfall and the soil group designation. Determine the runoff factor value for the watershed from table 4–6, based on the rainfall/runoff and drainage area values. Enter the runoff factor value in table 4–1. Table 4–3—Drainage Area Values 

## tank area and tank and ancillary equipment surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained No evidence of hazardous substance migration from tank area, tank and ancillary equipment surrounded by sound diking that is regularly inspected and maintained, and: (a) Tank and ancillary equipment provided with secondary containment (e.g., liner under tank area, vault system, double-wall) with leak detection and collection system 7

(b) Tank and ancillary equipment provided with secondary containment system that detects and collects spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation and has sufficient capacity to contain 110 percent of volume of largest tank within containment area, spilled or leaked hazardous substances and accumulated precipitation removed in a timely manner, at least weekly inspection of tank and secondarycontainment system, and all leaking or unfit-foruse tank systems promptly responded to 5

(c) Containment system has sufficient capacity to hold total volume of all tanks within the tank containment area and to provide adequate freeboard, and single liner under tank containment area with functioning leachate collection and removal system below liner 5

(d) Same as (c) except: double liner under tank containment area with functioning leachate collection and removal system between liners 3
Tank is above ground, and inside or under maintained intact structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither runoff nor leachate would be generated from any material released from tank, liquids or materials containing free liquids not deposited in any tank, and functioning and maintained run-on control present 0 

# Page 141 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 4–4—Soil Group Designations

Table 4–5—Rainfall/Runoff Values

Table 4–6—Runoff Factor Values

4.1.2.1.2.1.3 Distance to surface water. Evaluate the distance to surface water as the shortest distance, along the overland segment, from any source with a surface water containment factor value greater than 0 to either the mean high water level for tidal waters or the mean water level for other surface waters. Based on this distance, assign a val ue from table 4–7 to the distance to surface water factor for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.1.2.1.4 Calculation of factor value for potential to release by overland flow. Sum the factor values for runoff and distance to surface water for the watershed and multiply this sum by the factor value for containment. Assign the resulting product as the factor value for potential to rel ease by overland flow for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.1.2.2 Potential to release by flood. Evaluate potential to release by flood for each watershed as the product of two factors: containment (flood) and flood frequency. Evaluate potential to release by flood separately for each source that is within the watershed. Furthermore, for each source, evaluate potential to release by flood separately for each category of floodplai n in which the source lies. (See section 4.1.2.1.2.2.2 for the appl icable floodplain categories.) Calculat e the value for the potential to release by flood factor as specified in 4.1.2.1.2.2.3. 

## Drainage area (acres) Assigned value Less than 50 1 50 to 250 2 Greater than 250 to 1,000 3 Greater than 1,000 4

Surface soil description Soil group designation Coarse-textured soils with high infiltration rates (for example, sands, loamy sands) A Medium-textured soils with moderate infiltration rates (for example, sandy loams, loams) B Moderately fine-textured soils with low infiltration rates (for example, silty loams, silts, sandy clay loams) C Fine-textured soils with very low infiltration rates (for example, clays, sandy clays, silty clay loams, clay loams, silty clays); or impermeable surfaces (for example, pavement) D

2-Year, 24-hour rainfall (inches) Soil group designation ABCD Less than 1.0 0 0 2 3 1.0 to less than 1.5 0 1 2 3 1.5 to less than 2.0 0 2 3 4 2.0 to less than 2.5 1 2 3 4 2.5 to less than 3.0 2 3 4 4 3.0 to less than 3.5 2 3 4 5 3.5 or greater 3 4 5 6

Drainage area value Rainfall/runoff value 0123 4 5 6 1 0001 1 1 1 2 0011 2 3 4 3 0 0 1 3 7 11 15 4 0 1 2 7 17 25 25 

# Page 142 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.1.2.1.2.2.1 Containment (flood). For each source within the watershed, separately evaluate the containment (flood) factor for each category of floodpl ain in which the source is partially or wholly located. Assign a containment (fl ood) factor value from table 4–8 to each floodplain ca tegory applicable to that source. Assign a containment (flood) factor value of 0 to each floodplain category in which the source does not lie. 4.1.2.1.2.2.2 Flood frequency. For each source within the watershed, separately evaluate the flood frequency factor for each category of floodplain in which the source is partially or wholly located. Assign a flood frequency factor value from table 4–9 to each floodplain category in which the source is located. 4.1.2.1.2.2.3 Calculation of factor value for potential to release by flood. For each source within the watershed and for each category of floodplain in which the source is partially or w holly located, calculate a separate potential to release by flood factor val ue. Calculate this value as the product of the containment (flood) value and the flood frequency va lue applicable to the s ource for the floodplain category. Select the highest value calculated for thos e sources that meet the minimum size requirement specified in section 4.1.2.1.2.1.1 and assign it as the value for the potential to release by flood factor for the watershed. However, if, for this watershed, no source at the site meets the minimum size requirement, select the highest value calculated for the sources at the si te eligible to be evaluated for this watershed and assign it as the value for this factor. Table 4–7—Distance to Surface Water Factor Values

Table 4–8—Containment (F lood) Factor Values

Table 4–9—Flood Frequency Factor Values

Enter this highest potential to release by flood factor value for the watershed in table 4–1, as well as the values for containment (flood) and flood frequency that yi eld this highest value. 4.1.2.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value. Sum the factor values assigned to the watershed for potential to release by overland flow and potential to release by flood. Assign this sum as the potential to release factor value for the waters hed, subject to a maximum value of 500. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-lik elihood of release factor category value. If an observed release is established for the watershed, assign t he observed release factor value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category value for that wa tershed. Otherwise, assign the potential to release factor value for that watershed as the likelihood of release factor category value for that watershed. Enter the value assigned in table 4–1. 4.1.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: toxicity/p ersistence and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances thatare available to migrate from the sources at the site to surface water in the watershed via the ov erland/flood hazardous substance migration path for the watershed 

## Distance Assigned value Less than 100 feet 25 100 feet to 500 feet 20 Greater than 500 feet to 1,000 feet 16 Greater than 1,000 feet to 2,500 feet 9 Greater than 2,500 feet to 1.5 miles 6 Greater than 1.5 miles to 2 miles 3

Containment criteria Assigned value Documentation that containment at the source is designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to prevent a washout of hazardous substances by the flood being evaluated 0

Other 10

Floodplain category Assigned value Source floods annually 50 Source in 10-year floodplain 50 Source in 100-year floodplain 25 Source in 500-year floodplain 7 None of above 0 

# Page 143 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(see section 4.1.1.1). Such hazardous substances include: • Hazardous substances that meet the criteria for an observed release to surface water in the watershed. • All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a surface water containment factor value greater than 0 for the watershed (see sections 2. 2.2, 2.2.3, 4.1.2.1.2.1.1, and 4.1.2.1.2.2.1). 4.1.2.2.1 Toxicity/persistence. For each hazardous substance, assign a toxicity factor value, a persistence factor value, and a combined toxicity/persistence factor value as specified in sections 4.1.2.2.1.1 through 4.1.2.2.1.3. Select the toxicity/ persistence factor value for the watershed as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.3. 4.1.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. 4.1.2.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to each hazardous substance. In assigning this value, evaluate persistence bas ed primarily on the half-life of the hazardous substance in surface water and secondarily on the sorption of the hazardous s ubstance to sediments. The half-life in surface water is defined for HRS purposes as the time requi red to reduce the initial concentration in surface water by one-half as a result of the combined decayprocesses of biodegradation, hydrolysis, photolysis, and volatilization. Sorption to sediments is eval uated for the HRS based on the logarithm of the noctanol-water partiti on coefficient (log K ow ) of the hazardous substance. Estimate the half-life (t 1/2 ) of a hazardous substance as follows:

where: h=Hydrolysis half-life. b=Biodegradation half-life. p=Photolysis half-life. v=Volatilization half-life. If one or more of these four component half-lives cannot be estimated for t he hazardous substance from available data, delete that component half-life from the above equation. If none of these four component half-lives can be estimated for the hazardous subst ance from available data, use the default procedure indicated below. Estimate a half-life for the hazardous substance for la kes or for rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, and Great Lakes, as appropriate. If a half-life can be estimate d for a hazardous substance: • Assign that hazardous substance a persistence factor value from the appropriate portion of table 4–10 (that is lakes; or rivers, oceans, co astal tidal waters, and Great Lakes). • Select the appropriate portion of table 4–10 as follows: –If there is one or more drinking water intakes along the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed, select the nearest drinking water intake as measured from the probable point of entry. If the in-water segment between the probable point of entryand this selected intake includes both lakes and other water bodies, use the lakes portion of table 4– 10 only if more than half the distance to this selected intake lies in lake(s). Otherwise, use the rivers, oceans, coastal ti dal waters, and Great Lakes portion of table 4–10. For contaminated sediment s with no identified source, use the point where measurement begins (see section 4.1.1.2) rather than the probable point of entry.–If there are no drinking water intakes but there are intakes or points of use for any of the resource types listed in section 4.1.2.3.3, select the nearest such intake or point of use. Select the portion of table 4–10 based on this intake or point of use in the manner specified for drinking water intakes.–If there are no drinking water intakes and no specified resource intakes and points of use, but there is another type of resource listed in section 4.1.2.3.3 (for example, the water is usable for drinking water purposes even though not used), select the portion of table 4–10 based on the nearest po int of this resource in the manner specified for drinking water intakes. Table 4–10—Persistence Factor Values—Half-Life



## Surface water category Substance half-life (days) Assigned value a 

## Rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, Less than or equal to 0.0007 

# Page 144 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. If a half-life cannot be estimated for a hazardous subs tance from available data, use the following default procedure to assign a persistence factor value to that hazardous substance: • For those hazardous substances that are metals (or metalloids), assign a persistence factor value of 1 as a default for all surface water bodies. • For other hazardous substances (both organic and inorganic), assign a persistence factor value of 0.4 as a default for rivers, oceans, coas tal tidal waters, and Great Lakes, and a persistence factor value of 0.07 as a default for lakes. Select the appropriate va lue in the same manner s pecified for using table 4– 10. Use the persistence factor value assigned based on half-life or the default procedure unless the hazardous substance can be assi gned a higher factor value from Table 4–11, based on its Log K ow . If a higher value can be assigned from table 4–11, assign th is higher value as the persistence factor value for the hazardous substance. Table 4–11—Persistence Factor Values—Log K ow

a Use for lakes, rivers, oceans, coastal tidal wate rs, and Great Lakes. Do not round to nearest integer. 4.1.2.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/persistence factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence factor value from table 4–12, based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and persistence factors. Use the hazardous subs tance with the highest toxicity/persistence factor value for the watershed to assign the toxicity/persistence factor value for the drinking water threat for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed as specified in section 2.4.2. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxicity/persistence and hazardous waste quantity factor values for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a value from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the drinking water threat-waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. Table 4–12—Toxicity/Persistence Factor Values a 

## and Great Lakes 0.2 Greater than 0.2 to 0.5 Greater than 0.5 to 1.5 Greater than 1.5 0.07 0.4

1

Lakes Less than or equal to 0.02 Greater than 0.02 to 2 Greater than 2 to 20 Greater than 20 0.0007 0.07

0.4

1

Log K ow 

## Assigned value a 

## Less than 3.5 0.0007 3.5 to less than 4.0 0.07 4.0 to 4.5 0.4 Greater than 4.5 1

Persistence factor value Toxicity factor value 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 1.0 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 0.4 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0 0.07 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0 0.0007 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.0007 0 

# Page 145 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.1.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for each watershed based on three factors: nearest intake, population, and resources. To evaluate the nearest intake and population factors, determine whether the target surface water intakes are subject to actual or potential contaminat ion as specified in section 4.1.1.2. Use either an observed release based on direct observation at the intake or the exposure concentrations from samples (or comparable samples) taken at or beyond the in take to make this determination (see section 4.1.2.1.1). The exposure concentrations for a sample (that is, surface water, benthic, or sediment sample) consist of the concentrati ons of those hazardous substances present that are significantly above background levels and attributable at least in part to the site (that is, those hazardous substance concentrations that meet the cr iteria for an observed release). When an intake is subject to actual contamination, evaluate it using Level I concentrations or Level II concentrations. If the actual contam ination is based on an observed rel ease by direct observation, use Level II concentrations for that intake. However, if the actual contamination is based on an observed release from samples, determine which level appl ies for the intake by comparing the exposure concentrations from samples (or comparable sample s) to health-based benchmarks as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 3–10 (section 3.3.1) in determining the level of contamination from samp les. For contaminated sedi ments with no identified source, evaluate the actual cont amination using Level II concent rations (see section 4.1.1.2). 4.1.2.3.1 Nearest intake. Evaluate the nearest intake factor based on the drinking water intakes along the overland/flood hazardous subst ance migration path for the watershed. Include standby intakes in evaluating this factor only if they are used for supply at least once a year. Assign the nearest intake factor a value as follows and enter the value in table 4–1: • If one or more of these drinking water intakes is subject to Level I concentrations as specified in section 4.1.2.3, assign a factor value of 50. • If not, but if one or more of these drinking water intakes is subject to Level II concentrations, assign a factor value of 45. • If none of these drinking water intakes is subject to Level I or Level II co ncentrations, determine the nearest of these drinking water intakes, as measured from the probable point of entry (or from the point where measurement begins for cont aminated sediments with no ident ified source). Assign a dilution weight from table 4–13 to this intake, based on the ty pe of surface water body in which it is located. Multiply this dilution weight by 20, round the product to the nearest integer, and assign it as the factor value. Assign the dilution weight from table 4–13 as follows: Table 4–13—Surface Water Dilution Weights 

## Type of surface water body a 

## Assigned dilution weight b 

## Descriptor Flow characteristics Minimal stream Less than 10 cfs c 

## 1 Small to moderate stream 10 to 100 cfs 0.1 Moderate to large stream Greater than 100 to 1,000 cfs 0.01 Large stream to river Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 cfs 0.001 Large river Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 cfs 0.0001 Very large river Greater than 100,000 cfs 0.00001 Coastal tidal waters d 

## Flow not applicable, depth not applicable 0.0001 Shallow ocean zone e 

## or Great Lake Flow not applicable, depth less than 20 feet 0.0001 Moderate depth ocean zone e 

## or Great Lake Flow not applicable, depth 20 to 200 feet 0.00001 Deep ocean zone e 

## or Great Lake Flow not applicable, depth greater than 200 feet 0.000005 3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river 10 cfs or greater 0.5 

# Page 146 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Treat each lake as a separate type of water body and assign a dilution weight as specified in text.

b Do not round to nearest integer.

c cfs = cubic feet per second.

d Embayments, harbors, sounds, estuaries, back bays, lagoons, wetlands, etc., s eaward from mouths of rivers and landward from baseline of Territorial Sea.

e Seaward from baseline of Territoria l Sea. This baseline represents the generalized U.S. coastline. It is parallel to the seaward limit of the Territorial Sea and other maritime limits such as the inner boundary of the Federal fisheries juri sdiction and the limit of States juri sdiction under the Submerged Lands Act, as amended. • For a river (that is, surface water body types specified in table 4–13 as minimal stream through very large river), assign a dilution weight based on the average annual flow in the river at the intake. If available, use the average annual disc harge as defined in the U.S. Geological Survey Water Resources Data Annual Report. Otherwise, estimate the average annual flow. • For a lake, assign a dilution weight as follows: –For a lake that has surface water flow entering t he lake, assign a dilution weight based on the sum of the average annual flows for the surface water bodies ent ering the lake up to the point of the intake.–For a lake that has no surface water flow entering, but that does have surface wate r flow leaving, assign a dilution weight based on the sum of the average annual flows for the surface wa ter bodies leaving the lake.–For a closed lake (that is, a lake without surfac e water flow entering or l eaving), assign a dilution weight based on the average annual ground water flow into the lake, if available, using the dilution weight for the corresponding river flow rate in table 4–13. If not available, assi gn a default dilution weight of 1. • For the ocean and the Great Lakes, assign a dilution weight based on depth. • For coastal tidal waters, assi gn a dilution weight of 0.0001; do not consider depth or flow. • For a quiet-flowing river that has average annual flow of 10 cubic feet per second (cfs) or greater and that contains the probable point of entry to surface water, apply a zone of mixing in assigning the dilution weight: –Start the zone of mixing at the probable point of ent ry and extend it for 3 miles from the probable point of entry, except: if the surface water characteristic s change to turbulent within this 3-mile distance, extend the zone of mixing only to the point at which the change occurs.–Assign a dilution weight of 0.5 to any intake that lies within this zone of mixing.–B eyond this zone of mixing, assign a dilution weight the same as for any other river (that is, assign the dilution weight based on av erage annual flow).–Treat a quiet-flowing river with an average annual flow of less than 10 cfs the sa me as any other river (that is, assign it a dilution weight of 1). In those cases where water flows from a surface wa ter body with a lower assigned dilution weight (from table 4–13) to a surface water body with a higher as signed dilution weight (that is, water flows from a surface water body with more dilution to one with less dilution), use the lower a ssigned dilution weight as the dilution weight for the latter surface water body. 4.1.2.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, include only persons served by drinking water drawn from intakes that are along the overland/fl ood hazardous substance migration path for the watershed and that are within the target distance limi t specified in section 4.1.1.2. Include residents, students, and workers who regularly use the water. Exclude transient populations such as customers and travelers passing through the area. When a standby in take is maintained on a regular basis so that water can be withdrawn, include it in evaluating the population factor. In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is located. In estimating the population served by an intake, if the water from the intake is blended with other water (for example, water from other surface water in takes or ground water wells), apportion the total population regularly served by the blended system to the intake based on the intake's relative contribution to the total blended system. In estimati ng the intake's relative contribution, assume each well or intake contributes equally and apportion th e population accordingly, ex cept: if the relative contribution of any one intake or well exc eeds 40 percent based on average annual pumpage or capacity, estimate the relative co ntribution of the wells and intakes considering the following data, if available: • Average annual pumpage from the ground water wells and surface water intakes in the blended system. • Capacities of the wells and intakes in the blended system. 

# Page 147 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...For systems with standby surface water intakes or standby ground water wells, apportion the total population regularly served by the blended system as described above, except: • Exclude standby ground water wells in apportioning the population. • When using pumpage data for a standby surface water intake, use average pumpage for the period during which the standby intake is used rather than average annual pumpage. • For that portion of the total population that c ould be apportioned to a standby surface water intake, assign that portion of the population ei ther to that standby intake or to the other surface water intake(s) and ground water well(s) that serve that population; do not assign that portion of the population both to the standby intake and to the other intake(s) and well(s) in the blended system. Use the apportioning that results in the highest population factor value. (Either include all standby intake(s) or exclude some or all of the standby intake(s) as appropriate to obtain this highest value.) Note that the specific standby intake(s) included or excluded and, thus, the specific apportioning may vary in evaluating different watersheds and in evaluating the ground water pathway. 4.1.2.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population factor bas ed on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II conc entrations, and potential contamination. Determine which factor applies for an intake as specified in section 4.1.2.3. Evaluate in takes subject to Level I c oncentration as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.2, intakes subject to Level II conc entration as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.3, and intakes subject to potential contamination as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.4. For the potential contamination factor, use populati on ranges in evaluating the factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.4. For the Level I and Level II concentrations factors, use the population estimate, not population ranges, in evaluating both factors. 4.1.2.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people served by drinking water from intakes subject to Level I concentrations. Mult iply this sum by 10. Assign this product as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people served by drinking water from intakes subject to Level II concentrations. Do not in clude people already counted under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign this su m as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.3.2.4 Potential contamination. For each applicable type of surface water body in table 4–14, first determine the number of people served by drinking wate r from intakes subject to potential contamination in that type of surface water body. Do not incl ude those people already c ounted under the Level I and Level II concentrations factors. Table 4–14—Dilution-Weighted Population Values for Potential Contamination Factor For Surface Water Migration Pathway a 

## Type of surface

water body b 

## Number of people

0 1 to 10 11 to 30 31 to 100 101 to 300 301 to 1,000 1,001 to 3,000 3,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 30,000 30,001 to 100,000 100,001 to 300,000 300,001 to 1,000,000 1,000,001 to 3,000,000 3,000,001 to 10,000,000 Minimal stream (<10 cfs) 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455 5,213,590

Small to moderate stream (10 to 100 cfs) 0 0.4 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,136 163,245 521,359

Moderate to large stream (>100 to 1,000 cfs) 0 0.04 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,136

Large stream to river (>1,000 to 10,000 cfs) 0 0.004 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521 1,632 5,214

Large river (>10,000 0 0 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521 

# Page 148 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Round the number of people to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned dilution-weighted population value to nearest integer.

b Treat each lake as a separate type of water bodyand assign it a dilution-weighted population value using the surface water body type with the samedilution-weighted from table 4–13 as the lake. If drinking water is withdrawn from coastal tidal water or the ocean, assign a dilution-weighted population value to it using the surface water body type with the sa me dilution weight from table 4–13 as the coastal tidal water or the ocean zone. For each type of surface water body, assign a diluti on-weighted population value from table 4–14, based on the number of people included for that type of surface water body. (Note that the dilution-weighted population values in table 4–14 incorporate the dilu tion weights from table 4–13. Do not multiply the values from table 4–14 bythese dilution weights.) Calculate the value for the potential contaminati on factor (PC) for the watershed as follows:

where: W i =Dilution-weighted populati on from table 4–14 for surface water body type i. n=Number of different surface water body types in the watershed. If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value for the potentia l contamination factor in table 4–1. 

## to 100,000 cfs) Very large river (>100,000 cfs) 0 0 0 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52

Shallow ocean zone or Great Lake (depth <20 feet) 0 0 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52 163 521

Moderate ocean zone or Great Lake (depth 20 to 200 feet) 0 0 0 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.02 0.05 0.2 0.5 2 5 16 52

Deep ocean zone or Great Lakes (depth >200 feet) 0 0 0 0 0.001 0.003 0.008 0.03 0.08 0.3 1 3 8 26

3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river ( ≥ 10 cfs) 0 2 9 26 82 261 817 2,607 8,163 26,068 81,623 260,680 816,227 2,606,795 

# Page 149 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.1.2.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor values fo r Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.3.3 Resources. To evaluate the resources factor for the watershed, select the highest value below that applies to the watershed. Assign this val ue as the resources factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. Assign a value of 5 if, within the in-water segmentof the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed, the surface water is used for one or more of the following purposes: • Irrigation (5 acre minimum) of commercial food crops or commercial forage crops. • Watering of commercial livestock. • Ingredient in commercial food preparation. • Major or designated water recreation area, excluding drinking water use. Assign a value of 5 if, within the in-water segmentof the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed, the surface water is not used for drin king water, but either of the following applies: • Any portion of the surface water is designated by a State for drinking water use under section 305(a) of the Clean Water Act, as amended. • Any portion of the surface water is usable for drinking water purposes. Assign a value of 0 if none of the above applies. 4.1.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor category value. Sum the nearest intake, population, and resources factor values for the wate rshed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the drinking water threat-targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.2.4 Calculation of the drinking water threat score for a watershed. Multiply the drinking water threatfactor category values for likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maxi mum of 100, as the drinking water threat score for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3 Human food chain threat. Evaluate the human food chain th reat for each watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of rel ease, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.1.3.1 Human food chain threat- likelihood of release. Assign the same likeli hood of release factor category value for the human food chain threat fo r the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.1.3 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: toxicity/persistence/bioac cumulation and hazardous waste quantity. 4.1.3.2.1 Toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate all those hazardous s ubstances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/persistence in the drinking water threat for the watershed (see section 4.1.2.2). 4.1.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. 4.1.3.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to each hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water threat (see section 4.1.2.2. 1.2), except: use the predominant water category (that is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and the nearest fishery (not the nearest drinking water or resources intake) along the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed to determine whic h portion of table 4–10 to use. Determine the predominant water category based on distance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. For contaminated sediments with no identified source , use the point where measuremen t begins rather than the probable point of entry. 4.1.3.2.1.3 Bioaccumulation potential. Use the following data hierarchy to assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance: • Bioconcentration factor (BCF) data. • Logarithm of the n-octanol-wat er partition coefficient (log K ow ) data. • Water solubility data. 

# Page 150 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value toeach hazardous substance from table 4–15. If BCF data are available for any aquatic human food chain organism for the s ubstance being evaluated, assign the bioaccumulation potential factor va lue to the hazardous substance as follows: • If BCF data are available for both fresh water and sa lt water for the hazardous substance, use the BCF data that correspond to the type of water body (that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the fisheries are located to assign the bioaccumulation potenti al factor value to the hazardous substance. • If, however, some of the fisheries being evaluated are in fresh water and some are in salt water, or if any are in brackish water, use the BCF data that yield the higher factor value to assign the bioaccumulation potential factor value to the hazardous substance. • If BCF data are available for either fresh water or salt water, but not for bot h, use the available BCF data to assign the bioaccumulation potential factor value to the hazardous substance. If BCF data are not available for t he hazardous substance, use log K ow data to assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value to organic substances, bu t not to inorganic substances. If BCF data are not available, and if either log K ow data are not available, the log K ow is available but exceeds 6.0, or the substance is an inorganic s ubstance, use water solubility data to assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value.
Table 4–15—Bioaccumulation Potential Factor Values a If bioconcentration factor (BCF) data are available for any aquatic human food chain organism, assign a value as follows: b

If BCF data are not available, and log K ow data are available and do not e xceed 6.0, assign a value to an organic hazardous substance as follows (for i norganic hazardous substances, skip this step and proceed to the next):

If BCF data are not available, and if either Log K ow data are not available, a log K ow is available but exceeds 6.0, or the substance is an inorgani c substance, assign a value as follows:
Table 4–15—Bioaccumulation Potential Factor Values a—Concluded

a Do not round to nearest integer. 

## BCF Assigned value Greater than or equal to 10,000 50,000 1,000 to less than 10,000 5,000 100 to less than 1,000 500 10 to less than 100 50 1 to less than 10 5 Less than 1 0.5

Log K ow 

## Assigned value 5.5 to 6.0 50,000 4.5 to less than 5.5 5,000 3.2 to less than 4.5 500 2.0 to less than 3.2 50 0.8 to less than 2.0 5 Less than 0.8 0.5

Water solubility (mg/l) Assigned value Less than 25 50,000 25 to 500 5,000 Greater than 500 to 1,500 500 Greater than 1,500 0.5 If none of these data are available, assign a value of 0.5. 

# Page 151 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...b See text for use of freshwater and saltwater BCF data.

Do not distinguish between fresh water and salt wa ter in assigning the bioaccumulation potential factor value based on log K ow or water solubility data. If none of these data are available, assign the hazardous substance a bioaccumulation potential factor value of 0.5. 4.1.3.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/persisten ce/bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence factor value from table 4–12, based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and persistenc e factors. Then assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value from table 4–16, based on the values assigned for the toxicity/persistence and bioaccumulation potential fa ctors. Use the hazardous substance with the highest toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value fo r the watershed to assign the value to this factor. Enter this value in table 4–1. Table 4–16—Toxicity/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a

a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.1.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.2.2 fo r the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance selected for the watershed in sectio n 4.1.3.2.1.4, use its toxicity/persistence factor value and bioaccumulation potential factor value as fo llows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category. First, multiply the toxicity/persistence factor value and the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Then multiply this product by the bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous substance, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 12 . Based on this second product, assign a val ue from Table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the human food chain threat-waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. Evaluate two target factors fo r each watershed: food chain individual and population. For both fa ctors, determine whether the targetfisheries are subject to actual or potential human food chain contamination. Consider a fishery (or portion of a fi shery) within the target distance li mit of the watershed to be subject 

## Toxicity persistence factor value Bioaccumulation potential factor value 50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 10,000 5×10 8 

## 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 4,000 2×10 8 

## 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 1,000 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 700 3.5×10 7 

## 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 400 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 100 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 70 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 40 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 10 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 7 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 4 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 1 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.7 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.4 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.07 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.007 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.0007 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.00035 0 0 0 0 00 0 

# Page 152 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...to actual human food chain contaminat ion if any of the following apply: • A hazardous substance having a bi oaccumulation potential factor value of 500 or greater is present either in an observed release by di rect observation to the watershed or in a surface water or sediment sample from the watershed at a level that meets t he criteria for an observed release to the watershed from the site, and at least a portion of the fishery is within the boundaries of the observed release (that is, it is located either at the point of direct obser vation or at or between the probable point of entry and the most distant sampling point es tablishing the observed release). • The fishery is closed, and a hazardous substance for which t he fishery has been closed has been documented in an observed release to the watershed from the site, and at least a portion of the fishery is within the boundaries of the observed release. • A hazardous substance is present in a tissue samp le from an essentially sessile, benthic, human food chain organism from the watershed at a level that meets the criteria for an observed release to the watershed from the site, and at least a portion of the fishery is within the boundaries of the observed release. For a fishery that meets any of these three criteria , but that is not wholly within the boundaries of the observed release, consider only the portion of the fi shery that is within the boundaries of the observed release to be subject to actual hum an food chain contamination. Consi der the remainder of the fishery within the target distance limit to be subj ect to potential food chain contamination. In addition, consider all other fisherie s that are partially or wholly with in the target distance limit for the watershed, including fisheries parti ally or wholly within the boundarie s of an observed release for the watershed that do not meet any of the three criteria listed above, to be subject to potential human food chain contamination. If only a portion of the fishery is within the target distance limit for the watershed, include only that portion in evaluating the targets factor category. When a fishery (or portion of a fis hery) is subject to actual food c hain contamination, determine the part of the fishery subject to Level I concentrations and the part subject to Level II concentrations. If the actual food chain contamination is based on direct observation, evaluate it us ing Level II concentrations. However, if the actual food chain contamination is based on samples from the watershed, use these samples and, if available, additional tissue samples from aqua tic human food chain organisms as specified below, to determine the par t subject to Level I concentrations and the part subject to Level II concentrations: • Determine the level of actual contamination from samples (including tissue samples from essentially sessile, benthic organisms) that meetthe criteria for actual food chai n contamination by comparing the exposure concentrations (see section 4.1.2.3) from these samples (or comparable samples) to the health-based benchmarks from table 4–17, as des cribed in section 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use only the exposure concentrations for those hazardous substanc es in the sample (or comparable samples) that meet the criteria for actual contamination of the fishery. • In addition, determine the level of actual contami nation from other tissue samples by comparing the concentrations of hazardous substances in the tiss ue samples (or comparable tissue samples) to the health-based benchmarks from table 4–17, as descr ibed in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use only those additional tissue samples and only those hazardous subs tances in the tissue samples that meet all the following criteria: –The tissue sample is from a location that is within the boundaries of the actual food chain contamination for the site (that is, either at the point of direct obser vation or at or between the probable point of entry and the most distant sample poi nt meeting the criteria for actual food chain contamination).–The tissue sample is from a spec ies of aquatic human food c hain organism that spends extended periods of time within the boundaries of th e actual food chain contam ination for the site and that is not an essentially sessile, benthic organism.–T he hazardous substance is a substance that is also present in a surface water, benthic, or sediment samp le from within the target distance limit for the watershed and, for such a sample, meets the cr iteria for actual food chain contamination. Table 4–17—Health-Based Benchmarks for Haza rdous Substances in Human Food Chain • Concentration corresponding to F ood and Drug Administration Action Level (FDAAL) for fish or shellfish. • Screening concentration for canc er corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 individual cancer ri sk for oral exposures. • Screening concentration for noncancer toxicologi cal responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for oral exposures. 4.1.3.3.1 Food chain individual. Evaluate the food chain individual factor based on the fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within the target distance li mit for the watershed. Assign this factor a value as follows: • If any fishery (or portion of a fi shery) is subject to Level I conc entrations, assign a value of 50. • If not, but if any fishery (or portion of a fishery) is subject to Level II concen trations, assign a value of 45. 

# Page 153 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• If not, but if there is an observed release of a hazardous substance having a bioaccumulation potential factor value of 500 or greater to surface water in the watershed and there is a fishery (or portion of a fishery) present anywhere within the targ et distance limit, assign a value of 20. • If there is no observed release to surface water in the watershed or there is no observed release of a hazardous substance having a bioaccu mulation potential factor value of 500 or greater, but there is a fishery (or portion of a fishery) present anywhere wi thin the target distance limit, assign a value as follows: –Using table 4–13, determine the highes t dilution weight (that is, lowest amount of dilution) applicable to the fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within the target distance limit. Multiply this dilution weight by 20 and round to the nearest integer.–Assign this calculated value as the factor value. • If there are no fisheries (or portions of fisheries) wi thin the target distance limit of the watershed, assign a value of 0. Enter the value assigned in table 4–1. 4.1.3.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the wa tershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II c oncentrations, and potential human food chai n contamination. Determine which factor applies for a fishery (or portion of a fi shery) as specified in section 4.1.3.3. 4.1.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Determine those fisheries (or porti ons of fisheries) within the watershed that are subject to Level I concentrations. Estimate the human food chain populat ion value for each fishery (or porti on of a fishery) as follows: • Estimate human food chain production for the fishery based on t he estimated annual production (in pounds) of human food chain organisms (for example, fish, shellfish) fo r that fishery, except: if the fishery is closed and a hazardous substance for which the fishery has been closed has been documented in an observed release to the fishery from a source at the site, use the estimated annual production for the period prior to closure of the fi shery or use the estimated annual production from comparable fisheries that are not closed. • Assign the fishery a value for human food chain population from ta ble 4–18, based on the estimated human food production for the fishery. • Set boundaries between fisheries at those points where human food chain production changes or where the surface water dilution weight changes. Sum the human food chain population va lue for each fishery (and portion of a fishery). Multiply this sum by 10. If the product is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Assign the resulting va lue as the Level I concentrations fa ctor value. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Determine those fisheries (or porti ons of fisheries) within the watershed that are subject to Lev el II concentrations. Do not incl ude any fisheries (or portions of fisheries) already counted under t he Level I concentrations factor. Assign each fishery (or portion of a fishery) a value for human food chain population from table 4–18, based on the estimated human food production for the fishery. Estimate the human food chain production for the fishery as spec ified in section 4.1.3.3.2.1. Sum the human food chain population va lue for each fishery (and portion of a fishery). If this sum is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Assign the resulting value as the Level II concentrations factor value. Enter this value in table 4–1. Table 4–18—Human Food Chain Population Values a 

## Human food chain production (pounds per year) Assigned human food chain population value 0 0 Greater than 0 to 100 0.03 Greater than 100 to 1,000 0.3 Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 3 Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 31 Greater than 100,000 to 1,000,000 310 Greater than 10 6 

## to 10 7 

## 3,100 Greater than 10 7 

## to 10 8 

## 31,000 Greater than 10 8 

## to 10 9 

## 310,000 

# Page 154 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.1.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. Determine those fisheries (or portions of fisheries) within the watershed that are subject to potential human food chain contamination. Do not include those fisheries (or porti on of fisheries) already counted under the Level I or Level II concentrations factors. Calculate the value for the potential human food chai n contamination factor (PF) for the watershed as follows:

where: P i =Human food chain populati on value for fishery i.
D i =Dilution weight from table 4–13 for fishery i. n=Number of fisheries subject to pot ential human food chain contamination. In calculating PF: • Estimate the human food chain population value (P i ) for a fishery (or portion of a fishery) as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.1. • Assign the fishery (or portion of a fishery) a dilu tion weight as indicated in table 4–13 (section 4.1.2.3.1), except: do not assign a dilution weight of 0.5 for a “3-mile mixing zone in quiet flowing river”; instead assign a dilution weightbased on the average annual flow. If PF is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest int eger; if PF is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in table 4–1. 4.1.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the values for the Lev el I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential human food chain contam ination factors for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign it as the popu lation factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor category value. Sum the food chain individual and population factor val ues for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign it as the human food chain threat-targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a watershed. Multiply the human food chain threat factor category values for likelihood of rel ease, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest int eger. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the human f ood chain threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–1. 4.1.4 Environmental threat. Evaluate the environmental threat for the watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.1.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. Assign the same likelihood of release factor category value for the environmental threat for the watershe d as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.1.3 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: eco system toxicity/persist ence/bioaccumulation and hazardous waste quantity. 4.1.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate all those hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/persistence in t he drinking water threat for the watershed (see section 4.1.2.2). 4.1.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. Assign an ecosystem toxicity factor value from Table 4–19 to each hazardous substance on the basis of the following data hierarchy: • EPA chronic Ambient Water Quality Cr iterion (AWQC) for the substance. 

## Greater than 10 9 

## 3,100,000 

# Page 155 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• EPA chronic Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations (AALAC) for the substance. • EPA acute AWQC for the substance. • EPA acute AALAC for the substance. • Lowest LC 50 value for the substance. In assigning the ecosystem toxicity fact or value to the haz ardous substance: • If either an EPA chronic AWQC or AALAC is avai lable for the hazardous subs tance, use it to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value. Use the chronic AWQC in preference to the chronic AALAC when both are available. • If neither is available, use th e EPA acute AWQC or AALAC to assi gn the ecosystem toxicity factor value. Use the acute AWQC in preference to the acute AALAC. • If none of the chronic and acute AWQCs and AALACs is available, use the lowest LC 50 value to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value. • If an LC 50 value is also not available, a ssign an ecosystem toxicity fact or value of 0 to the hazardous substance and use other hazardous substances for which data are ava ilable in evaluating the pathway. If an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0 is assign ed to all hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for the watershed (that is, insufficient data are availabl e for evaluating all the s ubstances), use a default value of 100 as the ecosystem toxicity factor value for all these hazardous substances. With regard to the AWQC, AALAC, or LC 50 selected for assigning the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the hazardous substance: • If values for the selected AWQC, AALAC, or LC 50 are available for both fresh water and marine water for the hazardous substance, use th e value that corresponds to the type of water body (that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the sensitive environments are located to assign the ecosystem toxicity factor value to the hazardous substance. • If, however, some of the sensitive environments bei ng evaluated are in fresh water and some are in salt water, or if any are in brackish water, use the value (fresh water or marine) that yields the higher factor value to assign the ecosystem toxicityfactor value to the hazardous substance. • If a value for the selected AWQC, AALAC, or LC 50 is available for either fresh water or marine water, but not for both, use the available one to assign an ecosystem toxicity factor value to the hazardous substance. Table 4–19—Ecosystem Toxicity Factor Values

If an EPA chronic AWQC a or AALAC b is available, assign a value as follows: c 

## EPA chronic AWQC or AALAC Assigned value Less than 1 μg/l 10,000 1 to 10 μg/l 1,000 Greater than 10 to 100 μg/l 100 Greater than 100 to 1,000 μg/l 10 Greater than 1,000 μg/l 1 If neither an EPA chronic AWQC no r EPA chronic AALAC is available, assign a value based on the EPA acute AWQC or AALAC as follows: c 

## EPA acute AWQC or AALAC Assigned value Less than 100 μg/l 10,000 100 to 1,000 μg/l 1,000 Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 μg/l 100 Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 μg/l 10 Greater than 100,000 μg/l 1 If neither an EPA chronic or acute AWQC nor EPA chronic or acute AALAC is available, assign a value from the LC 50 

## as follows: 

# Page 156 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a AWQC—Ambient Water Quality Criteria.

b AALAC—Ambient Aquatic Life Advisory Concentrations.

c Use the AWQC value in preference to the AALAC when both are available. See text for use of fresh water and marine values. 4.1.4.2.1.2 Persistence. Assign a persistence factor value to eac h hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2, except: use the predominant wate r category (that is lakes; or rivers, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes) between the probable po int of entry and the nearest sensitive environment (not the nearest drinking water or resources inta ke) along the hazardous subs tance migration path for the watershed to determine which portion of table 4–10 to use. Determine the predominant water category based on distance as specified in section 4. 1.2.2.1.2. For contaminated sediments with no identified source, use the point where measurement begins rather than the probable point of entry. 4.1.4.2.1.3 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. Assign an ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance in t he same manner specified for the bioaccumulation potential factor in section 4.1.3.2.1.3, except: • Use BCF data for all aquatic organisms, not just for aquatic human food chain organisms. • Use the BCF data that corresponds to the type of wate r body (that is, fresh water or salt water) in which the sensitive environments (not fisheries) are located. 4.1.4.2.1.4 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/per sistence/bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance an ecosystem toxicity/persist ence factor value from table 4–20, based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for t he ecosystem toxicity and persistence factors. Then assign each hazardous substance an ec osystem toxicity/persistence/bioac cumulation factor value from table 4–21, based on the values assigned for t he ecosystem toxicity/persistence and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factors. Select the hazardous substance with the highest ecosystem toxicity/persistence/bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed and use it to assign the value to this factor. Enter this value in table 4–1. Table 4–20—Ecosystem Toxicity/Persistence Factor Values a

a Do not round to nearest integer. Table 4–21—Ecosystem Toxicity/Persist ence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a 

## LC 50 

## Assigned value Less than 100 μg/l 10,000 100 to 1,000 μg/l 1,000 Greater than 1,000 to 10,000 μg/l 100 Greater than 10,000 to 100,000 μg/l 10 Greater than 100,000 μg/l 1 If none of the AWQCs and AALACs nor the LC 50 

## is available, assign a value of 0.

Persistence factor value Ecosystem toxicity factor value 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 1.0 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 0.4 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0 0.07 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0 0.0007 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.0007 0

Ecosystem toxicity persistence factor value Ecosystem bioaccumulati on potential factor value 50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 10,000 5×10 8 

## 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 4,000 2×10 8 

## 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 1,000 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 

# Page 157 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.1.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.1.2.2.2 fo r the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance selected for the watershed in section 4.1.4.2.1.4, use its ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor value and ecosystem bi oaccumulation potential factor value as follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics fa ctor category. First, multiply the ecosystem toxicity/persistence factor value and the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Then multiply this product by the ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous subs tance, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 12 . Based on this second product, assign a value from Table 2–7 (s ection 2.4.3.1) to the env ironmental threat-waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. Table 4–22—Ecological-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Surface Water • Concentration corresponding to EPA Am bient Water Quality Criteria (AWQC) for protection of aquatic life (fresh water or marine). • Concentration corresponding to EPA Ambient Aquatic Life AdvisoryConcentrations (AALAC). • Select the appropriate AWQC and AALAC as follows: –Use chronic value, if available; otherwise use acute value.–If t he sensitive environm ent being evaluated is in fresh water, use fresh water value, except: if no fresh water value is available, use marine value if available.–If the sensitive environmentbeing evaluated is in salt water, use marine value, except: if no marine value is available, use fresh water value if available. –If the sensitive environment being evaluated is in both fresh water and salt water, or is in brackish water, use lower of fresh water or marine values. Table 4–23—Sensitive Environments Rating Values 

## 700 3.5×10 7 

## 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 400 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 100 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 70 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 40 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 10 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 7 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 4 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 1 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.7 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.4 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.07 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.007 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.0007 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.00035 0 0 0 0 00 0

Sensitive environment Assigned value Critical habitat a 

## for Federal designated endangered or threatened species 100 Marine Sanctuary National Park Designated Federal Wilderness Area Areas identified under Coastal Zone Management Act b 

## Sensitive areas identified u nder National Estuary Program c 

## or Near Coastal Waters Program d 

# Page 158 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Critical habitat as defined in 50 CFR 424.02.

b Areas identified in State Coastal Zone Management pl ans as requiring protecti on because of ecological value.

c National Estuary Program study areas (subareas wit hin estuaries) identified in Comprehensive Conservation and Management Pl ans as requiring protection because th ey support critical life stages of key estuarine species (Section 320 of Clean Water Act, as amended).

d Near Coastal Waters as defined in Sections 104(b) (3), 304(1), 319, and 320 of Clean Water Act, as amended.

e Clean Lakes Program critical areas (subareas within lakes, or in some cases entire small lakes) identified by State Clean Lak e Plans as critical habitat (Section 314 of Clean Water Act, as amended).

f Use only for air migration pathway.

g Limit to areas described as being used for inte nse or concentrated spawning by a given species.

h For the air migration pathway, limit to terrestrial ve rtebrate species. For the surface water migration pathway, limit to terrestrial vertebrate specie s with aquatic or semiaquatic foraging habits.

i Areas designated under Section 305( a) of Clean Water Act, as amended. 

## Critical areas identified under the Clean Lakes Program e 

## National Monumentf 

## National Seashore Recreational Area National Lakeshore Recreational Area Habitat known to be used by Federal designated or proposed endangered or threatened species 75 National Preserve National or State Wildlife Refuge Unit of Coastal Barrier Resources System Coastal Barrier (undeveloped) Federal land designated for protection of natural ecosystems Administratively Proposed Federal Wilderness Area Spawning areas critical g 

## for the maintenance of fish/shellfish species within river, lake, or coastal tidal waters Migratory pathways and feeding areas critical for maintenance of anadromous fish species within river reaches or areas in lakes or coastal tidal waters in which the fish spend extended periods of time Terrestrial areas utilized for breeding by large or dense aggregations of animals h 

## National river reach designated as Recreational Habitat known to be used by State designated endangered or threatened species 50 Habitat known to be used by species under review as to its Federal endangered or threatened status Coastal Barrier (partially developed) Federal designated Scenic or Wild River State land designated for wildlife or game management 25 State designated Scenic or Wild River State designated Natural Areas Particular areas, relatively small in size, important to maintenance of unique biotic communities State designated areas for protection or maintenance of aquatic life i 

## 5 

# Page 159 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 4–24—Wetlands Rating Values for Surface Water Migration Pathway

a Wetlands as defined in 40 CFR section 230.3. 4.1.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. Evaluate the environmental threat-targets factor category for a watershed using one factor: sensitive environments. 4.1.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environment s along the hazardous substance migration path for the watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential contamination. Determine which factor applies to each sensitive environm ent as specified in section 4.1.2.3, except: use ecological-based benchmarks (Table 4–22) rather than health-based benchmarks (Table 3–10) in determining the level of contamination from samples. In determining the level of actual contamination, use a point of direct observation anywhere within the sensitive environment or samples (that is, surface water, benthic, or sediment samples) taken anywhere within or beyond the sensitive environment (or anywhere adjacent to or beyond the sensitive environmentif it is contiguous to the migration path). 4.1.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. Assign value(s) from table 4–23 to each sensitive environment subject to Level I concentrations. For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an additional val ue from table 4–24. In assigning a value from table 4–24, include only those portions of we tlands located along the hazardous substance migration path in the area of Level I concentrations. If a wetl and is located partially along the area of Level I concentrations and partially along the area of Level II concentrations and/or potential contamination, then solely for purpos es of table 4–24, count the port ion(s) along the areas of Level II concentrations or potential contaminat ion under the Level II conc entrations factor (section 4.1.4.3.1.2) or potential contamination factor (section 4.1.4.3.1.3), as appropriate. Estimate the total length of we tlands along the hazardous substanc e migration path (that is, wetland frontage) in the area of Level I concentrations and assign a value from table 4–24 based on this total length. Estimate this length as follows: • For an isolated wetland or for a wetland where the probable point of entry to surface water is in the wetland, use the perimeter of that portion of the wetl and subject to Level I conc entrations as the length. • For rivers, use the length of the wetlands cont iguous to the in-water segment of the hazardous substance migration path (t hat is, wetland frontage). • For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, and GreatLakes, use the length of the wetlands along the shoreline within the target distance limit (that is, wetland frontage along the shoreline). Calculate the Level I concentrations factor value (SH) for the watershed as follows:

where: WH=Value assigned from table 4–24 to wetland s along the area of Level I concentrations. S i =Value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to sensitive environment i.
n=Number of sensitive environments from t able 4–23 subject to Level I concentrations. 

## Total length of wetlands a 

## (miles) Assigned value Less than 0.1 0 0.1 to 1 25 Greater than 1 to 2 50 Greater than 2 to 3 75 Greater than 3 to 4 100 Greater than 4 to 8 150 Greater than 8 to 12 250 Greater than 12 to 16 350 Greater than 16 to 20 450 Greater than 20 500 

# Page 160 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Enter the value assigned in table 4–1. 4.1.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. Assign value(s) from table 4–23 to each sensitive environment subject to Level II concentrations. Do not include sensitive environment s already counted for table 4–23 under the Level I concentrations factor for this watershed. For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an additional val ue from table 4–24. In assigning a value from table 4–24, include only those portions of we tlands located along the hazardous substance migration path in the area of Level II concentrations, as s pecified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. Estimate the total length of we tlands along the hazardous substanc e migration path (that is, wetland frontage) in the area of Level II concentrations and assign a value from table 4–24 based on this total length. Estimate this length as specified in secti on 4.1.4.3.1.1, except: for an isolated wetland or for a wetland where the probable point of entry to surface wa ter is in the wetland, use the perimeter of that portion of the wetland subject to Level II (notLevel I) concentrations as the length. Calculate the Level II concentrations val ue (SL) for the watershed as follows:

where: WL=Value assigned from table 4–24 to wetlands along the area of Level II concentrations. S i =Value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to sensitive environment i.
n=Number of sensitive environments from tabl e 4–23 subject to Level II concentrations. Enter the value assigned in table 4–1. 4.1.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. Assign value(s) from table 4–23 to each sensitive environment subject to potential contamination. Do not include sensitive environment s already counted for table 4–23 under the Level I or Level II concentrations factors. For each type of surface water body in table 4–13 (s ection 4.1.2.3.1), sum the value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to the sensitive environments along thattype of surface water body, except: do not use the surface water body type “3-mile mixi ng zone in quiet flowing river.” If a sensitive environment is along two or more types of surface water bodies (for ex ample, Wildlife Refuge contiguous to both a moderate stream and a large river), assign the sensitive env ironment only to that surface water body type having the highest dilution weight value from table 4–13. For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an additional val ue from table 4–24. In assigning a value from table 4–24, include only those portions of we tlands located along the hazardous substance migration path in the area of potential cont amination, as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. Aggregate these wetlands by type of surface water bo dy, except: do not use the surface water body type “3-mile mixing zone in quiet flow ing river.” Treat the wetlands aggregated within each type of surface water body as separate sensitive environments solely for purposes of applying table 4–24. Estimate the total length of the wetlands within each surface wa ter body type as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1, except: for an isolated wetland or fo r a wetland where the probable point of entry to surface water is in the wetland, use the perimeter of that portion of t he wetland subject to potentia l contamination (or the portion of that perimeter that is within the target distance limit) as the lengt h. Assign a separate value from table 4–24 for each type of surface water body in the watershed. Calculate the potential contamination factor value (SP) for the watershed as follows:

where:

S ij =Value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to sensitiv e environment i in surface water body type j.
n=Number of sensitive environments from t able 4–23 subject to potential contamination. W

j =Value assigned from table 4–24 fo r wetlands along the area of potent ial contamination in surface water body type j. 

# Page 161 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Dj =Dilution weight from table 4–1 3 for surface water body type j. m=Number of different surface water body types from table 4–13 in the watershed. If SP is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if SP is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value for the potentia l contamination factor in table 4–1. 4.1.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor category value. Sum the values for the Level I concentrations, Level II conc entrations, and potential contaminati on factors for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the environmental threat-targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–1. 4.1.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed. Multiply the environmental threat factor category values for likelihood of release, wast e characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 60, as the environmental threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–1. 4.1.5 Calculation of overland/flood migrat ion component score for a watershed. Sum the scores for the three threats for the watershed (that is, drinking water, human food chain, and environmental threats). Assign the resulting score, subject to a maximum va lue of 100, as the surface water overland/flood migration component score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–1. 4.1.6 Calculation of overland/flood migration component score. Select the highest surface water overland/flood migration component score from the wa tersheds evaluated. Assign this score as the surface water overland/flood migration component score for the site, subject to a maximum score of 100. Enter this score in table 4–1. 4.2 Ground water to surface water migration component. Use the ground water to surface water migration component to evaluate surface water th reats that result from migration of hazardous substances from a source at the site to surface wa ter via ground water. Evaluate three types of threats for this component: drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental threat. 4.2.1 General considerations. 4.2.1.1 Eligible surface waters. Calculate ground water to surface water migration component scores only for surface waters (see section 4.0.2) fo r which all the following conditions are met: • A portion of the surface water is within 1 mile of one or more sources at the site having a containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 4.2.2.1.2). • No aquifer discontinuity is estab lished between the source and the porti on of the surface water within 1 mile of the source (see section 3.0.1.2.2). Howeve r, if hazardous substanc es have migrated across an apparent discontinuity within this 1 mile distance, do not consider a di scontinuity present in scoring the site. • The top of the uppermost aquifer is at or above the bottom of the surface water. Do not evaluate this component for sites consisting solely of contaminated sediments with no identified source. 4.2.1.2 Definition of hazardous subst ance migration path for ground water to surface water migration component. The hazardous substance migration path in cludes both the ground water segment and the surface water in-water segment that hazardous subs tances would take as t hey migrate away from sources at the site: • Restrict the ground water segment to migration via the uppermost aquifer between a source and the surface water. • Begin the surface water in-water segment at the probable point of entry from the uppermost aquifer to the surface water. Identify the probable point of entry as that point of the surface water that yields the shortest straight-line distance, with in the aquifer boundary (see section 3.0.1.2), from the sources at the site with a containment factor value greater than 0 to the surface water. –For rivers, continue the in-water segment in the direction of flow (including any tidal flows) for the distance established by the target distance limit (see section 4.2.1.4) .–For lakes, oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes, do not consider flow directi on. Instead apply the target distance limit as an arc.– If the in-water segment includes both rivers and lakes (or oceans, coastal tidal waters, or Great Lakes), apply the target distance limit to their combined in-water segments. Consider a site to be in two or more watersheds for this component if two or more hazardous substance migration paths from the sources at the site do not reach a common point within the target distance limit. If the site is in more than one watershed, defi ne a separate hazardous subs tance migration path for each watershed. Evaluate the ground water to surface water migration component for each watershed separately as specified in section 4.2.1.5. 4.2.1.3 Observed release of a specific hazardous subs tance to surface water in-water segment. 

# Page 162 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Section 4.2.2.1.1 specifies the criteria for assigning values to the observed release factor for the ground water to surface water migration component. With regard to an individual hazardous substance, consider an observed release of that haza rdous substance to be established for the surface water in-water segment of the ground water to surface water mi gration component only when the hazardous substance meets the criteria both for an observed release bot h to ground water (see section 4.2.2.1.1) and for an observed release by chemical analysis to surface water (see section 4.1.2.1.1). If the hazardous substance meets the section 4.1.2. 1.1 criteria for an observed release by chemical analysis to surface water but does not also meet the criteria for an observed release to ground water, do not use any samples of that hazardous substance from the surface water in-water segment in evaluating the factors of this component (for example, do notuse the hazardous substanc e in establishing targets subject to actual contamination or in determining the level of act ual contamination for a target). 4.2.1.4 Target distance limit. Determine the target distance limit for each watershed as specified in section 4.1.1.2, except: do not extend the target distance limit to a sample location beyond 15 miles unless at least one hazardous substance in a sample from that location meets the criteria in section 4.2.1.3 for an observed release to t he surface water in-water segment. Determine the targets eligible to be evaluated for each watershed and establish whether these targets are subject to actual or potential c ontamination as specified in secti on 4.1.1.2, except: do not establish actual contamination based on a sample location unl ess at least one hazardous substance in a sample from that location meets the criteria in section 4. 2.1.3 for an observed release to the surface water inwater segment. 4.2.1.5 Evaluation of ground water to surface water migration component. Evaluate the drinking water threat, human food chain threat, and environmental th reat for each watershed for this component based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, wa ste characteristics, and targets. Figure 4–2 indicates the factors included within each factor category for each type of threat.

View or download PDF Determine the ground water to surface water migration component score (S gs ) for a watershed in terms of the factor category values as follows:

where: 

# Page 163 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...LR i =Likelihood of release factor category value for threat i (that is, drinking water, human food chain, or environmental threat). WC i =Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
T i =Targets factor category value for threat i. SF=Scaling factor. Table 4–25 outlines the specific calculation procedure. If the site is in only one watershed, assign the ground water to surface water migration component score for that watershed as the ground water to surface water migration component score for the site. If the site is in more than one watershed: • Calculate a separate ground water to surface water migration component score for each watershed, using likelihood of release, waste characterist ics, and targets applicable to each watershed. • Select the highest ground water to surface water migration component score from the watersheds evaluated and assign it as the ground water to surface water migration component score for the site. Table 4–25—Ground Water to Surface Wa ter Migration Component Scoresheet


## Factor categori es and factors Maximum value Value assigned Drinking Water Threat Likelihood of Release to Aquifer: 1. Observed Release 550 ___ 2. Potential to Release: 2a. Containment 10 ___ 2b. Net Precipitation 10 ___ 2c. Depth to Aquifer 5 ___ 2d. Travel Time 35 ___ 2e. Potential to Release (lines 2a [2b+2c+2d]) 500 ___ 3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2e) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 4. Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence (a) ___ 5. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 6. Waste Characteristics 100 ___ Targets: 7. Nearest Intake 50 ___ 8. Population 8a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 8b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 8c. Potential Contamination (b) ___ 8d. Population (lines 8a + 8b + 8c) ___ 9. Resources 5 ___ 10. Targets (lines 7 + 8d + 9) (b) ___ Drinking Water Threat Score: 11. Drinking Water Threat Score ([lines 3×6×10]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___ Human Food Chain Threat Likelihood of Release: 12. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 3) 550 ___ 

# Page 164 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.

b Maximum value not applicable.

c Do not round to nearest integer. 4.2.2 Drinking water threat. Evaluate the drinking water threat for each watershed based on three factor 

## Waste Characteristics: 13. Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/Bioaccumulation (a) ___ 14. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 15. Waste Characteristics 1,000 ___ Targets: 16. Food Chain Individual 50 ___ 17. Population: 17a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 17b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 17c. Potential Human Food Chain Contamination (b) ___ 17d. Population (lines 17a + 17b + 17c) (b) ___ 18. Targets (Lines 16 + 17d) (b) ___ Human Food Chain Threat Score: 19. Human Food Chain Threat Score ([lines 12×15×18]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___

Environmental Threat Likelihood of Release: 20. Likelihood of Release (same value as line 3) 550 ___ Waste Characteristics: 21. Ecosystem Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/Bioaccumulation (a) ___ 22. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) ___ 23. Waste Characteristics 1,000 ___ Targets: 24. Sensitive Environments: 24a. Level I Concentrations (b) ___ 24b. Level II Concentrations (b) ___ 24c. Potential Contamination (b) ___ 24d. Sensitive Environments (lines 24a + 24b + 24c) (b) ___ 25. Targets (value from line 24d) (b) ___ Environmental Threat Score: 26. Environmental Threat Score ([lines 20×23×25]/82,500, subject to a maximum of 60) 60 ___
Ground Water to Surface Water Migration Component Score for a Watershed 27. Watershed Score c 

## (lines 11 + 19 + 26, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___ 28. Component Score (S gs 

## ) c 

## (highest score from Line 27 for all watersheds evaluated, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 ___ 

# Page 165 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.2.2.1 Drinking water threat-likelihood of release. Evaluate the likelihood of release factor category for each watershed in terms of an observed release factor or a potential to release factor. 4.2.2.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to th e uppermost aquifer as specified in section 3.1.1. If an observed release can be establ ished for the uppermost aquifer, assign an observed release factor value of 550 to that watershed, enter this value in table 4–25, and proceed to section 4.2.2.1.3. If no observed release can be established, assign an observed release factor value of 0, enter this value in table 4–25, and proceed to section 4.2.2.1.2. 4.2.2.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release onl y if an observed release cannot be established for the uppermost aquifer. Calculate a pot ential to release value for the uppermost aquifer as specified in section 3.1.2 and sections 3.1.2.1 through 3.1.2.5. Assign the potential to release value for the uppermost aquifer as the potential to release factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.1.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-lik elihood of release factor category value. If an observed release is established for the uppermost aquifer, assi gn the observed release factor value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category value for the wa tershed. Otherwise, assign the potential to release factor value as the likelihood of release factor category value for the watershed. Enter the value assigned in table 4–25. 4.2.2.2 Drinking water threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: toxicity/mobility/persistence and haz ardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances available to migrate from the sources at the site to the uppermost aquifer (see section 3.2). Such hazardous substances include: • Hazardous substances that meet the crit eria for an observed release to ground water. • All hazardous substances associated with a source that has a ground water containment factor value greater than 0 (see sections 2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 3.1.2.1). 4.2.2.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persistence. For each hazardous substance, assign a toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, a persistenc e factor value, and a combined toxi city/mobility/persistence factor value as specified in sections 4.2.2.2.1.1 through 4.2.2.2.1.4. 4.2.2.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. 4.2.2.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor va lue to each hazardous substance as specified in section 3.2.1.2. 4.2.2.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. 4.2.2.2.1.4 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value. First, assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3–9 (section 3. 2.1.3), based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and mo bility factors. Then assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility/persistence fa ctor value from table 4–26, based on the values assigned for the toxicity/mobility and persistence factors. Use the substance with the hi ghest toxicity/mobility/ persistence factor value for the watershed to assign the value tothis factor. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned for the uppermost aquifer in section 3.2.2. Enter this value in table 4– 25. 4.2.2.2.3 Calculation of drinking water threat-waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxicity/mobility/persistence and hazardous waste quantity factor values for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a val ue from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the drinking water threat-waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.3 Drinking water threat-targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for each watershed based on three factors: nearest intake, population, and resources. Table 4–26—Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence Factor Values a



## Toxicity/mobility factor value Persistence factor value 1.0 0.4 0.07 0.0007 10,000 10,000 4,000 700 7 2,000 2,000 800 140 1.4 1,000 1,000 400 70 0.7 

# Page 166 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. For the nearest intake and population factors, determine whether the target surface water intakes are subject to actual or potential contam ination as specified in section 4.1. 1.2, subject to the restrictions specified in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4. When the intake is subject to actual contamination, evaluate it using Level I concentrations or Level II concentrations. Determine which level applies for the in take by comparing the exposure concentrations from a sample (or comparable samples) to health-bas ed benchmarks as specified in section 4.1.2.3, except use only those samples from the surfac e water in-water segmentand only those hazardous substances in such samples that meet the conditions in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4. 4.2.2.3.1 Nearest intake. Assign a value to the nearest intake fact or as specified in section 4.1.2.3.1 with the following modification. For the intake being ev aluated, multiply its dilution weight from table 4– 13 (section 4.1.2.3.1) by a value se lected from table 4–27. Use the resulting product, not the value from table 4–13, as the dilution weight for the intake for the ground water to surface water component. Do not round this product to the nearest integer. Select the value from table 4–27 based on the angle Θ , the angle defined by the sources at the site and either the two points at the intersection of the surface water body and the 1-mile distance ring of any two other points of the surface water body within the 1- mile distance ring, whichever results in the largest angle. (See Figure 4–3 for an example of how to determine Θ .) If the surface water body does not extend to the 1-mile ring at one or both ends, define Θ using the surface water endpoint(s) within the 1- mile ring or any two other points of the surface wate r body within the 1-mile distance ring, whichever results in the largest angle. Table 4–27—Dilution Weight Adjustments 

## 200 200 80 14 0.14 100 100 40 7 0.07 20 20 8 1.4 0.014 10 10 4 0.7 0.007 2 2 0.8 0.14 0.0014 1 1 0.4 0.07 7×10 − 4 

## 0.2 0.2 0.08 0.014 1.4×10 − 4 

## 0.1 0.1 0.04 0.007 7×10 − 5 

## 0.02 0.02 0.008 0.0014 1.4×10 − 5 

## 0.01 0.01 0.004 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 0.002 0.002 8×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 0.001 0.001 4×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 8×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 8×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 8×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 8×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 8×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 11 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 8×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 12 

## 0 00 0 0

Angle Θ (degrees) Assigned value a 

## 0 0 Greater than 0 to 18 0.05 Greater than 18 to 54 0.1 Greater than 54 to 90 0.2 Greater than 90 to 126 0.3 Greater than 126 to 162 0.4 Greater than 162 to 198 0.5 Greater than 198 to 234 0.6 

# Page 167 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer.

View or download PDF Table 4–28—Toxicity/Mobility/Persist ence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a 

## Greater than 234 to 270 0.7 Greater than 270 to 306 0.8 Greater than 306 to 342 0.9 Greater than 342 to 360 1.0

Toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value Bioaccumlation potential factor value 50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 10,000 5×10 8 

## 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 4,000 2×10 8 

## 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 2,000 1×10 8 

## 1×10 7 

## 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 1,000 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 800 4×10 7 

## 4×10 6 

## 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 700 3.5×10 7 

## 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 400 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 200 1×10 7 

## 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 140 7×10 6 

## 7×10 5 

## 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 100 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 80 4×10 6 

## 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 70 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 40 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 20 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 14 7×10 5 

## 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 7 

# Page 168 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## 10 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 8 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 4 7 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 4 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 2 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 1 1.4 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 1.0 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.8 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0.7 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.4 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.2 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.14 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.1 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.08 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.07 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.04 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.02 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.014 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.01 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.008 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 0.007 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.004 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.002 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0014 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 0.001 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5×10 − 4 

## 8×10 − 4 

## 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 4 

## 35 3.5 0.035 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 4 

## 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 4 

## 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5×10 − 4 

## 5×10 − 5 

## 8×10 − 5 

## 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 5 

## 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 8×10 − 6 

## 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 8×10 − 7 

## 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 3.5×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 8×10 − 8 

## 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 3.5×10 − 7 

## 3.5×10 − 8 

# Page 169 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.2.2.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the wa tershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II conc entrations, and potential contamination. Determine which factor applies to an intake as specified in section 4.2.2.3. Determ ine the population to be counted for that intake as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2, using the target distance limits in section 4.2.1.4 and the hazardous substance migration path in section 4.2.1.2. 4.2.2.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.2. 4.2.2.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.2.3. 4.2.2.3.2.3 Potential contamination. For each applicable type of surface water body in table 4–14, determine the dilution-weighted popul ation value as specified in se ction 4.1.2.3.2.4. Select the appropriate dilution weight adjus tment value from table 4–27 as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Calculate the value for the potential contaminati on factor (PC) for the watershed as follows:

where: A =Dilution weight adjustmentvalue from table 4–27. W i =Dilution-weighted populati on from table 4–14 for surface water body type i. n=Number of different surface water body types in the watershed. If PC is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PC is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor values fo r Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential contamination. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.3.3 Resources. Assign a value to the resources factor as specified in section 4.1.2.3.3. 4.2.2.3.4 Calculation of drinking water threat-targets factor category value. Sum the nearest intake, population, and resources factor values for the wate rshed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the drinking water threat-targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.2.4 Calculation of drinking water threat score for a watershed. Multiply the drinking water threat factor category values for likelihood of release, wast e characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the drinking water threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–25. 4.2.3 Human food chain threat. Evaluate the human food chain threatfor a watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of releas e, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.2.3.1 Human food chain threat- likelihood of release. Assign the same likeli hood of release factor category value for the human food chain threat fo r the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.1.3 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–25. 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 8×10 − 9 

## 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 4×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 8 

## 1×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 8×10 − 10 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 4×10 − 9 

## 4×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 4×10 − 11 

## 1.4×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 12 

## 1.4×10 − 12 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 12 

## 7×10 − 13 

## 0 000000 

# Page 170 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.2.3.2 Human food chain threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: toxicity/mobility/persist ence/bioaccumulation and hazardous waste quantity. 4.2.3.2.1 Toxicity/mobility/persist ence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate all those hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/mobility/persiste nce in the drinking water threat for the watershed (see section 4.2.2.2.1). 4.2.3.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. 4.2.3.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor va lue to each hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water th reat (see section 4.2.2.2.1.2). 4.2.3.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor value to each hazardous substance as specified for the drinking water threat (see sect ion 4.2.2.2.1.3), except: use the predominant water category (that is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coasta l tidal waters, or Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and the nearest fishery (not the nearest drinking water or resources intake) along the hazardous substance migrat ion path for the watershed to determine which portion of table 4–10 to use. Determine the predominant water category based on di stance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. 4.2.3.2.1.4 Bioaccumulation potential. Assign a bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.3.2.1.3. 4.2.3.2.1.5 Calculation of toxicity/mobility/persi stence/ bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mob ility factor value from table 3–9 (section 3.2.1.3), based on the values assigned to the hazardous substance for t he toxicity and mobility factors. Then assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mob ility/persistence factor value from table 4–26, based on the values assigned for the toxicity/mobility and persistence fact ors. Then assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccu mulation factor value from table 4–28. Use the substance with the highest toxicity/mobility/persistence/ bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed to assign the value to this factor for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.2.2 fo r the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.2.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-waste characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance selected for the watershed in section 4.2.3.2.1.5, use its toxicity/mobility/ persistence factor value and bioaccumulation potential factor value as follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category. First, multiply the toxicity/mobi lity/persistence factor value and the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the wa tershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Then multiply this product by the bioaccumulation potential factor value for this hazardous substance, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 12 . Based on this second product, as sign a value from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the human food chain threat-waste characteristics factor category for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.3 Human food chain threat-targets. Evaluate two target factors for the watershed: food chain individual and population. For both factors, determine whether the target fisher ies are subject to Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, or potential human food chain contami nation. Determine which applies to each fishery (or portion of a fishery) as specified in section 4.1.3. 3, subject to the restrictio ns specified in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4. 4.2.3.3.1 Food chain individual. Assign a value to the food chain indivi dual factor as specified in section 4.1.3.3.1 with the following modification. When a diluti on weight is used, multiply the appropriate dilution weight from table 4–13 by the adj ustment value selected from table 4–27, as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Use the resulting product, not the value from table 4–13, as the dilution weight in assigning the factor value. Do not round this product to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in table 4–25. 4.2.3.3.2 Population. Evaluate the population factor for the wa tershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II c oncentrations, and potential human food chai n contamination. Determine which of these factors is to be applied to each fishery as specified in section 4.2.3.3. 4.2.3.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as spec ified in section 4.1.3.3.2.1. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.2. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.3.2.3 Potential human food chain contamination. Assign a value to this factor as specified in section 4.1.3.3.2.3 with the following modificati on. For each fishery being evaluated, multiply the appropriate dilution weight for that fishery from t able 4–13 by the adjustment value selected from table 4–27, as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Use the re sulting product, not the value from table 4–13, as the dilution weight for the fishery. Do not round this product to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in table 4–25. 

# Page 171 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.2.3.3.2.4 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor values fo r Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential human food chai n contamination for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population factor value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.3.3 Calculation of human food chain threat-targets factor category value. Sum the food chain individual and population factor val ues for the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the human food chain threat-targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.3.4 Calculation of human food chain threat score for a watershed. Multiply the human food chain threat factor category values for likelihood of rel ease, waste characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest int eger. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the human f ood chain threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–25. 4.2.4 Environmental threat. Evaluate the environmental threat for the watershed based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. 4.2.4.1 Environmental threat-likelihood of release. Assign the same likelihood of release factor category value for the environmental threat for the watershe d as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.1.3 for the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.2 Environmental threat-waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics factor category for each watershed based on two factors: ecosystem to xicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation and hazardous waste quantity. 4.2.4.2.1 Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccumulation. Evaluate all those hazardous substances eligible to be evaluated for toxicity/mobi lity/persistence in the drinking water threat for the watershed (see section 4.2.2.2.1). 4.2.4.2.1.1 Ecosystem toxicity. Assign an ecosystem toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.4.2.1.1. 4.2.4.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a ground water mobility factor va lue to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.2.2.2.1.2 for the drinking water threat. 4.2.4.2.1.3 Persistence. Assign a surface water persistence factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.2.2.2.1.3 for the drin king water threat, except: use the predominant water category (that is, lakes; or rivers, oceans, coasta l tidal waters, or Great Lakes) between the probable point of entry and the nearest sensitive environment ( not the nearest drinking water or resources intake) along the hazardous substance migration path for t he watershed to determine which portion of table 4– 10 to use. Determine the predominant water cate gory based on distance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. 4.2.4.2.1.4 Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential. Assign an ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.4.2.1.3. 4.2.4.2.1.5 Calculation of ecosystem toxicity/mobility/ persistence/ bioaccumulation factor value. Assign each hazardous substance an ecosystem toxicity/mobility factor value from table 3–9 (section 3.2.1.3), based on the values assigned to the hazardous subs tance for the ecosystem toxicity and mobility factors. Then assign each hazardous substance an eco system toxicity/mobility/ persistence factor value from table 4–29, based on the values assigned for the ecosystem toxicity/mobility and persistence factors. Then assign each hazardous substance an ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence/bioaccu mulation factor value from tabl e 4–30, based on the values assigned for the ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence and eco system bioaccumulation potential factors. Select the substance with the highest eco system toxicity/mobility/persistenc e/bioaccumulation factor value for the watershed and use it to assign the value to this fa ctor for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4– 25. Table 4–29—Ecosystem Toxicity/Mob ility/Persistence Factor Values a



## Ecosystem toxicity/mobility factor value Persistence factor value 1.0 0.4 0.07 0.0007 10,000 10,000 4,000 700 7 2,000 2,000 800 140 1.41,000 1,000 1,000 400 70 0.7 200 200 80 14 0.14 100 100 40 7 0.07 20 20 8 1.4 0.014 10 10 4 0.7 0.007 2 2 0.8 0.14 0.0014 

# Page 172 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. Table 4–30—Ecosystem Toxicity/Mobility/Persistence/Bioaccumulation Factor Values a 

## 1 1 0.4 0.07 7×10 − 4 

## 0.2 0.2 0.08 0.014 1.4×10 − 4 

## 0.1 0.1 0.04 0.007 7×10 − 5 

## 0.2 0.2 0.008 0.0014 1.4×10 − 5 

## 0.01 0.01 0.004 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 0.002 0.002 8×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 0.001 0.001 4×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 8×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 8×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 8×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 8×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 8×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 11 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 8×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 12 

## 0 00 0 0

Ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value Ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value 50,000 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 10,000 5×10 8 

## 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 4,000 2×10 8 

## 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 2,000 1,×10 8 

## 1×10 7 

## 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 1,000 5×10 7 

## 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 800 4×10 7 

## 4×10 6 

## 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 700 3.5×10 7 

## 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 400 2×10 7 

## 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 200 1×10 7 

## 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 140 7×10 6 

## 7×10 5 

## 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 100 5×10 6 

## 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 80 4×10 6 

## 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 70 3.5×10 6 

## 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 40 2×10 6 

## 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 20 1×10 6 

## 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 14 7×10 5 

## 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 7 10 5×10 5 

## 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 8 4×10 5 

## 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 4 7 3.5×10 5 

## 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 4 2×10 5 

## 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 2 1×10 5 

## 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 1 1.4 7×10 4 

## 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 1.0 5×10 4 

## 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.8 4×10 4 

## 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 

# Page 173 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## 0.7 3.5×10 4 

## 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.4 2×10 4 

## 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.2 1×10 4 

## 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.14 7,000 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.1 5,000 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.08 4,000 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.07 3,500 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.04 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.02 1,000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.014 700 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 0.01 500 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 0.008 400 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 0.007 350 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 0.004 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.002 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0014 70 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 0.001 50 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5×10 − 4 

## 8×10 − 4 

## 40 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 4 

## 35 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 4 

## 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 4 

## 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1.4×10 − 4 

## 7 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 5 0.5 0.05 0.005 5×10 − 4 

## 5×10 − 5 

## 8×10 − 5 

## 4 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 3.5 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 2×10 − 4 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 2×10 − 5 

## 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1.4×10 − 5 

## 0.7 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 8×10 − 6 

## 0.4 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 0.35 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 2×10 − 6 

## 0.1 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1.4×10 − 6 

## 0.07 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 8×10 − 7 

## 0.04 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 0.035 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 3.5×10 − 7 

## 2×10 − 7 

## 0.01 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1.4×10 − 7 

## 0.007 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 8×10 − 8 

## 0.004 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 0.0035 3.5×10 − 4 

## 3.5×10 − 5 

## 3.5×10 − 6 

## 3.5×10 − 7 

## 3.5×10 − 8 

## 2×10 − 8 

## 0.001 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 8 

## 1.4×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 4 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 8×10 − 9 

## 4×10 − 4 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 4×10 − 9 

## 2×10 − 9 

## 1×10 − 4 

## 1×10 − 5 

## 1×10 − 6 

## 1×10 − 7 

## 1×10 − 8 

## 1×10 − 9 

## 1.4×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 5 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 8×10 − 10 

## 4×10 − 5 

## 4×10 − 6 

## 4×10 − 7 

## 4×10 − 8 

## 4×10 − 9 

## 4×10 − 10 

## 1.4×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 6 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 11 

## 1.4×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 7 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 12 

# Page 174 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 4.2.4.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign the same factor value for hazardous waste quantity for the watershed as would be assigned in section 4.2.2.2.2 fo r the drinking water threat. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.2.3 Calculation of environmental threat-waste characteristics factor category value. For the hazardous substance selected for the watershed in section 4.2.4.2.1.5, use its ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value and ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value as follows to assign a value to the waste characteristics factor category. First, multiply the ecosystem toxicity/mobility/persistence factor value and t he hazardous waste quantity factor value for the watershed, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Then multiply this product by the ecosystem bioaccumulation potential factor value for this haz ardous substance, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 12 . Based on this product, assign a value from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3. 1) to the environmental threat-waste characteristics category for the watershed. Enter the value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.3 Environmental threat-targets. Evaluate the environmental threat-targets factor category for a watershed using one factor: sensitive environments. 4.2.4.3.1 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environments for the watershed based on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentra tions, and potential contamin ation. Determine which applies to each sensitive environment as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1, except: use only those samples from the surface water in-water segment and only those hazardous substances in such samples that meet the conditions in sections 4.2.1.3 and 4.2.1.4. 4.2.4.3.1.1 Level I concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as spec ified in section 4.1.4.3.1.1. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.3.1.2 Level II concentrations. Assign a value to this factor as specified in section 4.1.4.3.1.2. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.3.1.3 Potential contamination. Assign a value to this factor as s pecified in section 4.1.4.3.1.3 with the following modification. Multiply the appropriate dilution weight from t able 4–13 for the sensitive environments in each type of surface water body by the adjustment value selected from table 4–27, as specified in section 4.2.2.3.1. Use the resulting product, not the value from table 4–13, as the dilution weight for the sensitive environments in that type of surface water body. Do not round this product to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in table 4–25. 4.2.4.3.1.4 Calculation of environmental threat-targets factor category value. Sum the values for Level I concentrations, Level II conc entrations, and potential contamination fo r the watershed. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the environmental threat targets factor category value for the watershed. Enter this value in table 4–25. 4.2.4.4 Calculation of environmental threat score for a watershed. Multiply the environmental threat factor category values for likelihood of release, wast e characteristics, and targets for the watershed, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 60, as the environmental threat score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–25. 4.2.5 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration component score for a watershed. Sum the scores for the three threats for the watershed (that is, drinking water, human food chain, and environmental threats). Assign the resulting score, subject to a maximum va lue of 100, as the ground water to surface water migration component score for the watershed. Enter this score in table 4–25. 4.2.6 Calculation of ground water to surface water migration component score. Select the highest ground water to surface water migration component score from the watersheds evaluated. Assign this score as the ground water to surface water migrat ion component score for the site, subject to a maximum score of 100. Enter this score in table 4–25. 4.3 Calculation of surface water migration pathway score. Determine the surface water migration pathway score as follows: • If only one of the two surface water migrati on components (overland/flood or ground water to surface water) is scored, assign the score of that compo nent as the surface water migration pathway score. • If both components are scored, select the higher of the two component scores from sections 4.1.6 and 4.2.6. Assign that score as the surface water migration pathway score. 5.0 Soil Exposure Pathway Evaluate the soil exposure pathway based on two threats: Resident population threat and nearby population threat. Evaluate both threats based on three factor categories: Likelihood of exposure, waste characteristics, and targets. Figure 5–1 indicates the factors included within each factor category for 

## 1.4×10 − 12 

## 7×10 − 8 

## 7×10 − 9 

## 7×10 − 10 

## 7×10 − 11 

## 7×10 − 12 

## 7×10 − 13 

## 0 000000 

# Page 175 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...each type of threat. Determine the soil exposure pathway score (S s )in terms of the factor category values as follows:

where: LE i =Likelihood of exposure factor category value for threat i (that is, resident population threat or nearby population threat). WC i =Waste characteristics factor category value for threat i.
T i =Targets factor category value for threat i. SF=Scaling factor. Table 5–1 outlines the specif ic calculation procedure.

View or download PDF Table 5–1—Soil Exposure Pathway Scoresheet


## Factor categori es and factors Maximum value Value assigned Resident Population Threat Likelihood of Exposure 1. Likelihood of Exposure 550 __ Waste Characteristics 2. Toxicity (a) __ 3. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) __ 4. Waste Characteristics 100 __ 

# Page 176 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.

b Maximum value not applicable.

c No specific maximum value applies to factor. Ho wever, pathway score based solely on terrestrial sensitive environments is limited to maximum of 60.

d Do not round to nearest integer. 5.0.1 General considerations. Evaluate the soil exposure pathw ay based on areas of observed contamination: • Consider observed contam ination to be present at sampling locations where analytic evidence indicates that: –A hazardous substance attributabl e to the site is present at a concentration significantly above background levels for the site (see table 2–3 in se ction 2.3 for the criteria for determining analytical significance), and –This hazardous substance, if not present at t he surface, is covered by 2 feet or less of cover material (for example, soil). • Establish areas of observed contamination based on sampling locations at which there is observed 

## Targets 5. Resident Individual 50 __ 6. Resident Population: 6a. Level I Concentrations (b) __ 6b. Level II Concentrations (b) __ 6c. Resident Population (lines 6a + 6b) (b) __ 7. Workers 15 __ 8. Resources 5 __ 9. Terrestrial Sensitive Environments (c) __ 10. Targets (lines 5 + 6c + 7 + 8 + 9) (b) __ Resident Population Threat Score 11. Resident Population Threat (lines 1×4× 10) (b) __ Nearby Population Threat Likelihood of Exposure 12. Attractiveness/Accessibility 100 __ 13. Area of Contamination 100 __ 14. Likelihood of Exposure 500 __ Waste Characteristics 15. Toxicity (a) __ 16. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) __ 17. Waste Characteristics 100 __ Targets 18. Nearby Individual 1 __ 19. Population Within 1 Mile (b) __ 20. Targets (lines 18 + 19) (b) __ Nearby Population Threat Score 21. Nearby Population Threat (lines 14×17× 20) (b) __ Soil Exposure Pathway Score 22. Soil Exposure Pathway Score d 

## (S s 

## ), (lines [11+21] / 82,500, subject to a maximum of 100) 100 __ 

# Page 177 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...contamination as follows: –For all sources except contaminat ed soil, if observed contamination from the site is present at any sampling location within the source, consider that entire source to be an area of observed contamination.–For cont aminated soil, consider both the sa mpling location(s) with observed contamination from the site and the area lying between such locati ons to be an area of observed contamination, unless available information indicates otherwise. • If an area of observed contamination (or portion of such an area) is covered by a permanent, or otherwise maintained, essentially impenetrable material (for example, asphalt) that is not more than 2 feet thick, exclude that area (or portion of t he area) in evaluating the soil exposure pathway. • For an area of observed contaminat ion, consider only those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination for that area tobe associated with that area in evaluating the soil exposure pathway (see section 2.2.2). If there is observed contaminati on, assign scores for the resident population threat and the nearby population threat, as specified in sections 5.1 and 5. 2. If there is no observed contamination, assign the soil exposure pathway a score of 0. 5.1 Resident Population Threat. Evaluate the resident population threatonly if there is an area of observed contamination in one or more of the following locations: • Within the property boundary of a residence, school, or day care center and within 200 feet of the respective residence, school, or day care center, or • Within a workplace property boundary and within 200 feet of a workplace area, or • Within the boundaries of a resource specified in section 5.1.3.4, or • Within the boundaries of a terrestrial sensitiv e environment specified in section 5.1.3.5. If not, assign the resident population threat a value of 0, enter this value in table 5–1, and proceed to the nearby population threat (section 5.2). 5.1.1 Likelihood of exposure. Assign a value of 550 to the likelihood of exposure factor category for the resident population threat if there is an area of obser ved contamination in one or more locations listed in section 5.1. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate waste characteristics based on two factors: toxicity and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination at the site (see section 5.0.1). 5.1.2.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. Use the hazardous substance with the highest toxicity factor value to assign the value to the toxicity factor for the resident populati on threat. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity factor value as specified in section 2.4.2. In estimating the hazardous waste quantity, use table 5–2 and: • Consider only the first 2 feet of depth of an area of observed contami nation, except as specified for the volume measure. • Use the volume measure (see section 2.4.2.1.3) only for those types of areas of observed contamination listed in Tier C of table 5–2. In evaluating the volume measure for these listed areas of observed contamination, use the full volume, not just the volume within the top 2 feet. • Use the area measure (see section 2.4.2.1.4), not t he volume measure, for all other types of areas of observed contamination, even if their volume is known. Enter the value assigned in table 5–1. Table 5–2—Hazardous Waste Quantity Evaluati on Equations For Soil Exposure Pathway



## Tier Measure Units Equation for assigning value a 

## A Hazardous Constituent Quantity (C) lb C B b 

## Hazardous Wastestream Quantity (W) lb W/5,000 C b 

## Volume (V) 

# Page 178 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round nearest integer.

b Convert volume to mass when necessary: 1 ton= 2,000 pounds=1 cubic yard=4 drums=200 gallons.

cUse volume measure only for surface impoundments containing hazardous s ubstances present as liquids. Use area measures in Tier D for dry surface impoundments and for buried/backfilled surface impoundments.

d If actual volume of drums is una vailable, assume 1 drum=50 gallons.

e Use land surface area under pile, not surface area of pile. 5.1.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxicity and hazardous waste quantity factor values, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a value from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the waste c haracteristics factor category. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factor category for t he resident population threat based on five factors: resident individual, resident population, workers, resources, and terrestrial sensitive environments. In evaluating the targets factor category for the resident population threat, c ount only the following as targets: • Resident individual—a person livi ng or attending school or day care on a property with an area of observed contamination and whose residence, school, or day care c enter, respectively, is on or within 200 feet of the area of observed contamination. • Worker—a person working on a property wi th an area of observed contamination and whose workplace area is on or within 200 feet of the area of observed contamination. • Resources located on an area of observed cont amination, as specified in section 5.1. • Terrestrial sensitive environments located on an area of observed contamination, as specified in section 5.1. 5.1.3.1 Resident individual. Evaluate this factor based on whether there is a resident individual, as specified in section 5.1.3, who is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations. First, determine those areas of obs erved contamination subject to Level I concentrations and those subject to Level II concentrations as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 5–3 in determining the leve l of contamination. Then assign a value to the resident individual fa ctor as follows: • Assign a value of 50 if there is at least one resident individual for one or more areas subject to Level I concentrations. • Assign a value of 45 if there is no such resident indi viduals, but there is at l east one resident individual for one or more areas subject to Level II concentrations. • Assign a value of 0 if there is no resident individual. Enter the value assigned in table 5–1. 

## Surface Impoundment c 

## yd 3 

## V/2.5 Drums d 

## gallon V/500 Tanks and Containers Other Than Drums yd 3 

## V/2.5 D b 

## Area (A) Landfill ft 2 

## A/34,000 Surface Impoundment ft 2 

## A/13 Surface Impoundment (Buried/backfilled) ft 2 

## A/13 Land treatment ft 2 

## A/270 Pile e 

## ft 2 

## A/34 Contaminated Soil ft 2 

## A/34,000 

# Page 179 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...5.1.3.2 Resident population. Evaluate resident population based on two factors: Level I concentrations and Level II concentrations. Determine which factor applies as specified in se ctions 2.5.1 and 2.5.2, using the health-based benchmarks from table 5–3. Evaluate populations subject to Level I concentrations as specified in sect ion 5.1.3.2.1 and populations subject to Level II concentrations as specified in section 5.1.3.2.2. Table 5–3—Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Soils • Screening concentration for canc er corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 individual cancer ri sk for oral exposures. • Screening concentration for noncancer toxicologi cal responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for oral exposures. Count only those persons meeting the criteria for resident individual as specified in section 5.1.3. In estimating the number of people living on property with an area of observed contamination, when the estimate in based on the number of residences, mu ltiply each residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is located. 5.1.3.2.1 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of resident indi viduals subject to Level I concentrations and multiply this sum by 10. Assign t he resulting product as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.3.2.2 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of resident indi viduals subject to Level II concentrations. Do not include thos e people already counted under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign this sum as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.3.2.3 Calculation of resident population factor value. Sum the factor values for Level I concentrations and Level II concentra tions. Assign this sum as the re sident population factor value. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.3.3 Workers. Evaluate this factor based on the number of workers that meet the section 5.1.3 criteria. Assign a value for these workers usi ng table 5–4. Enter this value in table 5–1. Table 5–4—Factor Values for Workers

5.1.3.4 Resources. Evaluate the resources factor as follows: • Assign a value of 5 to the resources factor if one or more of the following is present on an area of observed contamination at the site: –Commercial agriculture. –Commercial silviculture.–Commercial livestock production or commercial livestock grazing. • Assign a value of 0 if none of the above are present. Enter the value assigned in table 5–1. 5.1.3.5 Terrestrial sensitive environments. Assign value(s) from table 5–5 to each terrestrial sensitive environment that meets the eligibil ity criteria of section 5.1.3. Calculate a value (ES) for terrestrial sensitive environments as follows:

where: S i =Value(s) assigned from table 5–5 to terrestrial sensitive environment i. n=Number of terrestrial sensitive environments meeting section 5.1.3 criteria. Because the pathway score based solely on terrestrial sensitive environments is limited to a maximum of 

## Number of workers Assigned value 0 0 1 to 100 5 101 to 1,000 10 Greater than 1,000 15 

# Page 180 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...60, determine the value for the terrestrial sensitive environments factor as follows: Table 5–5—Terrestrial Sensitive Environments Rating Values

a Critical habitat as defined in 50 CFR 424.02.

b Limit to vertebrate species. • Multiply the values assigned to the resident populat ion threat for likelihood of exposure (LE), waste characteristics (WC), and ES. Divide the product by 82,500. –If the result is 60 or less, assign the value ES as t he terrestrial sensitive environments factor value.–If

the result exceeds 60, calculate a value EC as follows: Assign the value EC as the terrestrial sensitive environm ents factor value. Do not round this value to the nearest interger. Enter the value assigned for the terrestrial sensitive environments factor in table 5–1. 5.1.3.6 Calculation of resident population targets factor category value. Sum the values for the resident individual, resident popul ation, workers, resources, and terrestria l sensitive environments factors. Do not round to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the targets factor category value for the resident population threat. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.1.4 Calculation of resident population threat score. Multiply the values fo r likelihood of exposure, waste characteristics, and targets for the resident population threat, and round the product to the nearest integer. Assign this product as the resident populat ion threat score. Enter this score in table 5–1. 5.2 Nearby population threat. Include in the nearby population only th ose individuals who live or attend school within a 1-mile travel dist ance of an area of observed contam ination at the site and who do not meet the criteria for resident indivi dual as specified in section 5.1.3. Do not consider areas of observed contamination that have an attractiveness/accessibility factor value of 0 (see section 5.2.1.1) in eval uating the nearby population threat. 5.2.1 Likelihood of exposure. Evaluate two factors for the likelihood of exposure factor category for the 

## Terrestrial sensitive environments Assigned value Terrestrial critical habitat a 

## for Federal designated endangered or threatened species 100 National Park Designated Federal Wilderness Area National Monument Terrestrial habitat known to be used by Federal designated or proposed threatened or endangered species 75 National Preserve (terrestrial) National or State Terrestrial Wildlife Refuge Federal land designated for protection of natural ecosystems Administratively proposed Federal Wilderness Area Terrestrial areas utilized for breeding by large or dense aggregations of animals b 

## Terrestrial habitat known to be used by State designated endangered or threatened species 50 Terrestrial habitat known to be used by species under review as to its Federal designated endangered or threatened status State lands designated for wildlife or game management 25 State designated Natural Areas Particular areas, relatively small in size, important to maintenance of unique biotic communities 

# Page 181 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...nearby population threat: attractiveness/ac cessibility and area of contamination. 5.2.1.1. Attractiveness/accessibility. Assign a value for attractiveness/ accessibility from table 5–6 to each area of observed contaminat ion, excluding any land used for re sidences. Select the highest value assigned to the areas evaluated and use it as the val ue for the attractiveness/accessibility factor. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.2.1.2 Area of contamination. Evaluate area of contamination based on the total area of the areas of observed contamination at the site. Count only the area(s) that meet the criteria in section 5.0.1 and that receive an attractiveness/accessibility value greater t han 0. Assign a value to this factor from table 5–7. Enter this value in table 5–1. Table 5–6—Attractiveness/Accessibility Values

Table 5–7—Area of Contamin ation Factor Values

5.2.1.3 Likelihood of exposure factor category value. Assign a value from Table 5–8 to the likelihood of exposure factor category, based on the values assigned to the attractiveness/accessibility and area of contamination factors. Enter this value in table 5–1. Table 5–8—Nearby Population Likelih ood of Exposure Factor Values 

## Area of observed contamination Assigned value Designated recreational area 100 Regularly used for public recreation (for example, fishing, hiking, softball) 75 Accessible and unique recreational area (for example, vacant lots in urban area) 75 Moderately accessible (may have some access improvements—for example, gravel road), with some public recreation use 50
Slightly accessible (for example, extremely rural area with no road improvement), with some public recreation use 25 Accessible, with no public recreation use 10 Surrounded by maintained fence or combination of maintained fence and natural barriers 5 Physically inaccessible to public, with no evidence of public recreation use 0

Total area of the areas of observed contamination (square feet) Assigned value Less than or equal to 5,000 5 Greater than 5,000 to 125,000 20 Greater than 125,000 to 250,000 40 Greater than 250,000 to 375,000 60 Greater than 375,000 to 500,000 80 Greater than 500,000 100

Area of contamin ation factor value Attractiveness/accessibility factor value 100 75 50 25 10 5 0 100 500 500 375 250 125 50 0 80 500 375 250 125 50 25 0 60 375 250 125 50 25 5 0 40 250 125 50 25 5 5 0 20 125 50 25 5 5 5 0 5 50 25 5 5 5 5 0 

# Page 182 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...5.2.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate waste characteristics based on two factors: toxicity and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those hazardous substances that meet the criteria for observed contamination (see section 5.0.1) at areas that can be assigned an attractiveness/accessibility factor value greater than 0. 5.2.2.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value as specified in section 2.4.1.1 to each hazardous substance meeting the criteria in section 5.2.2. Use the hazardous s ubstance with the highest toxicity factor value to assign the value to the toxicity fact or for the nearby population threat. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.2.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a value to the hazardous waste quantity factor as specified in section 5.1.2.2, except: consider only those areas of observed contaminat ion that can be assigned an attractiveness/accessibility factor value greater than 0. Enter the value assigned in table 5–1. 5.2.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxicity and hazardous waste quantity factor values, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a value from table 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the waste c haracteristics factor category. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.2.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factory category for the nearby population threat based on two factors: nearby individual and population within a 1-mile travel distance from the site. 5.2.3.1 Nearby individual. If one or more persons meet the section 5.1.3 criteria for a resident individual, assign this factor a value of 0. Enter this value in table 5–1. If no person meets the criteria for a resident individual , determine the shortest travel distance from the site to any residence or school. In determining the travel distance , measure the shortest overland distance an individual would trav el from a residence or school to the nearest area of observed contamination for the site with an a ttractiveness/accessibility factor value greater than 0. If there are no natural barriers to travel, measure the travel distanc e as the shortest strai ght-line distance from the residence or school to the area of obs erved contamination. If natural barri ers exist (for example, a river), measure the travel distance as the shortest straight-line distance from the residence or school to the nearest crossing point and from there as the shorte st straight-line distance to the area of observed contamination. Based on the shortest travel distanc e, assign a value from table 5–9 to the nearest individual factor. Enter this value in table 5–1. Table 5–9—Nearby Individual Factor Values

a Assign a value of 0 if one or more persons meet the section 5.1.3 criteria for resident individual. 5.2.3.2 Population within 1 mile. Determine the population within each travel distance category of table 5–10. Count residents and students who attend school with in this travel distance. Do not include those people already counted in the residentpopulation threat. Determine trav el distances as specified in section 5.2.3.1. In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is located. Based on the number of people included within a trav el distance category, as sign a distance-weighted population value for that trav el distance from table 5–10. Calculate the value for the population within 1 mile factor (PN) as follows:

where: W i =Distance-weighted population value from table 5–10 for travel distance category i. If PN is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PN is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 5–1. 5.2.3.3 Calculation of nearby population targets factor category value. Sum the values for the nearby individual factor and the population within 1 mile fa ctor. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the targets factor category value for the nearby population threat. Enter this value in table 5–1. 

## Travel distance for nearby indi vidual (miles) Assigned value Greater than 0 to 1/4 1 a 

## Greater than 1/4 to 1 0 

# Page 183 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 5–10—Distance-Weighted Populati on Values for Nearby Population Threat a

a Round the number of people present within a travel distance category to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned distance-weighted populat ion value to nearest integer. 5.2.4 Calculation of nearby population threat score. Multiply the values for li kelihood of exposure, waste characteristics, and targets for the nearby population threat, and round the product to the nearest integer. Assign this product as the nearby populat ion threat score. Enter this score in table 5–1. 5.3 Calculation of soil exposure pathway score. Sum the resident population threat score and the nearby population threat score, and divide the sum by82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum of 100, as the soil exposure pathway score (S s ). Enter this score in table 5–1. 6.0 Air Migration Pathway Evaluate the air migrati on pathway based on three factor categories: likelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets. Figure 6–1 indicate s the factors included within each factor category. Determine the air migration pathway score (S a ) in terms of the factor category values as follows:

where: LR=Likelihood of release factor category value. WC=Waste characteristics factor category value. T=Targets factor category value. SF=Scaling factor. Table 6–1 outlines the specif ic calculation procedure.



## Travel distance category

(miles) Number of people within the travel distance category

0 1 to 10 11 to 30 31 to 100 101 to 300 301 to 1,000 1,001 to 3,000 3,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 30,000 30,001 to 100,000 100,001 to 300,000 300,001 to 1,000,000 Greater than 0 to 1/4 0 0.1 0.4 1.0 4 13 41 130 408 1,303 4,081 13,034

Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 0 0.05 0.2 0.7 2 7 20 65 204 652 2,041 6,517

Greater than 1/2 to 1 0 0.02 0.1 0.3 1 3 10 33 102 326 1,020 3,258 

# Page 184 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF Table 6–1—Air Migration Pathway Scoresheet


## Factor categori es and factors Maximum value Value assigned Likelihood of Release 1. Observed Release 550 __ 2. Potential to Release: 2a. Gas Potential to Release 500 __ 2b. Particulate Potential to Release 500 __ 2c. Potential to Release (higher of lines 2a and 2b) 500 __ 3. Likelihood of Release (higher of lines 1 and 2c) 550 __ Waste Characteristics 4. Toxicity/Mobility (a) __ 5. Hazardous Waste Quantity (a) __ 6. Waste Characteristics 100 __ Targets 7. Nearest Individual 50 __ 8. Population: 8a. Level I Concentrations (b) __ 8b. Level II Concentrations (b) __ 8c. Potential Contamination (b) __ 8d. Population (lines 8a+8b+8c) (b) __ 9. Resources 5 __ 10. Sensitive Environments 10a. Actual Contamination (c) __ 10b. Potential Contamination (c) __ 10c. Sensitive Environments (c) __ 

# Page 185 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Maximum value applies to waste characteristics category.

b Maximum value not applicable.

c No specific maximum value applies to factor. However, pathway score based solely on sensitive environments is limited to maximum of 60.

d Do not round to nearest integer. 6.1 Likelihood of Release. Evaluate the likelihood of release factor category in terms of an observed release factor or a potential to release factor. 6.1.1 Observed release. Establish an observed release to the atmosphere by demonstrating that the site has released a hazardous substance to t he atmosphere. Base this demonstration on either: • Direct observation—a material (for example, particu late matter) that contains one or more hazardous substances has been seen entering the atmosphere directly. When evidence supports the inference of a release of a material that contai ns one or more hazardous substances by the site to the atmosphere, demonstrated adverse effects accumulated with t hat release may be used to establish an observed release. • Chemical analysis—an analysis of air samples indicates that the concentration of ambient hazardous substance(s) has increased signifi cantly above the background concentra tion for the site (see section 2.3). Some portion of the significant increase must be attributable to the site to establish the observed release. If an observed release can be established, assign an observed release factor value of 550, enter this value in table 6–1, and proceed to section 6.1.3. If an observed release cannot be established, assign an observed release factor value of 0, enter this value in table 6–1, and proceed to section 6.1.2. 6.1.2 Potential to release. Evaluate potential to release onl y if an observed release cannot be established. Determine the potential to release factor value for the site by s eparately evaluating the gas potential to release and the particulate potential to re lease for each source at the site. Select the highest potential to release value (either gas or particulate ) calculated for the sources evaluated and assign that value as the site potential to rel ease factor value as specified below. 6.1.2.1 Gas potential to release. Evaluate gas potential to release for those sources that contain gaseous hazardous substances—that is, those hazardou s substances with a vapor pressure greater than or equal to 10 − 9 torr. Evaluate gas potential to release for each source based on three factors: gas containment, gas source type, and gas migration potential. Calcul ate the gas potential to release va lue as illustrated in table 6–2. Combine sources with similar characteristics into a single source in evaluating the gas potential to release factors. Table 6–2—Gas Potential to Release Evaluation 

## (lines 10a+10b) 11. Targets (lines 7+8d+9+10c) (b) __ Air Migration Pathway Score 12. Pathway Score (S a 

## ) [(lines 3×6×11)/82,500] d 

## 100 __

Source Source type a 

## Gas containment factor value b 

## Gas source

type factor value c 

## Gas migration potential factor value d 

## Sum Gas source value A B C (B+C) A(B+C) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 

# Page 186 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Enter a Source Type listed in table 6–4.

b Enter Gas Containment Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.1.

c Enter Gas Source Type Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.2.

d Enter Gas Migration Potential Factor Value from section 6.1.2.1.3. 6.1.2.1.1 Gas containment. Assign each source a value from tabl e 6–3 for gas containment. Use the lowest value from table 6–3 that applies to the source , except: assign a value of 10 if there is evidence of biogas release or if there is an active fire within the source. Table 6–3—Gas Containment Factor Values

a This value must be used if applicable.

b Consider moist fine-grained and saturated coarse-grained soils resi stant to gas migration. Consider all other soils nonresistant. 6.1.2.1.2 Gas source type. Assign a value for gas source type to each source as follows: 

## 8. Gas Potential to Release Factor (Select the Highest Gas Source Value)

Gas containment description Assigned value All situations except those specifically listed below 10 Evidence of biogas release 10 a 

## Active fire within source 10 a 

## Gas collection/treatment system functioning, regularly inspected, maintained, and completely covering source 0 Source substantially surrounded by engineering windbreak and no other containment specifically described in this table applies 7 Source covered with essentially impermeable, regularly inspected, maintained cover 0 Uncontaminated soil cover >3 feet: • Source substantially vegetated with little exposed soil 0 • Source lightly vegetated with much exposed soil 3 • Source substantially devoid of vegetation 7 Uncontaminated soil cover ≥ 1 foot and ≥ 3 feet: • Source heavily vegetated with essentially no exposed soil —Cover soil type resistant to gas migration b 

## 3 —Cover soil type not resistant to gas migration b 

## or unknown 7 • Source substantially vegetated with little exposed soil and cover soil type resistant to gas migration b 

## 7 • Other 10 Uncontaminated soil cover <1 foot: • Source heavily vegetated with essentially no exposed soil and cover soil type resistant to gas migration b 

## 7 • Other 10 Totally or partially enclosed within structurally intact building and no other containment specifically described in this table applies 7 Source consists solely of intact, sealed containers: • Totally protected from weather by regularly inspected, maintained cover 0 • Other 3 

# Page 187 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Determine if the source meets the minimum si ze requirement based on the source hazardous waste quantity value (see section 2.4.2.1.5). If the source receives a source hazardous waste quantity value of 0.5 or more, consider the source to meet the minimum size requirement. • If the source meets the minimum size requiremen t, assign it a value from table 6–4 for gas source type. • If the source does not meet the minimum size requirement, assign it a value of 0 for gas source type. If no source at the site meets the minimum size requi rement, assign each source at the site a value from table 6–4 for gas source type. Table 6–4—Source Type Factor Values

6.1.2.1.3 Gas migration potential. Evaluate this factor for each source as follows: • Assign a value for gas migration potential to each of the gaseous hazardous substances associated with the source (see section 2.2.2) as follows: –Assign values from table 6–5 for vapor pressure and Henry's constant to each hazardous substance. If Henry's constant cannot be determined for a hazardous substance, assign that hazardous substance a value of 2 for the Henry's constant component .–Sum the two values assigned to the hazardous substance.–Based on this sum, assign the hazardou s substance a value from table 6–6 for gas migration potential. • Assign a value for gas migration po tential to each source as follows: –Select three hazardous substances associated with the source: –If more than three gaseous hazardous substances can be associated with the source, select three that have the highest gas mi gration potential values. –If fewer than three gaseous hazardous substances can be associated with a source, select all of them. 

## Source type Assigned value Gas Particulate Active fire area 14 30 Burn pit 19 22 Containers or tanks (buried/below-ground): • Evidence of biogas release 33 22 • No evidence of biogas release 11 22 Containers or tanks, not elsewhere specified 28 14 Contaminated soil (excluding land treatment) 19 22 Landfarm/land treatment 28 22 Landfill: • Evidence of biogas release 33 22 • No evidence of biogas release 11 22 Pile: • Tailings pile 6 28 • Scrap metal or junk pile 6 17 • Trash pile 6 6 • Chemical waste pile 11 28 • Other waste piles 17 28 Surface impoundments (buried/backfilled): • Evidence of biogas release 33 22 • No evidence of biogas release 11 22 Surface impoundment (not buried/backfilled): • Dry 19 22 • Other 28 0 Other types of sources, not elsewhere specified 0 0 

# Page 188 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...–Average the gas migration potentia l values assigned to the selected hazardous substances.–Based on this average value, assign the source a gas migration potential value from table 6–7. Table 6–5—Values for Vapor Pressu re and Henry's Constant

Table 6–6—Gas Migration Potential Values for a Hazardous Substance

Table 6–7—Gas Migration Potential Values for the Source

a If fewer than three hazardous substances can be associated with the source, compute the average based only on those hazardous substances that can be associated. 6.1.2.1.4 Calculation of gas potential to release value. Determine the gas potential to release value for each source as illustrated in table 6–2. For each s ource, sum the gas source type factor value and gas migration potential factor value and multiply this sum by the gas containment factor value. Select the highest product calculated for the sources evaluated and assign it as the gas potential to release value for the site. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.1.2.2 Particulate potential to release. Evaluate particulate potential to release for those sources that contain particulate hazardous substances—that is, those hazardous substances with a vapor pressure less than or equal to 10 − 1 torr. Evaluate particulate potential to release for each source based on three factors: particulate containment, particulate source type, and particulate migration pot ential. Calculate the particulate potential to release value as illustrated in table 6–8. Combine sources with similar characteristics into a single source in evaluating the particulate potential to release factors. 6.1.2.2.1 Particulate containment. Assign each source a value from table 6–9 for particulate containment. Use the lowest value from table 6–9 that applies to the source. 6.1.2.2.2 Particulate source type. Assign a value for particulate source type to each source in the same manner as specified for gas sources in section 6.1.2.1.2. 6.1.2.2.3 Particulate migration potential. Based on the site location, assign a value from Figure 6–2 for particulate migration potential. Assign this same value to each source at the site. 

## Vapor pressure (Torr) Assigned value Greater than 10 3 Greater than 10 − 3 

## to 10 2 10 − 5 

## to 10 − 3 

## 1 Less than 10 − 5 

## 0 Henry's constant (atm-m 3 

## /mol) Assigned value Greater than 10 − 3 

## 3 Greater than 10 − 5 

## to 10 − 3 

## 2 10 − 7 

## to 10 − 5 

## 1 Less than 10 − 7 

## 0

Sum of values for vapor pressure an d Henry's constant Assigned value 0 0 1 or 2 6 3 or 4 11 5 or 6 17

Average of gas migration potential values for three hazardous substances a 

## Assigned value 0 to < 3 0 3 to < 8 6 8 to < 14 11 14 to 17 17 

# Page 189 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 6–8—Particulate Potential to Release Evaluation

a Enter a Source Type listed in table 6–4.

b Enter Particulate Containment Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.1.

c Enter Particulate Source Type Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.2.

d Enter Particulate Migration Potential Factor Value from section 6.1.2.2.3. Table 6–9—Particulate Containment Factor Values 

## Source Source type a 

## Particulate containment factor value b 

## Particulate type factor

value c 

## Particulate migration potential

factor value d 

## Sum Particulate source value A B C (B+C) A (B+C) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Particulate Potential to Release Factor Value (Select Highest Particulate Source Value)

Particulate containment description Assigned value All situations except those specifically listed below 10 Source contains only particulate hazardous substances totally covered by liquids 0 Source substantially surrounded by engineered windbreak and no other containment specifically described in this table applies 7 Source covered with essentially impermeable, regularly inspected, maintained cover 0 Uncontaminated soil cover > 3 feet: • Source substantially vegetated with little or no exposed soil 0 • Source lightly vegetated with much exposed soil 3 • Source substantially devoid of vegetation 7 Uncontaminated soil cover ≥1 foot and ≤ 3 feet: • Source heavily vegetated with essentially no exposed soil: —Cover soil type resistant to gas migration a 

## 3 —Cover soil type not resistant to gas migration a 

## or unknown 7 • Source substantially vegetated with little exposed soil and cover soil type resistant to gas migration a 

## 7 • Other 10 Uncontaminated soil cover < 1 foot: • Source heavily vegetated with essentially no exposed soil and cover soil type resistant to gas migration a 

## 7 • Other 10 

# Page 190 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Consider moist fine-grained and saturated coarse-grained soils resi stant to gas migration. Consider all other soils nonresistant.

View or download PDF Figure 6–2—Particulate Migration Potential Factor Values—Concluded 

## Totally or partially enclosed within structurally intact building and no other containment specifically described in this table applies 7 Source consists solely of containers: • All containers contain only liquids 0 • All containers intact, sealed, and totally protected from weather by regularly inspected, maintained cover 0 • All containers intact and sealed 3 • Other 10

Location Particulate migration potential assigned value Hawaiian Islands Hilo, Hawaii 0 Honolulu, Oahu 17 Kahului, Maui 17 Lanai 17 Lihue, Kauai 11 Molokai 17 Pacific Islands Guam 6 Johnston Island 17 Koror Island 0 Kwajalein Island 6 Mujuro, Marshall Islands 0 Pago Pago, American 0 

# Page 191 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...For site locations not on Figure 6–2, and for site locations near the boundary points on Figure 6–2, assign a value as follows. First, calculate a Thornthwaite P-E i ndex using the foll owing equation:

where: PE=Thornthwaite P-E index. P i =Mean monthly precipitation for month i, in inches.
T i =Mean monthly temperature for month i, in degr ees Fahrenheit; for any month having a mean monthly 

## Samoa Ponape Island 0 Truk, Caroline Islands 0 Wake Island 17 Yap Island 0 Alaska Anchorage 17 Annette 0 Barrow 17 Barter Island 17 Bethel 17 Bettles 17 Big Delta 17 Cold Bay 6 Fairbanks 17 Gulkana 17 Homer 11 Juneau 0 King Salmon 11 Kodiak 0 Kutzebue 17 McGrath 17 Nome 11 St. Paul Island 11 Talkeetna 6 Unalakleet 17 Valdez 0 Yakutat 0 American Virgin Islands St. Croix 17 St. John 11 St. Thomas 11 Puerto Rico Arecibo 6 Coloso 6 Fajardo 11 Humacao 6 Isabela Station 11 Ponce 17 San Juan 11 

# Page 192 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...temperature less than 28.4 °F, use 28.4 °F. Based on the calculated Thornthwaite P-E index, assi gn a source particulate migration potential value to the site from table 6–10. Assign this sa me value to each source at the site. Table 6–10—Particulate Migration Potential Values

6.1.2.2.4 Calculation of particulate potential to release value. Determine the particulate potential to release value for each source as illustrated in t able 6–8. For each source, sum its particulate source type factor value and particulate migration potential fa ctor value and multiply this sum by its particulate containment factor value. Select the highest produ ct calculated for the sources evaluated and assign it as the particulate potential to release valu e for the site. Enter the value in table 6–1. 6.1.2.3 Calculation of potential to release factor value for the site. Select the higher of the gas potential to release value assigned in section 6.1.2.1.4 and th e particulate potential to release value assigned in section 6.1.2.2.4. Assign the value selected as the site potential to release factor value. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.1.3 Calculation of likelihood of re lease factor category value. If an observed release is established, assign the observed release factor value of 550 as the likelihood of release factor category value. Otherwise, assign the site potential to release factor value as the likelihood of release factor category value. Enter the value in table 6–1. 6.2 Waste characteristics. Evaluate the waste characteristics fa ctor category based on two factors: toxicity/mobility and hazardous waste quantity. Evaluate only those haza rdous substances available to migrate from the sources at the site to the atmosphere. Such hazardous substances include: • Hazardous substances that meet the criter ia for an observed release to the atmosphere. • All gaseous hazardous substances associated with a source that has a gas containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 6.1.2.1.1). • All particulate hazardous substances associated with a source that has a particulate containment factor value greater than 0 (see section 2.2.2, 2.2.3, and 6.1.2.2.1). 6.2.1 Toxicity/mobility. For each hazardous substance, assign a toxicity factor value, a mobility factor value, and a combined toxicity/mobility factor value asspecified below. Select t he toxicity/mobility factor value for the air migration pathway as specified in section 6.2.1.3. 6.2.1.1 Toxicity. Assign a toxicity factor value to each hazardous substance as specified in section 2.4.1.1. 6.2.1.2 Mobility. Assign a mobility factor value to eac h hazardous substance as follows: • Gaseous hazardous substance. –Assign a mobility factor value of 1 to each gaseous haz ardous substance that meets the criteria for an observed release to the atmosphere.–Assign a mobility factor value from table 6–11, based on vapor pressure, to each gaseous hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release. • Particulate hazardous substance. –Assign a mobility factor value of 0.02 to each particu late hazardous substance that meets the criteria for an observed release to the atmosphere.–Assign a mobility factor value from Figure 6–3, based on the site's location, to each particulate hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release. (Assign all such particulate haz ardous substances this same value.)–For site locations not on Figure 6–3 and for site locationsnear the boundary points on Figure 6–3, assign a mobility factor value to each particulate hazardous substance that does not meet the criteria for an observed release as follows: –Calculate a value M: M=0.0182 (U 3 /[PE] 2 ) where: 

## Thornthwaite P-E Index Assigned value Greater than 150 0 85 to 150 6 50 to less than 85 11 Less than 50 17 

# Page 193 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...U=Mean average annual wind speed (meters per second). PE=Thornthwaite P-E index from section 6.1.2.2.3. –Based on the value M, assign a mobility factor va lue from table 6–12 to each particulate hazardous substance. • Gaseous and particulate hazardous substances. –For a hazardous substance potentially present in both gaseous and particulate forms, select the higher of the factor values for gas mobility and particulate mobility for that substance and assign that value as the mobility factor value for the hazardous substance. 6.2.1.3 Calculation of toxicity/mobility factor value. Assign each hazardous substance a toxicity/mobility factor value from table 6–13, based on the values a ssigned to the hazardous substance for the toxicity and mobility factors. Use the hazardous substance with the highest toxicity/m obility factor value to assign the value to the toxicity/mobili ty factor for the air migration pathw ay. Enter this value in table 6–1. Table 6–11—Gas Mobility Factor Values

a Do not round to nearest integer.

View or download PDF 

## Vapor pressure (Torr) Assigned value a 

## Greater than 10 − 1 

## 1.0 Greater than 10 − 3 

## to 10 − 1 

## 0.2 Greater than 10 − 5 

## to 10 − 3 

## 0.02 Greater than 10 − 7 

## to 10 − 5 

## 0.002 Less than or equal to 10 − 7 

## 0.0002 

# Page 194 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...View or download PDF

View or download PDF Figure 6–3—Particulate Mobility Factor Values—Concluded 

## Location Particulated mobility assigned value Pacific Islands Guam 0.0002 

# Page 195 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 6–12—Particulate Mobility Factor Values

a Do not round to nearest integer. Table 6–13—Toxicity/Mobility Factor Values a

a Do not round to nearest integer. 6.2.2 Hazardous waste quantity. Assign a hazardous waste quantity fact or value for the air migration pathway as specified in section 2.4. 2. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.2.3 Calculation of waste characteristics factor category value. Multiply the toxici ty/mobility factor value and the hazardous waste quantity factor value, subject to a maximum product of 1×10 8 . Based on this product, assign a value from tabl e 2–7 (section 2.4.3.1) to the wast e characteristics factor category. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.3 Targets. Evaluate the targets factor category based on four fa ctors: nearest individual, population, resources, and sensitive environments. Include only those targets (for example, individuals, sensitive environments) 

## Johnston Island 0.002 Koror Island 0.00008 Kwajalein Island 0.0002 Mujuro, Marshall Islands 0.00008 Pago Pago, American Samoa 0.00008 Ponape Island 0.00002 Truk, Caroline Islands 0.00008 Wake Island 0.002 Yap Island 0.00008 American Virgin Islands St. Croix 0.0008 St. John 0.0002 St. Thomas 0.0002

M Assigned value a 

## Greater than 1.4×10 − 2 

## 0.02 Greater than 4.4×10 − 3 

## to 1.4×10 − 2 

## 0.008 Greater than 1.4×10 − 3 

## to 4.4×10 − 3 

## 0.002 Greater than 4.4×10 − 4 

## to 1.4×10 − 3 

## 0.0008 Greater than 1.4×10 − 4 

## to 4.4×10 − 4 

## 0.0002 Greater than 4.4×10 − 5 

## to 1.4×10 − 4 

## 0.00008 Less than or equal to 4.4×10 − 5 

## 0.00002

Mobility factor value Toxicity factor value 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 1.0 10,000 1,000 100 10 1 0 0.2 2,000 200 20 2 0.2 0 0.02 200 20 2 0.2 0.02 0 0.008 80 8 0.8 0.08 0.008 0 0.002 20 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0 0.0008 8 0.8 0.08 0.008 0.0008 0 0.0002 2 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.0002 0 0.00008 0.8 0.08 0.008 0.0008 0.00008 0 0.00002 0.2 0.02 0.002 0.0002 0.00002 0 

# Page 196 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...located within the 4-mile target distance limit, exc ept: if an observed release is established beyond the 4- mile target distance limit, include t hose additional targets that are spec ified below in this section and in section 6.3.4. Evaluate the nearest individual and population factors based on whether the target populations are subject to Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, or potentia l contamination. Determine which applies to a target population as follows. If no samples meet the criteria for an observed rel ease to air and if there is no observed release by direct observation, consider the entire population within the 4-mile target distance limit to be subject to potential contamination. If one or more samples meet the criteria for an observ ed release to air or if t here is an observed release by direct observation, evaluat e the population as follows: • Determine the most distant sample location that meets the criteria for Level I concentrations as specified in sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 and the most di stant location (that is, sample location or direct observation location) that meets the criteria for Level II concentrations. Use the health-based benchmarks from table 6–14 in determining the level of contamination for sample locations. If the most distant Level II location is closer to a source than the most distant Level I sample location, do not consider the Level II location. • Determine the single most distant location (sample location or directobservation location) that meets the criteria for Level I or Level II concentrations. • If this single most distant locati on is within the 4-mile target di stance limit, identify the distance categories from table 6–15 in which the select ed Level I concentrations sample and Level II concentrations sample (or direct ob servation location) are located: –Consider the target populat ion anywhere within this furthest Level I distance category, or anywhere within a distance category closer to a source at the site, as subject to Level I concentrations.–Consider the target population located beyond any Level I dist ance categories, up to and including the population anywhere within the furthest Level II distance category, as subject to Level II concentrations.–Consider the remainder of the target population within the 4-mi le target distance limit as subject to potential contamination. • If the single most distant location is beyond the 4-mi le target distance limit, identify the distance at which the selected Level I concentrations sample and Level II concentrations sample (or direct observation location) are located: –If the Level I sample location is within the 4-mile target distance limit, i dentify the target population subject to Level I concentrations as specified above.–If the Level I sample location is beyond the 4-mile target distance limit, consider the target population located anywhere within a distance from the sources at the site equal to the distance to this sample location to be subject to Level I concentrations and include them in the evaluation.–Consider the ta rget population located beyond the Level I target population, but located anywhere within a distance from the sources at the site equal to the distance to the selected Level II location, to be subject to Level II concentrations and include them in the evaluation.–Do not include any target population as subject to potential contamination. Table 6–14—Health-Based Benchmarks for Hazardous Substances in Air

Table 6–15—Air Migration Pathway Distance Weights 

## • Concentration corresponding to National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS). • Concentration corresponding to National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs). • Screening concentration for cancer corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 

## individual cancer risk for inhalation exposures. • Screening concentration for noncancer toxicological responses corresponding to the Reference Dose (RfD) for inhalation exposures.

Distance category (miles) Assigned distance weight a 

## 0 1.0 Greater than 0 to 1/4 0.25 Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 0.054 Greater than 1/2 to 1 0.016 Greater than 1 to 2 0.0051 Greater than 2 to 3 0.0023 

# Page 197 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...a Do not round to nearest integer. 6.3.1 Nearest individual. Assign the nearest individual fa ctor a value as follows: • If one or more residences or regularly occupied build ings or areas is subject to Level I concentrations as specified in section 6. 3, assign a value of 50. • If not, but if one or more a residences or regularlyoccupied buildings or areas is subject to Level II concentrations, assign a value of 45. • If none of the residences and regularly occupied build ings and areas is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations, assign a value to this factor based on t he shortest distance to any residence or regularly occupied building or area, as measured from any source at the site with an air migration containment factor value greater than 0. Based on this shorte st distance, assign a value from table 6–16 to the nearest individual factor. Enter the value assigned in table 6–1. Table 6–16—Nearest Individual Factor Values

a Distance does not apply. 6.3.2 Population. In evaluating the population factor, count residents, students, and workers regularly present within the target distance limit. Do notcount transient populations such as customers and travelers passing through the area. In estimating residential population, when the estimate is based on the number of residences, multiply each residence by the average number of persons per residence for the county in which the residence is located. 6.3.2.1 Level of contamination. Evaluate the population factor bas ed on three factors: Level I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potent ial contamination. Evaluate the population s ubject to Level I concentrations (see section 6.3) as specified in section 6.3.2.2, the population subject to Level II concentrations as specified in section 6.3.2.3, and the population subject to potential contaminat ion as specified in section 6.3.2.4. For the potential contamination factor, use populati on ranges in evaluating the factor as specified in section 6.3.2.4. For the Level I and Level II conc entrations factors, use the population estimate, not population ranges, in evaluating both factors. 6.3.2.2 Level I concentrations. Sum the number of people subject to Level I concentrations. Multiply this sum by 10. Assign the product as the value fo r this factor. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.3.2.3 Level II concentrations. Sum the number of people subject to Level II concentrations. Do not include those people already counted under the Level I concentrations factor. Assign this sum as the value for this factor. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.3.2.4 Potential contamination. Determine the number of people with in each distance category of the target distance limit (see table 6–15) who are subjec t to potential contamination. Do not include those people already counted under the Level I and Level II concentrations factors. Based on the number of people present within a distance category, assign a distance-weighted population value for that distance category from t able 6–17. (Note that the distance-weighted population values in table 6–17 incorporate t he distance weights from table 6–15. Do not multiply the values from table 6–17 by these distance weights.) 

## Greater than 3 to 4 0.0014 Greater than 4 0

Distance to nearest individual (miles) Assigned value Level I concentrations a 

## 50 Level II concentrations a 

## 45 0 to 1/8 20 Greater than 1/8 to 1/4 7 Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 2 Greater than 1/2 to 1 1 Greater than 1 0 

# Page 198 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Calculate the potential contamination factor value (PI) as follows:

where: W i =Distance-weighted population from table 6–17 for distance category i. n=Number of distance categories. If PI is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if PI is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.3.2.5 Calculation of population factor value. Sum the factor values for Lev el I concentrations, Level II concentrations, and potential contaminat ion. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the population factor value. Enter this value in table 6–1.

Table 6–17—Distance-Weighted Population Valu es For Potential Contamination Factor for Air Pathway a

a Round the number of people present within a distanc e category to nearest integer. Do not round the assigned distance-weighted populati on value to nearest integer. 6.3.3 Resources. Evaluate the resources factor as follows: • Assign a value of 5 if one or more of the followi ng resources are present within one-half mile of a source at the site having an air migration containment fa ctor value greater than 0: –Commercial agriculture.–Commercial silvic ulture.–Major or designated recreation area. • Assign a value of 0 if none of these resources is present. Enter the value assigned in table 6–1. 6.3.4 Sensitive environments. Evaluate sensitive environments based on two factors: actual contamination and potential cont amination. Determine which factor applies as follows. If no samples meet the criteria for an observed rel ease to air and if there is no observed release by 

## Distance category

(miles) Number of people within the distance category

0 1 to 10 11 to 30 31 to 100 101 to 300 301 to 1,000 1,001 to 3,000 3,001 to 10,000 10,001 to 30,000 30,001 to 100,000 100,001 to 300,000 300,001 to 1,000,000 1,000,001 to 3,000,000 On a source 0 4 17 53 164 522 1,633 5,214 16,325 52,137 163,246 521,360 1,632,455 Greater than 0 to 1/4 0 1 4 13 41 131 408 1,304 4,081 13,034 40,812 130,340 408,114

Greater than 1/4 to 1/2 0 0.2 0.9 3 9 28 88 282 882 2,815 8,815 28,153 88,153

Greater than 1/2 to 1 0 0.06 0.3 0.9 3 8 26 83 261 834 2,612 8,342 26,119

Greater than 1 to 2 0 0.02 0.09 0.3 0.8 3 8 27 83 266 833 2,659 8,326

Greater than 2 to 3 0 0.009 0.04 0.1 0.4 1 4 12 38 120 375 1,199 3,755

Greater than 3 to 4 0 0.005 0.02 0.07 0.2 0.7 2 7 23 73 229 730 2,285 

# Page 199 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...direct observation, consider all s ensitive environments located, partiallyor wholly, within the target distance limit to be subject to potential contamination. If one or more samples meet the criteria for an observ ed release to air or if t here is an observed release by direct observation, determine the most distant loca tion (that is, sample location or direct observation location) that meets the criteria for an observed release: • If the most distant location meeting the criteria for an observed release is within the 4-mile target distance limit, identify the distance category from table 6–15 in which it is located: –Consider sensitive environments loca ted, partially or wholly, anywhere within this distance category or anywhere within a distance category closer to a source at the site as subject to actual contamination.– Consider all other sensitive environment s located, partially or wholly, wi thin the target distance limit as subject to potential contamination. • If the most distant location meeting the criteria for an observed release is beyond the 4-mile target distance limit, identify the distance at which it is located: –Consider sensitive environments lo cated, partially or wholly, anywhere within a distance from the sources at the site equal to the distance to this loca tion to be subject to actual contamination and include all such sensitive environments in the evaluation. –Do not include any sensitiv e environments as subject to potential contamination. 6.3.4.1 Actual contamination. Determine those sensitive environment s subject to actual contamination ( i.e. , those located partially or wholly within a di stance category subject to actual contamination). Assign value(s) from table 4–23 (s ection 4.1.4.3.1.1) to each sensit ive environment subject to actual contamination. For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an additional val ue from table 6–18. In assigning a value from table 6–18, include only t hose portions of wetlands located within distance categories subject to actual contamination. If a wetl and is located partially in a distance category subject to actual contamination and partially in one subject to potential contamination, then solely for purposes of table 6–18, count the portion in the distance ca tegory subject to potential contamination under the potential contamination factor in section 6.3.4.2. Determine the total acreage of wetlands within those distance categories subject to actual contaminati on and assign a value from table 6–18 based on this total acreage. Calculate the actual contamination factor value (EA) as follows:

where: WA=Value assigned from table 6–18 for wetlands in distance categories s ubject to actual contamination. S i =Value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to sensitive environment i.
n=Number of sensitive environments subject to actual contamination. Enter the value assigned in table 6–1. Table 6–18—Wetlands Rating Values for Air Migration Pathway a

a Wetlands as defined in 40 CFR section 230.3. 6.3.4.2 Potential contamination. Determine those sensitive environment s located, partially or wholly, 

## Wetland area (acres) Assigned value Less than 1 0 1 to 50 25 Greater than 50 to 100 75 Greater than 100 to 150 125 Greater than 150 to 200 175 Greater than 200 to 300 250 Greater than 300 to 400 350 Greater than 400 to 500 450 Greater than 500 500 

# Page 200 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...within the target distance limit that are subject to potential contaminat ion. Assign value(s) from table 4– 23 to each sensitive environment subject to potential contamination. Do not include those sensitive environments already counted for table 4–2 3 under the actual c ontamination factor. For each distance category subject to potential contamination, sum t he value(s) assigned from table 4– 23 to the sensitive environments in that distance cat egory. If a sensitive environment is located in more than one distance category, assign the sensitive environment only to that distance category having the highest distance weighting value from table 6–15. For those sensitive environments that are wetlands, assign an additional val ue from table 6–18. In assigning a value from table 6–18, include only t hose portions of wetlands located within distance categories subject to potential contamination, as spec ified in section 6.3.4.1. Treat the wetlands in each separate distance category as separate sensitive environments solely for purposes of applying table 6– 18. Determine the total acreage of wetlands within each of these distance categories and assign a separate value from table 6–18 for each distance category. Calculate the potential contamination factor value (EP) as follows:

S ij =Value(s) assigned from table 4–23 to sens itive environment in distance category j.
n=Number of sensitive environments subject to potential contamination. W

j =Value assigned from table 6–18 for wetland area in distance category j.
Dj =Distance weight from tabl e 6–15 for distance category j. m=Number of distance categories subj ect to potential contamination. If EP is less than 1, do not round it to the nearest integer; if EP is 1 or more, round to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned in table 6–1. 6.3.4.3 Calculation of sensitive environments factor value. Sum the factor values for actual contamination and potential contamination. Do not round this sum, designated as EB, to the nearest integer. Because the pathway score based solely on sensitive environments is limited to a maximum of 60, use the value EB to determine the value for the s ensitive environments factor as follows: • Multiply the values assigned to likelihood of rele ase (LR), waste characteristics (WC), and EB. Divide the product by 82,500. –If the result is 60 or less, assign the value EB as t he sensitive environments factor value.–If the result

exceeds 60, calculate a value EC as follows: Assign the value EC as the sensitive environments factor value. Do not round this value to the nearest integer. Enter the value assigned for the sensitiv e environments factor in table 6–1. 6.3.5 Calculation of targets factor category value. Sum the nearest individual , population, resources, and sensitive environments factor values. Do not round this sum to the nearest integer. Assign this sum as the targets factor category value. Enter this value in table 6–1. 6.4 Calculation of air migration pathway score. Multiply the values for li kelihood of release, waste characteristics, and targets, and round the product to the nearest integer. Then divide by 82,500. Assign the resulting value, subject to a maximum val ue of 100, as the air migration pathway score (S a ). Enter this score in table 6–1. 7.0 Sites Containing Ra dioactive Substances. In general, radioactive substances are hazardous su bstances under CERCLA and should be considered in HRS scoring. Releases of certai n radioactive substances are, howev er, excluded from the definition of “release” in section 101(22) of CERCLA, as amended, and should not be considered in HRS scoring. 

# Page 201 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Evaluate sites containing radioactive substances using the instructi ons specified in sections 2 through 6, supplemented by the instructions in this section. Those factors denoted with a “yes” in table 7–1 are evaluated differently for sites containing radioa ctive substances than fo r sites containing only nonradioactive hazardous substanc es, while those denoted with a “no” are not evaluated differently and are not addressed in this section. Table 7–1—HRS Factors Evaluated Differently for Radionuclides

a Factors evaluated differently are denoted by “yes”; factors not evaluated differently are denoted by “no.”



## Ground water pathway Status a 

## Surface water pathway Status a 

## Soil exposure pathway Status a 

## Air pathway Status a 

## Likelihood of Release Likelihood of Release Likelihood of Exposure Likelihood of Release Observed Release Yes Observed Release Yes Observed Contamination Yes Observed Release Yes Potential to Release No Potential to Release No Attractiveness/Accessibility No Gas Potential to Release No Containment No Overland Flow Containment No to Nearby Residents Gas Containment No Net Precipitation No Runoff No Area of Contamination No Gas Source Type No Depth to Aquifer No Distance to Surface Water No Gas Migration Potential No Travel Time No Flood Frequency No Particulate Potential to No Flood Containment No Release Particulate Containment No Particulate Source Type No Particulate Migration Potential No

Waste Characteristics Waste Characteristics Waste Characteristics Waste Characteristics Toxicity Yes Toxicity/Ecotoxicity Yes/Yes Toxicity Yes Toxicity Yes Mobility No Persistence/Mobility Yes/No Hazardous Waste Quantity Yes Mobility No Hazardous Waste Quantity Yes Bioaccumulation Potential No Hazardous Waste Quantity Yes Hazardous Waste Quantity Yes Targets Targets Targets Targets Nearest Well Yes b 

## Nearest Intake Yes b 

## Resident Individual Yes b 

## Nearest Individual Yes b 

## Population Yes b 

## Drinking Water Population Yes b 

## Resident Population Yes b 

## Population Yes b 

## Resources No Resources No Workers No Resources No Wellhead Protection Area No Sensitive Environments Yes b 

## Resources No Sensitive Environments No Human Food Chain Individual Yes b 

## Terrestrial Sensitive Environments No Human Food Chain Population Yes b 

## Nearby Individual No Population Within 1 Mile No 

# Page 202 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...b Difference is in the determination of Level I and Level II concentrations. In general, sites containing mixed ra dioactive and other hazardous subst ances involve more evaluation than sites containing only radionuc lides. For sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances, HRS factors are evaluat ed based on considerations of bot h the radioactive substances and the other hazardous substances in order to derive a si ngle set of factor values for each factor category in each of the four pathways. Thus, the HRS score fo r these sites reflects the combined potential hazards posed by both the radioactive a nd other hazardous substances. Section 7 is organized by factor category, similar to se ctions 3 through 6. Pathway-specific differences in evaluation criteria are specified under each factor category, as appropriate. These differences apply largely to the soil exposure pathway and to site s containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances. All evaluation criteria specified in sect ions 2 through 6 must be met, except where modified in section 7. 7.1 Likelihood of release/likelihood of exposure. Evaluate likelihood of releas e for the three migration pathways and likelihood of exposure for the soil exposure pathway as specified in sections 2 through 6, except: establish an observed release and observed cont amination as specified in section 7.1.1. When an observed release cannot be est ablished for a migration pathway, ev aluate potential to release as specified in section 7.1.2. When observed contami nation cannot be established, do not evaluate the soil exposure pathway. 7.1.1 Observed release/observed contamination. For radioactive substanc es, establish an observed release for each migration pathway by demonstrating that the site has released a radioactive substance to the pathway (or watershed or aquifer, as appropria te); establish observed contamination for the soil exposure pathway as indicated below. Base these demonstrations on one or more of the following, as appropriate to the pathway being evaluated: • Direct observation: –For each migration pathway, a material that co ntains one or more radionuclides has been seen entering the atmosphere, surface water, or ground water, as appropriate, or is known to have entered ground water or surface water through direct depositio n, or–For the surface water migration pathway, a source area containing radioactive substances has been flooded at a time that radioactive substances were present and one or more radioactive substanc es were in contact with the flood waters. • Analysis of radionuclide concentrations in samples appropriate to the pathway (that is, ground water, soil, air, surface water, benthic, or sediment samples): –For radionuclides that occur naturally and for radionuclides that are ubiquitous in the environment: –Measured concentration (in units of activity, fo r example, pCi per kilogram [pCi/kg], pCi per liter [pCi/1], pCi per cubic meter [pCi/m 3 ]) of a given radionuclide in the sample are at a level that: –Equals or exceeds a value 2 standard dev iations above the mean site-specific background concentration for that radionuclide in that type of sample, or –Exceeds the upper-limit value of the range of regional background concent ration values for that specific radionuclide in that type of sample. –Some portion of the increase must be attributabl e to the site to establish the observed release (or observed contamination), and –For the soil exposure pathway only, the radionuc lide must also be present at the surface or covered by 2 feet or less of cover material (for exam ple, soil) to establish observed contamination. –For man-made radionuclides wi thout ubiquitous background concentrations in the environment: –Measured concentration (in units of activity) of a given radionuclide in a samp le equals or exceeds the sample quantitation limit for that specific radionuclide in that type of media and is attributable to the site. –However, if the radionuclide concentration equals or exceeds its sample quantitation limit, but its release can also be attributed to one or more neighbo ring sites, then the measured concentration of that radionuclide must also equal or exceed a val ue either 2 standard deviations above the mean concentration of that radionuclide contributed by those neighboring sites or 3 times its background concentration, whichever is lower. –If the sample quantitation limit cannot be established: –If the sample analysis was performed under the EPA Contract Laboratory Program, use the EPA contract-required quantitation limit (C RQL) in place of the sample quantitation limit in establishing an observed release (or observed contamination). –If the sample analysis is not performed under t he EPA Contract Labatory Program, use the detection limit in place of the sample quantitation limit. 

# Page 203 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...–For the soil exposure pathway only, the radionuc lide must also be present at the surface or covered by 2 feet or less of cover material (for exam ple, soil) to establish observed contamination. • Gamma radiation measurements (applies only to observed contamination for the soil exposure pathway): –The gamma radiation exposure rate , as measured in microroentgens per hour (μR/hr) using a survey instrument held 1 meter above the ground surface (or 1 meter away from an aboveground source), equals or exceeds 2 times the site-specific back ground gamma radiation exposure rate.–Some portion of the increase must be attributable to the site to establish observed contami nation. The gamma-emitting radionuclides do not have to be within 2 feet of the surface of the source. For the three migration pathways, if an observed re lease can be established for the pathway (or aquifer or watershed, as appropriate), assign the pathway (o r aquifer or watershed) an observed release factor value of 550 and proceed to section 7.2. If an obs erved release cannot be established, assign an observed release factor value of 0 and proceed to section 7.1.2. For the soil exposure pathway, if observed contam ination can be established, assign the likelihood of exposure factor for resident population a value of 5 50 if there is an area of observed contamination in one or more locations listed in section 5.1; ev aluate the likelihood of exposure factor for nearby population as specified in section 5.2.1; and proceed to section 7.2. If observed contamination cannot be established, do not evaluate the soil exposure pathway. At sites containing mixed radioacti ve and other hazardous substances , evaluate observed release (or observed contamination) separately for radionucli des as described in this section and for other hazardous substances as descr ibed in sections 2 through 6. For the three migration pathways, if an obse rved release can be est ablished based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances, or both, assign the pathway (or aquifer or watershed) an observed release factor value of 550 and proceed to section 7.2. If an observed release cannot be established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances, assi gn an observed release factor value of 0 and proceed to section 7.1.2. For the soil exposure pathway, if observed c ontamination can be established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances, or bot h, assign the likelihood of exposure factor for resident population a value of 550 if there is an area of observed contam ination in one or more locations listed in section 5.1; evaluate the likelihood of expo sure factor for nearby population as specified in section 5.2.1; and proceed to section 7.2. If ob served contamination cannot be established based on either radionuclides or other hazardous substances, do not eval uate the soil exposure pathway. 7.1.2 Potential to release. For the three migration pathways, eval uate potential to release for sites containing radionuclides in the same manner as specified for sites containing other hazardous substances. Base the evaluation on the physical and chemical properties of the radionuclides, not on their level of radioactivity. For sites containing mixed radioactive and other haza rdous substances, evaluate potential to release considering radionuclides and other hazardous substances together. Evaluate potential to release for each migration pathway as specified in sections 3, 4, or 6, as appropriate. 7.2 Waste characteristics. For radioactive substances, evaluat e the human toxicity factor, the ecosystem toxicity factor, the surface water persi stence factor, and the hazardous waste quantity factor as specified in the following sections. Evaluate all ot her waste characteristic factors as specified in sections 2 through 6. 7.2.1 Human toxicity. For radioactive substances, evaluate the human toxicity factor as specified below, not as specified in section 2.4.1.1. Assign human toxicity factor values to those radionuclides available to the pathway based on quantitative dose-response parameters for cancer risks as follows: • Evaluate radionuclides only on the basis of carci nogenicity and assign all radionuclides to weight-ofevidence category A. • Assign a human toxicity factor value from table 7–2 to each radionuclide based on its slope factor (also referred to as cancer potency factor). –For each radionuclide, use the higher of the slope factors for inhalation and ingestion to assign the factor value.–If only one slope factor is available for the radi onuclide, use it to assign the toxicity factor value.–If no slope factor is availabl e for the radionuclide, assign that radionuclide a toxicity factor value of 0 and use other radionuclides fo r which a slope factor is availa ble to evaluate the pathway. • If all radionuclides available to a particular pathway are assigned a hum an toxicity factor value of 0 (that is, no slope factor is available for all the radi onuclides), use a default human to xicity factor value of 1,000 as the human toxicity factor value for all radionuclides available to the pathway. At sites containing mixed radioacti ve and other hazardous substances, evaluate the toxicity factor separately for the radioactive and other hazardous substances and assign eac h a separate toxicity 

# Page 204 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...factor value. This applies regardless of whether the radioactive and other hazardous substances are physically separated, combined chemical ly, or simply mixed together. Assi gn toxicity factor values to the radionuclides as specified above and to the other hazardous substances as specified in section 2.4.1.1. At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances, if all radionuclides available to a particular pathway are assigned a human toxicity factor value of 0, use a default human toxicity factor value of 1,000 for all those radionuclides even if no nradioactive hazardous subst ances available to the pathway are assigned human toxicity factor values greater than 0. Similarly, if all nonradioactive hazardous substances avai lable to the pathway are assigned a human toxicity factor value of 0, use a default human toxicity factor value of 100 for all these nonradioactive hazardous substances even if radionuclides available to the pat hway are assigned human toxicity factor values greater than 0. 7.2.2 Ecosystem toxicity. For the surface water environmental th reat (see sections 4.1.4 and 4.2.4). assign an ecosystem toxicity factor value to radionuc lides (alone or combined c hemically or mixed with other hazardous substances) using the same sl ope factors and procedures specified for the human toxicity factor in section 7.2.1, except: use a defaul t of 100, not 1,000, if all radionuclides eligible to be evaluated for ecosystem toxicity receive an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0. Table 7–2—Toxicity Factor Values for Radionuclides

a Radionuclide slope factors are estimates of age-averaged, individual lifetime total excess cancer risk per picocurie of radionuc lide inhaled or ingested. At sites containing mixed radioacti ve and other hazardous substances, evaluate the ecosystem toxicity factor separately for the radioactive and other hazardous substances and assign each a separate ecosystem toxicity factor value. This applies regardless of whether t he radioactive and other hazardous substances are physically separated, combined chem ically, or simply mixed together. Assign ecosystem toxicity factor values to the radionuclides as spec ified above and to the other hazardous substances as specified in sections 4.1.4.2.1.1 and 4.2.4.2.1.1. If all radionuclides av ailable to a particular pathway are assigned an ecosystem toxicity factor value of 0, use a default ecosystem toxicity factor value of 100 for all these radionuclides even if nonradioactive hazardous substances available to the pathway are assigned ecosystem toxicity factor values greater than 0. Similarly, if al l nonradioactive hazardous substances available to t he pathway are assigned an ecosystem toxicityfactor value of 0, use a default ecosystem toxicity factor value of 100 for all these nonradioactive hazardous substances even if radionuclides available to the pathw ay are assigned ecosystem toxicity factor values greater than 0. 7.2.3 Persistence. For radionuclides, evaluate the surface water persistence factor based solely on half-life; do not include sorption to sediments in the evaluation as is done for nonradioactive hazardous substances. Assign a persistence factor value from table 4–10 (section 4.1.2.2.1.2) to each radionuclide based on half-life (t 1/2 ) calculated as follows:

where: r=Radioactive half-life. v=Volatilization half-life. If the volatilization half-life cannot be estimated for a radionuclide from available data, delete it from the equation. Select the portion of table 4–10 to use in assigning the persistence factor value as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. At sites containing mixed radioacti ve and other hazardous substances, evaluate the persistence factor separately for each radionuclide and for each nonradioactive hazardous s ubstance, even if the available data indicate that they are comb ined chemically. Assign a persistence factor val ue to each radionuclide as specified in this section and to each nonradioactive hazardous substance as specified in section 4.1.2.2.1.2. When combined chemical ly, assign a single persistence fact or value based on the higher of the two values assigned (indi vidually) to the radioactive and nonradioactive components. 7.2.4 Selection of substance pot entially posing greatest hazard. For each migration pathway (threat, aquifer, or watershed, as appropriate), select t he radioactive substance or nonradioactive hazardous substance that potentially poses the greatest hazard bas ed on its toxicity factor value, combined with the applicable mobility, persistence, and/or bioaccumulation (or ecosystem bioaccumulation) potential factor values. Combine these factor values as specified in sections 2, 3, 4, and 6. For the soil exposure 

## Cancer slope factora 

## (SF) (pCi) − 1 

## Assigned value 3×10 − 11 

## ≤SF 10,000 3×10 − 12 

## ≤SF<3×10 − 11 

## 1,000 SF<3×10 − 12 

## 100 SF not available for the radionuclide 0 

# Page 205 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...pathway, base the selection on the toxici ty factor alone (see sections 2 and 5). 7.2.5 Hazardous waste quantity. To calculate the hazardous waste quantity factor value for sites containing radioactive subs tances, evaluate source hazardous wast e quantity (see section 2.4.2.1) using only the following two measures in the following hierarchy (these meas ures are consistent with Tiers A and B for nonradioactive hazardous substances in sections 2.4.2.1.1 and 2.4.2.1.2): •Radionuclide constituentquantity (Tier A). •Radionuclide wastestream quantity (Tier B). 7.2.5.1 Source hazardous waste quantity for radionuclides. For each migration pathway, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to each source having a containment factor value greater than 0 for the pathway being evaluated. For the soil ex posure pathway, assign a source hazardous waste quantity value to each area of obs erved contamination, as applicable to the th reat being evaluated. A llocate hazardous substances and hazardous wastestreams to specific sources (or areas of observed contamination) as specif ied in section 2.4.2. 7.2.5.1.1 Radionuclide cons tituent quantity (Tier A). Evaluate radionuclide consti tuent quantity for each source (or area of observed contam ination) based on the acti vity content of the radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination) as follows: • Estimate the net activity content(in curies) for the source (or area of observed contamination) based on:

–Manifests, or–Either of the fo llowing equations, as applicable: where: N=Estimated net activity content (in curies) for the source (or area of observed contamination). V=Total volume of material (in cubi c yards) in a source (or area of observed contamination) containing radionuclides. A C i =Activity concentration above the respective background concentration (in pCi/g) for each radionuclide i allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination). n=Number of radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination) above the respective background concentrations.
or,

where: N=Estimated net activity content (in curies) for the source (or area of observed contamination). V=Total volume of material (in gallons) in a source (or area of observed contamination) containing radionuclides. A C i =Activity concentration above the respective background concentration (in pCi/1) for each radionuclide i allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination). n=Number of radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination) above the respective background concentrations. –Estimate volume for the source (or volume for the area of observed contamination) based on records or measurements. –For the soil exposure pathway, in estimating the volume for areas of observed contamination, do not include more than the first 2 feet of depth, except: for those types of areas of observed contamination listed in Tier C of table 5–2 (section 5.1.2.2). Include the entire depth, not just that within 2 feet of the surface. • Convert from curies of radion uclides to equivalent pounds of nonradioactive hazardous substances by multiplying the activity estimate for the source (or area of obs erved contamination) by 1,000. 

# Page 206 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...• Assign this resulting product as the radionuclide constituent quantity value for the source (or area of observed contamination). If the radionuclide constituent quant ity for the source (or area of obs erved contamination) is adequately determined (that is, the total activityof all radionuclides in the source and releases from the source [or in the area of observed contamination] is known or is estimated with reasonable confidence), do not evaluate the radionuclide wastestream quantity m easure in section 7.2.5.1.2. Instead, assign radionuclide wastestream quantity a value of 0 and proceed to section 7.2.5.1.3. If the radionuclide constituent quantity is not adequately determined, assi gn the source (or area of observed contamination) a value for radionuclide constituent quantity based on the avai lable data and proceed to section 7.2.5.1.2. 7.2.5.1.2 Radionuclide wastestream quantity (Tier B). Evaluate radionuclide wastestream quantity for the source (or area of observed contamination) based on the activity content of radionuclide wastestreams allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination) as follows: • Estimate the total volume (in cubic yards or in gallons) of wastestream s containing radionuclides allocated to the source (or area of observed contamination). • Divide the volume in cubic yards by 0.55 (or the vo lume in gallons by 110) to convert to the activity content expressed in terms of equivalent pounds of nonradioactive hazardous substances. • Assign the resulting value as the radionuclide wastestream quantity value for the source (or area of observed contamination). 7.2.5.1.3 Calculation of source hazardous wa ste quantity value for radionuclides. Select the higher of the values assigned to the source (or area of obs erved contamination) fo r radionuclide constituent quantity and radionuclide wastestream quantity. Assign this value as the source hazardous waste quantity value for the source (or area of observed c ontamination). Do not round to the nearest integer. 7.2.5.2 Calculation of hazardous waste quantit y factor value for radionuclides. Sum the source hazardous waste quantity values assigned to all source s (or areas of observed contamination) for the pathway being evaluated and round this sum to the nearest integer, except: if the sum is greater than 0, but less than 1, round it to 1. Based on this value, select a hazardous waste quantity factor value for this pathway from table 2–6 (section 2.4.2.2). For a migration pathway, if the radionuclide consti tuent quantity is adequately determined (see section 7.2.5.1.1) for all sources (or all portions of sour ces and releases remaining after a removal action), assign the value from table 2–6 as the hazardous wa ste quantity factor value for the pathway. If the radionuclide constituent quantity is not adequately determined for one or more sources (or one or more portions of sources or releases remaining after a removal action), assign a factor value as follows: • If any target for that migration pathway is subject to Level I or Le vel II concentrations (see section 7.3), assign either the value from table 2–6 or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for that pathway. • If none of the targets for that pathway is subject to Level I or Level II concentrations, assign a factor value as follows: –If there has been no removal action, assign either the value from table 2–6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for that pathway.–If there has been a removal action: –Determine values from tabl e 2–6 with and without consideration of the removal action. –If the value that would be assigned from table 2–6 without consideration of the removal action would be 100 or greater, assign either the value from tabl e 2–6 with consideration of the removal action or a value of 100, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway. –If the value that would be assigned from table 2–6 without consideration of the removal action would be less than 100, assign a value of 10 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway. For the soil exposure pathway, if the radionucli de constituent quantity is adequately determined for all areas of observed contamination, assign the val ue from table 2–6 as the hazardous waste quantity factor value. If the radionuclide constituent quant ity is not adequately determined for one or more areas of observed contamination, assign eit her the value from table 2–6 or a value of 10, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value. 7.2.5.3 Calculation of hazardous waste quantity factor va lue for sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances. For each source (or area of observ ed contamination) containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances, calc ulate two source hazardous waste quantity values— one based on radionuclides as specified in sections 7.2.5.1 through 7.2.5.1.3 and the other based on the nonradioactive hazardous substanc es as specified in sections 2. 4.2.1 through 2.4.2.1.5 (that is, determine each value as if the other type of s ubstance was not present). Sum the two values to determine a combined source hazardous waste quantity value for the source (or area of observed contamination). Do not round this value to the nearest integer. 

# Page 207 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Use this combined source hazardous waste quantity value to calculate the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway as specified in section 2.4.2.2, except: if either the hazardous constituent quantity or the radionuclide constituent quantity, or both, are not adequately determined for one or more sources (or one or more portions of sources or releas es remaining after a removal action) or for one or more areas of observed contaminat ion, as applicable, assign the va lue from table 2–6 or the default value applicable for the pat hway, whichever is greater, as the hazardous waste quantity factor value for the pathway. 7.3 Targets. For radioactive substances, evaluate the targets factor category as specified in section 2.5 and sections 3 through 6, except: establish Level I and Level II concent rations at sampling locations as specified in sections 7.3.1 and 7.3.2. For all pathways (and threats), use the same targetdistance limits for si tes containing radioactive substances as is specified in sections 3 th rough 6 for sites containing nonradioactive hazardous substances. At sites containing mi xed radioactive and other hazardous substances, include all sources (or areas of observed contamination) at the site in identifying the applicable targets for the pathway. 7.3.1 Level of contamination at a sampling location. Determine whether Level I or Level II concentrations apply at a sampling location (and thus to the associated targets) as follows: • Select the benchmarks from section 7.3.2 appl icable to the pathway (or threat) being evaluated. • Compare the concentrations of radionuclides in the sample (or comparable samples) to their benchmark concentrations for the pat hway (or threat) as specified in section 7.3.2. Treat comparable samples as specified in section 2.5.1. • Determine which level applies based on this comparison. • If none of the radionuclides eligible to be ev aluated for the sampling lo cation have an applicable benchmark, assign Level II to the actual contaminat ion at that sampling location for the pathway (or threat). • In making the comparison, consider only those sa mples, and only those radionuclides in the sample, that meet the criteria for an observed release (o r observed contamination) for the pathway, except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chain org anisms may also be used for the human food chain threat of the surface water pathway as sp ecified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. 7.3.2 Comparison to benchmarks. Use the following media specific benchmarks (expressed in activity units, for example, pCi/l for water, pCi/kg fo r soil and for aquatic human food chain organisms, and pCi/m 3 for air) for making the comparisons for the indicated pathway (or threat): • Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)—ground water migration pathway and drinking water threat in surface water migration pathway. • Uranium Mill Tailings Radiat ion Control Act (UMTRCA) standards—soil exposure pathway only. • Screening concentration for canc er corresponding to that concentration that corresponds to the 10 − 6 individual cancer risk fo r inhalation exposures (air migration pathway) or for oral exposures (ground water migration pathway; drinking water or human food chain threats in surface water migration pathway; and soil exposure pathway). –For the soil exposure pathway, include two screening concentrations fo r cancer—one for ingestion of surface materials and one for exte rnal radiation exposures from gamma-emitting radionuclides in surface materials. Select the benchmark(s) applicable to the pat hway (or threat) being evaluated. Compare the concentration of each radionuclide from the sampling location to its ben chmark concentration(s) for that pathway (or threat). Use only those samples and only those radionuclides in the sample that meet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contam ination) for the pathway , except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may be used as specified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. If the concentration of any applicable radionuclide from any sample eq uals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, consider the sampling location to be subject to Level I concentrations for that pathway (or threat). If more than one benchmark applies to t he radionuclide, assign Level I if the radionuclide concentration equals or exceeds the lowest applicable benchmark concentration. In addition, for the soil exposure pathway, assign Level I concentrations at the sampling location if m easured gamma radiation exposure rates equal or exceed 2 times the background level (see section 7.1.1). If no radionuclide individually equals or exceeds its benchmark concentration, but more than one radionuclide either meets the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the sample or is eligible to be evaluated for a tissue sample (seesections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3), calculate a value for index I for these radionuclides as specified in section 2.5.2. If I equal s or exceeds 1, assign Level I to the sampling location. If I is less than 1, assign Level II. At sites containing mixed radioactive and other hazardous substances, establish the level of contamination for each sampling location considering radioactive substanc es and nonradioactive hazardous substances separately. Compare the concentration of eac h radionuclide and each nonradioactive hazardous substance from the sampling location to its respective benchmark 

# Page 208 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...concentration(s). Use only those samp les and only those substances in the sample that meet the criteria for an observed release (or observed contamination) for the pathway except: tissue samples from aquatic human food chain organisms may be used as s pecified in sections 4.1.3.3 and 4.2.3.3. If the concentration of one or more applic able radionuclides or other hazardous substances from any sample equals or exceeds its benchmark c oncentration, consider the sampling location to be subject to Level I concentrations. If more than one benchmark applies to a radionuclide or other hazardous substance, assign Level I if the concentration of the radionuclide or other haz ardous substance equals or exceeds its lowest applicable benchmark concentration. If no radionuclide or other hazardous substance i ndividually exceed a benchm ark concentration, but more than one radionuclide or other hazardous substance either meets the criteria for an observed release (or observed contami nation) for the sample or is eligible to be evaluated for a tissue sample, calculate an index I for both types of substances as specified in section 2.5.2. Sum the index I values for the two types of substances. If the value, individuallyor combined, equals or exceeds 1, assign Level I to the sample location. If it is less than 1, calculate an index J for the nonradioactive hazardous substances as specified in secti on 2.5.2. If J equals or exceeds 1, assign Level I to the sampling location. If J is less than 1, assign Level II. [55 FR 51583, Dec. 14, 1990] 

### Appendix B to Part 300—National Priorities List
top Link to an amendment published at 76 FR 70061, November 10, 2011. Table 1—General Superfund Section


## State Site name City/County Notes (a) AK Salt Chuck Mine Outer Ketchikan County AL American Brass Headland AL Ciba-Geigy Corp. (McIntosh Plant) McIntosh AL Interstate Lead Co. (ILCO) Leeds AL Olin Corp. (McIntosh Plant) McIntosh AL Perdido Ground Water Contamination Perdido C AL Redwing Carriers, Inc. (Saraland) Saraland AL Stauffer Chemical Co. (Cold Creek Plant) Bucks AL Stauffer Chemical Co. (LeMoyne Plant) Axis AL T.H. Agriculture & Nutrition (Montgomery) Montgomery AL Triana/Tennessee River Limestone/Morgan C AR Arkwood, Inc Omaha C AR Mid-South Wood Products Mena C AR Midland Products Ola/Birta C AR Monroe Auto Equipment (Paragould Pit) Paragould AR Mountain Pine Pressure Treating, Inc Plainview AR Ouachita Nevada Wood Treater Reader. AR Popile, Inc El Dorado AR Vertac, Inc. Jacksonville AZ Apache Powder Co. St. David AZ Hassayampa Landfill Hassayampa AZ Indian Bend Wash Area Scottsdale/Tempe/Phoenix P AZ Iron King Mine—Humboldt Smelter Dewey-Humboldt 

# Page 209 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## AZ Litchfield Airport Area Goodyear/Avondale AZ Motorola, Inc. (52nd Street Plant) Phoenix AZ Tucson International Airport Area Tucson CA Advanced Micro Devices, Inc Sunnyvale C CA Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. (Bldg. 915) Sunnyvale C CA Aerojet General Corp Rancho Cordova CA Alark Hard Chrome Riverside CA AMCO Chemical Oakland CA Applied Materials Santa Clara C CA Atlas Asbestos Mine Fresno County CA B.F. Goodrich Rialto. CA Beckman Instruments (Porterville Plant) Porterville C CA Blue Ledge Mine Rogue River—Siskiyou National Forest CA Brown & Bryant, Inc (Arvin Plant) Arvin CA CTS Printex, Inc. Mountain View C CA Casmalia Resources Casmalia CA Coast Wood Preserving Ukiah CA Cooper Drum Company South Gate. CA Crazy Horse Sanitary Landfill Salinas CA Del Amo Los Angeles CA Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. (Mt View) Mountain View CA Fairchild Semiconductor Corp. (S San Jose) South San Jose C CA Fresno Municipal Sanitary Landfill Fresno CA Frontier Fertilizer Davis CA Halaco Engineering Company Oxnard CA Hewlett-Packard (620–640 Page Mill Road) Palo Alto CA Industrial Waste Processing Fresno CA Intel Corp. (Mountain View Plant) Mountain View CA Intel Corp. (Santa Clara III) Santa Clara C CA Intel Magnetics Santa Clara C CA Intersil Inc./Siemens Components Cupertino C CA Iron Mountain Mine Redding CA J.H. Baxter & Co Weed CA Jasco Chemical Corp Mountain View CA Klau/Buena Vista Mine San Luis Obispo County CA Koppers Co., Inc. (Oroville Plant) Oroville CA Lava Cap Mine Nevada City CA Leviathan Mine Alpine County. CA Lorentz Barrel & Drum Co San Jose CA MGM Brakes Cloverdale C CA McColl Fullerton CA McCormick & Baxter Creosoting Co Stockton CA Modesto Ground Water Contamination Modesto 

# Page 210 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## CA Monolithic Memories Sunnyvale C CA Montrose Chemical Corp Torrance CA National Semiconductor Corp Santa Clara CA New Idria Mercury Mine Idria CA Newmark Ground Water Contamination San Bernardino CA Omega Chemical Corporation Whittier CA Operating Industries, Inc., Landfill Monterey Park CA Pacific Coast Pipe Lines Fillmore C CA Pemaco Maywood Maywood CA Purity Oil Sales, Inc Malaga CA Raytheon Corp Mountain View CA San Fernando Valley (Area 1) Los Angeles CA San Fernando Valley (Area 2) Los Angeles/Glendale CA San Fernando Valley (Area 3) Glendale CA San Fernando Valley (Area 4) Los Angeles CA San Gabriel Valley (Area 1) El Monte CA San Gabriel Valley (Area 2) Baldwin Park Area CA San Gabriel Valley (Area 3) Alhambra CA San Gabriel Valley (Area 4) La Puente CA Selma Treating Co Selma CA Sola Optical USA, Inc Petaluma C CA South Bay Asbestos Area Alviso CA Spectra-Physics, Inc Mountain View C CA Stringfellow Glen Avon Heights S CA Sulphur Bank Mercury Mine Clear Lake CA Synertek, Inc. (Building 1) Santa Clara C CA TRW Microwave, Inc (Building 825) Sunnyvale C CA Teledyne Semiconductor Mountain View C CA United Heckathorn Co Richmond CA Valley Wood Preserving, Inc Turlock CA Waste Disposal, Inc Santa Fe Springs CA Watkins-Johnson Co. (Stewart Division) Scotts Valley C CA Westinghouse Elecetric Corp. (Sunnyvale) Sunnyvale CO Broderick Wood Products Denver C CO California Gulch Leadville P CO Captain Jack Mill Ward CO Central City-Clear Creek Idaho Springs CO Chemical Sales Co Denver CO Denver Radium Site Denver P CO Eagle Mine Minturn/Redcliff CO Lincoln Park Canon City CO Lowry Landfill Arapahoe County CO Marshall Landfill Boulder County C,S CO Nelson Tunnel/Commodore Waste Rock Creede CO Standard Mine Gunnison National Forest CO Summitville Mine Rio Grande County CO Uravan Uranium Project (Union Carbide) (former town of) Uravan P * 

# Page 211 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## CO Vasquez Boulevard and I–70 Denver CT Barkhamsted-New Hartford Landfill Barkhamsted CT Beacon Heights Landfill Beacon Falls CT Durham Meadows Durham CT Gallup's Quarry Plainfield CT Kellogg-Deering Well Field Norwalk C CT Laurel Park, Inc Naugatuck Borough S CT Linemaster Switch Corp Woodstock CT Old Southington Landfill Southington CT Precision Plating Corp Vernon CT Raymark Industries, Inc Stratford A CT Scovill Industrial Landfill Waterbury CT Solvents Recovery Service New England Southington CT Yaworski Waste Lagoon Canterbury DE Army Creek Landfill New Castle County C DE Chem-Solv, Inc Cheswold DE Delaware City PVC Plant Delaware City DE Delaware Sand & Gravel Landfill New Castle County DE Dover Gas Light Co Dover DE E.I.Du Pont de Nemours (Newport Landfill) Newport DE Halby Chemical Co New Castle DE Harvey & Knott Drum, Inc Kirkwood C DE Koppers Co., Inc. (Newport Plant) Newport DE NCR Corp. (Millsboro Plant) Millsboro C DE Standard Chlorine of Delaware, Inc Delaware City DE Tybouts Corner Landfill New Castle County C,S FL Agrico Chemical Co Pensacola FL Airco Plating Co Miami FL Alaric Area Ground Water Plume Tampa FL American Creosote Works (Pensacola Plt) Pensacola FL Anodyne, Inc North Miami Beach FL Arkla Terra Property Thonotosassa. FL B&B Chemical Co., Inc Hialeah C FL Cabot/Koppers Gainesville FL Chevron Chemical Co. (Ortho Division) Orlando FL City Industries, Inc Orlando C FL Coleman-Evans Wood Preserving Co Whitehouse FL Escambia Wood—Pensacola Pensacola FL Flash Cleaners Pompano Beach FL Florida Petroleum Reprocessors Fort Lauderdale FL Florida Steel Corp Indiantown FL General Dynamics Longwood Longwood. FL Harris Corp. (Palm Bay Plant) Palm Bay FL Helena Chemical Co. (Tampa Plant) Tampa 

# Page 212 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## FL Hipps Road Landfill Duval County C FL Hollingsworth Solderless Terminal Fort Lauderdale C FL JJ Seifert Machine RuskinFL Kerr-McGee Chemical CorpJacksonville Jacksonville FL Landia Chemical Company Lakeland FL MRI Corp (Tampa) Tampa FL Madison County Sanitary Landfill Madison C FL Miami Drum Services Miami C FL Peak Oil Co./Bay Drum Co Tampa FL Pepper Steel & Alloys, Inc Medley C FL Petroleum Products Corp Pembroke Park FL Pickettville Road Landfill Jacksonville FL Piper Aircraft/Vero Beach Water & Sewer Vero Beach FL Raleigh Street Dump Tampa. FL Reeves Southeast Galvanizing Corp Tampa FL Sanford Dry Cleaners Sanford. FL Sapp Battery Salvage Cottondale FL Sherwood Medical Industries Deland FL Solitron Microwave Port Salerno FL Southern Solvents, Inc Tampa FL Stauffer Chemical Co. (Tampa) Tampa FL Stauffer Chemical Co. (Tarpon Springs) Tarpon Springs FL Sydney Mine Sludge Ponds Brandon FL Taylor Road Landfill Seffner FL Tower Chemical Co Clermont FL Trans Circuit, Inc. Lake Park FL United Metals, Inc Marianna. FL Whitehouse Oil Pits Whitehouse FL Wingate Road Municipal Incinerator Dump Fort Lauderdale FL Zellwood Ground Water Contamination Zellwood GA Alternate Energy Resources Augusta GA Armstrong World Industries Macon GA Brunswick Wood Preserving Brunswick GA Camilla Wood Preserving Company Camilla GA Diamond Shamrock Corp. Landfill Cedartown C GA Firestone Tire & Rubber Co. (Albany Plant) Albany GA Hercules 009 Landfill Brunswick GA LCP Chemicals Georgia Brunswick S GA Marzone Inc./Chevron Chemical Co Tifton GA Mathis Brothers Landfill Kensington GA Peach Orchard Road PCE Ground Water Plume Augusta GA T.H. Agriculture & Nutrition Albany 

# Page 213 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## (Albany) GA Woolfolk Chemical Works, Inc Fort Valley GU Ordot Landfill Guam C,S HI Del Monte Corp. (Oahu Plantation) Honolulu County P IA Des Moines TCE Des Moines IA Electro-Coatings, Inc Cedar Rapids IA Fairfield Coal Gasification Plant Fairfield C IA Lawrence Todtz Farm Camanche C IA Mason City Coal Gasification Plant Mason City IA Midwest Manufacturing/North Farm Kellogg C IA Peoples Natural Gas Co Dubuque IA Railroad Avenue Groundwater Contamination Des Moines IA Shaw Avenue Dump Charles City IA Vogel Paint & Wax Co Orange City C ID Bunker Hill Mining & Metallurgical Smelterville ID Eastern Michaud Flats Contamination Pocatello ID Kerr-McGee Chemical Corp. (Soda Springs) Soda Springs ID Monsanto Chemical Co. (Soda Springs) Soda Springs IL A & F Material Reclaiming, Inc Greenup C IL Acme Solvent Reclaiming (Morristown Plant) Morristown IL Adams County Quincy Landfills 2&3 Quincy IL Amoco Chemicals (Joliet Landfill) Joliet IL ASARCO Taylor Springs Taylor Springs IL Beloit Corp Rockton IL Belvidere Municipal Landfill Belvidere C IL Byron Salvage Yard Byron IL Central Illinois Public Service Co Taylorville C IL Chemetco Madison County IL Cross Brothers Pail Recycling (Pembroke) Pembroke Township C IL DePue/New Jersey Zinc/Mobil ChemCorp DePue IL DuPage County Landfill/Blackwell Forest Warrenville IL Eagle Zinc Co Div T L Diamond Hillsboro IL Galesburg/Koppers Co Galesburg IL H.O.D. Landfill Antioch IL Hegeler Zinc Danville IL Indian Refinery—Texaco Lawrenceville Lawrenceville IL Interstate Pollution Control, Inc Rockford IL Jennison-Wright Corporation Granite City IL Johns-Manville Corp Waukegan C IL Kerr-McGee (Kress Creek/W Branch DuPage) DuPage County 

# Page 214 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## IL Kerr-McGee (Residential Areas) West Chicago/DuPage County IL Kerr-McGee (Sewage Treatment Plant) West Chicago IL Lake Calumet Cluster Chicago IL LaSalle Electric Utilities LaSalle C IL Lenz Oil Service, Inc Lemont IL Matthiessen and Hegeler Zinc Company LaSalle IL MIG/Dewane Landfill Belvidere IL NL Industries/Taracorp Lead Smelter Granite City IL Ottawa Radiation Areas Ottawa IL Outboard Marine Corp Waukegan S IL Pagel's Pit Rockford IL Parsons Casket Hardware Co Belvidere IL Sandoval Zinc Company Sandoval IL Southeast Rockford Gd Wtr Contamination Rockford IL Tri-County Landfill/Waste Mgmt Illinois South Elgin IL Velsicol Chemical Corp. (Illinois) Marshall C IL Wauconda Sand & Gravel Wauconda C IL Woodstock Municipal Landfill Woodstock IL Yeoman Creek Landfill Waukegan IN American Chemical Service, Inc Griffith IN Bennett Stone Quarry Bloomington IN Cam-Or Inc Westville. IN Columbus Old Municipal Landfill #1 Columbus C IN Conrail Rail Yard (Elkhart) Elkhart IN Continental Steel Corp Kokomo IN Douglass Road/Uniroyal, Inc., Landfill Mishawaka IN Elm Street Ground Water Contamination Terre Haute IN Envirochem Corp Zionsville IN Fisher-Calo LaPorte IN Fort Wayne Reduction Dump Fort Wayne C IN Galen Myers Dump/Drum Salvage Osceola IN Gary Development Company Gary IN Himco Dump Elkhart IN Jacobsville Neighborhood Soil Contamination Evansville IN Lake Sandy Jo (M&M Landfill) Gary C IN Lakeland Disposal Service, Inc Claypool IN Lane Street Ground Water Contamination Elkhart. IN Lemon Lane Landfill Bloomington IN Lusher Street Ground Water Contamination Elkhart IN MIDCO I Gary IN MIDCO II Gary 

# Page 215 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## IN Main Street Well Field Elkhart C IN Marion (Bragg) Dump Marion IN Neal's Landfill (Bloomington) Bloomington IN Ninth Avenue Dump Gary C IN Northside Sanitary Landfill, Inc Zionsville C IN Prestolite Battery Division Vincennes IN Reilly Tar & Chemical (Indianapolis Plant) Indianapolis IN Seymour Recycling Corp Seymour C,S IN Tippecanoe Sanitary Landfill, Inc Lafayette IN U.S. Smelter and Lead Refinery, Inc East Chicago. IN Wayne Waste Oil Columbia City C KS 57th and North Broadway Streets Site Wichita Heights KS Ace Services Colby KS Chemical Commodities, Inc Olathe KS Cherokee County Cherokee County KS Doepke Disposal (Holliday) Johnson County KS Obee Road Hutchinson KS Pester Refinery Co El Dorado KS Plating, Inc Great Bend KS Strother Field Industrial Park Cowley County KS Wright Ground Water Contamination Wright KY Airco Calvert City KY B.F. Goodrich Calvert City KY Brantley Landfill Island KY Caldwell Lace Leather Co., Inc Auburn C KY Distler Brickyard West Point C KY Distler Farm Jefferson County C KY Fort Hartford Coal Co. Stone Quarry Olaton KY Green River Disposal, Inc Maceo KY Maxey Flats Nuclear Disposal Hillsboro KY National Electric Coil/Cooper Industries Dayhoit KY National Southwire Aluminum Co Hawesville KY Smith's Farm Brooks KY Tri-City Disposal Co Shepherdsville C LA Agriculture Street Landfill New Orleans P LA American Creosote Works, Inc (Winnfield) Winnfield LA Bayou Bonfouca Slidell LA Combustion, Inc Denham Springs LA Madisonville Creosote Works Madisonville LA Marion Pressure Treating Marion LA Petro-Processors of Louisiana Inc Scotlandville MA Atlas Tack Corp Fairhaven MA Baird & McGuire Holbrook MA Blackburn & Union Privileges Walpole MA Cannon Engineering Corp. (CEC) Bridgewater C 

# Page 216 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## MA Charles-George Reclamation Landfill Tyngsborough MA Groveland Wells Groveland MA Hatheway and Patterson Company Mansfield MA Haverhill Municipal Landfill Haverhill MA Hocomonco Pond Westborough MA Industri-Plex Woburn MA Iron Horse Park Billerica MA New Bedford Site New Bedford S MA Nuclear Metals, Inc Concord. MA Nyanza Chemical Waste Dump Ashland MA Olin Chemical Wilmington MA PSC Resources Palmer MA Re-Solve, Inc Dartmouth MA Rose Disposal Pit Lanesboro C MA Shpack Landfill Norton/Attleboro MA Silresim Chemical Corp Lowell MA Sullivan's Ledge New Bedford MA Sutton Brook Disposal Area Tewksbury. MA W.R. Grace & Co Inc (Acton Plant) Acton MA Wells G&H Woburn MD Bush Valley Landfill Abingdon MD Central Chemical Hagerstown MD Dwyer Property Ground Water Plume Elkton MD Kane & Lombard Street Drums Baltimore MD Limestone Road Cumberland MD Ordnance Products, Inc. Cecil County MD Sand, Gravel & Stone Elkton MD Spectron, Inc Elkton MD Woodlawn County Landfill Woodlawn ME Callahan Mine Brooksville ME Eastern Surplus Meddybemps ME Eastland Woolen Mill Corinna ME McKin Co Gray C ME O'Connor Co Augusta ME Saco Municipal Landfill Saco ME Union Chemical Co., Inc South Hope ME West Site/Hows Corners Plymouth ME Winthrop Landfill Winthrop MI Adam's Plating Lansing C MI Aircraft Components (D & L Sales) Benton Harbor A MI Albion-Sheridan Township Landfill Albion MI Allied Paper/Portage Ck/Kalamazoo River Kalamazoo MI American Anodco, Inc Ionia C MI Auto Ion Chemicals, Inc Kalamazoo C MI Barrels, Inc Lansing MI Bendix Corp./Allied Automotive St. Joseph 

# Page 217 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## MI Bofors Nobel, Inc Muskegon MI Burrows Sanitation Hartford C MI Butterworth #2 Landfill Grand Rapids MI Cannelton Industries, Inc Saulte Saint Marie MI Chem Central Wyoming Township C MI Clare Water Supply Clare MI Duell & Gardner Landfill Dalton Township MI Electrovoice Buchanan MI Forest Waste Products Otisville MI G&H Landfill Utica MI Grand Traverse Overall Supply Co Greilickville C MI Gratiot County Golf Course St. Louis MI Gratiot County Landfill St. Louis C,S MI H. Brown Co., Inc Grand Rapids MI Hedblum Industries Oscoda C MI Hi-Mill Manufacturing Co Highland C MI Ionia City Landfill Ionia MI J & L Landfill Rochester Hills MI K&L Avenue Landfill Oshtemo Township MI Kaydon Corp Muskegon MI Kentwood Landfill Kentwood C MI Kysor Industrial Corp Cadillac C MI Liquid Disposal, Inc Utica MI McGraw Edison Corp Albion MI Metamora Landfill Metamora MI Michigan Disposal (Cork Street Landfill) Kalamazoo MI Motor Wheel Lansing P MI Muskegon Chemical Co Whitehall MI North Bronson Industrial Area Bronson MI Northernaire Plating Cadillac C MI Organic Chemicals, Inc Grandville MI Ott/Story/Cordova Chemical Co Dalton Township MI Packaging Corp. of America Filer City MI Parsons Chemical Works, Inc Grand Ledge MI Peerless Plating Co Muskegon MI Petoskey Municipal Well Field Petoskey MI Rasmussen's Dump Green Oak Township C MI Rockwell International Corp. (Allegan) Allegan MI Rose Township Dump Rose Township C MI Roto-Finish Co., Inc Kalamazoo MI SCA Independent Landfill Muskegon Heights MI Shiawassee River Howell MI South Macomb Disposal (Landfills 9 & 9A) Macomb Township MI Southwest Ottawa County Landfill Park Township C MI Sparta Landfill Sparta Township MI Spartan Chemical Co Wyoming MI Springfield Township Dump Davisburg 

# Page 218 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## MI State Disposal Landfill, Inc Grand Rapids MI Sturgis Municipal Wells Sturgis MI Tar Lake Antrim P MI Ten-Mile Drain St. Clair Shores. MI Thermo-Chem, Inc Muskegon MI Torch Lake Houghton P MI U.S. Aviex Howard Township C MI Velsicol Chemical Corp. (Michigan) St. Louis C MI Verona Well Field Battle Creek MI Wash King Laundry Pleasant Plains Twp MI Waste Management of Michigan (Holland) Holland MN Arrowhead Refinery Co Hermantown C MN Baytown Township Ground Water Plume Baytown Township MN Burlington Northern (Brainerd/Baxter) Brainerd/Baxter C MN FMC Corp. (Fridley Plant) Fridley C MN Freeway Sanitary Landfill Burnsville MN Fridley Commons Park Well Field Fridley MN General Mills/Henkel Corp Minneapolis C MN Joslyn Manufacturing and Supply Co Brooklyn Center P MN Koppers Coke St. Paul MN Kurt Manufacturing Co Fridley C MN Lehillier/Mankato Site Lehillier/Mankato C MN Long Prairie Ground Water Contamination Long Prairie MN MacGillis & Gibbs/Bell Lumber & Pole C New Brighton MN Nutting Truck & Caster Co Faribault C MN Oakdale Dump Oakdale C MN Perham Arsenic Site Perham MN Reilly Tar&Chem (St. Louis Park Plant) St. Louis Park S MN Ritari Post & Pole Sebeka MN South Andover Site Andover P MN South Minneapolis Residential Soil Contamination Minneapolis MN St. Louis River Site St. Louis County MN St. Regis Paper Co Cass Lake MN Waite Park Wells Waite Park MO Annapolis Lead Mine Annapolis MO Armour Road North Kansas City MO Bee Cee Manufacturing Co Malden MO Big River Mine Tailings/St. Joe Minerals Desloge MO Conservation Chemical Co Kansas City C MO Ellisville Site Ellisville S MO Fulbright Landfill Springfield C MO Lee Chemical Liberty C MO Madison County Mines Fredericktown 

# Page 219 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## MO Minker/Stout/Romaine Creek Imperial MO Missouri Electric Works Cape Girardeau MO Newton County Mine Tailings Newton County MO Newton County Wells Newton County MO Oak Grove Village Well Oak Grove Village MO Oronogo-Duenweg Mining Belt Jasper County MO Pools Prairie Neosho MO Quality Plating Sikeston MO Riverfront New Haven MO Solid State Circuits, Inc Republic C MO Southwest Jefferson County Mining Jefferson County. MO St. Louis Airport/HIS/Futura Coatings Co St. Louis County MO Syntex Facility Verona MO Valley Park TCE Valley Park MO Vienna Wells Vienna. MO Washington County Lead District—Furnace Creek Caledonia MO Washington County Lead District—Old Mines Old Mines MO Washington County Lead District—Potosi Potosi MO Washington County Lead District—Richwoods Richwoods MO Westlake Landfill Bridgeton MS American Creosote Works, Inc Louisville MS Davis Timber Company Hattiesburg MS Kerr-McGee Chemical Corp— Columbus Columbus MS Picayune Wood Treating Picayune MS Red Panther Chemical Company Clarksdale MS Sonford Products Flowood MT ACM Smelter and Refinery Cascade County MT Anaconda Co. Smelter Anaconda MT Barker Hughesville Mining District Barker MT Basin Mining Area Basin MT Carpenter Snow Creek Mining District Neihart MT East Helena Site East Helena MT Flat Creek IMM Superior. MT Idaho Pole Co Bozeman MT Libby Asbestos Libby S MT Libby Ground Water Contamination Libby C MT Lockwood Solvent Ground Water Plume Billings MT Milltown Reservoir Sediments Milltown MT Montana Pole and Treating Butte MT Mouat Industries Columbus ***P MT Silver Bow Creek/Butte Area Sil Bow/Deer Lodge MT Upper Tenmile Creek Mining Area Lewis and Clark 

# Page 220 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## NC ABC One Hour Cleaners Jacksonville NC Aberdeen Contaminated Ground Water Aberdeen NC Aberdeen Pesticide Dumps Aberdeen NC Barber Orchard Waynesville NC Benfield Industries, Inc. Hazelwood NC Blue Ridge Plating Arden NC Bypass 601 Ground Water Contamination Concord P NC Cape Fear Wood Preserving Fayetteville NC Carolina Transformer Co Fayetteville NC Celanese Corp. (Shelby Fiber Operations) Shelby/Cleveland P NC Charles Macon Lagoon & Drum Storage Cordova C NC Chemtronics, Inc Swannanoa C NC Davis Park Road TCE Gastonia NC FCX, Inc. (Statesville Plant) Statesville NC FCX, Inc. (Washington Plant) Washington NC GMH Electronics Roxboro. NC Geigy Chemical Corp. (Aberdeen Plant) Aberdeen NC General Electric Co/Shepherd Farm East Flat Rock P NC Horton Iron and Metal Wilmington NC JFD Electronics/Channel Master Oxford NC Jadco-Hughes Facility Belmont CNC Kerr-McGee Chemical CorpNavassa Navassa NC Koppers Co., Inc. (Morrisville Plant) Morrisville P NC Martin-Marietta, Sodyeco, Inc Charlotte NC NC State University (Lot 86,Farm Unit #1) Raleigh NC National Starch & Chemical Corp Salisbury NC New Hanover Cnty Airport Burn Pit Wilmington NC North Belmont PCE North Belmont NC Ore Knob Mine Ashe County. NC Potter's Septic Tank Service Pits Maco NC Ram Leather Care Charlotte NC Reasor Chemical Company Castle Hayne NC Sigmon's Septic Tank Statesville NC Ward Transformer Raleigh. NC Wright Chemical Corporation Riegelwood NE 10th Street Site Columbus NE Bruno Co-op Association/Associated Prop Bruno NE Cleburn Street Well Grand Island NE Garvey Elevator Hastings NE Hastings Ground Water Contamination Hastings NE Lindsay Manufacturing Co Lindsay C NE Nebraska Ordnance Plant Mead 

# Page 221 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## (Former) NE Ogallala Ground Water Contamination Ogallala NE Omaha Lead Omaha. NE Parkview Well Grand Island NE Sherwood Medical Co Norfolk NE West Highway 6 & Highway 281 Hastings NH Auburn Road Landfill Londonderry NH Beede Waste Oil Plaistow NH Chlor-Alkali Facility (Former) Berlin NH Coakley Landfill North Hampton NH Dover Municipal Landfill Dover NH Fletcher's Paint Works & Storage Milford NH Kearsarge Metallurgical Corp Conway C NH Keefe Environmental Services Epping C NH Mottolo Pig Farm Raymond C NH New Hampshire Plating Co Merrimack NH Ottati & Goss/Kingston Steel Drum Kingston NH Savage Municipal Water Supply Milford NH Somersworth Sanitary Landfill Somersworth NH South Municipal Water Supply Well Peterborough C NH Sylvester Nashua C,S NH Tibbetts Road Barrington NH Tinkham Garage Londonderry C NH Town Garage/Radio Beacon Londonderry C NH Troy Mills Landfill Troy NJ A. O. Polymer Sparta/Sussex P NJ American Cyanamid Co. Bound Brook P NJ Asbestos Dump Millington P NJ Atlantic Resources Corporation Sayreville NJ Bog Creek Farm Howell Township C NJ Brick Township Landfill Brick Township NJ Bridgeport Rental & Oil Services Bridgeport NJ Brook Industrial Park Bound Brook NJ Burnt Fly Bog Marlboro Township NJ CPS/Madison Industries Old Bridge Township NJ Caldwell Trucking Co Fairfield NJ Chemical Control Elizabeth C NJ Chemical Insecticide Corp Edison Township NJ Chemical Leaman Tank Lines, Inc Bridgeport NJ Chemsol, Inc Piscataway NJ Ciba-Geigy Corp Toms River NJ Cinnaminson Ground Water Contamination Cinnaminson Township NJ Combe Fill South Landfill Chester Township NJ Cornell Dubilier Electronics Inc South Plainfield NJ Cosden Chemical Coatings Corp Beverly NJ Crown Vantage Landfill Alexandria Township NJ Curcio Scrap Metal, Inc Saddle Brook Township 

# Page 222 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## NJ Curtis Specialty Papers, Inc Milford. NJ D'Imperio Property Hamilton Township NJ Dayco Corp./L.E Carpenter Co Wharton Borough NJ De Rewal Chemical Co Kingwood Township NJ Diamond Alkali Co Newark NJ Diamond Head Oil Refinery Div Kearny NJ Dover Municipal Well 4 Dover Township NJ Ellis Property Evesham Township NJ Emmell's Septic Landfill Galloway Township NJ Evor Phillips Leasing Old Bridge Township NJ Ewan Property Shamong Township NJ Fair Lawn Well Field Fair Lawn NJ Federal Creosote Manville Borough NJ Franklin Burn Franklin Township NJ Fried Industries East Brunswick Township NJ Garfield Ground Water Contamination Garfield NJ GEMS Landfill Gloucester Township NJ Garden State Cleaners Co Minotola NJ Global Sanitary Landfill Old Bridge Township NJ Goose Farm Plumstead Township C NJ Helen Kramer Landfill Mantua Township C NJ Hercules, Inc. (Gibbstown Plant) Gibbstown NJ Higgins Disposal Kingston NJ Higgins Farm Franklin Township NJ Horseshoe Road Sayreville NJ Iceland Coin Laundry Area Ground Water Plume Vineland NJ Imperial Oil Co., Inc./Champion Chemicals Morganville NJ JIS Landfill Jamesburg/S. Brnswck NJ Kauffman & Minteer, Inc Jobstown NJ Kin-Buc Landfill Edison Township NJ King of Prussia Winslow Township C NJ LCP Chemicals Inc Linden NJ Landfill & Development Co Mount Holly NJ Lang Property Pemberton Township C NJ Lightman Drum Company Winslow Township NJ Lipari Landfill Pitman NJ Lone Pine Landfill Freehold Township C NJ Mansfield Trail Dump Byram Township NJ Martin Aaron, Inc Camden NJ Maywood Chemical Co Maywood/Rochelle Park NJ Matteo & Sons, Inc. Thorofare NJ Metaltec/Aerosystems Franklin Borough NJ Monitor Devices/Intercircuits Inc Wall Township NJ Montgomery Township Housing Development Montgomery Township NJ Myers Property Franklin Township NJ NL Industries Pedricktown NJ Nascolite Corp Millville NJ PJP Landfill Jersey City 

# Page 223 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## NJ Pohatcong Valley Ground Water Contaminat Warren County NJ Price Landfill Pleasantville S NJ Puchack Well Field Pennsauken Township. NJ Quanta Resources Edgewater NJ Radiation Technology, Inc Rockaway Township NJ Raritan Bay Slag Old Bridge Township/Sayreville. NJ Reich Farms Pleasant Plains NJ Ringwood Mines/Landfill Ringwood NJ Rockaway Borough Well Field Rockaway Township NJ Rockaway Township Wells Rockaway NJ Rocky Hill Municipal We ll Rocky Hill Borough NJ Roebling Steel Co Florence NJ Rolling Knolls Landfill Chatham Township NJ Scientific Chemical Processing Carlstadt NJ Sharkey Landfill Parsippany/Troy Hls NJ Sherwin-Williams/Hilliards Creek Gibbsboro NJ Shieldalloy Corp Newfield Borough NJ South Jersey Clothing Co Minotola NJ Standard Chlorine Kearny NJ Swope Oil & Chemical Co Pennsauken NJ Syncon Resins South Kearny NJ U.S. Radium Corp Orange P NJ United States Avenue Burn Gibbsboro NJ Universal Oil Products (Chemical Division East Rutherford NJ Ventron/Velsicol Wood Ridge Borough NJ Vineland Chemical Co., Inc Vineland NJ Waldick Aerospace Devices, Inc Wall Township NJ Welsbach & General Gas Mantle (Camden) Camden and Gloucester City NJ White Chemical Corp Newark A NJ White Swan Cleaners/Sun Cleaners Area Ground Water Contamination Wall Township
NJ Williams Property Swainton C NJ Woodbrook Road Dump South Plainfield. NJ Woodland Route 532 Dump Woodland Township NJ Woodland Route 72 Dump Woodland Township NJ Zschiegner Refining Howell Township. NM AT&SF Albuquerque Albuquerque P NM Chevron Questa Mine Questa NM Cimarron Mining Corp Carrizozo P NM Eagle Picher Carefree Battery Socorro NM Fruit Avenue Plume Albuquerque NM Grants Chlorinated Solvents Plume Grants NM Griggs & Walnut Ground Water Plume Las Cruces. NM Homestake Mining Co Milan C NM McGaffey and Main Groundwater Plume Roswell 

# Page 224 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## NM North Railroad Avenue Plume Espanola NM Prewitt Abandoned Refinery Prewitt P NM South Valley Albuquerque C, S NM United Nuclear Corp Church Rock NV Carson River Mercury Site Lyon/Churchill Cnty NY American Thermostat Co South Cairo NY Applied Environmental Services Glenwood Landing C NY Black River PCBs Jefferson County. NY Brewster Well Field Putnam County NY Byron Barrel & Drum Byron NY Carroll & Dubies Sewage Disposal Port Jervis NY Cayuga County Ground Water Contamination Cayuga County NY Circuitron Corp East Farmingdale NY Claremont Polychemical Old Bethpage NY Colesville Municipal Landfill Town of Colesville NY Computer Circuits Hauppauge NY Consolidated Iron and Metal Newburgh. NY Cortese Landfill Village of Narrowsburg NY Crown Cleaners of Watertown, Inc Carthage NY Dewey Loeffel Landfill Nassau NY Diaz Chemical Corporation Holley NY Ellenville Scrap Iron and Metal Ellenville NY Endicott Village Well Field Village of Endicott NY FMC Corp. (Dublin Road Landfill) Town of Shelby NY Facet Enterprises, Inc Elmira NY Forest Glen Mobile Home Subdivision Niagara Falls A NY Fulton Avenue North Hempstead. NY Fulton Terminals Fulton NY GCL Tie & Treating Inc Village of Sidney NY GE Moreau South Glen Falls NY General Motors (Central Foundry Division) Massena NY Genzale Plating Co Franklin Square NY Goldisc Recordings, Inc Holbrook NY Gowanus Canal Brooklyn NY Haviland Complex Town of Hyde Park NY Hertel Landfill Plattekill NY Hiteman Leather West Winfield NY Hooker (Hyde Park) Niagara Falls NY Hooker (S Area) Niagara Falls NY Hooker Chemical/Ruco Polymer Corp Hicksville NY Hopewell Precision Area Contamination Hopewell Junction NY Hudson River PCBs Hudson River NY Islip Municipal Sanitary Landfill Islip NY Jackson Steel Mineola/North Hempstead NY Johnstown City Landfill Town of Johnstown NY Jones Chemicals, Inc Caledonia 

# Page 225 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## NY Kentucky Avenue Well Field Horseheads NY Lawrence Aviation Industries, Inc. Port Jefferson Station NY Lehigh Valley Railroad Le Roy NY Li Tungsten Corp Glen Cove NY Liberty Industrial Finishing Farmingdale NY Little Valley Little Valley A NY Ludlow Sand & Gravel Clayville NY MacKenzie Chemical Works, Inc Central Islip NY Malta Rocket Fuel Area Malta NY Mattiace Petrochemical Co., Inc Glen Cove NY Mercury Refining, Inc Colonie NY Mohonk Road Industrial Plant High Falls NY Nepera Chemical Co., Inc Maybrook NY New Cassel/Hicksville Ground Water Contamination New Cassel/Hicksville NY Newtown Creek Brooklyn/Queens NY Niagara Mohawk Power Co (Saratoga Spings) Saratoga Springs NY Old Bethpage Landfill Oyster Bay C NY Old Roosevelt Field Contaminated Ground Water Area Garden City.

NY Olean Well Field Olean NY Onondaga Lake Syracuse NY Peninsula Boulevard Ground Water Plume Hewlett NY Peter Cooper Gowanda. NY Pollution Abatement Services Oswego S NY Port Washington Landfill Port Washington NY Preferred Plating Corp Farmingdale NY Ramapo Landfill Ramapo NY Richardson Hill Road Landfill/Pond Sidney Center NY Robintech, Inc./National Pipe Co Town of Vestal NY Rosen Brothers Scrap Yard/Dump Cortland NY Rowe Industries Gnd Water Contamination Noyack/Sag Harbor NY Sarney Farm Amenia NY Sealand Restoration, Inc Lisbon NY Shenandoah Road Ground Water Contamination East Fishkill. NY Sidney Landfill Sidney NY Sinclair Refinery Wellsville NY Smithtown Ground Water Contamination Smithtown NY Solvent Savers Lincklaen NY Stanton Cleaners Area Ground Water Contamination Great Neck NY Tri-Cities Barrel Co., Inc Port Crane NY Vestal Water Supply Well 1–1 Vestal NY Volney Municipal Landfill Town of Volney NY York Oil Co Moira 

# Page 226 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## OH Allied Chemical & Ironton Coke Ironton OH Behr Dayton Thermal System VOC Plume Dayton. OH Big D Campground Kingsville C OH Buckeye Reclamation St. Clairsville OH Chem-Dyne Hamilton C,S OH Copley Square Plaza Copley OH E.H. Schilling Landfill Hamilton Township C OH East Troy Contaminated Aquifer Troy OH Fields Brook Ashtabula OH Fultz Landfill Jackson Township OH Industrial Excess Landfill Uniontown OH Lammers Barrel Beavercreek OH Little Scioto River Marion County. OH Miami County Incinerator Troy C OH Milford Contaminated Aquifer Milford OH Nease Chemical Salem OH New Carlisle Landfill New Carlisle. OH New Lyme Landfill New Lyme C OH North Sanitary Landfill Dayton OH Old Mill Rock Creek C OH Ormet Corp Hannibal OH Powell Road Landfill Dayton OH Pristine, Inc Reading OH Reilly Tar & Chemical (Dover Plant) Dover OH Sanitary Landfill Co. (Industrial Waste) Dayton OH Skinner Landfill West Chester OH South Point Plant South Point OH Summit National Deerfield Township C OH TRW, Inc. (Minerva Plant) Minerva C OH United Scrap Lead Co., Inc Troy OH Van Dale Junkyard Marietta OH Zanesville Well Field Zanesville C OK Double Eagle Refinery Co. Oklahoma City OK Fourth Street Abandoned Refinery Okalahoma City OK Hardage/Criner Criner OK Hudson Refinery Cushing OK Imperial Refining Company Ardmore OK Mosley Road Sanitary Landfill Oklahoma City OK Oklahoma Refining Co Cyril OK Tar Creek (Ottawa County) Ottawa County OK Tulsa Fuel and Manufacturing Collinsville OR Black Butte Mine Cottage Grove OR Formosa Mine Douglas County OR Harbor Oil Portland OR McCormick & Baxter Creos. Co (Portland) Portland OR North Ridge Estates Klamath Falls OR Northwest Pipe & Casing/Hall Process Company Clackamas 

# Page 227 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## OR Portland Harbor Portland OR Reynolds Metals Company Troutdale OR Taylor Lumber and Treating Sheridan. OR Teledyne Wah Chang Albany OR Union Pacific Railroad Tie Treatment The Dalles OR United Chrome Products, Inc Corvallis C PA A.I.W. Frank/Mid-County Mustang Exton PA Avco Lycoming (Williamsport Division) Williamsport PA Bally Ground Water Contamination Bally Borough PA Bell Landfill Terry Township PA Bendix Flight Systems Division Bridgewater Township C PA Berks Sand Pit Longswamp Township C PA Blosenski Landfill West Caln Township PA Boarhead Farms Bridgeton Township PA BoRit Asbetos Ambler. PA Breslube-Penn, Inc Coraopolis PA Brown's Battery Breaking Shoemakersville PA Butler Mine Tunnel Pittston PA Butz Landfill Stroudsburg PA C & D Recycling Foster Township PA Centre County Kepone State College Borough P PA Chem-Fab Doylestown PA Commodore Semiconductor Group Lower Providence Township PA Craig Farm Drum Parker C PA Crater Resources/Keystone Coke/Alan Wood Upper Merion Township PA Crossley Farm Hereford Township PA Croydon TCE Croydon PA CryoChem, Inc Worman PA Delta Quarries & Disp./Stotler Landfill Antis/Logan Twps C PA Dorney Road Landfill Upper Macungie Township PA Douglassville Disposal Douglassville PA Drake Chemical Lock Haven PA Dublin TCE Site Dublin Borough PA East Mount Zion Springettsbury Township PA Eastern Diversified Metals Hometown PA Elizabethtown Landfill Elizabethtown PA Fischer & Porter Co Warminster PA Foote Mineral Co East Whiteland Township PA Franklin Slag Pile (MDC) Philadelphia PA Havertown PCP Haverford PA Heleva Landfill North Whitehall Township PA Hellertown Manufacturing Co Hellertown C PA Henderson Road Upper Merion Township C PA Hunterstown Road Straban Township PA Industrial Lane Williams Township PA Jacks Creek/Sitkin Smelting and Maitland 

# Page 228 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## Refinery PA Jackson Ceramix Falls Creek PA Keystone Sanitation Landfill Union Township PA Kimberton Site Kimberton Borough C PA Lindane Dump Harrison Township PA Lord-Shope Landfill Girard Township C PA Lower Darby Creek Area Delaware/Philadelphia Counties. PA MW Manufacturing Valley Township PA Malvern TCE Malvern PA Metal Banks Philadelphia PA Mill Creek Dump Erie PA Modern Sanitation Landfill Lower Windsor Township PA Moyers Landfill Eagleville PA North Penn—Area 1 Souderton PA North Penn—Area 12 Worcester PA North Penn—Area 2 Hatfield PA North Penn—Area 5 Montgomery Township PA North Penn—Area 6 Lansdale PA North Penn—Area 7 North Wales PA Novak Sanitary Landfill South Whitehall Township PA Occidental Chemical Corp./Firestone Tire Lower Pottsgrove Township PA Ohio River Park Neville Island PA Old City of York Landfill Seven Valleys C PA Old Wilmington Road Ground Water Contamination Sadsburyville PA Osborne Landfill Grove City PA Palmerton Zinc Pile Palmerton PA Paoli Rail Yard Paoli PA Price Battery Hamburg PA Raymark Hatboro C PA Recticon/Allied Steel Corp East Coventry Twp PA Revere Chemical Co Nockamixon Township PA Rodale Manufacturing Co., Inc Emmaus Borough PA Ryeland Road Arsenic Heidelberg Township PA Saegertown Industrial Area Saegertown. P PA Safety Light Corporation Bloomsburg PA Salford Quarry Lower Salford Township. PA Sharon Steel Corp. (Farrell Wks Disp Area) Hickory Township PA Shriver's Corner Straban Township PA Stanley Kessler King of Prussia PA Strasburg Landfill Newlin Township PA Tobyhanna Army Depot Tobyhanna P PA Tonolli Corp Nesquehoning PA Tysons Dump Upper Merion Twp PA UGI Columbia Gas Plant Columbia PA Valmont TCE Hazle Township and West Hazleton PA Walsh Landfill Honeybrook Township PA Watson Johnson Landfill Richland Township 

# Page 229 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## PA Westinghouse Electronic (Sharon Plant) Sharon PA Westinghouse Elevator Co. Plant Gettysburg PA Whitmoyer Laboratories Jackson Township PA William Dick Lagoons West Caln Township PR Cabo Rojo Ground Water Contamination Cabo Rojo PR Cidra Ground Water Contamination Cidra PR Fibers Public Supply Wells Jobos PR Hormigas Ground Water Plume Caguas PR Juncos Landfill Juncos PR Maunabo Area Ground Water Contamination Maunabo PR Papelera Puertorriquena, Inc Utuado. PR Pesticide Warehouse I Arecibo PR Pesticide Warehouse III Manati. PR San German Ground Water Contamination San German PR Scorpio Recycling, Inc. Candeleria Ward PR Upjohn Facility Barceloneta PR Vega Alta Public Supply Wells Vega Alta PR Vega Baja Solid Waste Disposal Vega Baja RI Central Landfill Johnston RI Centredale Manor Restoration Project North Providence RI Davis Liquid Waste Smithfield RI Landfill & Resource Recovery, Inc. (L&RR) North Smithfield RI Peterson/Puritan, Inc Lincoln/Cumberland P RI Picillo Farm Coventry S RI Rose Hill Regional Landfill South Kingston RI Stamina Mills, Inc North Smithfield RI West Kingston Town Dump/URI Disposal South Kingston RI Western Sand & Gravel Burrillville C SC Aqua-Tech Environmental Inc (Groce Labs) Greer SC Barite Hill/Nevada Goldfields McCormick. SC Beaunit Corp. (Circular Knit & Dye) Fountain Inn SC Brewer Gold Mine Jefferson SC Carolawn, Inc Fort Lawn SC Elmore Waste Disposal Greer SC Geiger (C & M Oil) Rantoules SC Helena Chemical Co Landfill Fairfax SC Kalama Specialty Chemicals Beaufort SC Koppers Co., Inc. (Charleston Plant) Charleston SC Koppers Co., Inc. (Florence Plant) Florence SC Leonard Chemical Co., Inc Rock Hill SC Lexington County Landfill Area Cayce SC Macalloy Corporation North Charleston 

# Page 230 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## SC Medley Farm Drum Dump Gaffney C SC Palmetto Wood Preserving Dixiana SC Para-Chem Southern, Inc Simpsonville P SC Rock Hill Chemical Co Rock Hill C SC SCRDI Bluff Road Columbia S SC SCRDI Dixiana Cayce C SC Sangamo Weston Pickens P SC Shuron Inc Barnwell SC Townsend Saw Chain Co Pontiac SC US Finishing/Cone Mills Greenville SC Wamchem, Inc Burton SD Gilt Edge Mine Lead TN Alamo Contaminated Ground Water Alamo TN American Creosote Works, (Jackson Plant) Jackson TN Arlington Blending & Packaging Arlington TN Carrier Air Conditioning Co Collierville C TN Mallory Capacitor Co Waynesboro C TN Murray-Ohio Dump Lawrenceburg TN Ross Metals Inc Rossville TN Smalley-Piper Collierville TN Smokey Mountain Smelters Knox County. TN Tennessee Products Chattanooga A TN Velsicol Chemical Corp (Hardeman County) Toone TN Wrigley Charcoal Plant Wrigley TX ALCOA (Point Comfort)/Lavaca Bay Point Comfort TX Attebury Grain Storage Facility Happy. TX Bandera Road Ground Water Plume Leon Valley TX Brine Service Company Corpus Christi TX City of Perryton Well No. 2 Perryton TX Conroe Creosoting Company Conroe TX Crystal Chemical Co Houston TX Donna Reservoir and Canal System Donna TX East 67th Street Ground Water Plume Odessa TX Falcon Refinery Ingleside TX French, Ltd Crosby C TX Garland Creosoting Longview TX Geneva Industries/Fuhrmann Energy Houston P TX Gulfco Marine Maintenance Freeport. TX Hart Creosoting Company Jasper TX Highlands Acid Pit Highlands C TX Jasper Creosoting Company Inc Jasper County TX Jones Road Ground Water Plume Harris County TX Koppers Co Inc (Texarkana Plant) Texarkana 

# Page 231 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## TX Malone Service Company, Inc Texas City. TX Many Diversified Interests, Inc Houston P TX Midessa Ground Water Plume Odessa TX Motco, Inc La Marque S TX North Cavalcade Street Houston TX Odessa Chromium #1 Odessa C TX Old Esco Manufacturing Greenville TX Palmer Barge Line Port Arthur TX Patrick Bayou Deer Park TX Petro-Chemical Systems, (Turtle Bayou) Liberty County TX RSR Corp Dallas P TX Rockwool Industries Inc Bell County TX Sandy Beach Road Ground Water Plume Azle TX San Jacinto River Waste Pits Harris County TX Sheridan Disposal Services Hempstead TX Sikes Disposal Pits Crosby C TX Sol Lynn/Industrial Transformers Houston C TX South Cavalcade Street Houston TX Sprague Road Ground Water Plume Odessa TX Star Lake Canal Port Neches TX State Marine of Port Arthur Jefferson County TX State Road 114 Ground Water Plume Levelland TX Texarkana Wood Preserving Co Texarkana TX Tex-Tin Superfund Texas City, Galveston P TX United Creosoting Co Conroe TX Van der Horst USA Corporation Terrell TX West County Road 112 Ground Water Midland UT Bountiful/Woods Cross 5th South PCE Plume Bountiful/Woods Cross UT Davenport and Flagstaff Smelters Sandy City P UT Eureka Mills Eureka UT Intermountain Waste Oil Refinery Bountiful. UT Jacobs Smelters Tooele County P UT Midvale Slag Midvale UT Portland Cement (Kiln Dust 2 & 3) Salt Lake City UT U.S. Magnesium Tooele County. UT Utah Power & Light/American Barrel Co Salt Lake City C UT Wasatch Chemical Co. (Lot 6) Salt Lake City VA Abex Corp Portsmouth VA Arrowhead Associates/Scovill Corp Montross VA Atlantic Wood Industries, Inc Portsmouth VA Avtex Fibers, Inc Front Royal VA Buckingham County Landfill Buckingham VA C & R Battery Co., Inc Chesterfield County C VA Chisman Creek York County C 

# Page 232 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## VA Culpeper Wood Preservers, Inc Culpeper VA First Piedmont Rock Quarry (Route 719) Pittsylvania County C VA Former Nansemond Ordnance Depot Suffolk P VA Greenwood Chemical Co Newtown VA H & H Inc., Burn Pit Farrington VA Hidden Lane Landfill Sterling VA Kim-Stan Landfill Selma VA L.A. Clarke & Son Spotsylvania County VA Peck Iron and Metal Portsmouth. VA Rentokil, Inc. (Virginia Wood Preserving Division) Richmond P VA Saltville Waste Disposal Ponds Saltville VA Saunders Supply Co Chuckatuck VA U.S. Titanium Piney River VI Tutu Wellfield Tutu VT BFI Sanitary Landfill (Rockingham) Rockingham C VT Bennington Municipal Sanitary Landfill Bennington VT Burgess Brothers Landfill Woodford VT Commerce Street Plume Williston VT Elizabeth Mine Strafford. VT Ely Copper Mine Vershire VT Old Springfield Landfill Springfield C VT Parker Sanitary Landfill Lyndon VT Pike Hill Copper Mine Corinth VT Pine Street Canal Burlington S VT Pownal Tannery Pownal WA American Crossarm & Conduit Co Chehalis C WA Boomsnub/Airco Vancouver S WA Centralia Municipal Landfill Centralia WA Colbert Landfill Colbert WA Commencement Bay, Near Shore/Tide Flats Pierce County P WA Commencement Bay, South Tacoma Channel Tacoma P WA Five Points PCE Plume Woods Cross/Bountiful WA FMC Corp. (Yakima Pit) Yakima C WA Frontier Hard Chrome, Inc Vancouver WA General Electric Co. (Spokane Shop) Spokane WA Greenacres Landfill Spokane County WA Hamilton/Labree Roads Ground Water Contamination Chehalis WA Harbor Island (Lead) Seattle P WA Hidden Valley Landfill (Thun Field) Pierce County WA Kaiser Aluminum Mead Works Mead WA Lakewood Site Lakewood C,P WA Lockheed West Seattle Seattle WA Lower Duwamish Waterway Seattle 

# Page 233 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## WA Mica Landfill Mica WA Midnite Mine Wellpinit. WA Midway Landfill Kent WA Moses Lake Wellfield Contamination Moses Lake WA North Market Street Spokane WA Northside Landfill Spokane C WA Oeser Co. Bellingham WA Pacific Car & Foundry Co Renton C WA Pacific Sound Resources Seattle WA Palermo Well Field Ground Water Contam Tumwater WA Pasco Sanitary Landfill Pasco WA Queen City Farms Maple Valley WA Quendall Terminals Renton WA Seattle Municipal Landfill (Kent Hghlnds) Kent C WA Vancouver Water Station #1 Contamination Vancouver WA Vancouver Water Station #4 Contamination Vancouver WA Western Processing Co., Inc Kent C WA Wyckoff Co./Eagle Harbor Bainbridge Island WI Algoma Municipal Landfill Algoma C WI Amcast Industrial Corporation Cedarburg WI Ashland/Northern States Power Lakefront Ashland WI Better Brite Plating Chrome & Zinc Shops DePere WI City Disposal Corp. Landfill Dunn WI Delavan Municipal Well #4 Delavan WI Eau Claire Municipal Well Field Eau Claire C WI Hagen Farm Stoughton C WI Hechimovich Sanitary Landfill Williamstown WI Hunts Disposal Landfill Caledonia WI Janesville Ash Beds Janesville WI Janesville Old Landfill Janesville WI Kohler Co. Landfill Kohler WI Lauer I Sanitary Landfill Menomonee Falls WI Lemberger Landfill, Inc Whitelaw C WI Lemberger Transport & Recycling Franklin Township C WI Madison Metropolitan Sewerage District Blooming Grove WI Master Disposal Service Landfill Brookfield WI Mid-State Disposal, Inc. Landfill Cleveland Township C WI Moss-American(Kerr-McGee Oil Co.) Milwaukee WI Muskego Sanitary Landfill Muskego WI N.W. Mauthe Co., Inc Appleton S WI National Presto Industries, Inc Eau Claire WI Oconomowoc Electroplating Co. Inc Ashippin C WI Onalaska Municipal Landfill Onalaska C 

# Page 234 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(a) A = Based on issuance of health advisory by Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (if scored, HRS score need not be ≤ 28.50). C = Sites on construction completion list. S = State top priority (included among the 100 top priority sites regardless of score). ***P = Sites with deletion(s). P = Sites with partial deletion(s). Table 2—Federal Facilities Section 

## WI Penta Wood Products Daniels WI Refuse Hideaway Landfill Middleton WI Ripon City Landfill Ripon C WI Sauk County Landfill Excelsior C WI Schmalz Dump Harrison C WI Scrap Processing Co., Inc Medford WI Sheboygan Harbor & River Sheboygan WI Spickler Landfill Spencer WI Stoughton City Landfill Stoughton WI Tomah Armory Tomah WI Tomah Municipal Sanitary Landfill Tomah WI Waste Mgmt of WI (Brookfield Sanit LF) Brookfield WI Wausau Ground Water Contamination Wausau C WV Big John Salvage—Hoult Road Fairmont WV Fike Chemical, Inc Nitro WV Hanlin-Allied-Olin Moundsville WV Ordnance Works Disposal Areas Morgantown WV Ravenswood PCE Ground Water Plume Ravenswood WV Sharon Steel Corp (Fairmont Coke Works) Fairmont WV Vienna Tetrachloroethene Vienna WY Mystery Bridge Rd/U.S. Highway 20 Evansville C

St Site name City/County Notes (a) AK Adak Naval Air Station Adak AK Eielson Air Force Base Fairbanks N Star Borough AK Elmendorf Air Force Base Greater Anchorage Borough AK Fort Richardson (USARMY) Anchorage AK Fort Wainwright Fairbanks N Star Borough AL Alabama Army Ammunition Plant Childersburg AL Anniston Army Depot (SE Industrial Area) Anniston AL Redstone Arsenal (USARMY/NASA) Huntsville AZ Williams Air Force Base Chandler AZ Yuma Marine Corps Air Station Yuma CA Alameda Naval Air Station Alameda 

# Page 235 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## CA Barstow Marine Corps Logistics Base Barstow CA Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base San Diego County CA Castle Air Force Base Merced CA Concord Naval Weapons Station Concord CA Edwards Air Force Base Kern County CA El Toro Marine Corps Air Station El Toro CA Fort Ord Marina CA George Air Force Base Victorville CA Jet Propulsion Laboratory (NASA) Pasadena CA LEHR/Old Campus Landfill (USDOE) Davis CA Lawrence Livermore Lab Site 300 (USDOE) Livermore CA Lawrence Livermore Laboratory (USDOE) Livermore CA March Air Force Base Riverside CA Mather Air Force Base Sacramento CA McClellan Air Force Base (GW Contam) Sacramento CA Moffett Naval Air Station Sunnyvale CA Norton Air Force Base San Bernardino CA Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant Riverbank CA Sacramento Army Depot Sacramento CA Sharpe Army Depot Lathrop CA Tracy Defense Depot (USARMY) Tracy CA Travis Air Force Base Solano County CA Treasure Island Naval Station-Hun Pt An San Francisco P CO Air Force Plant PJKS Waterton CO Rocky Flats Plant (USDOE) Jefferson and Boulder Counties P CO Rocky Mountain Arsenal (USARMY) Adams County P CT New London Submarine Base New London DC Washington Navy Yard Washington DC DE Dover Air Force Base Dover FL Cecil Field Naval Air Station Jacksonville P FL Homestead Air Force Base Homestead FL Jacksonville Naval Air Station Jacksonville FL Pensacola Naval Air Station Pensacola FL Tyndall Air Force Base Panama City FL Whiting Field Naval Air Station Milton GA Marine Corps Logistics Base Albany GA Robins Air Force Base (Lf#4/Sludge Lagoon Houston County GU Andersen Air Force Base Yigo HI Naval Computer & Telecommunications Area Oahu HI Pearl Harbor Naval Complex Pearl Harbor IA Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown ID Idaho National Engineering Lab (USDOE) Idaho Falls 

# Page 236 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## ID Mountain Home Air Force Base Mountain Home IL Joliet Army Ammunition Plant (LAP Area) Joliet IL Joliet Army Ammunition Plant (Mfg Area) Joliet IL Sangamo Electric/Crab Orchard NWR (USDOI) Carterville IL Savanna Army Depot Activity Savanna KS Fort Riley Junction City KY Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant (USDOE) Paducah LA Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline MA Fort Devens Fort Devens MA Hanscom Field/Hanscom Air Force Base Bedford MA Natick Laboratory Army Research, D&E Cntr Natick MA Naval Weapons Industrial Reserve Plant Bedford MA Otis Air National Guard Base/Camp Edwards Sandwich, Falmouth, Bourne, Mashpee P MA South Weymouth Naval Air Station Weymouth MD Aberdeen Proving Ground (Edgewood Area) Edgewood MD Aberdeen Proving Ground (Michaelsville LF) Aberdeen MD Andrews Air Force Base Camp Springs MD Beltsville Agricultural Research (USDA) Beltsville MD Brandywine DRMO Brandywine MD Curtis Bay Coast Guard Yard Anne Arundel County MD Fort Detrick Area B Ground Water Frederick MD Fort George G. Meade Odenton P MD Indian Head Naval Surface Warfare Center Indian Head MD Patuxent River Naval Air Station St. Mary's County ME Brunswick Naval Air Station Brunswick ME Loring Air Force Base Limestone ME Portsmouth Naval Shipyard Kittery MN Naval Industrial Reserve Ordnance Plant Fridley MN New Brighton/Arden Hills/TCAAP (USARMY) New Brighton MO Lake City Army Ammu. Plant (NW Lagoon) Independence MO Weldon Spring Former Army Ordnance Works St. Charles County MO Weldon Spring Quarry/Plant/Pitts (USDOE) St. Charles County NC Camp Lejeune Military Res. (USNAVY) Onslow County NC Cherry Point Marine Corps Air Station Havelock NE Cornhusker Army Ammunition Hall County 

# Page 237 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## Plant NH Pease Air Force Base Portsmouth/Newington NJ Federal Aviation Admin. Tech. Center Atlantic County NJ Fort Dix (Landfill Site) Pemberton Township NJ McGuire Air Force Base #1 Wrightstown NJ Middlesex Sampling Plant (USDOE) Middlesex NJ Naval Air Engineering Center Lakehurst NJ Naval Weapons Station Earle (Site A) Colts Neck NJ Picatinny Arsenal (USARMY) Rockaway Township NJ W.R. Grace/Wayne Interim Storage (USDOE) Wayne Township NM Lee Acres Landfill (USDOI) Farmington NY Brookhaven National Laboratory (USDOE) Upton NY Griffiss Air Force Base Rome P NY Plattsburgh Air Force Base Plattsburgh NY Seneca Army Depot Romulus P OH Feed Materials Production Center (USDOE) Fernald OH Mound Plant (USDOE) Miamisburg P OH Wright-Patterson Air Force Base Dayton OK Tinker Air Force (Soldier Cr/Bldg 300) Oklahoma City OR Fremont Nat. Forest Uranium Mines (USDA) Lakeview OR Umatilla Army Depot (Lagoons) Hermiston PA Letterkenny Army Depot (SE Area) Chambersburg P PA Letterkenny Army Depot (PDO Area) Franklin County P PA Naval Air Development Center (8 Areas) Warminster Township PA Navy Ships Parts Control Center Mechanicsburg PA Tobyhanna Army Depot Tobyhanna P PA Willow Grove Naval Air & Air Res. Stn. Willow Grove PR Atlantic Fleet Weapons Training Area—Vieques Island of Vieques 1 

## S RI Davisville Naval Construction Batt Cent North Kingston RI Newport Naval Education/Training Center Newport SC Parris Island Marine Corps Recruit Depot Parris Island SC Savannah River Site (USDOE) Aiken SD Ellsworth Air Force Base Rapid City P TN Memphis Defense Depot (DLA) Memphis TN Milan Army Ammunition Plant Milan TN Oak Ridge Reservation (USDOE) Oak Ridge TX Air Force Plant #4 (General Dynamics) Fort Worth TX Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Texarkana 

# Page 238 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...1 Only the Vieques portions of the AF WTA are included in Appendix B to Pa rt 300, the National Priorities List. The Culebra portions of t he AFWTA (that were included in the NPL proposal AFWTA on August 13, 2004) are not included at this time due to ongoing negotiations between the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Department of the Army. 

## TX Longhorn Army Ammunition Plant Karnack TX Pantex Plant (USDOE) Pantex Village UT Hill Air Force Base Ogden UT Monticello Mill Tailings (USDOE) Monticello P UT Ogden Defense Depot (DLA) Ogden UT Tooele Army Depot (North Area) Tooele VA Defense General Supply Center (DLA) Chesterfield County VA Fort Eustis (US Army) Newport News VA Langley Air Force Base/NASA Langley Cntr Hampton VA Marine Corps Combat Development Command Quantico VA Naval Amphibious Base Little Creek Virginia Beach VA Naval Surface Warfare—Dahlgren Dahlgren VA Naval Weapons Station— Yorktown Yorktown VA Naval Weapons Station Yorktown—Cheatham Annex Williamsburg VA Norfolk Naval Base (Sewells Pt Nvl Cmpx) Norfolk VA Norfolk Naval Shipyard Portsmouth VA St. Juliens Creek Annex (U.S. Navy) Chesapeake WA American Lake Gardens/McChord AFB Tacoma WA Bangor Naval Submarine Base Silverdale WA Bangor Ordnance Disposal (USNAVY) Bremerton WA Fairchild Air Force Base (4 Waste Areas) Spokane County WA Fort Lewis Logistics Center Tillicum WA Hanford 100-Area (USDOE) Benton County P WA Hanford 200-Area (USDOE) Benton County WA Hanford 300-Area (USDOE) Benton County WA Jackson Park Housing Complex (USNAVY) Kitsap County WA Naval Air Station, Whidbey Island (Ault) Whidbey Island WA Naval Undersea Warfare Station (4 Areas) Keyport WA Old Navy Dump/Manchester Lab (USEPA/NOAA) Manchester WA Puget Sound Naval Shipyard Complex Bremerton WV Allegany Ballistics Laboratory (USNAVY) Mineral WV West Virginia Ordnance (USARMY) Point Pleasant P WY F.E. Warren Air Force Base Cheyenne 

# Page 239 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Notes: (a) A=Based on issuance of health advisory by Agenc y for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (if scored, HRS score need not be >28.50). C=Sites on construction completion list. S=State top priority (included among the 100 top priority sites regardless of score). P=Sites with partial deletion(s). [62 FR 15576, Apr. 1, 1997] Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affe cting part 300, appendix B, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov. 

### Appendix C to Part 300—Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test, Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test, and Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness Test
top Table of Contents 1.0 Introduction 2.0 Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test 3.0 Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test 4.0 Bioremediation Agent Effectiveness Test 5.0 Bioremediation Agent Toxicity Test 6.0 Summary Technical Product Test Data Format References List of Illustrations Figure Number 1 Swirling Flask Test Apparatus List of Tables Table Number 1 Major Ion Composition of “Instant Ocean” Synthetic Sea Salt 2 Test Oil Characteristics 3 Oil Standard Solutions: Concentra tions in Final DCM Extractions 4 Synthetic Seawater [Toxicity Test] 5 Test Oil Characteristics: No. 2 Fuel Oil 6 Analytes Listed Under the Corresponding Internal Standard Used in Calculating RRFs 7 Primary Ions Monitored for Each Target Analyte During GC/MS Analysis 8 Analytes and Reference Compounds 9 Operating Conditions and Te mperature Program of GC/MS 10 Two-Way ANOVA Table 11 Product Test Data, Total Aromatics 

# Page 240 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...12 Summary Statistics for Product Test Data, Total Aromatics 13 Example Two-Way ANOVA Table 14 Pairwise Protected LSD Mean Separation 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Scope and Application. The methods described bel ow apply to “dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents” involving subpart J (Use of Dispersants and Other Chemicals) in 40 CFR part 300 (National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan) . They are revisions and additions to the EPA's Standard Dispersant Effectiveness and Toxicity Te sts (1). The new Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test is used only for testing dispersants. The Revised Standard Dispersant Toxicity Test is used for testing dispersants, as well as su rface washing agents, surface collecting agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents. The bioremedi ation agent effectiveness test is used for testing bioremediation agents only. 1.2 Definitions. The definitions of dispers ants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremediation agents, and miscellaneous oil spill control agents are provided in 40 CFR 300.5. 2.0 Swirling Flask Dispersant Effectiveness Test 2.1 Summary of Method. This protocol was developed by Environment Canada to provide a relatively rapid and simple testing procedure for evaluating dispersant effect iveness (2). It uses a modified Erlenmeyer flask to which a side spout has been added for removing subsurface samples of water near the bottom of the flask without disturbing a surface o il layer. Seawater and a surface layer of oil are added to the flask. Turbulent mixing is provided byplacing the flask on a st andard shaker table at 150 rpm for 20 minutes to induce a swir ling motion to the liquid contents . Following shaking, the flask is immediately removed from the shaker table and ma intained in a stationary position for 10 minutes to allow the oil that will reform a sl ick to return to the water's surface. A sample of water for chemical analysis is then removed from the bottom of the fl ask through the side spout, extracted with methylene chloride (dichloromethane-DCM), and analyzed for oil content by UV-visible absorption spectrophotometry at wavelengths of 340, 370, and 400 nm (2). 2.2 Apparatus. 2.2.1 Modified Erlenmeyer Flask. Use 125-ml gl ass Erlenmeyer flasks that have been modified to include an attachment of a glass side spout that ext ends from the bottom of the flask upward to the neck region, as shown in Figure 1. 2.2.2 Shaker Table. Use a shaker table with speed control un it with variable speed (40–400 rpm) and an orbital diameter of approximately 0.75 inches (2 cm ) to provide turbulence to solutions in test flasks. 2.2.3 Spectrophotometer. Use a UV-visible spectrophotometer capable of measuring absorbance at 340, 370, and 400 nm. A Hitachi Model U–2000 or equivalent is acceptable for this purpose. 2.2.4 Glassware. Glassware should consist of 5-, 10-, 25-, 100-, and 500-ml graduated cylinders; 125- ml separatory funnels with Teflon stopcocks; and 10-, 100-, and 1,000-ml volumetric flasks and micropipettes.

View or download PDF 

# Page 241 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.3 Reagents. 2.3.1 Synthetic seawater. The synthetic sea salt “Instant Ocean,” manufactured by A quarium Systems of Mentor, OH, can be used for th is purpose. The syntheticseawater solution is prepared by dissolving 34 g of the salt mixture in 1 liter of distilled water ( i.e. , a salinity of 34 ppt). Table 1 provides a list of the ion com position of the seasalt mixture. Table 1—Major Ion Compos ition of “Instant Ocean” Synthetic Sea Salt

Following the preparation, the saltwater solution is a llowed to equilibrate to the ambient temperature of the laboratory and should be in the range of 22±3 °C. 2.3.2 Test oil. Two EPA/American Petroleum Institute (API ) standard reference oils, Prudhoe Bay and South Louisiana crude, should be used for this tes t. These oils can be obtai ned from the Resource Technology Corporation, 2931 Sold ier Springs Road, P.O. Box 1346, Laramie, WY 82070, (307) 742– 5452. These oils have been thoroughl y homogenized, as well as characte rized physically and chemically for previous EPA and API studies. Various se lected parameters are presented in table 2. Table 2—Test Oil Characteristics

1 At 15 °C

2 Not calculable when viscosity at 100 °C is less than 2.0. 

## Major Ion % Total Weight Ionic Concentration at 34 ppt salinity (mg/1) Chloride (C1 − 

## ) 47.470 18,740 Sodium (NA = 

## ) 26.280 10,454 Sulfate (SO 4 

## − ) 6.602 2,631 Magnesium (Mg == 

## ) 3.230 1,256 Calcium (Ca == 

## ) 1.013 400 Potassium (K = 

## ) 1.015 401 Bicarbonate (HCO 3 

## − ) 0.491 194 Boron (B) 0.015 6.0 Strontium (Sr == 

## ) 0.001 7.5 SOLIDS TOTAL 86.11% 34,089.50 Water 13.88 TOTAL 99.99%

Prudhoe Bay crude oil South Louisiana crude oil Specific gravity 1 

## 0.894 kg/1 0.840 kg/1 API gravity 1 

## 26.8 degrees 37.0 degrees Sulfur 1.03 wt% 0.23 wt% Sulfur compounds, profile Nitrogen 0.20 wt% 0.031 wt% Vanadium 21 mg/1 0.95 mg/1 Nickel 11 mg/1 1.1 mg/1 Simulated distillation profile Infrared spectrum UV fluorescence spectrum Pour Point +25 °F 0 °F Viscosity at 40 °C 14.09 cST 3.582 cST at 100 °C 4.059 cST 1.568 cST Index 210 ( 2 

## ) 

# Page 242 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.3.3 Methylene Chloride (Dichlorom ethane-DCM), pesticide quality. For extraction of all sample water and oil-standard water samples. 2.4 Pretest preparation. 2.4.1 Preparation and analysis of oil standards. 2.4.1.1 Standard solutions of oil for calibrating the UV-visible spectrophotometer are prepared with the specific reference oils and dispersant used for a particular set of experimental test runs. For experiments with no dispersant, only oil is used to make the standard solution. For expe riments with the oil plus dispersant, the standard is made with a 1:10 (v:v) mixture of t he dispersant to the test oil ( i.e. , a dispersant-to-oil ratio of 1:10). This ratio is used in the test tank with dispers ant added. The presence of water and certain dispersants in DCM extracts can affect absorbance readings in a spectrophotometer. All standard solutions of oil (and dispersant, if present) should be prepared in a stepw ise manner that reflects the analytical protocol used for the experimental water samples. 2.4.1.2 To prepare the standards, prepare a parent oi l-DCM standard by mixing 1 part oil (plus 1/10 part premixed dispersant, if appl icable) to 9 parts DCM ( i.e. , 1:10 dilution of the oil v:v). Add a specific volume of the parent oil-DCM standard to 30 ml of syn thetic seawater in a separatory funnel. Extract the oil-water mixture with 5-ml volumes of DCM after 15 seconds of vigorous shaki ng followed by a 2 minute stationary period to allow for phase separation for each extraction. Repeat the extraction using a total of three 5-ml portions of DCM. Adjust the final DCM volu me for the combined extracts to 20 ml with DCM in a 25-ml graduated cylinder. 2.4.1.3 The quantities of oil used to achieve the desired c oncentrations in the final 20-ml DCM extracts for the standard oil-solutions are summarized in table 3. Specific masses for oil amounts in standards are determined as volumes of oil multiplied by the density of the oil. 2.4.2 Linear stability calibration of UV-Visible spectrophotometer. 2.4.2.1 Before DCM-extracts of dispersed oil-wate r samples can be analyzed for their oil content, the UV-visible spectrophotometer must meet an instrument stability calibration criterion. This criterion is determined with the six oil standards identified in table 3. Determine the absorbance of standards at each of the three analytical wavelengths ( i.e. , 340, 370, and 400 nm). Determine the response factors (RFs) for the test oil at each of the three anal ytical wavelengths usi ng the following equation: RF x =C/Ax(1)
where: RF x =Response factor at wavelength x (x=340, 370, or 400 nm) C=Oil concentration, in mg of oil/ml of DCM in standard solution Ax =Spectrophotometric absorbance of wavelength x

Table 3—Oil Standard Solutions: Con centrations in Final DCM Extractions 1

1 Assuming an oil density of 0.9 g/ml and an extracti on efficiency of 100% for oil from the 30-ml of seawater. 2.4.2.2 Instrument stability for the initial calibra tion is acceptable when t he RFs for the five highest standard extracts of oil are <20% different from the overall mean value for the five standards. If this criterion is satisfied, analysis of sample extracts can begin. RFs for the lowestconcentration (0.05 mg oil/ml DCM) are not included in t he consideration because the absorbanc e is close to the detection limit of the spectrophotometer (with associated high variabili ty in the value) for the 1-cm path-length cell used for measurements. Absorbances ≥ 3.5 are not included because absorbance saturation occurs at and above this value. 2.4.2.3 If one or more of the standard oil extracts do not meet this linear-stability criterion, then the “offending” standard(s) can be prepared a second time ( i.e. , extraction of the specified amount of oil 

## Final oil concentration (mg/ml of DCM) Final extract volume (ml of DCM) Total amount of oil in standard (mg) Volume of parent oil-DCM std (μl) added to saltwater 4.0 20.0 80.0 890 2.0 20.0 40.0 440 1.0 20.0 20.0 220 0.50 20.0 10.0 110 0.10 20.0 2.0 22 0.05 20.0 1.0 11 

# Page 243 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...from 30-ml or seawater for the “offending” standard according to the pretest preparation procedure). If replacement of the reanalyzed standard solution(s) in the standard curve meets the linear-stability criterion ( i.e. , no RF >20% different from the overall mean), then analysis of sample extracts can begin. 2.4.2.4 If the initial-stability criterion is still not sa tisfied, analysis of sample extract cannot begin and the source of the problem (e.g., preparation protocol fo r the oil standards, spectroph otometer stability, etc.) must be corrected. 2.4.2.5 The initial six-point calibration of the UV -visible spectrophotometer at the oil concentrations identified is required at least once per test day. 2.5 Test procedure. 2.5.1 Preparation of premixed dispersant oil. Prepare a premixed dispersant oil by mixing 1 part dispersant to 10 parts oil. Store th is mixture in a glass container. The dispersant effectiveness test procedures are listed in steps 1–20: 1. Prepare 4 replicates (same testoil and dispersant), one control ( i.e. , no dispersant), and one method blank and run at the same time on the shaker table. 2. Add 120±2 ml of synthetic seawater to each of the modified 125-ml glass Erlenmeyer flasks. Measure and record the water temperature. 3. Place the flasks securely into the attached slot on the shaker table. 4. Carefully add 100 μl of an oil-dispersant soluti on onto the center of the water's surface using a positive displacement pipette. 5. Agitate the flasks for 20±1 minutes at 150±10 rpm on the shaker table. 6. After the 20±1 minutes shaking, remove the flasks from the shaker table and allow them to remain stationary for 10±1 minutes for oil droplet “settling.” 7. At the conclusion of the 10-minute settling peri od, carefully decant a 30-ml sample through the side spout of the test flasks into a 50-ml graduated cylinder. 

### Note: Discard the first 1–2 ml of sample water to remove nonhomogeneous water-oil initially contained in the spout. 8. Transfer the samples from the graduated cylinder into a 125- or 250-ml glass separatory funnel fitted with a Teflon stopcock. 9. Add 5 ml of pesticide-quality DCM to the s eparatory funnel and shake vigorously for 15 seconds. Release the pressure carefully from the separat ory funnel through the stopcock into a fume hood. 10. Allow the funnel to remain in a stationary posit ion for 2 minutes to allow phase-separation of the water and DCM. 11. Drain the DCM layer from the separatory funn el into a glass-stoppered, 25-ml graduated glass cylinder. 12. Repeat the DCM-extraction process two additional times. 13. Combine the three extracts in the graduated cy linder and adjust the final volume to 20-ml with additional DCM. 14. Analyze the samples using a UV-spectrophot ometer at 340, 370, and 400 nm-wavelengths and determine the quantity of oil as follows: C x =(Ax )x(RF x )x(V DCM )x(Vtw/V ew ) (2)
where: C x =Total mass of dispersed oil in swirling fl ask at wavelength x (x=340, 370, or 400 nm)
Ax =Spectrophotometric absorbance at wavelength x
RF x =Mean response factor at wavelength x (determined from equation 1)
V DCM =Final volume of DCM-extract of water sample (20 ml)
Vtw =Total water volume in swirling flask vessel (120 ml) 

# Page 244 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...V ew =Volume of water extracted for dispersed oil content (30 ml)
15. Obtain three concentration values for oil in each experimental water sample (340, 370, and 400 nm). 16. Determine the mean of three values as follows: C mean =(C 340 +C 370 +C 400 )/3 (3) 

### Note: Means will be used for all dispersion- performance calculations. Samples where one of the values for C 340 

### , C 370 

### , or C 400 

### is more than 30% different from C mean 

### will be flagged. Whenever oil measurements are flagged as havin g a concentration based on one wavelength as >30% different from C mean 

### , raw data will be evaluated to establish that the measurements are valid. In addition, attempts will be made to correlate the difference to oil type, dispersant test, or dispersant used. If no errors or correlations are apparent and >10% of all oil measurements are flagged, the m ean concentration data will be used in the calculation for dispersant performance and the subject data will be flagged. 17. Determine the dispersant performance ( i.e. , percent of oil that is di spersed, or EFF) based on the ratio of oil dispersed in the test system to the total oil added to the system as follows: EFF (in %)=(C mean /C TOT )×100 (4)
where: C mean =Mean value for total mass of dispersed oil in the swirling flask determi ned by spectrophotometric analysis C TOT =Total mass of oil initially added to the experimental swirling flask 18. Calculate EFF using equation 4 for coupled experiments with and without dispersant (EFF c and EFF d , respectively). EFF c is the effectiveness of the control and represents natural dispersion of the oil in the test apparatus. EFF d is the measured uncorrected value. 19. Calculate the final disp ersant performance of a chemical dispers ant agent after correcting for natural dispersion using equation 5. EFF D =EFF d —EFF c(5)
where: EFF D =% dispersed oil due to dispersant only
EFF d =% dispersed oil wi th dispersant added
EFF c = % dispersed oil with no dispersant added 20. Calculate the average dispers ant effectiveness value by summing the corrected values (EFF D ) for each of the four replicates for each of the two test oils and dividing this sum by eight. 2.6 Performance criterion. The dispersant product tested will rema in in consideration for addition to the NCP Product Schedule if the average dis persant effectiveness, as calculat ed in section 2.5 above, is at least 45% ( i.e. , 50%±5%). 2.7 Quality Control (QC) procedures for measurements of oil concentrations. 2.7.1 UV-visible spectrophotometric measurements. At least 5% of all UV-visible spectrophotometric measurements will be performed in duplicate as a QC check on the analytical meas urement method. The absorbance values for the duplicates should agree within ±5% of their mean value. 2.7.2 Method blanks. Analytical method blanks involve an analysis of seawater blanks ( i.e. , seawater but no oil or dispersant in a swir ling flask vessel) through testing and analytical procedures (3, pp 79– 80). Method blanks are analyzed with a frequency of atleast 1 for every 12 ex perimental swirling flask samples. Oil concentrations in method blanks mustbe <5% of that occurring for 100% dispersion of oil in testing apparatus. 3.0 Revised standard dispersant toxicity test 3.1 Summary of method. The standard toxicity test for dis persants and other products involves exposing two species (Menidia berylli na (silversides) and Mysidopsis bahia (mysid shrimp)) to five concentrations of the test product and No. 2 fuel oil alone and in a 1:10 mixture of product to oil. To aid in comparing results from assays performed by different workers, reference toxicity tests are conducted 

# Page 245 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...using dodecyl sodium sulfate (DSS) as a reference toxicant. The test length is 96 hours for Menidia and 48 hours for Mysidopsis. LC 50 s are calculated based on mortality data at the end of the exposure period (for method of calculati on, see section 3.6 below). 3.2 Selection and preparation of test materials. 3.2.1 Test organisms. 3.2.1.1 Menidia beryllina. Obtain fish (silversides) from a single source for each series of toxicity tests. In-house cultures are recommended wherever it is cost -effective; however, organ isms are available from commercial suppliers. Information on the source of test organisms and any known unusual condition to which fish were exposed before use should be included in the data report. Use of animals previously treated with pesticides or chemotherapeutic agents should be avoided. Organisms should not be used if they appear to be unhealthy, discolored, or show signs of stress. Use 7-day old larval fish. Fish should be cultured in accordance with the methods outli ned in Middaugh, et al. (5). There should be no need to acclimate organisms to the 25±1 °C temperature reco mmended for the toxicity tests if laboratory stock cultures of Menidia are maintained at the re commended culture temperature of 25±1 °C. If test organisms must be obtained from a commercial source, it may become necessary to acclimate test fish to the test temperature of 25±1 °C, a pH of 8.0± 0.2, and 20±2 ppt salinity since changes in temperature may occur during shipping. Eliminate groups of fish having a mortality of more than 10% during the first 48 hours, and more than 5% thereafter. During accl imation, organisms should be maintained on a diet of freshly hatched Artemia (bri ne shrimp) nauplii. Feed the fish daily to satiation during the acclimation period, and once daily during the 96-hour test. Care should be taken daily to remove excess food and fecal material from beakers during the test. Use only those organisms that feed actively and that appear to be healthy. Organisms should be free of disease, external parasites, and any signs of physical damage or stress. Discard any fish injured or dropped while handling. 3.2.1.2 Mysidopsis bahia. Several methods for culturing Mysidopsis bahia (mysid shrimp) may be used and are noted in appendix A of Methods for Measurin g the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms (6). To ensure uniformity of mysids, recently hatched mysids should be collected daily from stock cultures and identified by the date of hatch. Mysids used in 48-hour tests should be from a single day's collecti on, but may have an age range of 5–7 days old. In cases where in-house cultures of mysids are unavailable, organisms may be purchased from a commercial source. Information on the source of test organisms should be submitted in the data report. 3.2.2 Preparation of experimental water. Filtered natural seawater is recommended for use since it represents a natural source of saltwater containi ng an inherent population of microorganisms. Synthetic seawater formulated according to t he following method can serve as an acceptable alternative to filtered, natural seawater for toxicity tests performed in laboratories in which natural seawater is unavailable. 3.2.3 Synthetic seawater formation. To prepare standard seawater, mix technical-grade salts with 900 liters of distilled or demineralized water in the order and quantities listed in table 4. These ingredients must be added in the order listed and each ingredient must be dissolved before another is added. Stir constantly after each addition durin g preparation until dissolution is complete. Add distilled or demineralized water to make up to 1,000 liters. The pH should now be 8.0±0.2. To attain the desired salinity of 20±1 ppt, dilute again with distil led or demineralized wate r at time of use. 3.3 Sampling and storage of test materials. Toxicity tests are performed wi th No. 2 fuel oil having the characteristics defined in table 5. Store oil used for to xicity tests in sealed containers to prevent the loss of volatiles and other changes. For ease in handling a nd use, it is recommended that 1,000-ml glass containers be used. To ensure comparable results in the bioassay tests, use oils packaged and sealed at the source. Dispose of unused oil in each open cont ainer on completion of dosing to prevent its use at a later date when it may have lost some of its vola tile components. Run all te sts in a bioassay series with oil from the same container and with organisms from the same group collected or secured from the same source. Table 4—Synthetic Seawater [Toxicity Test] 

## Salt (g) 1 

## NaF 1.9 SrCl 2 

## · 6H 2 

## O 13.0 H 3 

## BO 2 

## 20.0 KBr 67.0 KCl 466.0 CaC1 2 

## · 2H 2 

## O 733.0 Na 2 

## SO 4 

## 2,660.0 MgCl 2 

## · 6H 2 

## O 3,330.0 NaCl 15,650.0 

# Page 246 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...1 Amount added to 900 liters of water, as described in the text.

2 Ethylenediaminetetraacet ate tetrasodium salt. 3.4 General test conditions and procedures for toxicity tests. 3.4.1 Temperature. For these toxicity tests, use test so lutions with temperatures of 25±1 °C. 3.4.2 Dissolved oxygen and aeration. 3.4.2.1 Menidia. Because oils contain toxic, volatile materi als, and because the toxicity of some watersoluble fractions of oil and degradation products are changed by oxidation, special care must be used in the oxygenation of test solutions . Aeration during the test is generally not recommended but should be used to maintain the required dissolved oxygen (D O) in cases where low DO is observed. The DO content of test solutions must not drop below 60% sa turation during the first 48hours of a static acute (96-hour) test and must remain between 40–100% after the first 48 hours of the test. Aeration at a rate of 100±15 bubbles per minute is supplied by a sero logical pipette as needed for maintenance of DO. If aeration is necessary, all test cham bers should be aerated. At this rate, and with the proper weight of fish, DO concentration should remain slightly above 4 ppm over a 96-hour period. Take DO measurements daily. Table 5—Test Oil Characteristics: No. 2 Fuel Oil

3.4.2.2 Mysidopsis. Achieve sufficient DO by ensur ing that the surface area to volume ratio of the test solution exposed is large enough. Oxygen content should remain high throughout the test because of the low oxygen demand of the organisms. Aeration is not recommended during 48-hour acute toxicity tests unless the DO falls below 60% saturation. 3.4.3 Controls. With each fish or mysid test or each series of simultaneous tests of different solutions, perform a concurrent control test in exactly the sa me manner as the other tests and under the conditions prescribed or selected for those tests. Use the diluentwater alone as the medium in which the controls are held. There must be no more than 10% mortality among the controls during the course of any valid test. 3.4.4 Reference toxicant. To aid in comparing results from tests performed by different workers and to detect changes in the condition of the test organism s that might lead to different results, perform reference toxicity tests with reagent grade DSS in a ddition to the usual control tests. Prepare a stock solution of DSS immediately before use by adding 1 gram of DSS per 500 ml of test water solution. Use exploratory tests before the full scale tests are begun to determine the amount of reference standard to 

## Na 2 

## SiO 3 

## · 9H 2 

## O 13.0 EDTA2 

## 0.4 NaHCO 3 

## 133.0

Characteristic Minimum Maximum Gravity (°API) 32.1 42.8 Viscosity kinematic at 100 °F (cs) 2.35 3.00 Flash point ( °F) 150 ... Pour point ( °F) ... 0 Cloud point ( °F) ... 10 Sulfur (wt %) ... 0.35 Aniline point ( °F) 125 180 Carbon residue (wt %) ... 0.16 Water (vol %) ... 0 Sediment (wt %) ... 0 Aromatics (vol %) 10 15 Distillation: IBP ( °F) 347 407 10% ( °F) 402 456 50% ( °F) 475 530 90% ( °F) 542 606 End Point ( °F) 596 655 Neutralization No ... 0.05 

# Page 247 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...be used in each of the five different concentrations. 3.4.5 Number of organisms. At a minimum, 20 organisms of a gi ven species are exposed for each test concentration. For the toxicity test procedures using Menidi a, place 10 fish in each of two jars. For the toxicity tests using Mysidopsis, place 10 larvae in each of two containers. 3.4.6 Transfer of organisms. Organisms should be handled as little as possible in order to minimize stress. Transfer Menidia and Mysidopsis from the accl imatization aquaria to the test chambers with a pipette or a wide-bore, smooth glass tube (4 to 8 mm internal diameter) fitt ed with a rubber bulb. Dip nets should be avoided when handling larval fish and mysids. Do not hold fish out of the water longer than necessary and discard any s pecimen accidentally dropped or other wise mishandled during transfer. 3.4.6.1 Mysidopsis. To have the mysids ready for study, mysids may be sorted 24 hours prior to initiation of the 48-hour test. Transfer the mysids to a beaker containing a small volume of water; this vessel serves as a holding chamber during randomized transfer of the organisms to test solutions. Mysids are randomly selected from the batch of mysids in the holding chamber, and transferred to 50-ml beakers containing a small volume of seawater. One mysid is added per beaker using a small piece of flexible 500-μm screening until all of the beakers contain on e mysid. The process of random selection and sorting is continued until the appropriate number of mysids has been delivered to each of the 50-ml beakers. The mysids are gently released from the 50-ml beakers into larger beakers filled with an appropriate volume of 20-ppt seawater (25 °C) to bring the total volume to 200 ml. The beakers are randomly placed into a temperature-controlled water bath to acclimate overnight at 25 °C. The mysids are transferred to larger beakers (1-liter) for the 48-hour test after the addition of 800 ml of the test solution. A total of 10 mysids per beaker are used fo r 48-hour acute toxicity tests. A minimum of two replicate chambers are used for each test concentration and control. 3.4.6.2 Menidia and Mysidopsis are fed 50 brine shrimp nauplii/organi sm daily during the 96-hour and 48-hour tests. Excess food should be remov ed daily by aspirating with a pipette. 3.4.7 Test duration and observations. 3.4.7.1 Menidia. Observe the number of dead fish in each test container and record at the end of each 24-hour period. Fish are considered dead upon cessation of respiratory and all other overt movements, whether spontaneous or in response to mild mechanical prodding. Remove dead fish as soon as observed. Al so note and report when the behavior of test fish deviates from that of control fish. Such behavio ral changes would include variations in opercular movement, coloration, body orientation, movem ent, depth in container, schooling tendencies, and others. Abnormal behavior of the test organisms (es pecially during the first 24 hours) is a desirable parameter to monitor in a toxicity test because changes in behavior and appearance may precede mortality. Toxicants can reduce an organism's ability to survive natural stresses. In these cases, the mortality is not directly attributed to the toxicant, but most certainly is an i ndirect effect. Reports on behavioral changes during a toxicity test can give insight into the non-acute effects of the tested material. At the end of the 96-hour period, terminate the fish tests and determine the LC 50 values. The acute toxicity test is terminated after four days of exposure. The number of su rviving fish are counted and recorded for each chamber in accordance with standard EPA methods (6). The LC 50 is calculated using survival data from the test in accordance with the methods described in the guidelines (6). 3.4.7.2 Mysidopsis. Terminate the mysid test after 48 hours of incubation. To count the dead animals accurately, place the exposure vessels on a light tabl e such that light passes through the bottom of the vessel. Most of the dead mysids will be on the bottom of the beaker and can readily be seen against the background of the light table. Also search the top of the liquid for mysids trapped there by surface tension. Exercise caution w hen determining death of the animals . Occasionally, an animal appears dead, but closer observation shows slight movem ent of an appendage or a periodic spasm of its entire body. For these tests, animals ex hibiting any movement when touched wi th a pipette tip are considered alive. Account for all test animals to ensure accuracy since Mysidopsis bahia may disintegrate or be cannibalized by other mysids. C onsider individuals not accounted for as dead. At the end of 48 hours of exposure, terminate the mysid assay and determine the LC 50 values in accordance with the methods described in the guidelines (6). 3.4.8 Physical and chemical determinations. 3.4.8.1 Menidia. Determine the temperature, DO, and pH of the test solutions before the fish are added and at 24 -, 48-, 72-, and 96-hour exposure intervals. It is necessary to take measurements from only one of t he replicates of each of the toxicant series. 3.4.8.2 Mysidopsis. Determine the temperature, DO, and pH of the test solutions before the nauplii are added and at the 24- and 48-hour exposure interval. Meas ure DO and pH in only one of the replicates of each of the toxicant series. 3.4.9 Testing laboratory. An ordinary heated or air-conditioned l aboratory room with thermostatic controls suitable for maintaining the prescribed testtemperatures generally will suffice to conduct the toxicity tests. Where ambient temperatures cannot be controlled to 25±1 °C, use water baths with the necessary temperature controls. 3.4.10 Test containers. For tests with fish or mysids, use 1-lit er glass beakers measuring approximately 10 cm in diameter. In conducting the test, add to eac h beaker 1 liter of the test solution or seawater formulation aerated to saturation with DO. To add the liter volume easily and accurately, use a large volume (1-liter) graduated cylinder. Process all requi red glassware before each test. Immerse in normal hexane for 10 minutes. Follow this with a thorough rinse with hot tap water; three hot detergent scrubs; an additional hot tap-water rinse; and three rinses with distilled water. Oven or air dry the glassware in a reasonably dust-free atmosphere. 3.5 Preparation of test concentrations. 3.5.1 Menidia. Place test jars (approximately 22.5 cm in height, 

# Page 248 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...15 cm in diameter, 11 cm in diameter at the mout h) containing 2 liters of synthetic seawater on a reciprocal shaker. The shak er platform should be adapted to hold firmly six of the toxicity test jars. Add the desired amount of the petroleum product (if applicab le) under test directly to each test jar. Dispense the appropriate amount of toxicant (if applicable) into t he jars with a pipette. Tightly cap the test jars and shake for 5 minutes at approximately 315 to 333 2-cm (0.75-inch) strokes per minute in a reciprocal shaker or at approximately 150 to 160 rpm on orbital s hakers. At the completion of shaking, remove the j ars from the shaker and dispense 1 liter of the mi xture to each of the 1-liter glass beakers. Randomly place beakers in a constant-temperature water bath or room, take water quality measurements, add fish, and initiate aeration. 3.5.2 Mysidopsis. 3.5.2.1 To prepare test solutions for products and oil/product mixtures, blend or mix the test solutions with an electric blender having: speeds of 10,000 rpm or less; a stainless-steel cutting assembly; and a 1-liter borosilicate jar. To mini mize foaming, blend at speeds below 10,000 rpm. 3.5.2.2 For the product test solution, add 550 ml of the synthetic seawater to the jar, then with the use of a gas-tight calibrated glass syringe with a Teflon-ti pped plunger, add 0.55 ml of the product and mix for 5 seconds. 3.5.2.3 For the oil test solution, add 550 ml of the sy nthetic seawater to the jar. Then with the use of a gas-tight calibrated glass syringe equipped with a Teflon-tipped plunger, add 0.55 ml of the oil and mix for 5 seconds. 3.5.2.4 For the oil/product mixture, add 550 ml of t he synthetic seawater to the mixing jar. While the blender is in operation, add 0.5 ml of the oil under study with the use of a calibrated syringe with a Teflon-tipper plunger and then 0.05 ml of the product as indicated above. Blend for 5 seconds after addition of product. These additions provide test so lutions of the product, oil, and the oil/product mixture at concentrations of 1,000 ppm. 3.5.2.5 Immediately after the test solutions are prepared, draw up the necessary amount of test solution with a gas-tight Teflon-tipped glass syringe of appropr iate size and dispense into each of the five containers in each series. If the series of five concentrations to be tested are 10, 18, 32, 56, and 100 ppm, the amount of the test solution in the order of the concentrations listed abov e would be as follows: 10, 18, 32, 56, and 100 ml. 3.5.2.6 Each time a syringe is to be filled for dispen sing to the series of test containers, start the mixer and withdraw the desired amount in the appropriate sy ringe while the mixer is in operation. Turn off immediately after the sample is tak en to limit the loss of volatiles. 3.5.2.7 Use exploratory tests before the full-scale test is set up to determine the concentration of toxicant to be used in each of the five differentconcentrations. After adding the required amounts of liquid, bring the volume in each of the test containers up to 800 ml with the arti ficial seawater. To ensure keeping each of the series separate, designate on t he lid of each container the date, the material under test, and its concentration. 3.5.2.8 When the desired concentrations are prepared, gently release into each beaker the 10 test Mysidopsis (previously transferred into 200 ml of medium). Th is provides a volume of 1 liter in each test chamber. A pair of standard cover glass forceps with flat, bent ends is an ideal tool for handling and tipping the small beaker without riskof contaminating the medium. 3.5.2.9 After adding the test animals, incubate t he test beakers at 25±1 °C for 48 hours. Recommended lighting is 2,000 lumens/m 2 (200 ft-c) of diffused, cons tant, fluorescent illumination. 3.5.2.10 Wash the blender thoroughly after use and repeat the above procedures for each series of tests. Wash the blender as follow s: rinse with normal hexane; pour a strong solution of laboratory detergent into the blender to cover the blades; fill t he container to about half of its volume with hot tap water; operate the blender for about 30 seconds at high speed; remove and rinse twice with hot tap water, mixing each rinse for 5 seconds at high speed; and then rinse twice with distilled water, mixing each rinse for 5 seconds at high speed. 3.6 Calculating and reporting. At the end of the test period, the toxicity tests are terminated and the LC 50 values are determined.
3.6.1 Calculations. The LC 50 is the concentration lethal to 50% of the test population. It can be calculated as an interpolated value based on percent ages of organisms surviving at two or more concentrations, at which less than hal f and more than half survived. The LC 50 can be estimated with the aid of computer programs or graphic techniques (log paper). The 95% confidence intervals for the LC 50 estimate should also be determined.
3.6.2 Reporting. The test product and oil and their source and storage are described in the toxicity test report. Note any observed changes in the experimental water or the test solutions. Also include the species of fish used; the sources, size, and condition of the fish; data of any known treatment of the fish for disease or infestation with parasites before t heir use; and any observations on the fish behavior at regular intervals during the tests. In addition to the calculated LC 50 values, other data necessary for interpretation (e.g., DO, pH, other physical parameters, and the percent survival at the end of each day of exposure at each concentration of toxicant) should be reported. 3.7 Summary of procedures. 3.7.1 Menidia: 

# Page 249 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...1. Prepare adequate stocks of the appropriate standard dilution water. 2. Add 2 liters of the standard dilution water to the testjars. Each test consists of 5 replicates of each of 5 concentrations of the test material, a control seri es of 5 beakers, and a standard reference series of 5 different concentrations for a total of 35 beakers. Simultaneous performance of toxicity tests on the oil, product, and oil/product mixture requires a total of 105 beakers. 3. Add the determined amount (quarter points on the log scale) of test material to the appropriate jars. Preliminary tests will be necessary to define the range of definitive test concentrations. 4. Cap the jars tightly with the Teflon-lined screw caps and shake for 5 minutes at 315 to 333 2-cm (0.75-inch) strokes per minut e on a reciprocal shaker. 5. Remove the jars from the shaker, take water qual ity data, dispense 1 liter of solution to the 1-liter glass beaker, and add 10 acclimated fish per beaker. 6. Aerate with 100±15 bubbles per minute through a 1-ml serological pipette, as needed, to maintain DO above 4.0 mg/l. 7. Observe and record mortalities, water quality, and behavioral changes every 24 hours. 8. After 96 hours, terminate the test, and calculate LC 50 values and corresponding confidence limits.
3.7.2 Mysidopsis: 1. Initiate the procedure for hatching the Mysidopsis in sufficient time before the toxicity test is to be conducted so that 5–7 day old larvae are available. 2. With the use of a small pipette, transfer 10 Mysi dopsis into small beakers, each containing 200 ml of the proper synthetic seawater. 3. To prepare the test stock product and oil solutions , add 550 ml of the artifi cial seawater to the prescribed blender jar. By means of a gas-tight gl ass syringe with a Teflon-tipped plunger, add 0.55 ml of the product (or oil) and mix at 10,000 rpm for 5 sec onds. To prepare the test stock oil/product mixture, add 550 ml of the standard seawater to the blender jar. While the blender is in operation (10,000 rpm), add 0.5 ml of the oil, then 0.05 ml of the product wi th the use of a calibrated syringe with a Teflon-tipped plunger. Blend for 5 seconds after adding the product. One ml of these stock solutions added to the 100 ml of standard seawater in the test containers yields a concentration of 10 ppm product, oil, or oil/product combination (the test will be in a ratio of 1 part product to 10 parts of oil). 4. Each test consists of 5 replicat ions of each of 5 concentrations of the material under study, a control series of 5 beakers and a standard reference series of 5 different concentrations, for a total of 35 beakers. Simultaneous performance of toxicity test s on the oil, product, and oil/product mixture requires a total of 105 beakers. Immediately after preparing the test solution of the product or oil/product solution, and using an appropriately sized syringe, draw up t he necessary amount of test solution and dispense into each of the five containers in each series. Each time a syringe is to be filled for dispensing to the series of test containers, start the mixer and wi thdraw the desired amount in the appropriate syringe while the mixer is in operation. Turn mixer off immediately after the samp le is taken to limit the loss of volatiles. After adding the required amount of the testoil/product or product mixture, bring the volume of liquid in each of the test containers up to 800 ml with the artificial s eawater. When the desired concentrations have been prepared, gently release into each beaker the 10 mysids previously transferred into 200 ml of medium. This provides a volume of 1 liter in each test chamber. 5. Wash the blender as prescribed for each series of tests. 6. Incubate the test beakers at 25±1 °C for 48 hours with the prescribed lighting. 7. Terminate the experiment after 48 hours, observe and record the mortalities, and determine the LC 50 s and corresponding c onfidence limits. 4.0 Bioremediation agent effectiveness test 4.1 Summary of method. The bioremediation agent effectiveness testing protocol is designed to determine a product's ability to biodegrade oil by quant ifying changes in the oil composition resulting from biodegradation. The protocol tests for microbial activityand quantifies the disappearance of saturated hydrocarbons and polynuclear aromatichydrocarbons (PAHs). The sample preparation procedure extracts the oil phase into dichloromet hane (DCM), with a subsequent solvent exchange into hexane. To effectively accomplish the goals of the te sting protocol, it is necessary to normalize the concentration of the various analytes in o il to a non-biodegradable marker, either C 2 -or C 3 - phenanthrene, C 2 -chrysene, or hopane 1 (7). The test method targets the relatively easy to degrade normal alkanes and the more resistant and toxic PAHs. It normalizes their concentrations to C 2 -or C 3 - phenanthrene, C 2 -chrysene, or C 30 17 α (H), 21 β (H)-hopane on an oil weight basis (mg marker/kg oil, mg target analyte/kg oil). The anal ytical technique uses a high resolution gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer (GC/MS) because of its high degree of chemical separation and spectral resolution. GC/MS has long been used to study the weathering and fate of oil spilled into the environment. For 

# Page 250 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...quantitative analyses, the instrument is operated in the selective ion detection (SIM) mode at a scan rate of greater than 1.5 scans per second to maximize the linear quantitative range and precision of the instrument. The sample preparation method does not exclude analysis of selected samples by GC/MS in the full scanning mode of operation to qualitatively assess changes in the oil not accounted for by the SIM approach. Performed concurrently with the chem ical analysis described abov e is a microbiological analysis. The microbiological analysis is performed to determine and monitor the vi ability of the microbial cultures being studied. Under this procedure, mi crobial enumerations of hydrocarbon degraders are performed at each sampling event using a microt iter Most Probable Number (MPN) determination.

1 

### Although any of these biomarkers can be used to conduct this test, it is recommended that hopane be used.
4.2 Apparatus. The following materials and equi pment are required for the protocol: Appropriate flasks and other glassware; sterile tubes; graduated cylinders (100-ml); deionized water; p-iodonitrotetrazolium violet dye; weighing pans or paper; 250-ml borosilicate glass Erlenmeyer flasks with screw tops; Pasteur pipettes; laboratory notebook; microtiter MPN plates (24-well) multi-channel pi petting device; dilution tube and caps; autoclave; environmental room or in cubator; balance accurate to 0.1 mg (XD–400); GC/MS instrument equipped with a DB–5 capillary column (30 m, 0.25-mm I.D., and 0.25-μm film thickness) and a split/splitless inje ction port operating in the splitle ss mode, such as Hewlett-Packard 5890/5971 GC/MS (recommended for use); and an autos ampler for testing multiple samples. 4.3 Reagents and culture medium. 4.3.1 Preparation of seawater. All products are tested in clean natural seawater. Clean natural seawat er means that the source of this seawater must not be heavily contaminated with industrial or ot her types of effluent. For exampl e, seawater should not be obtained from a source near shipping channels or discharges of industrial or municipal wastewater, or with high turbidity. The seawater is used within seven days of collection. No microbial inoculum is added. 4.3.2 Preparation of oil. A medium weight crude oil, Alaska North Slope (ANS), is artificially weathered by heating to 521 °F to remove the light end hydrocar bons prior to experimental start-up (ANS 521). The method is described in the Draft International Standard ISO/DIS 8708 “Crude Petroleum Oil— Determination of Distillation Characteristics Using 15 Theoret ical Plates Columns” by the International Organization for Standardization (8). The ANS521 crude oil can be obtained from the National Environmental Technology Applicat ions Center's (NETAC) Bioremed iation Products Evaluation Center (BPEC), University of Pittsburgh Applied Research Center, 615 Willia m Pitt Way, Pittsburgh, PA, 15238, (412) 826–5511. The crude oil is heated to 190 °C (3 74 °F) under atmospheric pressure. The system is then cooled and placed under vacuum (or under an atmo spheric pressure of 20 mm Hg) for the final distillation to an atmospheric equival ent boiling point of 272 °C (521 °F). 4.3.3 Preparation of mineral nutrient solution. If a commercial product is strictly a microbial agent and does not contain its own nutrients, a mineral nutrient solution will be provided if requested by the product manufacturer or vendor. If a commercial product contai ns its own nutrients, no further nutrients will be added. The nutrient solution is a modified salt solution and is described below. 4.3.3.1 Nutrient preparation: 1. N&P Salts. The following salts are added to distilled water and made up to a 1,000-ml volume. Adjust final pH to 7.8. The solution is sterilized by autoclavi ng at 121 °C at 15 psig for 20 minutes or by filtering through a sterile 0.22 μm membrane filter. Na 2 HPO 4 .2H 2 —18.40 g
KNO 3 —76.30 g 2. MgSO 4 .7H 2 O solution. Dissolve 22.50 g in 1,000 ml dist illed water. The solution is sterilized by autoclaving at 121 °C at15 psig for 20 minutes. 3. CaCl 2 solution. Dissolve 27.50 g in 1,000 ml of distilled water. The solution is sterilized by autoclaving at 121 °C at 15 psig for 20 minutes. 4. FeCl 3 •6H 2 O solution. Dissolve 0.25 g in 1,000 ml of di stilled water. The solution is sterilized by autoclaving at 121 °C at15 psig for 20 minutes. 5. Trace Element Solution. The following salts are added to distilled water and made up to a 1,000-ml volume. The solution is sterilized by autocla ving at 121 °C at 15 psig for 20 minutes. MnSO 4 .H 2 O—30.2 mg
H 3 BO 3 —57.2 mg
ZnSO 4 .7H 2 O—42.8 mg (NH 4 )6Mo 7 (O 2 ) 4 —34.7 mg The pH of the nutrient solution is adjusted with a pH meter calibrated at room temperature 

# Page 251 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(approximately 25 °C) usi ng commercial buffers of pH 4.0, 7. 0, and 10.0 (Fisher Scientific), as appropriate, prior to use. The pH is adjusted wi th concentrated HCl or 10 M NaOH, as appropriate. 4.3.3.2 Final concentrations: Ten (10) ml of solution 1 and 2 ml of solutions 2–5 are added to nonsterile seawater and made up to a 1,000-ml volumeimmediately prior to test start-up. This seawater/mineral nutrient soluti on is used for all flasks contai ning products requiring nutrient supplements and for the flasks containing no commercial additive. Seawater without the above nutrient solutions is used for products containi ng their own source of nutrients. 4.4 Pretest preparation. 4.4.1 Experimental setup. 4.4.1.1 The procedure consists of an experimental shaker flask setup and the specific set of microbiological and chemical analyses that are performed on indi vidual product samples. The following test flasks (labeled with unique ident ifiers) are prepared and set up on a gyratory shaker at day 0 to reflect the following treatment design:

Control = Oil + Seawater Nutrient = Oil + Seawater + Nutrient Product = Oil + Seawater + Product (+ Nutrient, if required). 4.4.1.2 For each test, a sheet listing the number of flasks, types of controls, number of replicates, product to be tested, and other information is prepared . The following steps should be adhered to for the experimental setup: 1. Borosilicate glass Erlenmeyer flasks (250 –ml) are thoroughly cleaned and autoclaved for 20 minutes at 120 °C at 15 psi, then dried in the drying oven. 2. Flasks are labeled with the appropriate code: product or control, sample day, and letter indicating replicate. 3. 100 ml of seawater is added to each flask. 4. For nutrient and product treatments that require t he addition of nutrients, seawater containing the nutrient solution is prepared. 5. Pasteur pipettes should be sterilized in advance. Break off the tip to provide a larger opening prior to sterilization. 6. Pour the approximate amount of oil to be used from the large stock bottle into a sterile beaker. Keep the beaker covered when oi l is not being removed. 7. The labeled flasks containing seawater and other additions, as necessary, are placed on the balance. The flask is tared. The appropriate amount of oil (0.5 g) is added drop by drop using a sterile Pasteur pipette with the tip broken off to provide a wider ope ning. Care is taken to avoid splashing the oil or getting it on the sides of flasks . Precautions are taken when handl ing and charging the flasks to minimize the likelihood of contam ination by exogenous microbes. This includes using a new sterile pipette for each series of flasks. 8. The weight of the oil is re corded in the laboratory notebook. 9. The product is prepared and added to the appropriate flasks according to the manufacturer's or vendor's instructions. 10. Flasks are carried upright and carefully placed in the holders on the shaker table to minimize the amount of oil that might adhere to the side of the flas ks. Flasks in which a significant amount of oil is splashed on the sides are redone. 11. The prepared flasks are shaken at 200 rpm at 20 °C until such time that they will be removed for sampling. 

## Treatment No. of samples at sampling times Total No. of analytical determinations Day 0 Day 7 Day 28 Microbial counts Gravimetric GC/MS Control 3 3 3 9 9 9 Nutrient 3 3 3 9 9 9 Product 3 3 3 9 9 9 

# Page 252 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.4.2 Sampling. The control and treatments (nutrient and product flasks) are sampled three times over a 28-day period: day 0, day 7, and day 28. The entire flask is sacrificed for anal ysis; a 0.5–ml aliquot is removed from each flask for the microbiological analys is and the remainder of each flask is used for the chemical analysis. Specific proc edures for both the microbiological and chemical analysis are described below. At the time of each sampling event, physi cal observations of each flask should be recorded. 4.5 Microbiological analysis. To monitor the viability of the microbial cultures being studied, microbial enumerations of hydrocarbon degraders are performed at each sampling event using a microtiter MPN determination. This is used as an indicator of the relative change in biomass. This test design relies on using growth response as an indica tion of enhanced activity as compared to a “no addition” control. 4.5.1 Media preparation. Media for microbial enum erations are carefully prepared according to manufacturer's or other instructions and sterilized using appropriate methods. 4.5.1.1 General media treatment: Buy Bushnell-Haas (B-H) broth in quantities to last no longer than one year. Use media on a first-in, first-out basis. W hen practical, buy media in quarter-pound multiples, rather than one-pound multiples to keep supply sealed as long as possible. Keep an inventory of media, including kind, amount, lot number, expiration date, date received, and date opened. Check inventory before reordering media. Discard media that are caked, discolored, or show other deterioration. 4.5.1.2 Sterile saline (pH adjusted): 1. Weigh 30 g of NaCl. 2. Dissolve in enough water to make 1,000 ml. 3. Adjust pH to 8.0 with NaOH (10M and 0.5M). 4. Sterilize by autoclaving for 15 minutes at 15 psig. 4.5.1.3 Standard nutrient concentrate (add 1 ml to each 100 ml of Bushnell-Haas medium for MPNs): 1. Weigh compounds listed below, dissolve in DIH 2 O, dilute to 1 liter. Potassium Phosphate, monobasic KH 2 PO 4 —0.633 g Potassium Phosphate, dibasic K2 HPO 4 —1.619 g Sodium Phosphate, dibasic Na 2 HPO 4 —2.486 g
A mmonium Chloride NH 4 Cl—3.850 g Magnesium Sulfate, heptahydrate MgSO 4 ·7H 2 O—4.500 g Calcium Chloride, dihydrate CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O—7.290 g Ferric Chloride, hexahydrate FeCl 3 ·6H 2 O—0.250 g
Trace Elements Manganese Sulfate, monohydrate MnSO 2 ·H 2 O—6.04 mg
Boric Acid H 3 Bo 3 —11.44 mg Zinc Sulfate, heptahydrate ZnSO 4 ·7H 2 O—8.56 mg
A mmonium Moybdate, tetrahydrate (NH 4 )6Mo 7 O 24 ·4H 2 O—6.94 mg 2. Adjust pH to 6.0. 3. Stir solution for approximately 3 hours, then filt er through a Buchner funnel using #1 paper, which will retain approximately 3.8 g of insolubles. 4. Then filter through a 0.45 micron filter into sterile bottles. 5. Cap bottles, label, and store in refrigerator until used. 4.5.1.4 Quality assurance/Quality control (QA/QC): 

# Page 253 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...1. Periodically check the effectiveness of steril ization using commercially available tapes or Bacillus stearothermophilus spore suspensions, following the in structions with these products. 2. Maintain a media log book that includes the dates, kinds and amounts of media made, pH, and any problems or observations. 3. Before use, check plates and tubes for signs of contamination, drying, or other problems. 4.5.1.5 Safety/Special precautions: 1. Note any safety or other precautions for particular media. 2. Note precautions to be fo llowed when using the autoclave. 3. Use gloves and other protecti ve clothes when handling media. 4. Use care in handling hot media. 4.5.2 Microbial enumeration. Standardized techniques for performing Most Probable Number microbial enumerations are described below. 4.5.2.1 Dilutions: 1. Prior to sacrificing each flask, remove 0.5 ml of water from each flask and add it to a tube of 4.5 ml sterile phosphate buffer (1:10 dilution) as prepared in the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (9). Using sterile technique, mix and perform serial dilutions (0.5 ml of previous dilution to 4.5 ml of sterile phosphate buffer) to 10 − 9 dilution. 4.5.2.2 Inoculating MPN plat es (oil degrader): 1. Prepare sufficient sterile 0.4 M NaCl (23.4 g NaCl /1,000 ml B-H) and B-H at pH 7.0 to fill the number of wells required for the test (1.75 ml/well). 2. Using sterile technique, add 1.75 ml of B-H broth to each well. 3. Label the top of the plate with the proper dilution for each row. 4. Add 0.1 ml of fluid from each dilution tube to eac h well in the appropriate row, starting with the most dilute. 5. After adding the fluid to all the wells, add 20 μl of sterilized No. 2 fuel oil to the top of each well. 6. Incubate each plate at 20 °C. 7. After 14 days of incubation, add 100 μl of p-iodotetra zolium violet dye (50 mg/10 ml of D.I. water) to each well to determine growth. 8. View plates against a white background to determine if color is present. Development of a purple or pink color upon standing for 45 minut es constitutes a positive test. 9. Record the number of positive wells and the dilutions at which they occur. 10. Enter data into a computerized enumeration method using “MPN Calcul ator” software program (version 2.3 or higher) byAlbert J. Klee, U.S. EPA Office of Research and Development, Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. 4.5.2.3 Quality assurance/Quality control: 1. Check pH of medium before preparing wells (pH should be approximately 8.0). Adjust pH, if necessary, with dilute NaOH. 2. Keep prepared tetrazolium violet dye solution in th e refrigerator in an amber bottle when not in use. 3. Have all laboratory personnel periodically r un MPNs on the same sample to test precision. 4.5.2.4 Safety/Special precautions: 1. Use sterile technique in preparing solu tions, dilutions, plat es, and MPN wells. 2. Do not pipette potentially hazardous solutions by mouth. 3. Autoclave all plates and wells before discarding. 

# Page 254 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.6 Chemical analysis of oil composition. 4.6.1 Sample procedure. After 0, 7, and 28 days of incubation on a rotary shaker, the appropriate flasks are sacrificed and extracted with dichloromethane and spiked with a surrogate recovery standard. A 10- ml aliquot of the DCM layer is us ed for the gravimetric analysis. If signi ficant biodegradation is evident in the results of the gravimetric analysis, then a so lvent exchange into hexane takes place prior to the GC/MS analysis. Follow steps 1–19 below when preparing for the chemical analysis. 1. After 0, 7, and 28 days of rotary shaking and incu bating at 20 °C, the reaction vessels are sacrificed. Prior to the chemical analysis, a 0.5-ml sample of the aqueous phase is remov ed for the microbiological analysis (see Microbial Enumeration above). 2. A surrogate recovery standard is prepared in the following manner: 1,000 mg of d 10 -phenanthrene and 1,000 mg of 5 α -androstane are measured into a 500-ml vo lumetric flask and DCM is added to the mark to produce a 2,000-ng/μl stock solution. 3. A 100-μl aliquot of the surrogate solution is ad ded to each test flask. The final concentration of surrogates in each flask is approximately 4 ng/μl of so lvent in the final extract. The aliphatics and marker data should be corrected for percent recovery of the 5 α -androstane surrogate and the aromatics for the d 10 -phenanthrene surrogate. 4. The contents of the flask are placed into a 250-ml separatory funnel. 5. Measure a total volume of 50 ml DCM for use in t he extraction. Use 3 10-ml fractions to rinse the flask into the funnel and transfer the remain ing aliquot of DCM to the funnel. 6. Stopper and mix vigorously by shaking (approx imately 50 times) while ventilating properly. 7. Each funnel is set aside to allow the DCM and wate r layers to partition. This may take 5–10 minutes for some products, or up to 3 hours if the product has caused the formation of an emulsion. 8. Drain the first 10 ml of the DCM (bottom) layer, collect, cap, uniquely label , and use for gravimetric analysis (see below). Drain the remaining 40 ml and dry it by passing it through a funnel packed with anhydrous sodium sulfate. 9. Assemble a Kuderna-Danish (KD) concentrator by attaching a Snyder column to an evaporation flask with a graduated concentrator tube. Align vertically and partially immerse concentrator tube in a water bath (10). Set the water bath to the appropriate temperature to maintain proper distillation. 10. Collect the de-watered extract into the KD concentrator. 11. Evaporate DCM to approximately 10 ml, then a dd approximately 50 ml of the exchange solvent (hexane) and concentrate the volume to 10 ml. 12. Rinse the flask into the concentrator tube wi th 50 ml hexane and concentrate to 10 ml. Repeat one more time with 50 ml of hexane. 13. Remove concentrator tube with the recovered 10 ml of sample volume. The heavier residual material should be present as a precipitate (bottom layer). 14. Centrifuge to aid the separation of the hexane from the precipitant fraction. 15. Place hexane-soluble fraction (top layer)—approxim ately 1.0 ml—into a GC/MS vial for analysis (see GC/MS Analysis Procedure below). If column foul ing and deterioration of separation characteristics occur, an alumina column sample cleanup method c an be considered (see Alternative GC/MS Sample Cleanup Procedure below). 16. Analyze by GC/MS using the conditions determined by the U.S. EPA Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory, Water and Hazardous Waste Treatment Res earch Division, in Cinci nnati, OH, which follows U.S. EPA Method 8270 (see GC/MS Analysis Procedure below). 17. Calculate surrogate recovery. If surrogate recovery is less than 85 percent for the marker relative to the surrogate recovery standard (d 10 -phenanthrene), then the water layer should be extracted again using three separate extractions with DCM. Pool the three extractions with original extract and concentrate to 10 ml, and reanalyze by GC/MS. 18. Drain the seawater into a storage sample vial/container. 19. Seal the vial with a Teflon-lined cap and store frozen. This water layer iskept in case additional extractions are necessary. 4.6.2 Gravimetric analysis. The initial means to evaluate the effe ctiveness of a bioremediation agent for oil spill response is through gravimetric analysis. A statistically significant difference (p < 0.05) in analytical weight of the oil from the control system as compared to the analytical weight of the oil treated with a bioremediation agent indica tes biodegradation has successfully occurred. Hence, the 

# Page 255 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...disappearance of oil should be accom panied by significant decreases in total oil residue weight of extractable materials versus a control. If no signific ant decrease in oil residue weight is observed, the need to perform further chemical analysis shoul d be evaluated. Follow steps 1–3 to conduct the gravimetric analysis. 1. The 10 ml of DCM extract (from Sample Procedure step 8 above) is placed in a small vial and concentrated to dryness by nitrogen blowdown techniques using a steady stream of nitrogen (prepurified gas). If the oil is severely biodegraded, a larger volume of DCM (>10 ml) may be necessary for the gravimetric analysis. 2. The residue is weighed 3 times for the gravimetric weight of oil. Record the weight of the oil. 3. Compare statistically (p < 0.05) the weight of th e product treatment versus the weight of the control from each respective time period. If a significant dec rease is observed in the sampling (flask containing bioremediation agent) weight, then proceed with the remainder of the sample procedure. 4.6.3 GC/MS analysis. Often, analysis of saturated and aromat ic hydrocarbons bycapillary gas chromatography of DCM extracts leads to column fou ling and deterioration of separation characteristics. A n alternative, simple “one-step” alumina samp le cleanup procedure can be performed on oil before injection; this cleanup removes both asphaltenes and polar compounds and can be applied to DCM extracts as well. This procedure is described in steps 1–11 below. 4.6.3.1 Alternative GC/MS sample cleanup procedure: 1. Weigh 4.0 g alumina (neutral, 80–200 mesh) into scin tillation vials covered loos ely with aluminum foil caps. Prepare one scintillation vial per sample. He at for 18 hours at 300 °C or longer. Place in a desiccator of silica until needed. 2. Add 5.0 ml of DCM to a glass luerlok multi-fit syringe (e.g., BD #2471) with stopcock (e.g., Perfectum #6021) in closed position, stainless steel syringe needl e (18 gauge), and PTFE frits. Clamp in a vertical position. 3. Transfer 4.0 g of prepared alumina to a plasti c weighing boat and fill syr inge slowly while applying continuous vibration (e.g ., Conair # HM 11FF1). 4. Add a second PTFE frit and push into place on top of the alumina bed. 5. Drain 5.0 ml DCM to the top level of the column frit to await sample addition and discard DCM. 6. Weigh 50 mg ±0.1 mg ANS521 oil into a tared vial. 7. Premeasure 10 ml of DCM into a graduated cylinder . Add 0.2 to 0.3 ml of the DCM to the tared oil vial. Mix and transfer solvent to t he column bed with a Pasteur pipette. Open stopcock and collect in a 10-ml volumetric flask. Repeat until approximately 1.0 ml (do not exceed 1.0 ml ) of DCM has rinsed the vial and inner walls of the syringe body into the 10-ml flask. 8. Transfer balance of DCM from the graduated cylinder to the column and regulate the solvent flow rate to approximately 1 to 2 ml/minute. Coll ect all eluent in the 10-ml flask. 9. Transfer a known volume of eluent to another sci ntillation vial and blow down to dryness (nitrogen). 10. Determine and record weight. 11. Dissolve in 1.0 ml hexane for the GC/MS analysis procedure (see below). 4.6.3.2 GC/MS analysis procedure: Immediately prior to injection, an internal standard so lution of four deuterated compounds is spiked into the sample extracts and injected. Samples are quantified using the internal standard technique (10) for both the aliphatic and aromatic fractions of the oil extracts in order to provide sufficient information that the oil is being degraded. To help ensure that the obs erved decline in target analytes is caused by biodegradation rather than by physical loss from mishandl ing or inefficient extraction, it is necessary to normalize the concentrations of the target analytes vi a a “conserved internal mark er.” Conserved internal markers that have been found useful for quantification are C 2 - or C 3 -phenanthrene, C 2 -chrysene, and C 30 17 α (H),21 β (H)-hopane. Deuterated internal standards are used to calculate the relative response factor (RRF) for the target analyte(s). To compute the “normalized concentrati ons,” the target analyte concentration at a given sampling time is simply divided by the selected conserved analyte concentration at the same sampling time (11) . Conduct the GC/MS analysi s using the following procedure. 1. One (1) ml of the hexane extract (from Sample Procedure step 15 above) is placed into a 1.5-ml vial for use on the autosampler of the GC/MS instrument. 2. To this solution, 20 μl of a 500-ng/μl solution of the internal standards is added and the vial is capped for injection. The final concentration of the internal standards in each sample is 10 ng/μl. This solution 

# Page 256 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...contains 4 deuterated compounds: d 8 -naphthalene, d 10 -anthracene, d 12 -chrysene, and d 12 -perylene. 3. At the start of any analysis period, the mass s pectrometer (MS) is tuned to PFTBA by an autotune program, such as the Hewlett-Packard quicktune routi ne, to reduce operator variability. Set the GC/MS in the SIM mode at a scan rate of 1.5 scans/s econd to maximize the linear quantitative range and precision of the instrument. Set all other conditions to those specified in Instrument Configuration and Calibration section below. 4. An instrument blank and a daily standard are analyzed prior to analysis of unknowns. Internal standards are combined with the sample extracts and coinjected with each analysis to monitor the instrument's performance during each run. 5. Information that should be included on the acquisition form include operator's name and signature, date of extraction, date and time of autotune, date of injection(s), instrument blank, daily standard mix injection, GC column number, and standards for the 5-point calibration curve. 6. If the instrument is operated for a period of time greater than 12 hours, the tune will be checked and another daily standard analyzed prio r to continuing with analyses. Table 6—Analytes Listed Under the Corresponding Internal Standard Used for Calculating RRFs

7. The MS is calibrated using a modified ve rsion of EPA Method 8270 ( 10). Specifically, the concentrations of internal standards are 10 ng/μl in stead of 40 ng/μl. A five-point calibration curve is obtained for each compound listed in table 6 prior to sa mple analysis at 1, 5, 10, 25, and 50 ng/μl. A 5- point calibration must be conducted on a standard mix of compounds to determine RRFs for the analytes. The standard mix (excludi ng the marker) for this calibration curve may be obtained from A bsolute Standards, Inc., 498 Russell St., New Haven, CT, 06513, (800) 368–1131. If C 30 17 β (H),21 α (H)-hopane is used, it may be obtained from Dr. Charles Kennicutt II, Geochemical and Environmental Research Group, Texas A&M University, 833 Graham Rd., College Station, TX, 77845, (409) 690–0095. 8. Calculate each compound's relative response fa ctor to its corresponding deuterated internal standard indicated above, using the following equation: RRF=(Ax C is )/(A is C x )(6)
where: RRF=relative response factor Ax =peak area of the characteristic ion for the compound being measured (analyte)
A is =peak area of the characteristic ion for the specific internal standard 

## Internal Standard d 8 

## - naphthalene d 10 

## -anthracene d 12 

## - chrysene d 12 

## -perylene Alkanes nC10–nC15 nC16–nC23 nC24-nC29 nC30-nC35. Pristane C 30 

## 17 β (H), 21 α (H)-hopane. Phytane 5 α -androstane Aromatics Naphthalene Dibenzothiophene Fluoranthene Benzo(b) fluoranthene. Fluorene Pyrene Benzo(k) fluoranthene. Anthracene Chrysene Benzo(e)pyrene. Phenanthrene Benzo(a)pyrene. Perylene. Indeno(g,h,i) pyrene. Dibenzo(a,h) anthracene. Benzo(1,2,3-cd) perylene. 

# Page 257 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...C x =concentration of the com pound being measured (ng/μl)
C is =concentration of the specific internal standard (10 ng/ μl). (This concentration is a constant in this equation for the calibration curve.) 9. Identify each analyte based on the integrated abundance from the primary characteristic ion indicated in table 7. 10. Quantitate each analyte using the internal st andard technique. The internal standard used shall be the one nearest the retention time of that of a given analyte (Table 8). Table 7—Primary Ions Monitored for Each Target Analyte During GC/MS Analysis 

## Compound Ion n-alkanes (C 10 

## –C 35 

## ) 85 Pristane 85 Phytane 85 Naphthalene 128 C1-naphthalenes 142 C2-naphthalenes 156 C3-naphthalenes 170 C4-naphthalenes 184 Fluorene 166 C1-fluorenes 180 C2-fluorenes 194 C3-fluorenes 208 Dibenzothiophenes 184 C1-dibenzothiophenes 198 C2-dibenzothiophenes 212 C3-dibenzothiophenes 226 Anthracene 178 Phenanthrene 178 C1-phenanthrenes 192 C2-phenanthrenes 206 C3-phenanthrenes 220 Fluoranthene/pyrene 202 C1-pyrenes 216 C2-pyrenes 230 Chrysene 228 C1-chrysenes 242 C2-chrysenes 256 Hopanes (177 family) 177 Hopanes (191 family) 191 Steranes (217 family) 217 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 252 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 252 Benzo(e)pyrene 252 Benzo(a)pyrene 252 Perylene 252 Ideno(g,h,i)pyrene 276 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 278 Benzo(1,2,3-cd)perylene 276 d 8 

## -naphthalene 136 d 10 

## -anthracene 188 

# Page 258 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Table 8—Analytes and Reference Compounds

11. Use equation 7 to calculate the concen tration of analytes in ng/mg (ppm) oil: Concentration (ng/mg)=(Ax I s Vt × 1,000)/(A is (RRF)V i M o )(7)
where: 

## d 10 

## -phenanthrene 188 d 12 

## -chrysene 240 d 12 

## -perylene 264 α -androstane 260

Compound Reference compound Compound Reference compound n-C10 n-C10 C2-naphthalene Naphthalene. n-C11 n-C11 C3-naphthalene Naphthalene. n-C12 n-C12 C4-naphthalene Naphthalene. n-C13 n-C13 Fluorene Fluorene. n-C14 n-C14 C1-fluorene Fluorene. n-C15 n-C15 C2-fluorene Fluorene. n-C16 n-C16 C3-fluorene Fluorene. n-C17 n-C17 Dibenzothiophene Dibenzothiophene. Pristane Pristane C1- dibenzothiophene Dibenzothiophene. n-C18 n-C18 C2- dibenzothiophene Dibenzothiophene. Phytane Phytane C3- dibenzothiophene Dibenzothiophene. n-C19 n-C19 Phenanthrene Phenanthrene. n-C20 n-C20 Anthracene Anthracene. n-C21 n-C21 C1-phenanthrene Phenanthrene. n-C22 n-C22 C2-phenanthrene Phenanthrene. n-C23 n-C23 C3-phenanthrene Phenanthrene. n-C24 n-C24 Fluoranthene Fluoranthene. n-C25 n-C25 Pyrene Pyrene. n-C26 n-C26 C1-pyrene Pyrene. n-C27 n-C27 C2-pyrene Pyrene. n-C28 n-C28 Chrysene Chrysene. n-C29 n-C29 C1-chrysene Chrysene. n-C30 n-C30 C2-chrysene Chrysene. n-C31 n-C31 Benzo(b) fluoranthene Benzo(b) fluoranthene. n-C32 n-C32 Benzo(k) fluoranthene Benzo(k) fluoranthene. n-C33 n-C33 Benzo(e)py rene Benzo(e)pyrene. n-C34 n-C34 Benzo(a)py rene Benzo(a)pyrene. n-C35 C 30 

## 17 α ,21 β

hopane n-C35 C 30 

## 17 α ,21 β

hopane Perylene ideno(g,h,i) pyrene Perylene ideno(g,h,i) pyrene. 5 α -androstane 5 α -androstane Dibenzo(a,h) anthracene Dibenzo(a,h) anthracene. C1-naphthalene Naphthalene Benzo(1,2,3-cd) perylene Benzo(1,2,3-cd) perylene. 

# Page 259 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Ax =peak area of characteristic ion for compound being measured
I s =amount of internal standard injected, in ng ( i.e. , 20 ng)
Vt =volume of the total DCM extract (50 ml)
A is =peak area of the characteristic ion of the internal standard RRF=relative response factor V i =volume of the extract injected (2 μl)
M o =total mass of the oil added to the flask, mg 12. Compute the “normalized concentrations” for eac h target analyte concentration at a given sampling time (equation 7) by simply di viding by the conserved internal marker concentration at the same sampling time. 4.6.4 Generally accepted laboratory procedures. Samples are immediately logged into the laboratory, where they will be given a unique sample identif ication based on Julian data and the number logged in. Prior to the analysis of any experimental samples, a five-point standard curve is prepared. One of the mid-range standard curve concentration levels is anal yzed daily before sample analysis as a continuing standard. RRFs for all target analytes should be within 25% of the standard curve response values at day 0, and at any sampling event the check standard percent difference from the initial five-point calibration must not exceed 20% between the before and after daily standard mix (see below). The collected GC/MS data are initially processed by a macro routine, which performs extracted chromatographic plots of the target compounds, integrates the target compounds, and shows integration results to include tabular numbers. The integration values are then transferred to a spreadsheet format to be quantified. Because of the complexity of the analyte matrix (oil), a ve ry high degree of manual verification and reintegration of the spectral data is required. 4.6.5 QA/QC procedures. The reliability of this method is dependent on the QA/QC procedures followed. Before and after each ana lytical batch (approximately 10 samples), analyze one procedural blank, one duplicate, and one calibrat ion verification standard (10 ng/μl). Analyze one reference crude oil standard. The instrument's performance and reproduc ibility are validated routinely in this manner. Surrogate recoveries should be within 70 to 120%, and duplicate relative percent difference values should be ±20%. A control chart of the standard oil should be prepared and monitored. Variations of analytes in the control chart should be no more t han 25% from the historical averages. Injection port discrimination for n-C25 and greater alkanes must be carefully monitored; the ratio of RRF n-C32/RRF n-C21 alkanes should not be allow ed to fall below 80%. The mass di scrimination can be reduced by replacing the quartz liner in the injection port afte r every analytical batch. T he instrument's performance and reproducibility are validated routinely by analyzi ng the reference crude oil standard. All analyses are recorded in instrument logs detailing operating conditi ons, date and time, file name, etc. After analysis, the sample extracts are archived at refrigerat ion temperatures. To document QA/QC, the following information is contained in the detailed quantita tive reports: average RRF derived from the standard curve; RRF from the daily standard; percent rela tive standard deviation; area of target analyte; concentration determined both on a weight and volume basis; and values for any surrogates and internal standards. 4.6.6 Instrument configuration and calibration. A 2-ml aliquot of the hexane extract prepared by the above procedure is injected into a GC/MS instrum ent, such as the Hewlett-Packard 5890/5971 GC/MS (recommended for use). This instrument should be equipped with a DB–5 capillary column (30 m, 0.25- mm I.D., and 0.25-μm film thickness) and a split/splitless injection por t operating in the splitless mode. Table 9 summarizes the temperature program used for the analysis. This temperature program has been optimized to give the best separation and sensit ivity for analysis of the desired compounds on the instrument. Prior to the sample analysis, a five-poi nt calibration must be conducted on a standard mix of the compounds listed in table 7 to determine RRFs for the analyses. Table 9—Operating Conditions a nd Temperature Program of GC/MS 

## Operating conditions Injector port—290 °C Transfer line—320 °C Total run time—73 minutes Column flow rate (He)—1.0 ml/minute Temperature Program Level Temp. 1, ° C Time 1, minutes Rate, ° C/minute Temp 2, ° C Time 2, minutes Level 1 55 3 5 280 5 

# Page 260 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.7 Statistical analysis. The determination of a bioremediation agent's effectiveness will be partially based upon the results of a statistical analysis of the shaker flask experimen t. The experimental design for this test is a two factorial design. This tw o-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) will be used to determine data trends. The statistical method is des igned to test various types of bioremediation treatments including microbial, nutrient, enzyme, and combination products. The following is a summary of the statistical methods to be used to evaluate th e analytical data obtained from all product tests. The experimental design, data analysis methodology, interpretation of resu lts, required documentation, and a numeric example are outlined below. 4.7.1 Experimental design. The experimental design for this test is known as a factorial experiment with two factors. The first factor is product/control group; the second factor is time (measured in days). For example, if two groups (product A and a non-nutrient c ontrol) are tested at each of three points in time (day 0, 7, and 28), the experiment is called a 2×3 fact orial experiment. There will be three replications (replicated shaker flasks) of each group-time combination. 4.7.2 Data analysis methods. For each analyte and each product us ed, a product is considered a success by the demonstration of a statisticallysignificant difference between the mean analyte degradation by the product and the mean analyte degradat ion by the non-nutrient control. Such a determination will be made by performing an ANOVA on the sample data. The technical aspects of this procedure are outlined in Snedecor and Cochran (12) . Most statistical software packages support the use of two-way ANOVA. However, the format required for the input data differs among the various commercial packages. Whichever package is used, t he following ANOVA table will be provided as part of the output. In the Degree of Freedom column of table 10, p = the number of product/control groups, t = the number of days at which each group is analyz ed, and n = the number of replications. For the example of the 2×3 factorial experiment discussed abov e, p=2, t=3, and n=3. T he significance of the Fstatistics (as indicated by their corresponding p-values) are used to interpret the analysis. Table 10—Two-Way ANOVA Table

1 To be determined from the value of the F-statistic. 4.7.3 Interpretation. 4.7.3.1 If the F-statistic for the interact ion is significant at the 0.05 level ( i.e. , pvalue is less than 0.05), the data indicate that the mean response of at l east two groups being tested differ for at least one point in time. In order to fi nd out which groups and at which points in time the difference occurs, pairwise com parisons between the group means s hould be conducted for all time points. These comparisons can be made using prot ected least squared differe nce (LSD) or Dunnett mean separation techniques. The protected LSD procedure is detailed in Snedecor and Cochran (12); the Dunnett procedure is outlined in Montgomery (13). For both methods, the mean square error (MSE) from the two-way ANOVA table should be used to compute the separation values. 4.7.3.2 If the F-statistic for the interact ion is not significant at the 0.05 level ( i.e. , p-value not less than 0.05), but the F-statistic for the group is significant ( i.e. , p-value is less than 0.05), the data indicate that any differences that exist among the group means are consistent across time. To find out which group means differ, a pairwise comparison of the group m eans should be carried out by pooling data across all points in time. Again, the MSE from the tw o-way ANOVA table should be used to compute the separation values. 4.7.3.3 If the F-statistic corresponding to both inte raction and group are not significant at the 0.05 level, the data indicate no difference betw een the group means at any point in time. In this case, no further analysis is necessary. 4.7.3.4 Finally, Snedecor and Cochran (12) use caut ion concerning the use of multiple comparisons. If many such comparisons are being conducted, then about5% of the tested differences will erroneously be concluded as significant. The researcher must guard against such differences causing undue attention. 4.7.4 Required documentation. 4.7.4.1 The following documents shou ld be included to summarize the findings from a product test. 

## Level 2 280 0 3 310 10

Source Degree of freedom (df) Sum of squares Mean square FStatistic pValueGroup p-1 SSG MSGMSG/MSE MSG/MSE 1

## Time t-1 SST MSTMST/MSE MST/MSE 1

## Interaction (p–1)(t–1) SSI MSIMSI/MSE MSI/MSE 1 

## Error pt(n–1) SSE MSE-SSE Total npt–1 SSTOT 

# Page 261 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...1. Data listings for each analyte that wa s analyzed. These should show all raw data. 2. A table of summary statistics for each analyte. The table should include t he mean, standard deviation, and sample size for each group at each day. 3. An ANOVA table for each anal yte. The table should be of the same format as table 10. 4. A clear summary of the mean separations (i f mean separations were necessary). The mean separation methods (LSD or Dunnett) , the significance level, the mini mum significant difference value, and the significant differences shoul d be clearly marked on each output page. 5. All computer outputs should be included. No programming alterations are necessary. The specific computer package used to analyze the data should be included in the report. 

### Example. An analysis of the total aromatic data (in ppm) was conducted for the following three groups: Group 1: Non-nutrient Control Group 2: Nutrient Control Group 3: Test Product
4.7.4.2 The raw data are shown in table 11. No te the three replications for each group-time combination. Table 11—Product Test Data, Total Aromatics (ppm)

4.7.4.3 Table 12 gives the summary statisti cs (number of observations, means, and standard deviations) for each group-time combination. Table 12—Summary Statistics for Product Test Data Total Aromatics (ppm)

4.7.4.4 Table 13 shows the results of the two-way ANOVA. Table 13—Example Two-Way ANOVA Table 

## Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Day 0 8153 7912 7711 8299 8309 8311 8088 8111 8200 Day 7 8100 7950 6900 8078 8200 6702 7999 8019 5987 Day 28 8259 8102 4000 8111 7754 3875 8344 7659 3100

Time Product n Mean Standard deviation Day 0 Group 1 3 8,180.0 108.1 Group 2 3 8,110.7 198.5 Group 3 3 8,074.0 319.2 Day 7 Group 1 3 8,059.0 53.1 Group 2 3 8,056.3 129.1 Group 3 3 6,529.7 480.3 Day 28 Group 1 3 8,238.0 117.9 Group 2 3 7,838.3 233.2 Group 3 3 3,658.3 487.6

Source df Sum of squares Mean square F-statistic p-value Group 2 23,944,856.41 11,972,428.70 151.94 0.0001 

# Page 262 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...4.7.4.5 From table 13, it can be seen that the F- statistic for interaction is significant (F=61.39, p=0.0001). This indicates that group differences exist for one or more days. Protected LSD mean separations were then conducted for each day to determine which group differences exist. The results are summarized in table 14. Note that means with the same letter (T grouping) are not significantly different. Table 14—Pairwise Protected LSD Mean Separation

Significant Level = 0.05. Degrees of Freedom = 18. Mean Square Error = 78794.63. Critical Value = 2.10. Least Significant Difference = 481.52. 4.7.4.6 The grouping letters indicate that the product mean values (group 3) at day 7 and day 28 are significantly different from those of both the nutrient control (group 2) and the non-nutrient control (group 1) for those days. No other signifi cant differences are shown. Therefore, in terms of total aromatic degradation, the test indicates the desired statisti cally significant difference between the mean of the product and the mean of the non-nutrient control. 5.0 Bioremediation agent toxicity test[Reserved] 6.0 Summary technical product test data format. The purpose of this format is to summarize in a standard and convenient presentation the technical product test data required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency before a product may be added to EPA's NCP Product Schedule, which may be used in carrying out the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan. This format, however, is not to preclude the submission of all the laboratory data used to develop the data summ arized in this format. Sufficient data should be presented on both the effectiveness and toxicity tests to enable EPA to evaluate the adequacy of the summarized data. A summary of the technical producttest data should be submitted in the following format. The numbered headings should be used in all submissions. The subheadings indicate the kinds of information to be supplied. The listed subheadings , however, are not exhausti ve; additional relevant information should be reported where necessary. As noted, some subheadings may apply only to particular types of agents. I. Name, Brand, or Trademark II. Name, Address, and Telephone Number of Manufacturer III. Name, Address, and Telephone Numbers of Primary Distributors IV. Special Handling and Worker Precautions for Storage and Field Application 1. Flammability. 2. Ventilation. 

## Time 2 10,954,731.19 5,477,365.59 69.51 0.0001 Interaction 4 19,347,589.04 4,836,897.26 61.39 0.0001 Error 18 1,418,303.33 78,794.63 Total 26 55,665,480.96

T grouping Mean n Interaction A 8,338.0 3 Group 1, Day 28. A 8,180.0 3 Group 1, Day 0. A 8,110.7 3 Group 2, Day 0. A 8,074.0 3 Group 3, Day 0. A 8,059.0 3 Group 1, Day 7. A 8,056.3 3 Group 2, Day 7. A 7,838.3 3 Group 2, Day 28. B 6,529.7 3 Group 3, Day 7. C 3,658.3 3 Group 3, Day 28. 

# Page 263 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...3. Skin and eye contact; protective cl othing; treatment in case of contact. 4. Maximum and minimum storage temperatures; optim um storage temperature range; temperatures of phase separations and chemical changes. V. Shelf Life
VI. Recommended Application Procedure 1. Application method. 2. Concentration, application rate (e.g., gal lons of dispersant per ton of oil). 3. Conditions for use: water salinity, water temperature, types and ages of pollutants. VII. Toxicity (Dispersants, Surface Washing Agents, Surface Collecting Agents, and Miscellaneous Oil Spill Control Agents)

VIII.(a). Effectiveness (bioremediation agents). Raw data must be reported according to the format shown below. The first column lists the names of t he analytes measured by GC/MS (SIM), the surrogate standards, and various ratios and sums. In the next three columns, the concentration of the analytes (ng/mg oil), the concentration of the analytes co rrected for the recovery of the surrogate standard ( α androstane for alkanes, d 10 -phenanthrene for aromatics), and the concentration of corrected analytes normalized against the conserved inter nal marker, respectively, are repo rted for the first replicate from the first sampling event. These three columns are ea ch repeated for the next two replicates, giving 9 total columns for the product of interest. The next 9 columns are the same as the product columns except they are for the non-nutrient control. The la st nine columns are for the nutrient control. Thus, a total of 28 columns are needed in the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet is for the first sampling event (day 0). Two more identical spreadsheets will be needed for each of the next two sampling events (days 7 and 28). For the statistical analysis, a report showi ng the two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) table created by the software used by the investigator must be shown in its entirety along with the name of the software package used. Another printout showing the mean separation table (protected LSD test results) generated by the software must be reported. The statis tical analyses are conducted using the sum of the alkane concentrations and the sum of the aromatics co ncentrations from the raw data table. Thus, two A NOVAs are run for each sampling event, one for total al kanes and one for total aromatics, giving a total of 6 ANOVAs for a product test (2 ANOVAs × 3 sa mpling events). Only if si gnificant differences are detected by a given ANOVA will it be necessary to run a protected LSD test. Bioremediation Agent Effe ctiveness Test Raw Data [Date: . Testing Date: 0, 7, 28 (Circle One). Initial Oil Weight: .] 

## Materials Tested Species LC 50 

## (ppm) Product Menidia beryllina Mysidopsis bahia 2 96-hr. 48-hr. No. 2 fuel oil Menidia beryllina Mysidopsis bahia 96-hr. 48-hr. Product and No. 2 fuel oil (1:10) Menidia beryllina Mysidopsis bahia 96-hr. 48-hr.

Product Replicate 1 Product Replicate 2 Concentration ng/mg Surrogate corrected

ng/mg Normalized to marker

ng/mg Alkane Analyte n-C10 n-C11 n-C12 n-C13 n-C14 n-C15 n-C16 n-C17 pristane n-C18 

# Page 264 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

## phytane n-C19 n-C20 n-C21 n-C22 n-C23 n-C24 n-C25 n-C26 n-C27 n-C28 n-C29 n-C30 n-C31 n-C32 n-C33 n-C34 n-C35 n-C36 α -androstane Total alkanes n-C17:pristane n-C18:phytane Aromatic Analyte: naphthalene C1-naphthalenes C2-naphthalenes C3-naphthalenes C4-naphthalenes dibenzothiophene fluorene C1-fluorenes C2-fluorenes C3-fluorenes C1- dibenzothiophenes C2- dibenzothiophenes C3- dibenzothiophenes phenanthrene anthracene C1-phenanthrenes C2-phenanthrenes C3-phenanthrenes naphthobenzothio C1- naphthobenzothio C2- naphthobenzothio C3- naphthobenzothio fluoranthene 

# Page 265 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...VIII.(b). Toxicity (Bioremediation Agents) [Reserved] IX. Microbiological Analysis (Bioremediation Agents) X. Physical Properties of Dispersant/Surface Wash ing Agent/Surface Collec ting Agent/Miscellaneous Oil Spill Control Agent: 1. Flash Point: ( °F) 2. Pour Point: ( °F) 3. Viscosity: ___ at ___ °F (furol seconds) 4. Specific Gravity: ___ at ___ °F 5. pH: (10% solution if hydrocarbon based) 6. Surface Active Agents (Dispersants and Surface Washing Agents) 2

2 

### If the submitter claims that the information presented under this subheading is confidential, this information should be submitted on a separa te sheet of paper clearly labeled according to the subheading and entitled “Confidential Information.” 7. Solvents (Dispersants and Surface Washing Agents) 8. Additives (Dispersants and Surface Washing Agents) 9. Solubility (Surface Collecting Agents) XI. Analysis for Heavy Metals, Chlorinated Hydrocar bons, and Cyanide (Dispersants, Surface Washing A gents, Surface Collecting Agents, and Mi scellaneous Oil Spill Control Agents): 

## pyrene C1-pyrenes C1-pyrenes chrysene benzo(a) anthracene C1-chrysenes c2-chrysenes benzo(b)fluoranth benzo(k)fluoranth benzo(e)pyrene benzo(a)pyrene perylene indeno(1,2,3-cd) per benzo(g,h,i)pyrene dibenz(ah)anthrac α , β -hopane d8-naphthalene d10-phenanthrene d12-chrysene d12-perylene Total aromatics Grav. weight oil No. oil degraders/ml 

# Page 266 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...References (1) L.T. McCarthy, Jr., I. Wilder, and J.S. Dorrier. Standard Dispersant Effectiveness and Toxicity Tests. EPA Report EPA-R2-73-201 (May 1973). (2) M.F. Fingas, K.A. Hughes, and M.A. Schwertz er. “Dispersant Testing at the Environmental Emergencies Technology Division.” Proc. Tenth Arctic Marine Oils pill Program Technical Seminar. 9–11 June, 1987. Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. Conserva tion and Protection, Environment Canada. pp. 343– 356. (3) J.R. Clayton, Jr., S-F-Tsang, V. Frank, P. Marsden, and J. Harrington. Chemical Oil Spill Dispersants: Evaluation of Three Laboratory Procedures for Estimating Performance. Final report prepared by Science Applications In ternational Corporation for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. (4) J.R. Clayton, Jr. and J.R. Payne. Chemical Oil Spill Dispersants: Update State-of-the-Art on Mechanisms of Actions and Factors Influencing Pe rformance With Emphasis on Laboratory Studies. Final report prepared by Science Applications International Corporation for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992. (5) D.P. Middaugh, M.J. Hemmer, and L. Goodman. Methods for Spawning, Cultureing and Conducting Toxicity-tests with Early Life Stages of Four Anther inid Fishes: the Inland Silv erside, Menidia beryllina, A tlantic Silverside, M. menidia, Tidewater Silverside, M. penisul ae, and California Grunion, Lesthes tenuis. Office of Research and Development, U.S. Envi ronmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC. EPA 600/8–87/004, 1987. (6) U.S. EPA. Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fourth edition. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C EPA 600/4–90/027, 1991. (7) G.S. Douglas, et al. “The Us e of Hydrocarbon Analyses for Environmental Assessment and Remediation.” In: P.T. Kostec ki and E.J. Calabrese (eds.), Contaminated Soils, Diesel Fuel Contamination. Lewis Publishers, Ann Arbor, MI, 1992. (8) Draft International Standard ISO/DIS 8708 “Crude Petroleum Oil—Determi nation of Distillation Characteristics Using 15 Theoretical Plates Columns.” Internationa l Organization for Standardization. (9) Standard Methods for the Examinat ion of Water and Wastewater, 17th Edition, American Public Health Association, 1989. (10) U.S. EPA. Test Method for Evaluating Solid Waste: SW–846. Third edition. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Respons e, Washington, D.C, 1986. (11) M.C. Kennicutt II. “The Effect of Bioremediation on Crude Oil Bulkand Molecular Composition.” In: Oil Chemical Pollution, 4:89–112, 1988. (12) G.W. Snedecor and W.G. Cochran. Statistical Methods, 7th edition, The Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa, 1980. (13) D.C. Montgomery. Design and Analysis of Experiments. Third edition. John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1991. [59 FR 47458, Sept.15, 1994] 

### Appendix D to Part 300—Appropriate Actions and Methods of Remedying Releases
top 

## Compounds Concentration (ppm) Arsenic Cadmium Chromium Copper Lead Mercury Nickel Zinc Cyanide Chlorinated Hydrocarbons 

# Page 267 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(a) This appendix D to part 300 describes types of rem edial actions generally a ppropriate for specific situations commonly found at remedial sites and lis ts methods for remedying releases that may be considered by the lead agency to accomplish a parti cular response action. This list shall not be considered inclusive of all possibl e methods of remedying releases and does not limit the lead agency from selecting any other actions deemed ne cessary in response to any situation. (b) In response to contaminated soil, sediment, or wa ste, the following types of response actions shall generally be considered: removal, treatment, or contai nment of the soil, sediment, or waste to reduce or eliminate the potential for hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants to contaminate other media (ground water, surface water, or air) and to reduce or eliminate the potential for such substances to be inhaled, absorbed, or ingested. (1) Techniques for removing contaminated soil , sediment, or waste include the following: (i) Excavation. (ii) Hydraulic dredging. (iii) Mechanical dredging. (2) Techniques for treating contaminated soil, sediment, or waste include the following: (i) Biological methods, in cluding the following: (A) Treatment via modified conventional wastewater treatment techniques. (B) Anaerobic, aerated, and facultative lagoons. (C) Supported growth biological reactors. (D) Microbial biodegradation. (ii) Chemical methods, including the following: (A) Chlorination. (B) Precipitation, flocculation, sedimentation. (C) Neutralization. (D) Equalization. (E) Chemical oxidation. (iii) Physical methods, including the following: (A) Air stripping. (B) Carbon absorption. (C) Ion exchange. (D) Reverse osmosis. (E) Permeable bed treatment. (F) Wet air oxidation. (G) Solidification. (H) Encapsulation. (I) Soil washing or flushing. (J) Incineration. (c) In response to contaminated ground water, the fo llowing types of response actions will generally be considered: Elimination or containment of the contamination to prevent further contamination, treatment and/or removal of such ground water to reduce or e liminate the contamination, physical containment of such ground water to reduce or eliminate potential ex posure to such contaminat ion, and/or restrictions on use of the ground water to eliminate potential exposure to the contamination. 

# Page 268 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(1) Techniques that can be used to contain or restore contaminated ground water include the following: (i) Impermeable barriers, including the following: (A) Slurry walls. (B) Grout curtains. (C) Sheet pilings. (ii) Permeable treatment beds. (iii) Ground-water pumping, including the following: (A) Water table adjustment. (B) Plume containment. (iv) Leachate control, including the following: (A) Subsurface drains. (B) Drainage ditches. (C) Liners. (2) Techniques suitable for the contro l of contamination of water and sewer lines include the following: (i) Grouting. (ii) Pipe relini ng and sleeving. (iii) Sewer relocation. (d)(1) In response to contaminated surface water, t he following types of respon se actions shall generally be considered: Elimination or containment of the contamination to prevent further pollution, and/or treatment of the contaminated water to reduce or eliminate its hazard potential. (2) Techniques that can be used to control or remediate surface water include the following: (i) Surface seals. (ii) Surface water diversions and coll ection systems, including the following: (A) Dikes and berms. (B) Ditches, diversions, waterways. (C) Chutes and downpipes. (D) Levees. (E) Seepage basins and ditches. (F) Sedimentation basins and ditches. (G) Terraces and benches. (iii) Grading. (iv) Revegetation. (e) In response to air emissions, the following techniques will be considered: (1) Pipe vents. (2) Trench vents. (3) Gas barriers. 

# Page 269 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(4) Gas collection. (5) Overpacking. (6) Treatment for gaseous emissi ons, including the following: (i) Vapor phase adsorption. (ii) Thermal oxidation. (f) Alternative water supplies can be provi ded in several ways, including the following: (i) Individual treatment units. (ii) Water distribution system. (iii) New wells in a new location or deeper wells. (iv) Cisterns. (v) Bottled or treated water. (vi) Upgraded treatment for existing distribution systems. (g) Temporary or permanent relocation of residents, businesses, and communi ty facilities may be provided where it is determi ned necessary to protect human health and the environment. [55 FR 8865, Mar. 8, 1990] 

### Appendix E to Part 300—Oil Spill Response
top Table of Contents 1.0Introduction. 1.1 Background. 1.2 Purpose/objective. 1.3 Scope. 1.4 Abbreviations. 1.5 Definitions. 2.0National response system. 2.1 Overview. 2.2 Priorities. 2.3 Responsibility. 3.0Components of national response system and responsibilities. 3.1 National. 3.1.1 National Response Team. 3.1.2 National Response Center. 3.1.3 National Strike Force Coordination Center. 3.2 Regional. 3.3 Area. 

# Page 270 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...3.3.1 On-scene coordinator. 3.3.2 Area Committees. 3.3.3 Special teams. 4.0Preparedness activities. 4.1 Federal contingency plans. 4.1.1 National contingency plan. 4.1.2 Regional contingency plans. 4.1.3 Area contingency plans. 4.1.4 Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex. 4.2 OPA facility and vessel response plans. 4.3 Relation to others plans. 4.3.1 Federal response plans. 4.3.2 Tank vessel and facility response plans. 4.4 Pre-approval authority. 4.5 Area response drills. 5.0Response operations. 5.1 Phase I—Discovery or notification. 5.2 Phase II—Preliminary assessment and initiation of action. 5.3 Patterns of response. 5.3.1 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions. 5.3.2 General pattern of response. 5.3.3 Containment, c ountermeasures, and cleanup. 5.3.4 Response to a substantial threat to the public health or welfare. 5.3.5 Enhanced activities during a spill of national significance. 5.3.6 Response to a worst case discharge. 5.3.7 Multi-regional responses. 5.3.8 Worker health and safety. 5.4 Disposal. 5.5 Natural resource trustees. 5.5.1 Damage assessment. 5.5.2 Lead administrative trustee. 5.5.3 On-scene coordinator coordination. 5.5.4 Dissemination of information. 5.5.5 Responsibilities of trustees. 5.6 Oil Spill Liab ility Trust Fund. 

# Page 271 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...5.6.1 Funding. 5.6.2 Claims. 5.7 Documentation and cost recovery. 5.8 National response priorities. 6.0Response coordination. 6.1 Nongovernmental participation. 6.2 Natural resource trustees. 6.2.1 Federal agencies. 6.2.2 State. 6.2.3 Indian tribes. 6.2.4 Foreign trustees. 6.3 Federal agencies. 6.4 Other federal agencies. 6.4.1 Department of Commerce. 6.4.2 Department of Justice. 6.4.3 Department of Defense. 6.4.4 Department of Health and Human Services. 6.4.5 Department of the Interior. 6.4.6 Department of Justice. 6.4.7 Department of Labor. 6.4.8 Federal Emergency Management Agency. 6.4.9 Department of Energy. 6.4.10 Department of State. 6.4.11 General Services Administration 6.4.12 Department of Transportation. 6.5 States and local participation in response. 1.0 Introduction. 1.1 Background. The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) amends the Federal Water Po llution Control Act (FWPCA), commonly referred to as the Clean Water Act (CWA), to require the revision of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Pl an (NCP). In revising the NCP, the need to separate the response requirements for oil discharges and release of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants became evident. 1.2 Purpose/objective. This document compiles general oil di scharge response requirements into one appendix to aid participants and responders under the national response system (NRS). This appendix provides the organizational struct ure and procedures to prepare for and respond to oil discharges. Nothing in this appendix alters the meaning or policy stated in other se ctions or subparts of the NCP. 1.3 Scope. (a) This appendix applies to discharges of oil into or upon the navigable waters of the United States and adjoining shorelines, the waters of the contiguous zone, or waters of the exclusive economic zone, or which may affect the natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under the exclusive management authority of the United States. 

# Page 272 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(b) This appendix is designed to facilitate efficient, coordinated, and effective response to discharges of oil in accordance with the authorities of the CWA. It addresses: (1) The national response organization that may be activated in respons e actions, the re sponsibilities among the federal, state, and local governments, and the resources that are available for response. (2) The establishment of regional and area contingency plans. (3) Procedures for undertaking removal actions pursuant to section 311 of the CWA. (4) Listing of federal trustees for natural resources for purposes of the CWA. (5) Procedures for the participation of other persons in response actions. (6) Procedures for compiling and making avail able cost documentation for response actions. (7) National procedures for the use of dispersant s and other chemicals in removals under the CWA. (c) In implementing the NCP provis ions compiled in this appendix, consideration shall be given to international assistance plans and agreements, se curity regulations and re sponsibilities based on international agreements, federal statutes, and ex ecutive orders. Actions taken pursuant to the provisions of any applicable inter national joint contingency plans shall be consistent with the NCP to the greatest extent possible. The Department of State shall be consulted, as appropriate, prior to taking action that may affect its activities. 1.4 Abbreviations. This section of the appendix providesabbreviations relating to oil. (a) Department and Agency Title Abbreviations: ATSDR—Agency for Toxic Subst ances and Disease Registry CDC—Centers for Disease Control DOC—Department of Commerce DOD—Department of Defense DOE—Department of Energy DOI—Department of Interior DOJ—Department of Justice DOL—Department of Labor DOS—Department of State DOT—Department of Transportation EPA—Environmental Protection Agency FEMA—Federal Emergency Management Agency GSA—General Services Administration HHS—Department of Health and Human Services NIOSH—National Institute for Oc cupational Safety and Health NOAA—National Oceanic and At mospheric Administration OSHA—Occupational Safety and Health Administration RSPA—Research and Special Programs Administration USCG—United States Coast Guard USDA—United States Department of Agriculture 

### Note: Reference is made in the NCP to bot h the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and the National Response Center. In order to avoid confusion, the NCP will spell out Nuclear 

# Page 273 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...

### Regulatory Commission and use the abbreviation “NRC” only with respect to the National Response Center. (b) Operational Abbreviations: A C—Area Committee A CP—Area Contingency Plan DRAT—District Response Advisory Team DRG—District Response Group ERT—Environmental Response Team ESF—Emergency Support Functions FCO—Federal Coordinating Officer FRERP—Federal Radiologica l Emergency Response Plan FRP—Federal Response Plan LEPC—Local Emergency Planning Committee NCP—National Contingency Plan NPFC—National Pollut ion Funds Center NRC—National Re sponse Center NRS—National Response System NRT—National Response Team NSF—National Strike Force NSFCC—National Strike Fo rce Coordinat ion Center OSC—On-Scene Coordinator OSLTF—Oil Spill Liabi lity Trust Fund POLREP—Pollution Report PIAT—Public Information Assist Team RCP—Regional Contingency Plan RERT—Radiological Emergency Response Team RRT—Regional Re sponse Team SERC—State Emergency Response Commission SONS—Spill of National Significance SSC—Scientific Support Coordinator SUPSALV—United States Navy Supervisor of Salvage USFWS—United States Fish and Wildlife Service 1.5 Definitions. Terms not defined in this section have the me aning given by CERCLA, the OPA, or the CWA. This appendix restates the NCP definitions relating to oil. A ctivation means notification by telephone or other expedi tious manner or, when required, the assembly of some or all appropriate members of the RRT or NRT. A rea Committee (AC) as provided for by CWA sections 311( a)(18) and (j)(4), means the entity appointed 

# Page 274 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...by the President consisting of members from qualif ied personnel of federal, state, and local agencies with responsibilities that incl ude preparing an area contingency plan for an area designated by the President. A rea contingency plan (ACP) as defined by CWA sections 311(a)(19) and (j)(4) means the plan prepared by an Area Committee that is developed to be implemented in conj unction with the NCP and RCP, in part to address removal of a worst case di scharge and to mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility operating in or near an area designated by the President. Bioremediation agents means microbiological cultures, enzyme addi tives, or nutrient additives that are deliberately introduced into an oil discharge and that will significantly increase the rate of biodegradation to mitigate the effects of the discharge. Burning agents means those additives that, through physi cal or chemical means, improve the combustibility of the material s to which they are applied. CERCLA is the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liabili ty Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986. Chemical agents means those elements, compounds, or mixtures that coagulate, disperse, dissolve, emulsify, foam, neutralize, precipitate, reduce, solubilize, oxidize, conc entrate, congeal, entrap, fix, make the pollutant mass more rigid or viscous, or otherwise fa cilitate the mitigation of deleterious effects or the removal of the oil pollutant from the water. Chem ical agents include biologica l additives, dispersants, sinking agents, miscellaneous oil spill control agents , and burning agents, but do not include solvents. Claim in the case of a discharge under CWA means a request, made in writing for a sum certain, for compensation for damages or removal costs resulting from an incident. Claimant as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means any person or government who presents a claim for compensation under Title I of the OPA. Clean natural seawater means that the source of this seawat er must not be heavily contaminated with industrial or other types of effluent. Coastal waters for the purpose of classifying the size of discharges, means the waters of the coastal zone except for the Great Lakes and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. Coastal zone as defined for the purpose of the NCP, means al l United States waters subject to the tide, United States waters of the Great Lakes, specifi ed ports and harbors on inland rivers, waters of the contiguous zone, other waters of the high seas subject to the NCP, and the land surface or land substrata, ground waters, and ambientair proximal to those waters. The term coastal zone delineates an area of federal responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are determined by EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional contingency plans. Coast Guard Distri ct Response Group (DRG) as provided for by CWA sections 311(a)(20) and (j)(3), means the entity established by the Secretary of t he department in which the USCG is operating within each USCG district and shall consist of: the combined USCG personnel and equipment, including firefighting equipment, of each port within the district; additional prepositi oned response equipment; and a district response advisory team. Contiguous zone means the zone of the high s eas, established by the United States under Article 24 of the Convention on the Territorial S ea and Contiguous Zone, which is conti guous to the territorial sea and which extends nine miles seaward from t he outer limit of the territorial sea. Damages as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means damages specified in section 1002(b) of the A ct, and includes the cost of assessing these damages. Discharge as defined by section 311(a)(2) of the CWA, includes, but is not li mited to, any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, or dumping of oil, but excludes discharges in compliance with a permit under section 402 of the CWA, discha rges resulting from ci rcumstances identified and reviewed and made a part of the public record with respect to a permit issued or modified under section 402 of the CWA, and subject to a condition in such permit, or continuous or anticipated intermittent discharges from a point source, identified in a permit or permit application under section 402 of the CWA, that are caused by events occurring within t he scope of relevant operating or treatment systems. For purposes of the NCP, discharge also m eans substantial threat of discharge. Dispersants means those chemical agents that emulsify, disperse, or solubilize oil into the water column or promote the surface spreading of oil slicks to fac ilitate dispersal of the oil into the water column. Exclusive economic zone as defined in OPA section 1001, means the zone established by Presidential Proclamation Numbered 5030, dated March 10, 1983, in cluding the ocean waters of the areas referred to as “eastern special areas” in Article 3(1) of t he Agreement between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Social ist Republics on the Maritime Boundary, signed June 1, 1990. Facility as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means anystructure, group of structures, equipment, or device (other than a vessel) which is used for o ne or more of the following purposes: exploring for, 

# Page 275 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...drilling for, producing, storing, handli ng, transferring, processing, or transporting oil. This term includes any motor vehicle, rolling stock, or pipel ine used for one or more of these purposes. Federal Response Plan (FRP) means the agreement signed by 25 federal departments and agencies in A pril 1987 and developed under the authorities of t he Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 and the Disaster Relief Act of 1974, as amended bythe Stafford Disaster Relief Act of 1988. First federal official means the first federal representative of a participating agency of the National Response Team to arrive at the scene of a discharge or a release. This offici al coordinates activities under the NCP and may initiate, in consultation with t he OSC, any necessary actions until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. Indian tribe as defined in OPA section 1001, means any I ndian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, but not including any Alaska Na tive regional or village corporation, which is recognized as eligible for the s pecial programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indiansand has governmental authority over lands belonging to or controlled by the Tribe. Inland waters for the purposes of classifying the size of discharges, means those waters of the United States in the inland zone, waters of the GreatLakes, and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. Inland zone means the environment inland of the coastal zone excluding the Great Lakes, and specified ports and harbors on inland rivers. The term inland z one delineates an area of federal responsibility for response action. Precise boundaries are determined by EPA/USCG agreements and identified in federal regional contingency plans. Lead administrative trustee means a natural resource trustee who is designated on an incident-byincident basis for the purpose of preassessment and damage assessment and chosen by the other trustees whose natural resources are affected by th e incident. The lead administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication during re sponse operations between the OSC and the other natural resource trustees conducting activities as sociated with damage assessment and is responsible for applying to the OSC for access to response operations resources on behalf of all trustees for initiation of damage assessment. Lead agency means the agency that provides the OSC to plan and implement response actions under the NCP. Miscellaneous oil spill control agent is any product, other than a dis persant, sinking agent, surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, bioremediati on agent, burning agent, or sorbent that can be used to enhance oil spill cleanup, removal, treatment, or mitigation. National Pollution Funds Center (NPFC) means the entity established by the Secretary of Transportation whose function is the administration of the Oil Sp ill Liability Trust Fund (O SLTF). Among the NPFC's duties are: providing appropriate access to the OSLTF for federal agencies and states for removal actions and for federal trustees to initiate the assessment of natural resource damages; providing appropriate access to the OSLTF for claims ; and coordinating cost recovery efforts. National Response System (NRS) is the mechanism for coordinatin g response actions by all levels of government in support of the OSC. The NRS is composed of the NRT, RRTs, OSC, Area Committees, and Special Teams and related support entities. National Strike Force (NSF) is a special team established by the USCG, including the three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information Assist Team (PIAT), and the National Strike Force Coordination Center. The NSF is available to assist OSCs in their preparedness and response duties. National Strike Force Coordination Center (NSFCC), authorized as the Na tional Response Unit by CWA section 311(a)(23) and (j)(2), means the entity establ ished by the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating at Elizabeth City, North Caroli na, with responsibilities that include administration of the USCG Strike Teams, maintenance of respons e equipment inventories and logistic networks, and conducting a national exercise program. Natural resources means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, wa ter, groundwater, drinking water supplies, and other such resources belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or otherwise controlled by the United States (including the resources of the exclusive economic zone defined by the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976), any state or local government, any foreign government, any Indian tribe, or, if such resources are subject to a trust rest riction on alienation, any member of an Indian tribe. Navigable waters as defined by 40 CFR 110.1 means the waters of the United States, including the territorial seas. The term includes: (a) All waters that are currently used, were used in the past, or may be susceptible to use in interstate or foreign commerce, including all waters that are subject to the ebb and flow of the tide; (b) Interstate waters, including interstate wetlands; (c) All other waters such as intrastate lakes, rive rs, streams (including inte rmittent streams), mudflats, 

# Page 276 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...sandflats, and wetlands, the use, degradation, or des truction of which would affect or could affect interstate or foreign commerce including any such waters: (1) That are or could be used by interstate or fo reign travelers for recreat ional or other purposes; (2) From which fish or shellfish are or could be taken and sold in interstate or foreign commerce; and (3) That are used or could be used for industrial purposes by industries in interstate commerce. (d) All impoundments of waters otherwise defi ned as navigable waters under this section; (e) Tributaries of waters identified in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this definition, including adjacent wetlands; and (f) Wetlands adjacent to waters ident ified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this definition: Provided, that waste treatment systems (other than cooling ponds meet ing the criteria of this paragraph) are not waters of the United States. (g) Waters of the United States do not incl ude prior converted cropland. Notwithstanding the determination of an area's status as prior conv erted cropland by any other federal agency, for the purposes of the Clean Water Act, the final authority regarding Clean Wa ter Act jurisdiction remains with EPA. Offshore facility as defined by section 311(a)(11) of the CWA means any facility of any kind located in, on, or under any of the navigable wa ters of the United States, and any facility of any kind which is subject to the jurisdiction of the Un ited States and is located in, on, or under any other waters, other than a vessel or a public vessel. Oil as defined by section 311(a)(1) of the CWA means oil of any kind or in any form, including, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil. Oil, as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means oil of an y kind or in any form, incl uding, but not limited to, petroleum, fuel oil, sludge, oil refuse, and oil mixed with wastes other than dredged spoil, but does not include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction t hereof, which is specifical ly listed or designated as a hazardous substance under subparagraphs (A) through (F) of section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensatio n, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601) and which is subject to the provisions of that Act. Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund means the fund established under se ction 9509 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 9509). On-scene coordinator (OSC) means the federal official predesignated by the EPA or the USCG to coordinate and direct response under subpart D. Onshore facility as defined by section 311(a)(10) of the CWA, means any facility (including, but not limited to, motor vehicles and rolling stock) of any ki nd located in, on, or under any land within the United States other than submerged land. On-site means the areal extent of cont amination and all suitable areas in very close proximity to the contamination necessary for impl ementation of a response action. Person as defined by section 1001 of the OPA, m eans an individual, corporation, partnership, association, state, municipality, commission, or poli tical subdivision of a state, or any interstate body. Public vessel as defined by section 311(a)(4) of the CWA, means a vessel owned or bareboat-chartered and operated by the United States, or by a state or pol itical subdivision thereof, or by a foreign nation, except when such vessel is engaged in commerce. Remove or removal as defined by section 311(a)(8) of the CWA, refers to containment and removal of oil or hazardous substances from the water and shoreli nes or the taking of such other actions as may be necessary to minimize or mitigate damage to the publichealth or welfare (incl uding, but not limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife, public and private property, and shorelines and beaches) or to the environment. For the purpose of the NCP, the term also includes monitoring of action to remove a discharge. Removal costs as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means the costs of removal that are incurred after a discharge of oil has occurred, or in any case in whic h there is a substantial threat of a discharge of oil the costs to prevent, minimize, or miti gate oil pollution from such an incident. Responsible party as defined by section 1001 of the OPA means the following: (a) Vessels—In the case of a vessel, any person owning, operating, or demis e chartering the vessel. (b) Onshore Facilities—In the case of an onshore faci lity (other than a pipeli ne), any person owning or operating the facility, except a federal agency, state, municipality, commission, or political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body, that as the owner transfers possession and right to use the property to another person by lease, assignment, or permit. 

# Page 277 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(c) Offshore Facilities—In the case of an offshore fa cility (other than a pipeline or a deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501 et seq. )), the lessee or permittee of the area in which the facility is located or the holder of a right of use and easement granted under applicable state law or the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301–1356) for the area in which the facility is located (if the holder is a different person than the lessee or permittee), except a federal agency, state, municipality, commissi on, or political subdivision of a stat e, or any interstate body, that as owner transfers possession and right to use the prop erty to another person by lease, assignment, or permit. (d) Deepwater Ports—In the case of a deepwater port licensed under the Deepwater Port Act of 1974 (33 U.S.C. 1501–1524), the licensee. (e) Pipelines—In the case of a pipeline, any person owning or operating the pipeline. (f) Abandonment—In the case of an abandoned vessel, onshore facility, deepwater port, pipeline, or offshore facility, the person who would have been responsible parties imm ediately prior to the abandonment of the vessel or facility. Sinking agents means those additives applied to oil discharges to sink floating pollutants below the water surface. Size classes of discharges refers to the following size classes of oil discharges which are provided as guidance to the OSC and serve as the criteria fo r the actions delineated in subpart D. They are not meant to imply associated degrees of hazard to publichealth or welfare, nor are they a measure of environmental injury. Any oil discharge that poses a s ubstantial threat to public health or welfare or the environment or results in significant public concern shall be classified as a majo r discharge regardless of the following quantitative measures: (a) Minor discharge means a discharge in inland waters of less than 1,000 gallons of oil or a discharge to the coastal waters of less than 10,000 gallons of oil. (b) Medium discharge means a discharge of 1,000 to 10,000 gallons of oil to the inland waters or a discharge of 10,000 to 100,000 gallons of oil to the coastal waters. (c) Major discharge means a discharge of more than 10, 000 gallons of oil to the inland waters or more than 100,000 gallons of oil to the coastal waters. Sorbents means essentially inert and inso luble materials that are used to remove oil and hazardous substances from water through adsor ption, in which the oil or hazardoussubstance is attracted to the sorbent surface and then adheres to it, absorption, in which the oil or hazardous substance penetrates the pores of the sorbent material, or a combination of the two. Sorbents are generally manufactured in particulate form for spreading over an oil slick or as s heets, rolls, pillows, or booms. The sorbent material may consist of, but is not limited to, the following materials: (a) Organic products— (1) Peat moss or straw; (2) Cellulose fibers or cork; (3) Corn cobs; (4) Chicken or duck feathers. (b) Mineral compounds— (1) Volcanic ash or perlite; (2) Vermiculite or zeolite. (c) Synthetic products— (1) Polypropylene; (2) Polyethylene; (3) Polyurethane; (4) Polyester. Specified ports and harbors means those ports and harbor areas on inland rivers, and land areas immediately adjacent to those waters, where the USCG acts as predesignated on-scene coordinator. Precise locations are determined by EPA/USCG regional agreements and identified in federal regional contingency plans and area contingency plans. 

# Page 278 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...Spill of national significance (SONS) means a spill which due to its severity, size, location, actual or potential impact on the public health and welfare or the environment, or the necessary response effort, is so complex that it requires extraordinary coordinat ion of federal, state, local, and responsible party resources to contain and cleanup the discharge. State means the several states of the United States, the District of Columb ia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Vi rgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas, and any other territory or possession over which the United States has jurisdiction. For purposes of the NCP, the term includes Indian tri bes as defined in the NCP except where specifically noted. Surface collecting agents means those chemical agents that form a surface film to control the layer thickness of oil. Surface washing agent is any product that removes oil from so lid surfaces, such as beaches and rocks, through a detergency mechanism and does not involve di spersing or solubilizing the oil into the water column. Tank vessel as defined by section 1001 of OPA means a ve ssel that is constructed or adapted to carry, or that carries, oil or hazardous material in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and that: (1) is a vessel of the United States; (2) operates on the navigable waters; or (3) transfers oil or hazardous material in a place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Threat of discharge, see definition for discharge. Trustee means an official of a federal natural resource s management agency designated in subpart G of the NCP or a designated state official or Indian tribe or, in the case of discharges covered by the OPA, a foreign government official, who may pursue cl aims for damages under section 1006 of the OPA. United States when used in relation to section 311(a)(5) of the CWA, mean the states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and the Pacific Island Governments. Vessel as defined by section 311(a)(3) of the CWA means every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivanc e used, or capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water other than a public vessel. Volunteer means any individual accepted to perform serv ices by the lead agency which has authority to accept volunteer services (for exam ples, see 16 U.S.C. 742f(c)). A volunt eer is subject to the provisions of the authorizing statute and the NCP. Worst case discharge as defined by section 311(a)(24) of the CWA means, in the case of a vessel, a discharge in adverse weather conditions of its entire cargo, and in the case of an offshore facility or onshore facility, the largest foreseeable discharge in adverse weather conditions. 2.0 National response system. 2.1 Overview. The national response system (NRS) is the mechanism for coordinating response actions by all levels of government in support of the OSC. The NRS is composed of the National Response Team (NRT), Regi onal Response Teams (RRTs), On-scene c oordinator (OSC), Area Committees, and Special Teams and related support entities. The NRS functions as an incident command system (ICS) under the direction of the OSC. Typical of an ICS, the NRS is capable of expanding or contracting to accommodate the response effort required by t he size or complexity of the discharge. 2.2 Priorities. (a) Safety of human life must be given the highest priority during every response action. This includes any search and rescue efforts in t he general proximity of the discharge and the insurance of safety of response personnel. (b) Stabilizing the situation to preclude the event from worsening is the next priority. All efforts must be focused on saving a vessel that has been involved in a grounding, collision, fire or explosion, so that it does not compound the problem. Comparable measures should be taken to stabilize a situation involving a facility, pipeline, or other source of pol lution. Stabilizing the situation includes securing the source of the spill and/or removing the remaining oil from the container (vessel, tank, or pipeline) to prevent additional oil spillage, to reduce the need for follow-up response action, and to minimize adverse impact to the environment. (c) The response must use all necessary containmentand removal tactics in a coordinated manner to ensure a timely, effective response that minimizes adverse impact to the environment. (d) All parts of this national response strategyshould be addressed concurrently, but safety and stabilization are the highest priorities. The OSC should not delay containm ent and removal decisions unnecessarily and should take actions to minimize adverse impact tothe environment that begins as soon as a discharge occurs, as well as actions to minimize further adverse environmental impact from additional discharges. (e) The priorities set forth in this section are bro ad in nature, and should not be interpreted to preclude the consideration of other priorities that may arise on a site-specific basis. 

# Page 279 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...2.3 Responsibility. (a) The predesignated OSC has the responsibility to direct response actions and coordinate all other response efforts at the scene of an oil discharge or threatened discharge. The OSC monitors or directs all federal, stat e, local, and private removal actions, or arranges for the removal of an actual or threatened oil discharge, removing and if nec essary, requesting authority to destroy a vessel. A dditionally, the CWA requires the OSC to direct all fe deral, state, local, and private removal actions to any incident that poses a substantial threat to the public health or welfare. (b) Cleanup responsibility for an oil discharge immedi ately falls on the responsible party, unless the discharge poses a substantial threatto public health or welfare. In a large percentage of oil discharges, the responsible party shall conduct the cleanup. If t he responsible party does conduct the removal, the OSC shall ensure adequate surveillance over whatever actions are initiated. (1) If effective actions are not being taken to elimin ate the threat, or if removal is not being properly done, the OSC should, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, so advise the responsible party. If the responsible party does not respond properly, the OSC shall take appropriate response actions and should notify the res ponsible party of the potential liability for federal response costs incurred by the OSC pursuant to the OPA and CWA. Where practicable, continuing efforts should be made to encourage response by responsible parties. (2) If the Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating determines that there may be an imminent and substantial threat to the public health or welfare or the environment of the United States (including fish , shellfish, and wildlife, public and private property, shorelines, beaches, habitats, and other living and nonliving natural resources under the jurisdiction or control of the United States, because of an actual or threatened discharge of oil from any vessel or offshore or onshore facility into or upon the navigable waters of the United States), the Administrator or Secretary may request the U.S. Attorney General to secure the relief from any person, including the owner or operator of the vessel or facility necessaryto abate a threat or, after notice to the affected state, take any other action authorized by section 311 of the CWA including administrative orders, that may be necessary to protect the public health or welfare. (3) The responsible party is liable for costs of federal removal and damages in accordance with section 311(f) of the CWA, section 1002 of the OPA, and other federal laws. (c) In those incidents where a discharge or threat of discharge poses a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States, the OSC shall di rect all federal, state, or private actions to remove the discharge or to mitigate or prevent the threat of such a discharge, as appropriate. The OSC shall also request immediate activation of the RRT. (d) During responses to any discharge the OSC ma y request advice or support from the Special Teams and any local support units identified by the Area Committee. Examples incl ude scientific advice from the Scientific Support Coordinator (SSC), tec hnical guidance or preposit ioned equipment from the District Response Group (DRG), or public informatio n assistance from the Nati onal Strike Force (NSF). (e) When an oil discharge exceeds t he response capability of the region in which it occurs, transects regional boundaries, or involves a substantial threat to the public health or welfare, substantial amounts of property, or substantial threats to the natural resources, the NRT should be activated as an emergency response team. If appropriate the RRT Chairman may contact the NRT Chairman and request the NRT activation. 3.0 Components of national response system and responsibilities. The NRS is the mechanism for coordinating response actions by all le vels of government in support of the OSC. The NRS organization is divided into natio nal, regional, and area levels . The national level comprises the NRT, the National Strike Force Coordination Center (NSFCC), and the National Response Center (NRC). The regional level is compri sed of the RRT. The area level is made up of the OSC, Special Teams, and Area Committees. The basic framework for the response management structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that brings together the functions of the federal government, the state government, and the responsib le party to achieve an effective and efficient response, where the OSC retains authority. 3.1 National. 3.1.1 National response team. (a) National planning and c oordination is accomplished through the NRT. The NRT consists of representatives from the USCG, EPA, Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), Department of Defense (DOD), Department of Energy (DOE), Department of Agriculture (DOA), Department of Commerce (DOC), Departm ent of Health and Human Services (HHS), Department of the Interior (DOI), Department of Ju stice (DOJ), Department of Labor (DOL), Department of Transportation (DOT), Department of State (DOS), Nuclear Regulatory Commission, and General Services Administration (GSA). Each agency shall designate a member to the team and sufficient alternates to ensure representation, as agency re sources permit. The NRT will consider requests for membership on the NRT from other agencies. Other agencies may request membership by forwarding such requests to the chair of the NRT (see Figure 1). (b) The chair of the NRT shall be the represent ative of the EPA and the vice chair shall be the representative of the USCG, with the exception of periods of activation bec ause of response action. During activation, the chair shall be the member agency providing the OSC. The vice chair shall maintain records of NRT activiti es along with national, regional, and area plans for response actions. (c) While the NRT desires to achi eve a consensus on all matters brough t before it, certain matters may 

# Page 280 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...prove unresolvable by this means. In such cases, each agency serving as a participating agency on the NRT may be accorded one vote in NRT proceedings. (d) The NRT may establish such bylaws, procedures, and committees as it deems appropriate to further the purposes for which it is established. (e) The NRT shall evaluate met hods of responding to discharge s, shall recommend any changes needed in the response organization, and shall recommend to the Administrator of EPA changes to the NCP designed to improve the effectiveness of th e national response system, including drafting of regulatory language. (f) The NRT shall prov ide policy and program di rection to the RRTs. (g) The NRT may consider and make recommendat ions to appropriate agencies on the training, equipping, and protection of response teams and nec essary research, development, demonstration, and evaluation to improve response capabilities.

View or download PDF (h) Direct planning and preparedness re sponsibilities of the NRT include: (1) Maintaining national preparedness to respond to a major discharge of oil that is beyond regional capabilities; (2) Monitoring incoming reports from all RRTs and activating for a response action, when necessary; (3) Coordinating a national program to assist member agencies in preparedness planning and response, and enhancing coordination of member agency preparedness programs; (4) Developing procedures, in coordination with the NSFCC, as appropriate, to ensure the coordination of federal, state, and local governments, and private response to oil discharges; (5) Monitoring response-related research and develop ment, testing, and evaluation activities of NRT agencies to enhance coordination, av oid duplication of effort, and facilitate research in support of response activities; (6) Developing recommendations for response trai ning and for enhancing the coordination of available resources among agencies with training responsibilities under the NCP; (7) Reviewing regional re sponses to oil discharges, including an evaluation of equipment readiness and coordination among respons ible public agencies and private organizations; and (8) Assisting in developing a national exercise program, in coordination with the NSFCC to ensure preparedness and coordination nationwide. (i) The NRT shall consider matters referred to it for advice or resolution by an RRT. (j) The NRT should be activated as an emergency response team: 

# Page 281 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(1) When an oil discharge: (A) Exceeds the response capability of the region in which it occurs; (B) Transects regional boundaries; or (C) Involves a substantial threat to the public health or welfare, substantial amounts of property, or substantial threats to natural resources; (2) If requested by any NRT member. (k) When activated for a response action, the NRT will meet at the call of the chair and may: (1) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC and re commend to the OSC, through the RRT, actions to combat the discharge; (2) Request other federal, state and local governments, or private agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to combat a discharge, or to monitor response operations; and (3) Coordinate the supply of equipment, personnel, or technical advice to the affected region from other regions or districts. 3.1.2 National response center. (a) The NRC, located at USCG Headquarters, is the national communications center, continuously manned for handli ng activities related to response actions, including those involving disc harges of oil. The NRC acts as the si ngle point of contact for all pollution incident reporting, and as the NRT communications center. Notice of discharges must be made by telephone through a toll free number or a special num ber (Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) and collect calls accepted). Upon receipt of a notification of discharge, the NRC shall promptly notify the OSC. The telephone report is distributed to any interested NRT member agency or federal entity that has established a written agreement or understanding with the NRC. (b) The Commandant, USCG, in conjunction with other NRT agencies, provides the necessary personnel, communications, plotting facilities, and equipment for the NRC. (c) Notice of an oil discharge in an amount equal to or greater than the reportable quantity must be made immediately in accordance with 33 CFR part 153, subpart B. Notification will be made to the NRC Duty Officer, HQ USCG, Washington, DC, telephone (800) 424–8802 or (202) 267–2675. All notices of discharges received at the NRC will be re layed immediately by telephone to the OSC. 3.1.3 National strike force coordination center. NSFCC, located in Elizabeth City, North Carolina, may assist the OSC by providing information on avail able spill removal resources, personnel, and equipment. The NSFCC can provide the fo llowing support to the OSC: (a) Technical assistance, equipment, and other re sources to augment the OSC staff during spill response; (b) Assistance in coordinating the use of private and public resources in support of the OSC during a response to or a threat of a worst case discharge of oil; (c) Review of the area contingency plan, in cluding an evaluation of equipment readiness and coordination among respons ible public agencies and private organizations; (d) Assistance in locating spill response resources for both response and planning, using the NSFCC's national and international computerized inventory of spill response resources; (e) Coordination and eval uation of pollution response exercises; and (f) Inspection of district prepos itioned pollution response equipment. 3.2 Regional. (a) Regional planning and coordination of preparedness and response actions is accomplished through the RRT. In the case of a disc harge of oil, preparedness acti vities shall be carried out in conjunction with Area Committees as appropria te. The RRT agency membership parallels that of the NRT, but also includes state and local repres entation. The RRT provi des: (1) the appropriate regional mechanism for dev elopment and coordination of preparedne ss activities before a response action is taken and for coordination of assistance and advice to the OSC during such response actions; and (2) guidance to Area Committees, as appropriate, to ensure inter-area consistency and consistency of individual ACPs wi th the RCP and NCP. (b) The two principal components of the RRT me chanism are a standing team , which consists of designated representatives from each participat ing federal agency, state governments, and local governments (as agreed upon by the states); and incident-specific teams formed from the standing team when the RRT is activated for a response. On inciden t-specific teams, participation by the RRT member agencies will relate to the technical nature of the incident and its geographic location. (1) The standing team's jurisdiction corresponds to the standard federal regions, except for Alaska, Oceania in the Pacific, and the Ca ribbean area, each of which has a s eparate standing RRT. The role of 

# Page 282 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...the standing RRT includes communica tions systems and procedures, planni ng, coordination, training, evaluation, preparedness, and related matters on a regi onwide basis. It also includes coordination of A rea Committees for these functions in areas wit hin their respective regions, as appropriate. (2) The role of the incident-specific team is determi ned by the operational requirements of the response to a specific discharge. Appropriate levels of activation and/or notific ation of the incident-specific RRT, including participation by state and local governments, shall be determined by the designated RRT chair for the incident, based on the RCP. The incident -specific RRT supports the designated OSC. The designated OSC manages response efforts and coordinates all other efforts at the scene of a discharge. (c) The representatives of EPA and the USCG shall act as co-chairs of the RRTs except when the RRT is activated. When the RRT is activated for response actions, the c hair is the member agency providing the OSC. (d) Each participating agency should designate one me mber and at least one alternate member to the RRT. Agencies whose regional subdivisions do notcorrespond to the standard federal regions may designate additional representatives to the standi ng RRT to ensure appropriate coverage of the standard federal region. Participat ing states may also designate one member and at least one alternate member to the RRT. Indian tribal governments may arrange with the RRT for representation appropriate to their geographical location. All agencies and states may also provide additi onal representatives as observers to meetings of the RRT. (e) RRT members should designate representatives a nd alternates from their agencies as resource personnel for RRT activities, incl uding RRT work planning, and membership on incident-specific teams in support of the OSCs. (f) Federal RRT members or their representatives should provide OSCs with assistance from their respective federal agencies commensurate with agen cy responsibilities, res ources, and capabilities within the region. During a response action, the memb ers of the RRT should seekto make available the resources of their agencies to the OSC as specified in the RCP and ACP. (g) RRT members should nominate appropriately qualifie d representatives from their agencies to work with OSCs in developing and maintaining ACPs. (h) Affected states are encouraged to participate activelyin all RRT activities. Each state Governor is requested to assign an office or agency to represent the state on the appropriate RRT; to designate representatives to work with the RRT in developi ng RCPs; to plan for, make available, and coordinate state resources for use in response actions; and to serve as the contact point for coordination of response with local government agencies, whether or not represented on the RRT. The state's RRT representative should keep the State EmergencyResponse Commission (SERC) apprised of RRT activities and coordinate RRT activi ties with the SERC. Local government s are invited to participate in activities on the appropriate RRT as provided by stat e law or as arranged by the state's representative. Indian tribes are also invited to participate in such activities. (i) The standing RRT shall recommend changes in t he regional response organization as needed, revise the RCP as needed, evaluate the preparedness of the participating agencies and the effectiveness of A CPs for the federal response to discharges, and provide technical assistance for preparedness to the response community. The RRT should: (1) Review and comment, to the extent practicable, on local emergency response plans or other issues related to the preparation, implementation, or exercise of such plans upon request of a local emergency planning committee; (2) Evaluate regional and local responses to discharge s on a continuing basis , considering available legal remedies, equipment readiness, and coordination among re sponsible public agencies and private organizations, and recommend improvements; (3) Recommend revisions of the NCP to the NRT , based on observations of response operations; (4) Review OSC actions to ensure that RCPs and ACPs are effective; (5) Encourage the state and local response comm unity to improve its preparedness for response; (6) In coordination with the Area Committee and in a ccordance with any applicabl e laws, regulations, or requirements, conduct advance planni ng for use of dispersants, su rface washing agents, surface collecting agents, burning agents, bioremediation agents, or other chemical agents in accordance with subpart J of this part; (7) Be prepared to provide response resources to major discharges or releases outside the region; (8) Conduct or participate in training and exercises as necessary to encourage preparedness activities of the response community within the region; (9) Meet at least semiannually to review respons e actions carried out dur ing the preceding period, consider changes in RCPs, and recommend changes in ACPs; (10) Provide letter reports on RRT activities to t he NRT twice a year, no later than January 31 and July 

# Page 283 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...31; and (11) Ensure maximum participation in the national exercise program for announced and unannounced exercises. (j)(1) The RRT may be activated by the chair as an incident-specific response team when a discharge: (A) Exceeds the response capabili ty available to the OSC in the place where it occurs; (B) Transects state boundaries; (C) May pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare, or to regionally significant amounts of property; or (D) Is a worst case discharge, as defined in section 1.5 of this appendix. (2) The RRT shall be activated dur ing any discharge upon a request from the OSC, or from any RRT representative, to the chair of the RRT. Requests fo r RRT activation s hall later be confirmed in writing. Each representative, or an appropriate alternat e, should be notified imm ediately when the RRT is activated. (3) During prolonged removal or remedial action, the RRT may not need to be activated or may need to be activated only in a limited sense, or may need to have available only those member agencies of the RRT who are directly affected or who c an provide direct response assistance. (4) When the RRT is activated for a discharge or rel ease, agency representatives will meet at the call of the chair and may: (A) Monitor and evaluate reports from the OSC, advis e the OSC on the duration and extent of response, and recommend to the OSC specific actions to respond to the discharge; (B) Request other federal, state, or local governments, or private agencies, to provide resources under their existing authorities to respond to a discharge or to moni tor response operations; (C) Help the OSC prepare information releases for the public and for communication with the NRT; (D) If the circumstances warrant, make recommendations to the regional or district head of the agency providing the OSC that a differe nt OSC should be designated; and (E) Submit pollution reports to the NR C as significant developments occur. (5) RCPs shall specify detailed cr iteria for activation of RRTs. (6) At the regional level, a Regi onal Response Center (RRC) may provide facilities and personnel for communications, information storage, and other requi rements for coordinating re sponse. The location of each RRC should be provided in the RCP. (7) When the RRT is activated, affected states may participate in all RRT deliberations. State government representatives participat ing in the RRT have the same statusas any federal member of the RRT. (8) The RRT can be deactivated when the incident-s pecific RRT chair determines that the OSC no longer requires RRT assistance. (9) Notification of the RRT may be appropriate when full activation is not nec essary, with systematic communication of pollution reports or other means to keep RRT members informed as to actions of potential concern to a particular agency, or to a ssist in later RRT evaluat ion of regionwide response effectiveness. (k) Whenever there is insufficient national polic y guidance on a matter before the RRT, a technical matter requiring solution, a question concerning in terpretation of the NCP, or a disagreement on discretionary actions among RRT members that cannotbe resolved at the regional level, it may be referred to the NRT for advice. 3.3 Area. 3.3.1 On-scene coordinator. The OSC is the federal official predesignated by EPA or the USCG to coordinate and direct federal respons es under subpart D of the NCP. Th e USCG shall provide OSCs for oil discharges, including discharges from facilities and vessels under the jurisdiction of another federal agency, within or threatening the coastal zone. EPA shall provide OSCs for discharges into or threatening the inland zone. In carrying out a response, the OSC may direct or monitor all federal, state, and private actions to remove a discharge. In contingency planning a nd removal, the OSC coordinates, directs, and reviews the work of other agencies, Area Committees, responsible parties, and contractors to assure compliance with the NCP, decision docum ent, consent decree, administrative order, and lead agency-approved plans appli cable to the response. 

# Page 284 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...3.3.2 Area committees. (a) Area Committees shall be responsible for: (1) preparing an ACP for their areas; (2) working with appropriate federal, state, and local officials to enhance the contingency planning of those officials and to assure pre-planning of jo int response efforts, including appropriate procedures for mechanical recovery, dispersal, shoreline cleanup, protection of sensitiv e environmental areas, and protection, rescue, and rehabilitation of fisheries and wildlife; and (3) working with appropriate federal, state, and local officials to expedite decisions for the use of dispersants and other mitigating substances and devices. (b) The OSC is responsible for overseeing development of the ACP in the area of the OSC's responsibility. The ACP, when impl emented in conjunction wi th other provisions of the NCP, shall be adequate to remove a worst case discharge, and to mitigate and prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge, from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility operating in or near the area. 3.3.3 Special teams. (a) Special teams include: NOAA/EPA's SSCs; EPA's Environmental Response Team (ERT); and USCG's NSF; DRGs; and NPFC (see Figure 2). (b) SSCs may be designated by the OSC as the princi pal advisors for scientific issues, communication with the scientific community, and coordination of requests for assistance from state and federal agencies regarding scientific studies. The SSC strives for a consensus on scientific issues affecting the response, but ensures that diffe ring opinions within the communityare communicated to the OSC. (1) Generally, SSCs are provided by NOAA in the coastal zones, and by EPA in the inland zone. OSC requests for SSC support may be made directly to the SSC assigned to the area or to the agency member of the RRT. NOAA SSCs may also be req uested through NOAA's SSC program office in Seattle, WA. NOAA SSCs are assigned to USCG Di stricts and are supported by a scientific support team that includes expertise in environmental chemistry, oil slick tracking, pollutant transport modeling, natural resources at risk, environmental tradeoffs of countermeasures and cleanup, and information management.

View or download PDF (2) During a response, the SSC serves on the federal OSC's staff and may, at the request of the OSC, lead the scientific team and be responsible for provid ing scientific support fo r operational decisions and for coordinating on-scene scientific activity. Depending on the nature and location of the incident, the SSC integrates expertise from governmental agencie s, universities, community representatives, and industry to assist the OSC in evaluating the hazards and potential effects of releases and in developing response strategies. (3) At the request of the OSC, the SSC may facilitate the OSC's work with the lead administrative trustee for natural resources to ensure coordination between damage assessment data collection efforts and data collected in support of response operations. (4) SSCs support the RRTs and the Area Committees in preparing regional and area contingency plans and in conducting spill training and exercises. Fo r area plans, the SSC prov ides leadership for the synthesis and integration of environmental information required for spill response decisions in support of 

# Page 285 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...the OSC. (c)(1) SUPSALV has an extensive salvage/search and re covery equipment inventory with the requisite knowledge and expertise to support these operations, incl uding specialized salvage, firefighting, and petroleum, oil and lubrican ts offloading capability. (2) When possible, SUPSALV will provide equipment for trai ning exercises in support of national and regional contingency planning objectives. (3) The OSC/RPM may request assistance directly from SUPSALV. Formal requests are routed through the Chief of Naval Operations (N312). (d) The ERT is established by the EPA in accordance with its disaster and em ergency responsibilities. The ERT has expertise in treatm ent technology, biology, chemistry, hydrology, geol ogy and engineering. (1) The ERT can provide access to special decontam ination equipment and advice to the OSC in hazard evaluation; risk assessment; multimedia sampli ng and analysis program; on-site safety, including development and implementation plans; cleanu p techniques and priorities; water supply decontamination and protection; application of di spersants; environmental assessment; degree of cleanup required; and disposal of c ontaminated material. The ERT also provides both introductory and intermediate level training courses to prepare response personnel. (2) OSC or RRT requests for ERT support should be made to the EPA representative on the RRT; EPA Headquarters, Director, Emergency Response Divisi on; or the appropriate EPA regional emergency coordinator. (e) The NSF is a special team established by the USCG, including the three USCG Strike Teams, the Public Information Assist Team (PIAT), and the NSFCC. The NSF is available to assist OSCs in their preparedness and response duties. (1) The three Strike Teams (Atlantic, Gulf, and Pa cific) provide trained personnel and specialized equipment to assist the OSC in training for spill response, stabilizing and c ontaining the spill, and in monitoring or directing t he response actions of the responsible parties and/or contractors. The OSC has a specific team designated for initial contact and ma y contact that team directly for any assistance. (2) The NSFCC can provide the following support to the OSC: —Technical assistance, equipment and other resource s to augment the OSC staff during spill response; —Assistance in coordinating the use of private and public resources in support of the OSC during a response to or a threat of a worst case discharge of oil; —Review of the ACP, including an evaluati on of equipment readiness and coordination among responsible public agencies and private organizations; —Assistance in locating spill response resource s for both response and planning, using the NSFCC's national and international computerized inventory of spill response resources; —Coordination and evaluation of po llution response exercises; and —Inspection of district prepos itioned pollution response equipment. (3) PIAT is an element of the NSFCC staff which is available to assist OSCs to meet the demands for public information during a response or exercise . Its use is encouraged any time the OSC requires outside public affairs support. Requests for PIAT assistance may be made through the NSFCC or NRC. (f)(1) The DRG assists the OSC by providing te chnical assistance, perso nnel, and equipment, including pre-positioned equipment. Each DRG consists of all Coast Guard personnel and equipment, including marine firefighting equipment, in its district, additi onal pre-positioned equipmen t, and a District Response A dvisory Team (DRAT) that is avai lable to provide support to the OSC in the event that a spill exceeds local response capabilities. Each DRG: (A) Shall provide technical assistance, equipment, and other resources as av ailable when requested by an OSC through the USCG representative to the RRT; (B) Shall ensure maintenance of all USCG response equipment within its district; (C) May provide technical assistance in the preparation of the ACP; and (D) Shall review each of those plans that affect its area of geographic responsibility. (2) In deciding where to locate personnel and pre-po sitioned equipment, the USCG shall give priority emphasis to: (A) The availability of facili ties for loading and unloading hea vy or bulky equipment by barge; 

# Page 286 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(B) The proximity to an airport capable of s upporting large militarytransport aircraft; (C) The flight time to provide response to oil spills in all areas of the Coast Guard district with the potential for marine casualties; (D) The availability of trained local personnel capable of responding in an oil spill emergency; and (E) Areas where large quantities of petroleum products are transported. (g) The NPFC is responsible for implementing t hose portions of Title I of the OPA that have been delegated to the Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating. The NPFC is responsible for addressing funding is sues arising from discharges and th reats of discharges of oil. The NPFC: (1) Issues Certificates of Financial Responsibility to owners and operators of vessels to pay for costs and damages that are incurred by their vessels as a result of oil discharges ; (2) Provides funding for various response organizations for timely abatementand removal actions related to oil discharges; (3) Provides equitable compensati on to claimants who sustain cost s and damages from oil discharges when the responsible party fails to do so; (4) Recovers monies from persons liable for costs and damages resulting from oil discharges to the full extent of liability under the law; and (5) Provides funds to initiate natural resources damage assessment. (h) The organizational concepts of the national response system di scussed above are depicted in Figure 3. 4.0 Preparedness activities. 4.1 Federal contingency plans. This section summarizes emergency preparedness activities relating to discharges of oil and describes the three levelsof contingency planning under the national response system. 4.1.1 National contingency plan. (a) The NCP provides for efficient, coordinated, and effective response to discharges of oil in accordance with t he authorities of the CWA. It provides for: (1) The national response organizati on that may be activated in response actions and specifies responsibilities among the federal, state, and loca l governments and describes resources that are available for response; (2) The establishment of requirements for federal, regional, and area contingency plans; (3) Procedures for undertaking removal actions pursuant to section 311 of the CWA;

View or download PDF (4) Procedures for involving state governments in the initiation, development, selection, and implementation of response actions; 

# Page 287 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(5) Listing of federal trustees for natural resources for purposes of the CWA; (6) Procedures for the participation of other persons in response actions; and (7) National procedures for the use of dispersant s and other chemicals in removals under the CWA. (b) In implementing the NCP, co nsideration shall be given to in ternational assistance plans and agreements, security regulations and responsibi lities based on international agreements, federal statutes, and executive orders. Actions taken pursuant to the provisions of anyapplicable international j oint contingency plans shall be consistent with the NCP, to the greatest extent possible. The Department of State shall be consulted, as appropri ate, prior to taking action which may affect its activities. 4.1.2 Regional contingency plans. The RRTs, working with the states , shall develop federal RCPs for each standard federal region, Alaska, Oceania in the Pacific, and the Cari bbean to coordinate timely, effective response by various federal agencies and other organizations to discharges of oil. RCPs shall, as appropriate, include information on all useful faci lities and resources in t he region, from government, commercial, academic, and other sources. To the greates t extent possible, RCPs shall follow the format of the NCP and be coordinated with state em ergency response plans, ACPs, and Title III local emergency response plans. Such coordination should be acco mplished by working with the SERCs in the region covered by the RCP. RCPs shall contai n lines of demarcation between the inland and coastal zones, as mutually agreed upon by the USCG and the EPA. 4.1.3 Area contingency plans. (a) Under the direction of an OSC an d subject to approval by the lead agency, each Area Committee, in consultation with the appropriate RRTs, DRGs, the NSFCC, SSCs, Local Emergency Planning Committees (LEPCs), and SERCs, shall develop an ACP for its designated area. This plan, when implemented in conjunction wi th other provisions of the NCP, shall be adequate to remove a worst case discharge, and to mitigate or prev ent a substantial threat of such a discharge, from a vessel, offshore facility, or onshore facility operating in or near the area. (b) The areas of responsibility ma y include several Title III local planni ng districts, or parts of such districts. In developing the ACP, the OSC shall coordinate with affected SERCs and LEPCs. The ACP shall provide for a well coordinated response that is integrated and compatible to the greatest extent possible with all appropriate response plans of stat e, local, and non-federal entities, and especially with Title III local emerge ncy response plans. (c) The ACP shall include the following: (1) A description of the area covered by the plan, including the areas of special economic or environmental importance that mi ght be impacted by a discharge; (2) A description in detail of the responsibilities of an owner or operator and of federal, state, and local agencies in removing a discharge, and in mitigating or preventing a substantial threat of a discharge; (3) A list of equipment (including firefighting equipment), di spersants, or other mi tigating substances and devices, and personnel available to an owner or operator and federal, state, and local agencies, to ensure an effective and immediate removal of a disc harge, and to ensure miti gation or prevention of a substantial threat of a discharge (this may be provi ded in an appendix or by reference to other relevant emergency plans (e.g., state or LEPC plans) , which may include such equipment lists); (4) A description of procedures to be followed for obt aining an expedited decision regarding the use of dispersants; and (5) A detailed description of how the plan is integrated into other ACPs and tank vessel, offshore facility, and onshore facility response plans approved by the President, and into operating procedures of the NSFCC. 4.1.4 Fish and Wildlife and sensitive environments plan annex. (a) In order to provide for coordinated, immediate and effective protection, rescue, and rehabilitat ion of, and minimization of risk of injury to, fish and wildlife resources and habitat, Area Committees shall incorporate into each ACP a detailed annex containing a Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan that is consistent with the RCP and NCP. The annex shall be prepared in consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and NOAA and other interested natural resource management agencies and parties. It shall address fish and wildlife resources and their habitat, and shall include ot her areas considered sensitive environments in a separate section of the annex, based upon Area Co mmittee recommendations. Th e annex shall provide the necessary information and procedures to immediately and effectively respond to discharges that may adversely affect fish and wildlife and their hab itat and sensitive environment s, including provisions for a response to a worst case discharge. Such info rmation shall include the identification of appropriate agencies and their responsibilities, procedures to notify these agencies fo llowing a discharge or threat of a discharge; protocols for obtaining required fish and wildlife permits and other necessary permits, and provisions to ensure compatibility of annex -related activities wi th removal operations. (b) The annex shall: (1) Identify and establish priorities for fish and wi ldlife resources and their habitats and other important sensitive areas requiring prot ection from any direct or indirect effe cts from discharges that may occur. These effects include, but are not limited to, any seasonal or historical use, as well as all critical, special, significant or otherwise designated protected areas. 

# Page 288 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(2) Provide a mechanism to be used during a spill re sponse for timely ident ification of protection priorities of those fish and wildlife resources and habi tats and sensitive environm ental areas that may be threatened or injured by a discharge. These incl ude as appropriate, not only marine and freshwater species, habitats, and their food sources, but also te rrestrial wildlife and their habitats that may be affected directly by onshore oil or indirectly by oil -related factors, such as loss or contamination of forage. The mechanism shall also provide for ex peditious evaluation and appropriate consultations on the effects to fish and wildlife, their habitat, and other sensitive environments from the application of chemical countermeasures or othe r countermeasures not addressed under paragraph (3) of this section. (3) Identify potential environmental effects on fish and wildlife, their habitat, and other sensitive environments resulting from removal actions or c ountermeasures, including the option of no removal. Based on this evaluation of potential environmental ef fects, the annex should es tablish priorities for application of countermeasure and remo val actions to habitats within t he geographic region of the ACP. The annex should establish methods to minimize the identified effects on fish and wildlife because of response activities, including, but not limited to, di sturbance of sensitive areas and habitats; illegal or inadvertent taking or disturbance of fish and wildlife or specimens by response personnel; and fish and wildlife, their habitat, and environmentally sensitive areas coming in contact with various cleaning or bioremediation agents. Furthermore, the annex should identify the areas where the movement of oiled debris may pose a risk to resident, transient, or migratory fish and wildlife, and other sensitive environments and should discuss measures to be cons idered for removing such oiled debris in a timely fashion to reduce such risk. (4) Provide for pre-approval of app lication of specific countermeasures or removal actions that, if expeditiously applied, will minimize adverse spill-induced impacts to fish and wildlife resources, their habitat, and other sensitive environments. Such pre- approval plans must be c onsistent with paragraphs (2) and (3) of this section and subpart J requirements of the NCP, and must have the concurrence of the natural resource trustees. (5) Provide monitoring plan(s) to evaluate the effe ctiveness of different countermeasures or removal actions in protecting the environment. Monitoring s hould include “set-aside” or “control” areas, where no mitigative actions are taken. (6) Identify and plan for the acquisition and utilization of necessary response capabi lities for protection, rescue, and rehabilitation of fish and wildlife re sources and habitat. This may include appropriately permitted private organizations and individuals with appropriate expertise and experience. The suitable organizations should be identified in cooperation with natural resource law enforcement agencies. Such capabilities shall include, but not be limited to, ident ification of facilities and equipment necessary for deterring sensitive fish and wildli fe from entering oiled areas, and fo r capturing, holding, cleaning, and releasing injured wildlife. Plans for the provision of such capabilities shall ensure that there is no interference with other OSC removal operations. (7) Identify appropriate federal and state agency contacts and alternates responsible for coordination of fish and wildlife rescue and rehabilitation and protecti on of sensitive environments; identify and provide for required fish and wildlife handling and rehabilitati on permits necessary under federal and state laws; and provide guidance on the implementation of la w enforcement requirements included under current federal and state laws and corresponding regulations. R equirements include, but are not limited to procedures regarding the capture, transport, rehabilitati on, release of wildlife exposed to or threatened by oil, and disposal of contaminated carcasses of wildlife. (8) Identify and secure the means for providing, if needed, the minimum required Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) training for volunteers, including those who assistwith injured wildlife. (9) Evaluate the compatibility between this annex and non-federal response plans (including those of vessels, facilities and pipelines) on issues affect ing fish and wildlife, their habitat, and sensitive environments. 4.2 OPA facility and vessel response plans This section describes and cross-references the regulations that implement section 311(j)(5) of the CWA. A tank vessel, as defined under section 2101 of title 46, U.S. Code, an offshore facility, and an onshore facility that, because of its location, coul d reasonably expect to cause substantial harm to the environment by discharging into or on the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines , or exclusive economic zone must prepare and submit a plan for responding, to the maximum extent practicable, to a worst case discharge, and to a substantial threat of such a di scharge, of oil or a haza rdous substance. These response plans are required to be c onsistent with applicable Area C ontingency Plans. T hese regulations are codified as follows: (a) For tank vessels, these regulati ons are codified in 33 CFR part 155; (b) For offshore facilities, these regulations are codi fied in 30 CFR part 254; (c) For non-transportation related onshore facilities, these regulations are codified in 40 CFR part 112.20; (d) For transportation-related onshore facilities, these regulations are cofidied in 33 CFR part 154; (e) For pipeline facilities, these regulat ions are codified in 49 CFR part 194; and 

# Page 289 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(f) For rolling stock, these regulations are codified in 49 CFR part 106 et al. 4.3 Relation to others plans. 4.3.1 Federal response plans. In the event of a declaration of a ma jor disaster by the President, the FEMA may activate the Federal Response Plan (FRP). A Federal Coordinating Officer (FCO), designated by the President, may implement the FR P and coordinate and direct emergency assistance and disaster relief of impacted individuals, business, and public serv ices under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief Act. Delivery of federal assistance is facilitated through twelve functional annexes to the FRP known as Emergency Support Functions (ESF s). EPA coordinates activities under ESF #10— Hazardous Materials, which addresses preparedness and response to hazardous materials and oil incidents caused by a natural disaster or other ca tastrophic event. In such cases, the OSC should coordinate response activities with the FCO, through the incident-specific ESF #10 Chair, to ensure consistency with federal disa ster assistance activities. 4.3.2 Tank Vessel and Facility Response Plans. (a) Under CWA section 311(j)(5), tank vessels, offshore facilities, and certain onshore facilities are required to prepare and submit response plans for review and approval by the Presiden t for the carriage, storage, and transportation of oil and hazardous substances. Separate regulations published by the appropriate federal agencies provide for required response plan development and/or approval. (b) These plans shall be developed to coordinate resp onsible party actions with the OSC and the ACP response strategies, for response to oil discharges within the inland and coastal zones of the United States. 4.4 Pre-approval authority. (a) RRTs and Area Committees s hall address, as part of their planning activities, the des irability of using appropriate dispersants, surfac e washing agents, surface collecti ng agents, bioremediation agents, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents listed on the NC P Product Schedule, and the desirability of using appropriate burning agents. RCPs and ACPs shall, as appropriate, include applicable preauthorization plans and address the specific contexts in which such products should and should not be used. In meeting the provisions of this paragraph, preauthorization plans may address factors such as the potential sources and types of oil that might be sp illed, the existence and lo cation of environmentally sensitive resources that might be impacted by sp illed oil, available product and storage locations, available equipment and adequately trained operators, and the available means to monitor product application and effectiveness. The RRT representatives from EPA and the states with jurisdiction over the waters of the area to which a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees shall review and either approve, disapprove, or approve with modification the preauthorization plans developed by Area Committees, as appropria te. Approved preauthorization plans shall be included in the appropriate RCPs and ACPs. If the RR T representatives from EPA and the states with j urisdiction over the waters of the area to wh ich a preauthorization plan applies and the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees approve in advance the us e of certain products under specified circumstances as described in the preauthorization plan, the OS C may authorize the use of the products without obtaining the specific concur rences described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. (b) For spill situations that are not addressed by the preauthorization pl ans developed pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, the OSC, with the co ncurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representat ives from the states with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the discharge, an d in consultation with the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees, when practicabl e, may authorize the use of dispersants, surface washing agents, surface collecting agents, bioremedi ation agents, or miscellaneous oil spill control agents on the oil discharge, provided that the products are listed on the NCP Product Schedule. (c) The OSC, with the concurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, the concurrence of the RRT representatives from the st ates with jurisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the discharge, and in consultation wit h the DOC and DOI natural resource trustees, when practicable, may authorize the use of burning agents on a case-by-case basis. (d) The OSC may authorize the use of any dispersa nt, surface washing agent, surface collecting agent, other chemical agent, burning agen t, bioremediation agent, or miscellaneous oil spill control agent, including products not listed on t he NCP Product Schedule, without obt aining the concurrence of the EPA representative to the RRT and, as appropriate, t he RRT representatives from the states with j urisdiction over the navigable waters threatened by the discharge, when, in the judgment of the OSC, the use of the product is necessary to prevent or su bstantially reduce a hazard to human life. Whenever the OSC authorizes the use of a product pursuant to this paragraph, the OSC is to inform the EPA RRT representative and, as appropriate, the RRT repres entatives from the affected states and, when practicable, the DOC/DOI natural resource trustees of the use of a product, including products not on the Schedule, as soon as possible. Once the threat to human life has subsided, the continued use of a product shall be in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section. (e) Sinking agents shall not be authoriz ed for application to oil discharges. (f) When developing preauthorization plans, RRTs may require the performance of supplementary toxicity and effectiveness testing of products, in addition to the test methods specified in §300.915 and described in appendix C to part 300, due to existi ng site-specific or area-specific concerns. 4.5 Area response drills. The OSC periodically shall c onduct drills of removal ca pability (including fish and wildlife response), without prior notice, in areas for which ACPs are required and under relevant 

# Page 290 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...tank vessel and facility response plans. 5.0 Response operations. (a) The OSC shall direct response e fforts and coordinate all other efforts at the scene of a discharge. As part of the planning and preparation for response, OSCs shall be predesignated by the regional or district head of the lead agency. (b) The first federal official affiliated with an NRT member agency to arrive at the scene of a discharge should coordinate activiti es under the NCP and is authorized to init iate, in consultation with the OSC, any necessary actions normally carried out by the OSC until the arrival of the predesignated OSC. This official may initiate federal OS LTF-financed actions only as authoriz ed by the OSC or, if the OSC is unavailable, the authorized representative of the lead agency. (c) The OSC shall, to the extent practicable, co llect pertinent facts about the discharge, such as its source and cause; the identification of respons ible parties; the nature, amount, and location of discharged materials; the probable direction and time of travel of discharged materials; whether the discharge is a worst case discharge; the pathway s to human and environmental exposure; the potential impact on human health, welfare, and safety and the environment; whether the discharge poses a substantial threat to the public health or welfare; the potential impact on natural resources and property which may be affected; priorities for protecti ng human health and welfare and the environment; and appropriate cost documentation. (d) The OSC's efforts shall be coordinated with other appropriate federal, state, local, and private response agencies. OSCs may designat e capable persons from federal, st ate, or local agencies to act as their on-scene representatives. State and local governments, however, are not authorized to take actions under subpart D of the NCP that involve expenditures of the OSLTF unless an appropriate contract or cooperative agreement has been established. (e) The OSC should consult regularly with the RRT and NSFCC, as approp riate, in carrying out the NCP and keep the RRT and NSFCC, as appropriate, informed of activities under the NCP. (f) The OSC should evaluate incoming informati on and immediately advise FE MA of potential major disaster situations. (g) The OSC is responsible for addressing worker health and safety concerns at a response scene. (h) In those instances where a possible public heal th emergency exists, the OSC should notify the HHS representative to the RRT. Throughout response actions, the OSC may call upon the OSHA and HHS representative for assistance on worker health and safety issues. (i) All federal agencies should plan for emergenc ies and develop procedures for dealing with oil discharges and releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants from vessels and facilities under their jurisdiction. Al l federal agencies, therefore, are re sponsible for designating the office that coordinates response to such incidents in accordance with the NC P and applicable federal regulations and guidelines. (j)(1) The OSC shall ensure that the natural resour ce trustees are promptly notified of discharges. (2) The OSC shall coordinate all res ponse activities with the affected nat ural resource trustees and shall consult with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal action to be taken. (3) Where the OSC becomes aware that a discharge may affect any endangered or threatened species, or their habitat, the OSC shall consult with DOI, DO C/NOAA, and, if appropriate, the cognizant federal land managing agency. (k) The OSC shall submit pollution reports (POL REPs) to the RRT and other appropriate agencies as significant developments occur during response actions, through communications networks or procedures agreed to by the RRT and covered in the RCP. (l) The OSC should ensure that all appropriate publ ic and private interests are kept informed and that their concerns are considered throughout a response, to the extent practicable. 5.1 Phase I—Discovery or notification. (a) A discharge of oil may be discovered through: (1) A report submitted by the person in charge of a vessel or facility, in accordance with statutory requirements; (2) Deliberate search by patrols; (3) Random or incidental observation by government agencies or the public; or (4) Other sources. (b) Any person in charge of a vessel or a facility shall, as soon as he or she has knowledge of any discharge from such vessel or facili ty in violation of section 311(b)(3 ) of the CWA, immediately notify the 

# Page 291 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...NRC. Notification shall be made to the NRC Duty Officer, HQ USC G, Washington, DC, telephone (800) 424–8802 or (202) 267–2675. If direct reporting to the NRC is not practicable, reports may be made to the USCG or EPA predesignated OSC for the geographic area where the discharge occurs. The EPA predesignated OSC may also be contacted through the regional 24-hour emergency response telephone number. All such reports shall be promptly rela yed to the NRC. If it is not possible to notify the NRC or predesignated OSC immediately, reports ma y be made immediately to the nearest Coast Guard unit. In any event, such person in charge of the vessel or facility shall notify the NRC as soon as possible. (c) Any other person shall, as appropriate , notify the NRC of a discharge of oil. (d) Upon receipt of a notification of discharge, t he NRC shall promptly notif y the OSC. The OSC shall ensure notification of the appropriate state agency of any state which is, or may reasonably be expected to be, affected by the discharge. The OSC shall t hen proceed with the follow ing phases as outlined in the RCP and ACP. 5.2 Phase II—Preliminary assessment and initiation of action (a) The OSC is responsible for promptly initiating a preliminary assessment. (b) The preliminary assessment shall be conducted using available informat ion, supplemented where necessary and possible by an on-scene inspecti on. The OSC shall undertake actions to: (1) Evaluate the magnitude and severity of the discharge or threat to public health or welfare or the environment; (2) Assess the feasibility of removal; and (3) To the extent practicable, ident ify potentially responsible parties. (c) Where practicable, the framework for the response management structure is a system (e.g., a unified command system), that brings together the functionsof the federal governm ent, the state government, and the responsible party to achieve an effectiv e and efficient response, where the OSC maintains authority. (d) Except in a case when the OSC is required to di rect the response to a discharge that may pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare (including, butnot limited to fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, and the public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC may allow the responsible party to voluntarily and promptly perform removal actions, provided the OSC determines such actions will ensure an effective and im mediate removal of the di scharge or mitigation or prevention of a substantial threat of a discharge. If the responsible party does conduct the removal, the OSC shall ensure adequate surveillance ov er whatever actions are initiated. If effective actions are not being taken to eliminate the threat, or if removal is not being properly done, the OSC should, to the extent practicable under the circum stances, so advise the responsible party. If the responsible party does not respond properly, the OSC shall take appropriate response acti ons and should notify the responsible party of the potential liability for federal response costs incurred by the OSC pursuant to the OPA and CWA. Where practicable, continuing efforts should be made to encourage response by responsible parties. (1) In carrying out a response under this section, the OSC may: (A) Remove or arrange for the removal of a discharge, and mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of a discharge, at any time; (B) Direct or monitor all federal, state, a nd private actions to remove a discharge; and (C) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel disc harging, or threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available. (2) If the discharge results in a substantial threat to the public health or welfare of the United States (including, but not limited to fish , shellfish, wildlife, other natura l resources, and the public and private beaches and shorelines of the United States), the OSC must direct all response efforts, as provided in section 5.3.4 of this appendix. The OSC should declare as expeditiously as practi cable to spill response participants that the federal government will direct the response. The OSC may act without regard to any other provision of the law governi ng contracting procedures or employ ment of personnel by the federal government in removing or arranging for the removal of such a discharge. (e) The OSC shall ensure that the natural resource tr ustees are promptly notified in the event of any discharge of oil, to the maximum extent practicabl e as provided in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex to the ACP for the area in which the discharge occurs. The OSC and the trustees shall coordinate assess ments, evaluations, investigat ions, and planning with respect to appropriate removal actions. The OSC shall consul t with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal action to be taken. The trustees will provide timely advice conc erning recommended actions with regard to trustee resources potentially affected. The trustees also will assure that the OSC is informed of their activities in natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that all data from the natural resource damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational decis ions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. When circumstances permit, the OSC shall share the use of non-monetary 

# Page 292 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...response resources ( i.e. , personnel and equipment) with the trustees , provided trustee activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead administrative trustee fa cilitates effective and efficient communication between the OSC and the other trus tees during response operat ions and is responsible for applying to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead administrative trustee is also res ponsible for applying to the National Pollution Funds Center for funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. 5.3 Patterns of response. 5.3.1 Determinations to initiate response and special conditions. (a) In accordance with the CWA, the Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, as appropria te, is authorized to act for the United States to take response measures deemed necessary to protect the public heal th or welfare or environment from discharges of oil. (b) The Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating, as appropriate, is authorized to initiate and, in the case of a discharge posing a substantial threat to public health or welfare is required to initiate and direct, appropriate response activiti es when the Administrator or Secretary determines that any oil is discharged or t here is a substantial threat of such discharge from any vessel or offshore or onshore facility into or on the navigable waters of the United States, on the adjoining shorelines to the navigable waters, into or on the waters of the ex clusive economic zone, or that may affect natural resources belonging to, appertaining to, or under exclusive management authority of the United States. (c) In addition to any actions taken by a state or local government, the Administrator of EPA or the Secretary of the department in which the USCG is operating may request the U.S. Attorney General to secure the relief from any person, including the owner or operator of the vessel or facility necessary to abate a threat or, after notice to the affected state, take any other action authori zed by section 311 of the CWA, including issuing administrative orders, that may be necessary to protect the public health or welfare, if the Administrator or Secretary deter mines that there may be an imminent and substantial threat to the public health or welfare or the environm ent of the United States, including fish, shellfish, and wildlife, public and private property, shoreli nes, beaches, habitats, and other living and nonliving natural resources under the jurisdiction or contro l of the United States, because of an actual or threatened discharge of oil from any vessel or o ffshore or onshore facility into or upon the navigable waters of the United States. (d) Response actions to remove di scharges originating from operati ons conducted subject to the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act shall be in acco rdance with the NCP. (e) Where appropriate, when a discharge involves radioactive materials, t he lead or support federal agency shall act consistent with the notification and assistance procedures described in the appropriate Federal Radiological Plan. For the purpose of the NCP, the Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan (FRERP) (50 FR 46542, November 8, 1985) is t he appropriate plan. Most radiological discharges and releases do not result in FRERP activation and should be handl ed in accordance with the NCP. However, releases from nuclear incidents subject to requirements for financial protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under the Price- Anderson amendments (section 170) of the Atomic Energy Act are specifically excluded from CERCLA and NCP requirements. (f) Removal actions involving nuclear weapons should be conducted in accordance with the joint Department of Defense, Department of Energy, and FEMA Agreement for Response to Nuclear Incidents and Nuclear Weapons Significant Incidents (January 8, 1981). (g) If the situation is beyond the capability of stat e and local governments and the statutory authority of federal agencies, the President may, under the Dis aster Relief Act of 1974, act upon a request by the Governor and declare a major disaster or emergen cy and appoint a FCO to coordinate all federal disaster assistance activities. In such cases, the OSC would continue to carry out OSC responsibilities under the NCP, but would coordinat e those activities with the FCO to ensure consistency with other federal disaster assistance activities. (h) In the event of a declaration of a major disaster by the President, FEMA may activate the FRP. An FCO, designated by the President, may implem ent the FRP and coordinate and direct emergency assistance and disaster relief of im pacted individuals, business, and publ ic services under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief Act. Deli very of federal assistance is fa cilitated through tw elve functional annexes to the FRP known as ESFs. EPA coordinate s activities under ESF #10—Hazardous Materials, which addresses preparedness and response to haz ardous materials and oil incidents caused by a natural disaster or other catastrophic event. In su ch cases, the OSC/RPM should coordinate response activities with the FCO, through the incident-specific ESF #10 Chair, to ensure c onsistency with federal disaster assistance activities. 5.3.2 General pattern of response. (a) When the OSC receives a report of a discharge, actions normally should be taken in the following sequence: (1) Investigate the report to determine pertinent inform ation such as the threat posed to public health or welfare or the environment, the type and quantity of pol luting material, and the source of the discharge. (2) Officially classify the size ( i.e. , minor, medium, major) and type ( i.e. , substantial threat to the public health or welfare, worst case discharge) of th e discharge and determine the course of action to be followed to ensure effective and imm ediate removal, mitigation, or prevention of the discharge. Some 

# Page 293 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...discharges that are classified as a substantial threat to the public health or welfare may be further classified as a spill of national significance by the Administrato r of EPA or the Commandant of the USCG. The appropriate course of action may be prescr ibed in 5.3.4, 5.3.5, and 5.3.6 of this appendix. (A) When the reported discharge is an actual or pot ential major discharge, the OSC shall immediately notify the RRT and the NRC. (B) When the investigation shows that an actual or potential medium discharge exists, the OSC shall recommend activation of the RRT, if appropriate. (C) When the investigation shows that an actual or potential minor discharge exists, the OSC shall monitor the situation to ensure that proper removal action is being taken. (3) If the OSC determines that effective and immediate removal, mitigation, or prevention of a discharge can be achieved by private party efforts, and where the discharge does not pose a substantial threat to the public health or welfare, determine whether the re sponsible party or other person is properly carrying out removal. Removal is being done properly when: (A) The responsible party is applying the resources called for in its response plan to effectively and immediately remove, minimize, or mitigate threat(s) to public health and welfare and the environment; and (B) The removal efforts are in accordance with appl icable regulations, includi ng the NCP. Even if the OSC supplements responsible party resources with gover nment resources, the spill response will not be considered improper, unless specifically determined by the OSC. (4) Where appropriate, determine whether a state or political subdivision thereof has the capability to carry out any or all removal actions. If so, the OSC may arrange funding to support these actions. (5) Ensure prompt notification of the trustees of affected natural resources in accordance with the applicable RCP and ACP. (b) Removal shall be considered complete when so determined by the OSC in consultation with the Governor or Governors of the affected states. When the OSC considers removal complete, OSLTF removal funding shall end. This determination sha ll not preclude additional removal actions under applicable state law. 5.3.3 Containment, countermeasures, and cleanup. (a) Defensive actions shall begin as soon as possible to prevent, minimize, or mitigate threat(s) to the public heal th or welfare or the environment. A ctions may include but are not limited to: analyzing water samples to determine the source and spread of the oil; controlling the source of discharge; source and spread control or salvage operations; placement of physical barriers to deter the spre ad of the oil and to protect natural resources and sensitive ecosystems; measuring and sampling; c ontrol of the water discharged from upstream impoundment; and the use of chemicals and other materi als in accordance with subpart J of part 300 of the NCP to restrain the spread of the oil and mitigate its effects. The ACP should be consulted for procedures to be followed for obtaining an expedit ed decision regarding the us e of dispersants and other products listed on the NCP Product Schedule. (b) As appropriate, actions shall be taken to recove r the oil or mitigate its effects. Of the numerous chemical or physical methods that may be used, the chosen methods shall be the most consistent with protecting public health and welfare and the env ironment. Sinking agents shall not be used. (c) Oil and contaminated materials recovered in cl eanup operations shall be disposed of in accordance with the RCP, ACP, and any applicable laws, regul ations, or requirements. RRT and Area Committee guidelines may identify the disposal options avail able during an oil spill response and may describe what disposal requirements are mandatory or may not be waived by the OSC. ACP guidelines should address: the sampling, testing, and classifying of recovered oil and oiled debris; the segregation and stockpiling of recovered oil and oiled debris; prior state disposal approvals a nd permits; and the routes; methods (e.g. recycle/reuse, on-site burning, incinerati on, landfilling, etc.); and si tes for the disposal of collected oil, oiled debris, and animal carcasses; procedures for obtaining waivers, exemptions, or authorizations associated with handling or transporting waste mate rials. The ACPs may identify a hierachy of preferences for dispos al alternatives, with recycling (repro cessing) being the most preferred, and other alternatives preferred based on priorities for health or the environment. 5.3.4 Response to a substantial threat to the public health or welfare. (a) The OSC shall determine whether a discharge results in a substantial threat to public health or welfare (including, but not limited to, fish, shellfish, wildlife, other natural resources, the public and private beaches, and shorelines of the United States). Factors to be considered by the OS C in making this determination include, but are not limited to, the size of the discharge, the character of the discharge, and the nature of the threat to public health or welfare. Upon obtaining such informati on, the OSC shall conduct an evaluation of the threat posed, based on the OSC's experience in assessing ot her discharges and consultation with senior lead agency officials and readily avail able authorities on issues outsi de the OSC's technical expertise. (b) If the investigation by the OSC shows that the disc harge poses or may present a substantial threat to public health or welfare, the OSC shall direct all federal, state, or private actions to remove the discharge or to mitigate or prevent the threat of such a disc harge, as appropriate. In directing the response in such cases, the OSC may act without regard to any other provision of law governi ng contracting procedures or employment of personnel bythe federal government to: 

# Page 294 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(1) Remove or arrange for the removal of the discharge; (2) Mitigate or prevent the subst antial threat of the discharge; and (3) Remove and, if necessary, destroy a vessel discharging, or threatening to discharge, by whatever means are available. (c) In the case of a substantial threat to the public health or welfare, the OSC shall: (1) Assess opportunities for the use of various specia l teams and other assistance, including the use of the services of the NSFCC, as appropriate; (2) Request immediate acti vation of the RRT; and (3) Take whatever additional re sponse actions are deemed appropria te, including but not limited to implementation of the ACP or relevant tank vessel or facility response plan. (d) When requested by the OSC, the lead agency or RRT shall dispatch approp riate personnel to the scene of the discharge to assist the OSC. This as sistance may include technical support in the agency's areas of expertise and disseminating information to the public. The lead agency shall ensure that a contracting officer is available on scene, at the request of the OSC. 5.3.5 Enhanced activities during a spill of national significance. (a) A discharge may be classified as an SONS by the Administrator of EPA for discharges occurring in the inland zone and the Commandant of the USCG for discharges occurring in the coastal zone. (b) For an SONS in the inland zone, the EPA Administra tor may name a senior Agency official to assist the OSC in: (1) Communicating with affected parties and the public; and (2) coordinating federal, state, local, and international resources at the national le vel. This strategic coordination will involve, as appropriate, the NRT, RRT(s), t he Governor(s) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or other chief executive(s) of local government(s). (c) For an SONS in the coastal zone, the USCG Commandant may name a National Incident Commander (NIC) who will assume the role of the OS C in: (1) Communicating with affected parties and the public; and (2) coordinating federal, state, local, and international resources at the national level. This strategic coordination shall involve, as appropr iate, the NRT, RRT(s), the Governor(s) of affected state(s), and the mayor(s) or other chief executive(s) of local government(s). 5.3.6 Response to worst case discharges. (a) If the investigation by the OSC shows that a discharge is a worst case discharge as defined in the ACP, or ther e is a substantial threat of such a discharge, the OSC shall: (1) Notify the NSFCC; (2) Require, where applicable, impl ementation of the worst case porti on of an approved tank vessel or facility response plan; (3) Implement the worst case portion of the ACP, if appropriate; and (4) Take whatever additional res ponse actions are deemed appropriate. (b) Under the direction of the OSC, the NSFCC s hall coordinate use of private and public personnel and equipment, including strike teams, to remove a worst case discharge and mitigate or prevent a substantial threat of such a discharge. 5.3.7 Multi-regional responses. (a) If a discharge moves from the area covered by one ACP or RCP into another area, the authority for re sponse actions should likewise sh ift. If a discharge affects areas covered by two or more ACPs or RCPs, the re sponse mechanisms of each applicable plan may be activated. In this case, response actions of all regi ons concerned shall be fully coordinated as detailed in the RCPs and ACPs. (b) There shall be only one OSC at any time duri ng the course of a response operation. Should a discharge affect two or more areas, EPA, the USCG, DOD, DOE, or other lead agency, as appropriate, shall give prime consideration to the area vulnerable to the greatest threat, in determining which agency should provide the OSC. The RR T shall designate the OSC if the RRT member agencies who have response authority within the affected areas are unable to agree on the desi gnation. The NRT shall designate the OSC if members of one RRT or two adjacent RRTs are unable to agree on the designation. 5.3.8 Worker health and safety. (a) Response actions under the NCP s hall comply with the provisions for response action worker safety and health in 29 CFR 1910.120. The national response system meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120 concerning use of an incident command system. (b) In a response action taken by a responsible party, the responsible party must assure that an occupational safety and health program consistent with 29 CFR 1910.120 is made available for the protection of workers at the response site. 

# Page 295 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(c) In a response taken under the NCP by a lead agency, an occupational safety and health program should be made available for the protection of workers at the response site, consistent with, and to the extent required by, 29 CFR 1910.120. Contracts re lating to a response action under the NCP should contain assurances that the contractor at the respons e site will comply with this program and with any applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSH Act) and state laws with plans approved under section 18 of the OSH Act. (d) When a state, or political subdi vision of a state, without an OS HA-approved state plan is the lead agency for response, the state or political subdivisi on must comply with standards in 40 CFR part 311, promulgated by the EPA pursuant to section 126(f) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization A ct of 1986 (SARA). (e) Requirements, standards, and regul ations of the OSH Act and of state OSH laws not directly referenced in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, must be compli ed with where applicable. Federal OSH Act requirements include, among other things, Construction Standards (29 CFR part 1926), General Industry Standards (29 CFR part 1910), and the general duty requirement of section 5(a) (1) of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 654(a)(1)). No action by the lead agency wit h respect to response activities under the NCP constitutes an exercise of statutory authority within the meaning of section 4(b) (1) of the OSH Act. All governmental agencies and priv ate employers are directly responsible for the health and safety of their own employees. 5.4 Disposal Oil recovered in cleanup operations shall be disposed of in accordance with the RCP, ACP, and any applicable laws, regulations, or requirements. RRT and ACP guidelines may identifythe disposal plans to be followed during an oil spill response and may address: the sampling, testing, and classifying of recovered oil and oiled debris; the segregation and st ockpiling of recovered oil and oiled debris; prior state disposal approvals and permits; and the rout es; methods (e.g., recycle/reuse, on-site burning, incineration, landfilling, etc.); an d sites for the disposal of coll ected oil, oiled debris, and animal carcasses. 5.5 Natural Resource Trustees 5.5.1 Damage assessment. (a) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources, trustees may, purs uant to section 1006 of the OPA, take the following actions as appropriate: (1) Conduct a preliminary survey of the area affect ed by the discharge to determine if trust resources under their jurisdiction are, or potentially may be, affected; (2) Cooperate with the OSC in coordinatin g assessments, investigations, and planning; (3) Carry out damage assessments; or (4) Devise and carry out a plan for restoration, rehab ilitation, replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural resources. In assessing da mages to natural resources, the federal, state, and Indian tribe trustees have the option of following the procedures for natural resource damage assessments located at 43 CFR part 11. (b) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destructi on of, loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources, or the potential for such, resulting from a discharge of oil occurring after August 18, 1990, the trustees, pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, are to take the following actions: (1) In accordance with OPA section 1006(c), deter mine the need for assessment of natural resource damages, collect data necessary for a potential damage assessment, and, where appropriate, assess damages to natural resources under their trusteeship; and (2) As appropriate, and subject to the public parti cipation requirements of OPA section 1006(c), develop and implement a plan for the restorat ion, rehabilitation, repl acement, or acquisition of the equivalent, of the natural resources under their trusteeship. (c)(1) The trustees, consistent with procedures specified in t he Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Annex to the Area Contingency Plan, s hall provide timely advice on recommended actions concerning trustee resources that are potentially a ffected by a discharge of oil. This may include providing assistance to the OSC in identifying/ recommending pre-approved re sponse techniques and in predesignating shoreline ty pes and areas in ACPs. (2) The trustees shall assure, through the lead adminis trative trustee, that the OSC is informed of their activities regarding natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations in order to assure coordination and minimize any interference with such operat ions. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that al l data from the natural resource damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational decisions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. (3) The OSC deploys federal response resources, in cluding but not limited to aircraft, vessels, and booms to contain and remove discharged oil. When ci rcumstances permit, the OSC shall share the use of federal response resources with the trustees, providing trustee activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead administrative trustee fa cilitates effective and efficient communication 

# Page 296 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...between the OSC and the other trustees during respons e operations and is responsible for applying to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead administrative trustee is also responsible for appl ying to the National Pollut ion Funds Center for funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. (d) The authority of federal trustees includes, but is not limited to the following actions: (1) Requesting that the Attorney General seek co mpensation from the responsible parties for the damages assessed and for the costs of an assessment and of restoration planning; (2) Participating in negotiations between the United States and potentially responsible parties (PRPs) to obtain PRP-financed or PRP-conducted assessment s and restorations for injured resources or protection for threatened resources and to agree to covenants not to sue, where appropriate; and (3) Initiating damage assessments, as provided in OPA section 6002. (e) Actions which may be taken by any trustee purs uant to section 311(f)(5) of the CWA or section 1006 of the OPA include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (1) Requesting that an authorized agency issue an admi nistrative order or pursue injunctive relief against the parties responsible for the discharge; or (2) Requesting that the lead agency remove, or arrange for the removal of any oil from a contaminated medium pursuant to section 311 of the CWA. 5.5.2 Lead administrative trustee. The lead administrative trustee is a natural resource trustee who is designated on an incident-by-incident basis and chosen by the other trustees whose natural resources are affected by the incident. The lead administrat ive trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication between the OSC and the other trus tees during response operat ions and is responsible for applying to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. The lead administrative trustee is also res ponsible for applying to the National Pollution Funds Center for funding for initiation of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. 5.5.3 OSC coordination. (a) The OSC shall ensure that the natural resource trustees are promptly notified in the event of any discharge of oil, to the maximum extent practicable, as provided in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex to the ACP for the area in which the discharge occurs. The OSC and the trustees shall coordinate assessments, ev aluations, investigations, and planning with respect to appropriate removal actions. The OSC shall consult with the affected trustees on the appropriate removal action to be taken. (b) The trustees will provide ti mely advice concerning recommended actions with regard to trustee resources that are potentially affected. This may include providing assistance to the OSC in identifying/recommending pre-approv ed response techniques, and in predesignating shoreline types and areas in ACPs. (c) The trustees also will assure that the OSC is informed of th eir activities regardi ng natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations. 5.5.4 Dissemination of information. (a) When an incident occurs, it is imperative to give the public prompt, accurate information on the nature of th e incident and the actions underway to mitigate the damage. OSCs and community relati ons personnel should ensure that al l appropriate public and private interests are kept informed and that their concerns are considered throughout a response. They should coordinate with available publ ic affairs/community relations resources to carry out this responsibility by establishing, as appropriate, a Joint Information C enter bringing together resources from federal and state agencies and the responsible party. (b) An on-scene news office may be established to coordinate media relations and to issue official federal information on an incident. Whenever possible , it will be headed by a representative of the lead agency. The OSC determines the location of the on- scene news office, but every effort should be made to locate it near the scene of the incident. If a participating agency believes publ ic interest warrants the issuance of statements and an on-scene news offi ce has not been established, the affected agency should recommend its establishment. All federal news releases or statements by participating agencies should be cleared through the OSC. Information dissemination relating to natural resource damage assessment activities shall be co ordinated through the lead administrative trustee. The designated lead administrative trustee may assistthe OSC by disseminating informat ion on issues relating to damage assessment activities. Following termination of the removal acti vity, information dissemination on damage assessment activities shall be th rough the lead administrative trustee. 5.5.5 Responsibilities of trustees. (a) Where there are multiple trustees, because of coexisting or contiguous natural resources or concurrent juri sdictions, they should c oordinate and cooperate in carrying out these responsibilities. (b) Trustees are responsible for designating to the RRTs and the Area Committ ees, for inclusion in the RCP and the ACP, appropriate contacts to receiv e notifications from t he OSCs of discharges. (c)(1) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, des truction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources, trustees may, pursuant to section 311(f)(5) of t he CWA, take the followi ng or other actions as appropriate: 

# Page 297 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(A) Conduct a preliminary survey of the area affected by the discharge or rel ease to determine if trust resources under their jurisdiction are, or potentially may be, affected; (B) Cooperate with the OSC in coordinating assessments, investigations, and planning; (C) Carry out damage assessments; or (D) Devise and carry out a plan for restoration, reha bilitation, replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural resources. In assessing da mages to natural resources, the federal, state, and Indian tribe trustees have the option of following the procedures for natural resource damage assessments located at 43 CFR part 11. (2) Upon notification or discovery of injury to, destructi on of, loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources, or the potential for such, resulting from a discharge of oil occurring after August 18, 1990, the trustees, pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, are to take the following actions: (A) In accordance with OPA section 1006(c), determine the need for assessment of natural resource damages, collect data necessary for a potential damage assessment, and, where appropriate, assess damages to natural resources under their trusteeship; and (B) As appropriate, and subject to the public partici pation requirements of OPA section 1006(c), develop and implement a plan for the restorat ion, rehabilitation, repl acement, or acquisition of the equivalent, of the natural resources under their trusteeship; (3)(A) The trustees, consistent with procedures specified in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Annex to the Area Contingency Plan, s hall provide timely advice on recommended actions concerning trustee resources that are potentially a ffected by a discharge of oil. This may include providing assistance to the OSC in identifying/ recommending pre-approved re sponse techniques and in predesignating shoreline ty pes and areas in ACPs. (B) The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that the OSC is informed of their activities regarding natural resource damage assessment that may affect response operations in order to assure coordination and minimize any interference with such operat ions. The trustees shall assure, through the lead administrative trustee, that al l data from the natural resource damage assessment activities that may support more effective operational decisions are provided in a timely manner to the OSC. (C) When circumstances permit, the OSC shall share the use of federal response resources (including but not limited to aircraft, vessels, and booms to cont ain and remove discharged oi l) with the trustees, providing trustee activities do not interfere with response actions. The lead administrative trustee facilitates effective and efficient communication between the OSC and the other trustees during response operations and is responsible for applyi ng to the OSC for non-monetary federal response resources on behalf of all trustees. T he lead administrative trustee also is responsible for applying to the National Pollution Funds Center for funding for initia tion of damage assessment for injuries to natural resources. (d) The authority of federal trustees includes, but is not limited to the following actions: (1) Requesting that the Attorney General seek co mpensation from the responsible parties for the damages assessed and for the costs of an assessment and of restoration planning; and (2) Initiating damage assessments, as provided in OPA section 6002. (e) Actions which may be taken by any trustee purs uant to section 1006 of the OPA include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (1) Requesting that an authorized agency issue an admi nistrative order or pursue injunctive relief against the parties responsible fo r the discharge or release; or (2) Requesting that the lead agency remove, or arrange for the removal of, or provide for remedial action with respect to, any oil from a contaminated medium pursuant to section 311 of CWA. 5.6 Oil spill liability trust fund. 5.6.1 Funding. (a) The OSLTF is available under certain circ umstances to fund removal of oil performed under section 311 of the CWA. Those circumstances and the procedures for accessing the OSLTF are described in 33 CFR subchapter M. The responsible party is liable for costs of federal removal and damages in accordance with section 311(f) of t he CWA, section 1002 of the OPA, and other federal laws. (b) Response actions other than removal, such as sci entific investigations not in support of removal actions or law enforcement, shall be provided by the agency with legal responsib ility for those specific actions. (c) The funding of a response to a discharge from a federally owned, operated, or supervised facility or vessel is the responsibility of the owning, operating, or supervising agency if it is a responsible party. 

# Page 298 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) The following agencies have funds avail able for certain discharge removal actions: (1) DOD has two specific sources of funds that ma y be applicable to an oil discharge under appropriate circumstances. This does not consider military re sources that might be made available under specific conditions. (i) Funds required for removal of a sunken vessel or similar obstruction of navigat ion are available to the Corps of Engineers through Civil Works Appropriations, Operations and Maintenance, General. (ii) The U.S. Navy (USN) may conduct salvage operations contingent on defense operational commitments, when funded by the requesting agency. Such funding may be requested on a direct cite basis. (2) Pursuant to Title I of the OPA, the state or st ates affected by a discharge of oil may act where necessary to remove such discharge. Pursuant to 33 CFR subchapter M, states may be reimbursed from the OSLTF for the reasonable costs incurred in such a removal. 5.6.2 Claims. (a) Claims are authorized to be presented to the OSLTF under section 1013 of the OPA of 1990, for certain uncompensated removal costs or uncompensated damages resulting from the discharge, or substantial threat of discharge, of oil from a vessel or facility into or upon the navigable waters, adjoining shorelines, or exclus ive economic zone of the United States. (b) Anyone desiring to file a claim against the OS LTF may obtain general information on the procedure for filing a claim from the Director, National Poll ution Funds Center, Suite 1000, 4200 Wilson Boulevard, A rlington, Virginia, 22203–1804, (703) 235–4756. 5.7 Documentation and Cost Recovery. (a) All OSLTF users need to collect and maintain doc umentation to support all actions taken under the CWA. In general, documentation shall be sufficient to support full cost recovery for resources utilized and shall identify the source and circumstances of the incident, the responsible party or parties, and impacts and potential impacts to public health and welfare and the environment. Documentation procedures are contained in 33 CFR subchapter M. (b) When appropriate, documentation shall also be collected for scientific understanding of the environment and for research and development of improved response methods and technology. Funding for these actions is restri cted by section 6002 of the OPA. (c) As requested by the NRT or RRT, the OSC shall submit to the NRT or RRT a complete report on the removal operation and the actions taken. The OSC reportshall record the situation as it developed, the actions taken, the resources committed, and the problems encountered. The RRT shall review the OSC report with its comments or recommendations within 30 days after the RRT has received the OSC report. (d) OSCs shall ensure the necessary collection and safeguarding of information, samples, and reports. Samples and information shall be gathered expediti ously during the response to ensure an accurate record of the impacts incurred. Documentation mate rials shall be made availabl e to the trustees of affected natural resources. The OSC shall make avail able to the trustees of affected natural resources information and documentation in the OSC's possession that can assist the trus tees in the determination of actual or potential natural resource injuries. (e) Information and reports obtained by the EPA or US CG OSC shall be transmitted to the appropriate offices responsible fo r follow-up actions. 5.8 National response priorities (a) Safety of human life must be given the top priori ty during every response action. This includes any search and rescue efforts in the general proximity of the discharge and the insurance of safety of response personnel. (b) Stabilizing the situation to preclude the event from worsening is the next priority. All efforts must be focused on saving a vessel that has been involved in a grounding, collision, fire, or explosion, so that it does not compound the problem. Comparable measures should be taken to stabilize a situation involving a facility, pipeline, or other source of pol lution. Stabilizing the situation includes securing the source of the spill and/or removing the remaining oil from the container (vessel, tank, or pipeline) to prevent additional oil spillage, to reduce the need for follow-up response action, and to minimize adverse impact to the environment. (c) The response must use all necessary containmentand removal tactics in a coordinated manner to ensure a timely, effective response that minimizes adverse impact to the environment. (d) All parts of this national response strategyshould be addressed concurrently, but safety and stabilization are the highest priorities. The OSC should not delay containm ent and removal decisions unnecessarily and should take actions to minimize adverse impact to the environment that begin as soon as a discharge occurs, as well as actions to minimize further adverse environmental impact from additional discharges. 

# Page 299 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(e) The priorities set forth in this section are bro ad in nature, and should not be interpreted to preclude the consideration of other priorities that may arise on a site-specific basis. 6.0 Response coordination 6.1 Nongovernmental participation. (a) Industry groups, academic organizations, and others are encouraged to commit resources for response operati ons. Specific commitments should be listed in the RCP and ACP. Those entities required to develop tank vessel and facility response plans under CWA section 311(j) must be able to respond to a worst case discharge to the maximu m extent practicable, and should commit sufficient resources to implement other aspects of those plans. (b) The technical and scientific information generated by the local community, along with information from federal, state, and local governments, should be used to assist the OSC in devising response strategies where effective standard techniques are unavailable. Such in formation and strategies will be incorporated into the ACP, as appropriate. The SSC may act as liaison between the OSC and such interested organizations. (c) ACPs shall establish procedures to allow for well organized, worthwhile, and safe use of volunteers, including compliance with requirements regarding work er health and safety. ACPs should provide for the direction of volunteers by the OSC or by other federal, state, or local officials knowledgeable in contingency operations and capable of providing leadership. ACPs also should identify specific areas in which volunteers can be used, such as beach survei llance, logistical support, and bird and wildlife treatment. Unless specifically requested by the OSC, volunteers generally should not be used for physical removal or remedial ac tivities. If, in the judgment of the OSC, dangerous conditions exist, volunteers shall be restrict ed from on-scene operations. (d) Nongovernmental participation must be in compli ance with the requirements of subpart H of the NCP if any recovery of costs will be sought. 6.2 Natural resource trustees. 6.2.1 Federal agencies. (a) The President is required to designate in the NCP those federal officials who are to act on behalf of the public as trustees for na tural resources. These designated federal officials shall act pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA. “Natural resources” means land, fish, wildlife, biota, air, water, ground water, drinking water supplies, and other such resources belonging to, managed by, held in trust by, appertaining to, or otherwise controll ed (hereinafter referred to as “managed or controlled”) by the United States, including the res ources of the exclusive economic zone. (b) The following indivi duals shall be the designated trustee(s) for general categories of natural resources, including their supporti ng ecosystems. They are authorized to act pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA when there is injury to, destruction of, loss of, or threat to natural resources, including their supporting ecosystems as a result of a discharge of oil. Notwithstanding the ot her designations in this section, the Secretaries of Commerce and the Interior shall act as trustees of those resources subject to their respective management or control. (1) The Secretary of Commerce shall act as trustee for natural resources managed or controlled by DOC and for natural resources managed or controlled by other federal agencies and that are found in, under, or using waters navigable by deep draft vessels, tidally influenced wa ters or waters of the contiguous zone, the exclusive economic zone, and the outer cont inental shelf. However, before the Secretary takes an action with respect to an affected resource under the management or control of another federal agency, he shall, whenever practicable, seek to obtain concurrence of thatother federal agency. Examples of the Secretary's trusteeship include the following natural resources and their supporting ecosystems: marine fishery resources; anadrom ous fish; endangered species and marine mammals; and the resources of National Marine Sanctuarie s and National Estuarine Research Reserves. (2) The Secretary of the Interior shall act as trus tee for natural resources managed or controlled by DOI. Examples of the Secretary's trusteeship include the following natural resources and their supporting ecosystems: migratory birds; anadromous fish; endangered species and marine mammals; federally owned minerals; and certain federally managed water resources. The Secretary of the Interior shall also be trustee for those natural resources for which an In dian tribe would otherwise act as trustee in those cases where the United States acts on behalf of the Indian tribe. (3) Secretary for the land managing agency. For nat ural resources located on, over, or under land administered by the United States, the trustee sha ll be the head of the department in which the land managing agency is found. The trustees for the principal federal land managing agencies are the Secretaries of DOI, USDA, DOD, and DOE. (4) Head of Authorized Agencies. For natural resources located within the United States but not otherwise described in this section, the trustee is the head of the federal agency or agencies authorized to manage or control those resources. 6.2.2 State. (a) State trustees shall act on behalf of the public as trustees for natural resources, including their supporting ecosyste ms, within the boundary of a state or belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such state. For t he purposes of section 6.1, the definition of the term “state” does not include Indian tribes. (b) The Governor of a state is encouraged to designate a lead state trustee to coordinate all state trustee responsibilities with other trustee agencies and with re sponse activities of the RRT and OSC. The state's lead trustee would designate a representative to serve as a contact with the OSC. This individual should 

# Page 300 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...have ready access to appropriate state officials with environmental protection, emergency response, and natural resource responsibilities. The EPA Administ rator or USCG Commandant or their designees may appoint the lead state trustee as a member of the Area Committee. Respons e strategies should be coordinated between the state and other trustees and the OSC for specific natural resource locations in an inland or coastal zone, and should be included in the Fish and Wildlife and Sensitive Environments Plan annex of the ACP. 6.2.3 Indian tribes. The tribal chairmen (or heads of the govern ing bodies) of Indian tr ibes, as defined in section 1.5, or a person designated bythe tribal officials, shall act on behalf of t he Indian tribes as trustees for the natural resources, including their supporting ecosystem s, belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such Indian tribe, or held in trust for the benefit of such Indian tribe, or belonging to a member of such Indian tribe, if such resources are subject to a trust restriction on alienation. When the tribal chairm an or head of the tribal governing body designates another person as trustee, the tribal chairman or head of the tribal governing body s hall notify the President of such designation. 6.2.4 Foreign trustees. Pursuant to section 1006 of the OPA, fo reign trustees shall act on behalf of the head of a foreign government as trustees for natural resources belonging to, managed by, controlled by, or appertaining to such foreign government. 6.3 Federal agencies. (a) Federal agencies listed in this appendix have dutie s established by statute, executive order, or Presidential directive which may appl y to federal response actions foll owing, or in prevention of, the discharge of oil. Some of these agencies also have duties relating to the restoration, rehabilitation, replacement, or acquisition of equivalent natural resources injured or lost as a result of such discharge. The NRT, RRT, and Area Committ ee organizational structure, and t he NCP, RCPs, and ACPs provide for agencies to coordinate with each other in carrying out these duties. (b) Federal agencies may be called upon by an OS C during response planning and implementation to provide assistance in their respecti ve areas of expertise, consistentwith the agencies' capabilities and authorities. (c) In addition to their general re sponsibilities, federal agencies should: (1) Make necessary information available to t he Secretary of the NRT, RRTs, Area Committees, and OSCs; (2) Provide representatives to t he NRT and RRTs and otherwise assistRRTs and OSCs, as necessary, in formulating RCPs and ACPs; and (3) Inform the NRT, RRTs, and Area Committees consistent with nati onal security cons iderations, of changes in the availability of resources that w ould affect the operations implemented under the NCP. (d) All federal agencies must report discharges of oil, as required in 40 CFR part 110, from vessels or facilities under their jurisdiction or control to the NRC. 6.4 Other Federal agencies. 6.4.1 Department of Commerce. (a) The DOC, through NOAA, provi des scientific support for response and contingency planning in coasta l and marine areas, including assessments of the hazards that may be involved, predictions of movement and dispersion of oil through trajectorymodeling, and information on the sensitivity of coastal environments to oil and associated cleanup and mitigation methods; provides expertise on living mari ne resources and their habitats, including endangered species, marine mammals and National Marine Sanctuary ecosystems; and provides information on actual and predicted meteorological, hydrological, ice, and oceanographic conditions for mari ne, coastal, and inland waters, and tide and circulation data fo r coastal and territorial waters and for the Great Lakes. In addition to this expertise, NOAA provides SSCs in the coastal zone, as described under section 3.3.3 of this appendix, Special teams. 6.4.2 Department of Justice. The DOJ can provide expert advice on complicated legal questions arising from discharges, and federal agency responses. In addition, the DOJ represents the federal government, including its agencies, in litigation rela ting to such discharges. Other legal issues or questions shall be directed to the federal agency counsel for the agency providing the OSC for the response. 6.4.3 Department of Defense. The DOD has responsibility to take al l action necessary with respect to discharges where either the discharge is on, or the so le source of a discharge is from, any facility or vessel under the jurisdiction, custody, or control of DOD. In addition to those capabilities provided by SUPSALV, DOD may also, consistent with its operational requirements and upon request of the OSC, provide locally deployed USN oil spill response equi pment and provide assistance to other federal agencies upon request. The following two branches of DOD have particularly relevant expertise: (a) The United States Army Corps of Engineers has specialized equipment and personnel for maintaining navigation channels, for removing navigat ion obstructions, for accomplishing structural repairs, and for performing maintenance to hydropow er electric generating equipment. The Corps can also provide design services, perform construction, and provide contractwriting and contract administrative services for other federal agencies. 

# Page 301 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(b) The U.S. Navy Supervisor of Salvage (SUPSLAV) is the branch of the service within DOD most knowledgeable and experienced in ship salvage, shipboard damage c ontrol, and diving. The USN has an extensive array of specialized equipment and pers onnel available for use in these areas as well as specialized containment, collecti on, and removal equipment specifically designed for salvage-related and open-sea pollution incidents. 6.4.4 Department of Health and Human Services. (a) The HHS assists with the assessment, preservation, and protection of human health and helps ensure the availability of essential human services. HHS provides technica l and nontechnical assistance in t he form of advice, guidance, and resources to other federal agencies as well as state and local governments. (b) The principal HHS response comes from the U.S. Public Health Service and is coordinated from the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, and vari ous Public Health Service regional offices. Within the Public Health Service, the primary response to a hazardous materials emergency comes from the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry(ATSDR) and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). Both ATSDR and CDC have a 24-hour emergency response capabilitywherein scientific and technical personnel are available to provide techni cal assistance to the lead federal agency and state and local response agencies on human health th reat assessment and analysis, and exposure prevention and mitigation. Such assi stance is used for situations requi ring evacuation of affected areas, human exposure to hazardous materials, and techni cal advice on mitigation and prevention. CDC takes the lead during petroleum releas es regulated under the CWA and OPA while ATSDR takes the lead during chemical releases under CERCLA. Both agencies are mutually supportive. (c) Other Public Health Service agencies involved in support during hazardous ma terials incidents either directly or through ATSDR/CDC include the Food and Drug Administration, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Indian Health Se rvice, and the National Institutes of Health. (d) Statutory authority for HHS/National Institutes for Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) involvement in hazardous materials accident preven tion is non-regulatory in nature and focused on two primary areas for preventing community and worker exposure to hazardous ma terials releases: (1) worker safety training and (2) basic research activi ties. Under section 126 of the SARA, NIEHS is given statutory authority for supporti ng development of curricula and m odel training programs for waste workers and chemical emergency responders. Under section 118(b) of the Hazardous Materials Transportation and Uniform Safety Act, NIEHS also adm inisters the Hazmat Employee Training Program to prepare curricula and training for hazardous materi als transportation workers. In the basic research arena, NIEHS is authorized under section 311 of SARA to conduct a hazardous substance basic research and training program to evaluate toxic effe cts and assess human health risks from accidental releases of hazardous materials. Under Title IX, section 901(h) of the Clean Air Act Amendments, NIEHS also is authorized to conduct basic research on air pollutants, as well as train physicians in environmental health. Federal research and traini ng in hazardous materi als release prevention represents an important non-regulatory activity and supplements ongoing private sector programs. 6.4.5 Department of the Interior. The DOI may be contacted through Regional Environmental Officers, who are the designated members of RRTs. Department land managers have jurisdiction over the national park system, national wildlife refuges and fish hatcheries, the public lands, and certain water projects in western states. In addition, bureaus and offices have relevant expertise as follows: (a) United States Fish and Wildlife Service and other Bureaus: Anadromous and certain other fishes and wildlife, including endangered and threatened species, migratory birds, and certain marine mammals; waters and wetlands; and effects on natural resources. (b) The National Biological Survey performs research in support of biological resource management; inventories, monitors, and reports on the status and trends in the Nation's biotic resources; and transfers the information gained in research and monitoring to resource managers and others concerned with the care, use, and conservation of the Nation's natural resources. The National Biological Survey has laboratory/research facilities. (c) Geological Survey: G eology, hydrology (ground water and su rface water), and natural hazards. (d) Bureau of Land Management: Minerals, soils, vegetation, wildlife , habitat, archaeology, and wilderness. (e) Minerals Management Service: Oversight of offs hore oil and gas explorati on and production facilities and associated pipeline facilities under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act and the CWA; oil spill response technology research; and establishing oi l discharge contingency planning requirements for offshore facilities. (f) Bureau of Mines: Analysis and identification of inorganic hazardous substances and technical expertise in metals and metallurgy relevant to site cleanup. (g) Office of Surface Mining: Coal mine wastes and land reclamation. (h) National Park Service: Genera l biological, natural, and cultural resource managers to evaluate, measure, monitor, and contain threats to park system lands and resources; arc haeological and historical expertise in protection, preservation, evaluation, impact mitigat ion, and restoration of cultural resources; emergency personnel. (i) Bureau of Reclamation: Operation and maintenanc e of water projects in the West; engineering and hydrology; and reservoirs. 

# Page 302 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(j) Bureau of Indian Affairs: Coordination of activi ties affecting Indian lands; assistance in identifying Indian tribal government officials. (k) Office of Territorial Affairs: Assistance in implementing the NC P in American Somoa, Guam, the Pacific Island Governments, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands. 6.4.6 Department of Justice. The DOJ can provide expert advice on complicated legal questions arising from discharges, and federal agency responses. In addition, the DOJ represents the federal government, including its agencies, in litigation rela ting to such discharges. Other legal issues or questions shall be directed to the federal agency counsel for the agency providing the OSC for the response. 6.4.7 Department of Labor. The DOL, through OSHA and the st ates operating plans approved under section 18 of the OSH Act, has autho rity to conduct safety and health inspections of hazardous waste sites to assure that employees are being protected and to determine if the site is in compliance with: (a) Safety and health standards and regulations prom ulgated by OSHA (or the states) in accordance with section 126 of SARA and all other applicable standards; and (b) Regulations promulgated under the OSH Act and its general duty clause. OSHA inspections may be self-generated, consistent with its program operationsand objectives, or may be conducted in response to requests from EPA or another lead agency, or in response to accidents or employee complaints. On request, OSHA shall provide advice and consultation to EPA and other NRT/RRT agenc ies as well as to the OSC regarding hazards to persons engaged in respons e activities. OSHA may also take any other action necessary to assure that employees are properly protected at such response activities. Any questions about occupational safety and health at these sites may be referred to the OSHA Regional Office. 6.4.8 Federal Emergency Management Agency. FEMA provides guidance, policy and program advice, and technical assistance in hazardous material s, chemical, and radiological emergency preparedness activities (including planning, training, and exercising ). FEMA's primary point of contact for administering financial and technical assistance to state and local governments to support their efforts to develop and maintain an effective emergency management and res ponse capability is the Preparedness, Training, and Exercises Directorate. 6.4.9 Department of Energy. The DOE generally provides designated OSCs that are responsible for taking all response actions with respect to releases w here either the release is on, or the sole source of the release is from, any facility or vessel under its jurisdiction, custody, or control, including vessels bareboat-chartered and operated. In addition, under t he FRERP, DOE provides advice and assistance to other OSCs/RPMs for emergency actions essential fo r the control of immediat e radiological hazards. Incidents that qualify for DOE radiological advice a nd assistance are those believed to involve source, by-product, or special nuclear material or other i onizing radiation sources, including radium, and other naturally occurring radionucli des, as well as particle accelerators. Assistance is available through direct contact with the appropriate DOE Radiological Assistanc e Program Regional Office. 6.4.10 Department of State. The DOS will lead in the developmentof international joint contingency plans. It will also help to coordinate an international response w hen discharges or releases cross international boundaries or involve foreign flag vessels. Additionally, DOS will coordinate requests for assistance from foreign governments and U.S. proposal s for conducting research at incidents that occur in waters of other countries. 6.4.11 General Services Administration. The GSA provides logistic and telecommunications support to federal agencies. During an emergency situation, GSA quickly responds to aid state and local governments as directed by other Federal Agencies. The type of support prov ided might include leasing and furnishing office space, setting up telecommu nications and transportation services, and advisory assistance. 6.4.12 Department of Transportation. DOT provides response expertise pertaining to transportation of oil by all modes of transportation. DOT, through RSPA, establishes oil di scharge contingency planning requirements for pipelines, transport by rail and containers or bulk transport of oil. 6.5 States and local participation in response. (a) Each state Governor is requested to designate one state office/representative to represent the state on the appropriate RRT. The state's office/representati ve may participate fully in all activities of the appropriate RRT. Each state Governor is also requested to designate a lead state agency that shall direct state-lead response operations. This agency is responsible for designating the OSC for state-lead response actions, and coordinating/com municating with any other state agencies, as appropriate. Local governments are invited to participat e in activities on the appropriate RRT as may be provided by state law or arranged by the state's representative. Indi an tribes wishing to participate should assign one person or office to represent the tr ibal government on the appropriate RRT. (b) Appropriate state and local officials (including I ndian tribes) shall participat e as part of the response structure as provided in the ACP. (c) In addition to meeting the requirements for local emergency plans under SARA section 303, state and local government agencies are encouraged to include contingency planning for responses, consistent with the NCP, RCP, and AC P in all emergency and disaster planning. 

# Page 303 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...(d) For facilities not addressed under the CWA for oil discharges, states are encouraged to undertake response actions themselves or to use their authorit ies to compel potentially responsible parties to undertake response actions. (e) Because state and local public safety organi zations would normally be the first government representatives at the scene of a discharge or rel ease, they are expected to initiate public safety measures that are necessary to protect the publichealth and welfare and that are consistent with containment and cleanup requirements in the NCP, and are responsible for directing evacuations pursuant to existing state or local procedures. [59 FR 47473, Sept. 15, 1994] Browse Next

For questions or comments regarding e-CFR edito rial content, features, or design, email ecfr@nara.gov

. For questions concerning e-CFR programming and delivery issues, email webteam@gpo.gov

. Section 508 / Accessibility 

# Page 304 of 304 Electronic Code of Federal Regulations:

11/18/2011 http ://ecfr. gp oaccess. g ov/c g i/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=d2c15a534434e451e6ab3021063

...